FM 61-24 I DEPART of the ARMY FIELD MANUAL *T ¿Zámlr, XT' % (' ^ I Sj .JX&- ‘É: W

^p\ ,^0 A geferenoe

.ÿ- R«fsr»nfi® 1 FM 61-24 I DEPART OF THE ARMY FIELD MANUAL *T ¿ZáMLr, XT' % (' ^ I sJ .JX&- ‘é: W.. Ÿ '

‘■-A

■s;*

■í*r» COMMUNI '■if-

<£

WA§HlNGTO_N, D, QJX'

$ ijrss

OTÜ

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF TH ARMY JUNE 1968 TACO S0I6A m FM 61-24 C 1

CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY No. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 1970

FIELD MANUAL

DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS

FM 61-24, 7 June 1968, is changed as follows : 1. New or changed material is indicated by a star. 2. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below : Old Tpagea New pages y 1-1 and 1-2 S- 1-1 and 1-2 / None 27-1 through 36-19 * A-l through A-4 A-l through A-5 1/

3. File this change sheet in front of the manual for reference purposes.

By Order of the Secretary of the Army :

W. C. WESTMORELAND, General, United States Army, Official : Chief of Staff. KENNETH G. WICKHAM, Major General, United States Army, The Adjutant General.

Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-11 requirements for Division Commu- nications.

THE ARMY LIBRARY WASHINGTON, D. G. I T

i i

r *FM 61-24

FIELD MANUAL \ HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY No. 61-24 WASHINGTON, D.C., 7 June 1968

DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS

Paragraph Page CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION 1-1—1-6 1-1—1-2 \ 2. ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL FOR DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS Section I. Organization 2-1, 2-2 2-1 II. Signal communication personnel 2-3—2-9 2-2—2—4 CHAPTER 3. ELECTRONIC WARFARE AND DIVISION ASA SUPPORT ELEMENT Section I. Electronic warfare 3-1—3-6 3-1, 3-2 II. United States Army security agency division support element 3-7,3-8 3-3 CHAPTER 4. TACTICAL AIR REQUEST AND TACTICAL AIR DIRECTION COMMUNICATION IN THE DIVISION 4-1—4-7 4-1—4-6 PART ONE. COMMUNICATIONS IN ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND INFANTRY (MECHANIZED) DIVI- SIONS CHAPTER 5. COMMUNICATIONS OF HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COMPANY OF ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS 5-1, 5-2 5-1 COMMUNICATIONS ÀT DIVISION LEVEL (ARMORED,'INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS) ' Section I. Signal battalion 6-1—6-6 6-1—6-5 II. Division communication system 6-7—6-19 6-6—6-16 III. Internal signal 'battalion communications 6-20,6-21 6-17 CHAPTER 7. BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. General information 7-1, 7-2 7-1 II. Brigade radio nets and wire systems, armored, infantry, or mechanized division 7-3—7-5 7-1, 7-2 III. Brigade communications platoon, armored, infantry, or mechanized division 7-6—7-9 7-5, 7-6 CHAPTER 8. TANK, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED BAT- TALION COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, IN- FANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. Battalion headquarters communications 8-1—8-5 8-1—8-6 II. Communications, tank, infantry, rifle, and » mechanized rifle companies 8-6—8-9 8-6—8-11 CHAPTER 9. ARMORED CAVALRY SQUADRON COMMUNI- CATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. Squadron headquarters communications 9—1—9-5 9-1—9-3 II. Communications in the armored cavalry group - _ 9—6—9-9 9—3, 9—4 III. Communications in the air cavalry troop 9—10—9—13 9—4,9—5 CHAPTER 10. DIVISION ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS FOR ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS Section I. General information 10-1,10-2 10-1

"This manual supersedes FM 7-.-24 f 7 November 1961. f AGO 6016A FM 61-24

Paragraph Page II. Division artillery radio nets and wire system 10-3, 10-1— 10-4 10-3 III. Radio nets and wire system, field artillery battalions (DS), 105mm or 155mm 10-5,10—6 10-6 IV. Radio nets and wire system, field artillery battalion (GS), 155mm/8-inch 10-7,10-8 10-9 V. Radio nets and wire system, field artillery battalion, HONEST JOHN(GS) 10-9,10-10 10-11 CHAPTER 11. ENGINEER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. Battalion communications system — 11-1 11-5 11-6 II. Communication personnel 11-6, 11-7 11-6 CHAPTER 12. AVIATION BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, INFANTRY DIVISION Section I. Battalion communications system 12-1— 12-1— 12- 4 12-4 II- Communications personnel — 12-5— 12-5, 12-8 12-6 CHAPTER 13. COMMUNICATIONS IN MILITARY POLICE COMPANY, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION 13-1— 13-1, 13- 5 13-2 14. DIVISION SUPPORT COMMAND COMMUNICA- TIONS; ARMORED, INFANTRY OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. General information and support command headquarters communications 14-1— 14-1— II.TT Maintenance• battalion, armored, infantry or me- 14-6 14-6 chanized division 14-7, 14-8 14-5,14-8 III. Supply and transport battalion; armored, infantry, or mechanized division 14-9, 14-8— 14- 10 14-10 IV. Medical battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division 14-11,14-12 14-12 V. Administration company, armored, infantry, or r mechanized division - 14-13, 14-14 14—14 CHAPTER 15. AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY COMMUNICA- TIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND INFANTRY (MECHANIZED) DIVISIONS Section I. General information 15-1—15-3 15-1 II. Chaparral/Vulcan communications 15-4— 15-2— 15- 6 15-4 III. M42 communication system 15-7—15-9 16-9 PART TWO. COMMUNICATIONS IN AIRBORNE DIVISION CHAPTER 16. COMMUNICATIONS IN HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COMPANY, AIRBORNE DIVISION 16-1,16-2 16-1 17. COMMUNICATIONS AT DIVISION LEVEL (AIRBORNE DIVISION) Section I. Signal battalion, airborne division 17-1— 17-1— 17-6 17-4 II. Airborne division communication system 17-7— 17-6— _ ' 17-25 17-17 CHAPTER 18. BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION Section I. General information 18-1—18-4 18-1 II. Brigade radio nets and wire systems, airborne division 18-5,18-6 18-1—18-3 ii AGO 6016A 1 FM 61-24

Paragraph Page CHAPTER 19.; AIRBORNE INFANTRY BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS Section I. Battalion headquarters communications 19-1— 19-1— 19- 19-3 4 II. Airborne rifle company communications 19-5,19-6 19-3,19-4 CHAPTER 20. COMMUNICATIONS IN ARMORED CAVALRY SQUADRON, AIRBORNE DIVISION | Section I. Squadron headquarters communications ¡20-1— 20-1— 20- 20-3 4 II. Communications of armored cavalry troop, airborne! division ¡20-5—20-7 20-3 III. Communications of airborne air cavalry troop ¡20-8—20-10 20-6 CHAPTER 21. ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION Section I. General information 21-1,21-2 21-1 II. Division artillery headquarters communications, airborne division 21-3— 21-1, 21- 21-2 7 III. Headquarters communications, field artillery battalion (DS) 105mm, airborne division 21-8— 21-2— 21-11 21-5 IV. Firing battery communications, 105mm, airborne division 21-12,21-13 21- 5 CHAPTER 22. ENGINEER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS AIRBORNE DIVISION 22-1— 22J-I, 22- 22- 42 23. AVIATION BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION 23-1— 23-1— 23- 23- 45 24. MILITARY POLICE COMPANY COMMUNICA- TIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION |24-1—24-5 24- 1 25. SUPPORT COMMAND COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION Section I. General information and headquarters communications ¡25-1— 25-1, 25-6 25-2 II. Maintenance battalion communications, airborne 1 division _ J25-7—25-10 25-4

III. Supply company communications airborne division 25-11— 25-6, 25-14 25-7 IV. Communicatons of quartermaster air equipment support company, airborne division 25-15—25-18 25-8 V, Medical battalion communications, airborne division ,25-19— 25-8— 25-23 25- 10 VI. Administration company communications, airborne division 25-24, 26- 10, 25- 25-11 25 CHAPTER 26. AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY COMMUNICA- TIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION Section I. General information 26-1—26-3 26-1 II. Chaparral/Vulcan communications .. 26-4—26-6 26-1 III. M42 communication system 26-7— 26-1, 26- 10 26-2 IV. M55 communication system 26-11—26-14 26-2 APPENDIX A. REFERENCES A-l B. COMMUNICATIONS IN STABILITY OPERATIONS B-l

INDEX ; 1-1

AGO B016A III AGO 5016A VEHICLE MEDIUM TANK RECOVERY FULL TRACK, LICHT CUN COMBAT TANK, MEDIUM CUN COMBAT TANK, FULL TRACK, UTILITY HELICOPTER MOBILE ASSAULT RAMP LOAD VEHICLE LICHT OBSERVATION HELICOPTER NOBILE ASSAULT FLOATINC BRIDGE ARMORED VEHICLE LAUNCHED BRIDGE ON TANK CHASSIS MEDIUM OBSERVATION AIRPLANE COMBAT ENGINEER VEHICLE, FULL TRACK = 0 c^> used in this manaul. Figure 1. Type vehicle and aircraft illustrations

4 2|T VAN SHOP TRUCK 2jT TRUCK, W/SHELTER OR 2jT TRUCK 7 T TRUCK LICHT ARMORED, M-5TS RECOVERT VEHICLE, FULL TRACK, CARRIER COMMAND POST VEHICLE, LICHT TRACK PERSONNEL CARRIER, FULL TRACK OR 4.2 MORTAR SP CARRIER ^ T TRUCK 5 T DUMP TRUCK ^ T TRUCK, f/106 MM RIFLE ARMORED CARRIER, COMO. AND RECON. VEHICLE, M-II4 10T TRACTOR TRUCK

C^} O

¿5 e2> FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24

PART ONE COMMUNICATIONS IN THE ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND INFANTRY (MECHANIZED) DIVISIONS

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1-1. Purpose c. So far as appropriate and practicable, ma- This manual is a doctrinal guide for comman- terial herein presented is applicable to— ders, staff officers, and personnel concerned (1) General war, to include a considera- with communications in the armored, infantry, tion for the employment of, and protection infantry (mechanized), airmobile, and airborne from, nuclear munitions and chemical, biologi- divisions as organized under TOE 7, 17, 37, 67, cal, and radiological agents, and operations in and 57. It presents essential guidelines which, nuclear, chemical, or biological environments. when coupled with experience, judgment, and (2) Limited war. foresight, enable commanders and other key (3) Cold war to include stability opera- personnel to develop the most effective com- tions—appendix B contains material applicable munications for the accomplishment of as- to stability operations from the standpoint of signed missions. essential signal communications. 1-2. Scope d. The material in this manual agrees with applicable portions of ST AN AG 2043, Princi- a. The basic scope of this manual is confined ples and Procedures for Establishing Commun- to a detailed but nontechnical explanation of ications (SOLOG 15R2). essential facts required to employ an efficient division tactical communication system under 1-3. References typical military conditions. a. Publications and other reference material b. To facilitate use of this manual as a ref- pertaining to subjects within the scope of this erence guide, it is divided into three parts : manual are listed in appendix A. As indicated (1) Part One: Communications in the Ar- (para 1-2), appendix B presents general guide- mored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) lines applicable to communications aspects Divisions. in stability operations. (2) Part Two: Communications in the b. To avoid needless repetition, FM 24-1 Airborne Division. should be used in conjunction with this man- -fc(3) Part Three: Communications in the ual. FM 24-1 presents basic doctrinal informa- Airmobile Division. Chapters 27 through 36 tion on such topics as communication means, contain added coverage on communications op- employment, principles, responsibilities, and erations, equipment, and personnel of the air- security. mobile division. The material in these chapters is complete in itself for the airmobile division ^1-4. Comments on Manual and relates to other portions of this manual Users of this manual are encouraged to submit only when specifically notated. recommended changes or comments to improve

1-1 C 1, FM 61-24 the manual. Comments should be keyed to the it is considered as applying equally to the specific page, paragraph, and line of text in squadron. Likewise, a general reference to which the change is recommended. Reasons company applies equally to the cavalry troop should be provided for each comment to insure and the artillery battery. understanding and complete evaluation. Com- b. Hereafter in this manual, the infantry ments should be prepared using DA Forms 2028 (mechanized) division will be referred to as (Recommended Changes to Publications) and the mechanized division. forwarded direct to the Commaning Officer, U.S. Army Combat Developments Command 1-6. Personnel and Equipment Strength Communications-Electronics Agency, ATTN : Narrative and illustrative coverage of this Doctrine Division, Fort Monmouth, New Jer- manual is based on level one (full strength) al- sey 07703. locations of communication personnel and equipment by pertinent TOE. When units oper- 1—5. Designation of Units ate at'levels two and three, 90 percent and 80 ra. Throughout this manual where the word percent of full strength respectively, some cur- battalion appears in general sense (battalion tailment in communication employment may be commander, battalion staff, battalion trains), necessary.

1-2 CHAPTER 2 ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL FOR DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS

Section I. ORGANIZATION

2-1. General (1) Brigades. Unit organization to provide internal commu- (2) Combat battalions such as infantry, nications varies within the different subordi- tank, cavalry, mechanized infantry, airborne nate elements of the division. Since these infantry, and airmobile infantry. communication organizations do vary, perti- (3) Division artillery headquarters. nent TOE must be consulted to determine the (4) Field artillery battalion. unit organizational structure for communica- (5) Aviation group of airmobile division. tions. Typical division communications organi- c. Communications Section. By TOE, other zations normally existing are summarized in division subordinate units are authorized a paragraph 2-2. communications section and not a communications platoon. A typical list of such units is 2-2. Division Signal Organization shown below: a. Division Signal Battalion. A division sig- (1) Aviation battalion of the infantry nal battalion provides communications support and airborne divisions. at echelons of the division headquarters, be- (2) Engineer battalion. tween echelons of division headquarters, and (3) Field artillery battery. from division headquarters echelons to subor- (4) Assault helicopter and assault heli- dinate units. Details on the function, mission, copter support battalions of the airmobile and organization of the division signal battal- division. ion are discussed in chapter 5. d. Other Type Organization. Still other divi- b. Communications Platoons. Certain subor- sion units are authorized neither communica- dinate units of the division are assigned tions platoons nor sections by TOE. Most platoons in their headquarters company of these units, however, have designated com- organization to perform the communication munications specialists to perform essential function. Some communication platoons, as in functions; for example, the medical battalion, the brigade, are subdivided into sections along supply and transport battalion, and mainte- mission lines; for example, radio section, wire nance battalion. A minority of division units section, and message center section. Other are not assigned any communication spe- communication platoons, as in the infantry cialists. In these instances, required internal battalion are organized without subdivisions in- communication functions are performed by to sections—team organization for specific designated personnel in addition to other duties. functions are established as required. Nor- Typical of these latter units are the trans- mally, division units of the types listed below portation motor transport company, medical are authorized, communications platoons : company, and administration company. Section II. SIGNAL COMMUNICATION PERSONNEL 2-3. Basic Considerations stall, operate, and maintain communication a. Each subordinate unit in the division equipments. Other personnel concerned with has personnel whose primary duties are to in- communications include commanders and their

AGO 60I6A 2-1 FM 61-24 staffs, those who operate signal equipment for DSO normally will deal directly with staff which no communication personnel are pro- sections on communication matters affecting vided (such as tank crews), and others .who areas of mutual interest; as a major subor- are designated and trained to assist or take dinate commander, the DSO normally will the place of communication personnel. For de- have free access to the chief of staff. tails on communication personnel authoriza- c. Functions. The broad functions of the tions, refer to appropriate TOE. DSO can be listed under the categories listed b. Communication personnel are organized below : into teams for installing, operating, and main- (1) Command. taining communication equipments. Consider- (2) Advisory. ations that influence the number of teams (3) Plans and orders. formed and their organization include the (4) Technical supervision. task to be performed and the availability of (5) Liaison. personnel, equipment, transportation, and re- (6) Training. quirements for future tasks. Communication teamwork demands a flexible team organization; ideally, personnel should be trained in 2-5. Other Key Officers of the Division Signal Battalion more than one specialty to facilitate the for- Other key officers of the division signal bat- mation of teams and to increase team pro- talion who assist the DSO/Signal Battalion ficiency. Commander include the assistant division sig- c. This section summarizes the duties of se- nal officer (ADSO), battalion executive officer, lected key division personnel who perform battalion S3, radio officer, wire officer, and signal communication duties. Greater detail is cryptographic officer. Specific functions of given in appropriate field manuals covering these personnel are detailed in FM 11-50. the unit to which such personnel are assigned. 2-4. Division Signal Officer 2-6. Unit Signal or Communication Officers The division signal officer (DSO) serves on Unit signal or communication officers nor- the division special staff and advises the di- mally perform duties (within their units) vision commander on matters pertaining to that are similar to the duties performed by communications. In addition to his staff ca- the DSO at the division headquarters level. pacity, the DSO commands the division signal Typical duties include— battalion and is responsible for the installa- a. Advising the commander and staff on tion, operation, and maintenance of the divi- communications matters and making plans sion communication system. The DSO, there- and recommendations for establishing the fore, exercises the duel functions of staff and communication system. command. These two functions, although b. Supervising the installation, operation, vested in a single person are separate and and maintenance of the communication sys- distinct in that each involves different re- tem from his unit to organic, attached, and sponsibilities and duties, and the exercise of supporting units. one should not be confused with the exercise c. Coordinating with the supporting ele- of the other. (See FM 101-5.) Staff relations ments of the signal battalion and the division of the DSO include the following: signal officer for communication with higher a. General. As a member of the division and adjacent units. commander’s special staff, the DSO is included d. Preparing plans for the displacement or in all staff planning to present communication extension of the existing communication sys- aspects for proposed tactical operations. tem. b. Coordination. The duties and responsi- e. Submitting recommendations relative to bilities of the DSO involve both the general the procurement and replacement of communi- and the special staff. As a staff officer, the cation personnel.

2-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

/. Supervising the organizational mainte- a. Takes charge of the installation of all nance and repair of signal equipment. communications means established by his unit g. Supervising the maintenance of com- and supervises their operation and mainte- munication security, including the employ- nance. ment of codes, ciphers, and authentication b. Assists in the conduct of instruction and systems. training of the communications platoon or h. Normally serves as cryptocustodian for section. the organization cryptographic account. c. Keeps informed on all communication as- i. Submitting recommendations for para- pects of tactical operations. graph 5 of operation orders, including initial d. When appropriate, performs duties of as- and subsequent command post locations. sistant communications officer. j. Assisting in the preparation of training e. Coordinates all communications within directives pertaining to communications, and the command post, supervising the technical training of all com- f. Supervises communication center opera- munication personnel and others designated tions. by the commander. g. Supervises and coordinates, under the di- k. Determining the requirements for signal rection of the unit signal or communication equipment and supplies, and collaborating officer, where appropriate, the Organizational with the supply officer in their procurement maintenance of signal equipment within the and distribution. unit. l. Obtaining current signal operation in- h. Assists in the development, coordination, structions and standing signal instructions and establishment of unit communication from higher headquarters, and preparing ex- SOP. tracts of these instructions for use in his unit. m. Preparing for the commander’s ap- 2-8. Duties of Other Enlisted Specialists proval the orders and standing operating pro- Listed below are typical duties of selected en- cedures needed to insure tactical and technical listed communications specialists. control of the communication system. a. Senior Message Clerk. n. Assisting in selecting the exact location (1) Establishes and supervises the oper- for the command post and selecting locations ation of the communication center (at battal- for communications installations within the ion and brigade headquarters only). command post. (2) Maintains communication center records. o. Commanding, when so designated byT TOE, the communications platoon or section.' (3) Trains and supervises message p. Coordinating with unit S2 on all intelli- clerks and messengers. gence matters of mutual interest and also re- (4) Assists organization cryptocustodian porting through appropriate channels on all in operation of crypto account. matters that relate to signal technical intelli- b. Wire Section Chief. gence. (1) Reconnoiters wire routes. (2) Assists in planning wire systems. 2-7. Communications Chief (3) Supervises the installation, opera- Normally, the communications chief is the tion, and maintenance of all wire lines in- principal enlisted assistant to the unit signal stalled by the wire section. or communications officer. If the unit, such as a (4) Trains wire section personnel. company, has no designated signal or communi- (5) Supervises and coordinates organiza- cations officer, the enlisted communications tional maintenance of wire equipment in the chief will act as the principal supervisor of unit. communications for his unit. Typical duty ac- c. Wire Team Chief. tions of a communications chief are listed be- (1) Alters planned wire routes as re- low:

AGO 5016A 2-3 FM 61-24 quired to facilitate installation and reports 2-9. Assignment of Communications changes to the wire chief. Personnel (2) Assists in the preparation of line a. In some units, radio operators, radio route maps. mechanics, and radio teletypewriter operators (3) Installs and maintains wire lines. are assigned to sections other than the com- (4) Trains wiremen. munications platoon; other units, such as the d. Senior Switchboard Operatiôn. maintenance or medical battalions, have no (1) Supervises operations of switch- organic communications platoons but do re- board. quire some trained communications personnel. (2) Assists in the preparation of local If the unit has an organic communications telephone directories and telephone traffic dia- platoon, the responsibility for the conduct of grams. training and operations remains with the (3) Trains telephone and switchboard communications officer even though certain operators. communications personnel operate with their e. Radio Section Chief. own sections ; if the unit has no organic com- (1) Recommends the location of radio munications platoon, a designated communica- and panel sites. tions chief may supervise training and com- (2) Organizes the radio system at the munication operations. In all instances, the in- command post. dividual charged with communication train- (3) Trains members of the radio section. ing must be sufficiently aggressive to insure (4) Reports to communications center that all communication personnel, including any change in the status of radio communica- those assigned to staff sections, receive suf- tion. ficient training to maintain and improve their (5) Supervises and coordinates organi- proficiency. zational maintenance of radio equipment in b. Radio mechanics assigned to the mainte- the unit. nance section of company-size units will work (6) Supervises the training and opera- under the administrative supervision- of the tions of the radio operators assigned to staff section chief and under the technical super- sections. vision of the company communications chief.

2-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

CHAPTER 3

ELECTRONIC WARFARE AND DIVISION AS A SUPPORT ELEMENT

Section I. ELECTRONIC WARFARE

3-1'. Vulnerability of Communications- Army force. In this situation, radio communi- Electronics Systems cations is the measure, enemy radio inter- The use of tactical communication and other ference is the electronic countermeasure. The electronic devices by the U.S. Army and all operator of a field radio set being jammed by potential and real enemy forces has grown to the enemy may adjust his receiver to operate the point where all military actions are de- through the jamming, or he may change fre- pendent on such devices. Since these equip- quencies to avoid the jamming—these actions ments are vulnerable to a wide variety of dis- constitute electronic counter-countermeasures. ruptive efforts, today’s “arts of war” must in- Required also for total understanding of the clude all deliberate actions used to degrade components of EW is some knowledge of com- or disrupt effective employment of enemy communication intelligence (COMINT) and communications-electronics (CE) systems; sim- munication security (COMSEC). ilarly, U.S. Army forces must take necessary c. Communications Intelligence. Communi- safeguarding actions to insure the effective- cations intelligence is the “technical and in- ness of their own CE systems when jammed telligence information derived from foreign or otherwise impeded by the enemy. The fore- communications by other than the intended going considerations emphasize the essential recipients” (AR 320-5). value of electronic warfare which is sum- d. Communications Security. The action marized in paragraph 3-2. taken by the U.S. Army to counteract enemy communication intelligence efforts is communications security (COMSEC). COMSEC is of 3-2. Scope of Electronic Warfare a. Definition. Electronic warfare (EW) is vital importance to division operations at all defined as “that division of the military use unit levels; effective COMSEC limits the of electronics involving actions taken to pre- amount of intelligence and technical data vent or reduce an enemy’s effective use of that the enemy will be able to derive through radiated electromagnetic energy, and actions COMINT in support of his ECM operations. taken to insure our own effective use of radio For this reason, personnel involved with com- electromagnetic energy” (AR 320-5). munications, whether on a primary duty or b. Electronic Countermeasures and Elec- an occasional basis, must be thoroughly in- tronic Counter-Countermeasures. Electronic doctrinated and trained in approved COMSEC warfare consists of the fields of electronic and ECCM procedures. Refer to paragraphs countermeasures (ECM) and electronic coun- 3-3 and 3-4 for additional information on ter-countermeasures (ECCM). For example, communication security. it must be assured that/the enemy fully real- izes the importance of field radio in any given 3-3. Communications Security and tactical operation ; accordingly, he will em- Telecommunications ploy powerful radio transmitters to override a. Communications security is the protec- the radio communication of the opposing U.S. tion resulting from all measures designed to

AGO 6016A 3-1 FM 61-24 deny unauthorized persons information of a. Cryptosecurity. value which might be derived from the pos- (1) Use only authorized cryptosystems session and study of telecommunications or and equipment. to mislead unauthorized persons in their in- (2) Use authorized cryptosystems only terpretation of the results of such a study. as prescribed by the operating instructions. b. Telecommunications is any transmission (3) Encrypt information requiring long or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, term security only in those cryptosystems pro- and sounds or any information of any nature viding long term security. by wire, radio, visual, or other electromag- (4) Use only personnel who are author- netic systems. ized access to cryptosystems. c. Communications security (COMSEC) in- (5) Promptly report all cryptosecurity cludes cryptosecurity, transmission security, violations. and physical security of communications secu- b. Transmission Security. rity materials, equipment, and information (1) Use radio only when other means of communications are not practical. 3—4. Application of Communications (2) Restrict plain language transmis- Security sions to a minimum. a. The basic objective of communications (3) Maintain circuit discipline. security is the effective and efficient applica- (4) Assign call-signs/words and frequen- tion of security to communications. The re- cies simultaneously. quirement for communications security must (5) Change call-signs/words and frequen- be considered during the planning stage for cies simultaneously. any type of operation. Security measures for (6) Keep transmissions brief. the protection of military information, equip- (7) Authenticate. ment, and materiel include defense against (8) Use broadcast and intercept trans- capture, observation, photography, salvage, mission methods. theft, interception, direction finding, traffic (9) Use only prescribed communications analysis, imitative deception, and personal operating procedures. carelessness and laxity. (10) Do not mix code and clear text. b. The commander is responsible for com- c. Physical Security. munications security. He accomplishes this by (1) Maintain adequate emergency and stating general principles in the unit SOP destruction plans and practice them fre- and by stating and announcing variation quently. from these normal security practices before (2) Properly safeguard and control com- each operation. munications security materials at all times. c. The unit G2 and S2 has primary staff (3) Promptly report all physical secu- responsibility for communications security. rity violations. The G2 or S2 is assisted by elements of the attached military intelligence detachment and the U.S. Army Security Agency. 3-6. COMSEC Supports ECM d. The G3 or S3 has primary staff responsi- Communications security practices are effec- bility for active electronic countermeasures. tive in limiting the amount of information e. A more complete discussion of communi- that the enemy can acquire to conduct ECM cations security is contained in FM 32-5. operations. The enemy may use ECM even if Some means of providing communications se- his ECM operations are not supported with curity are listed in paragraph 3-5. sufficient technical information. COMSEC plays an important role in such situations be- 3-5. Providing Communications Security cause the enemy will utilize his COMINT ca- A list of practices that will provide the ele- pability to measure the effectiveness of his ments of communications security is shown ECM operations. As the enemy jams, radio below : communications, he concurrently uses his

3-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

COMINT facilities to determine the reaction find it extremely difficult to determine his of radio operators being jammed. It is impera- jamming effectiveness if U.S. Army opera- tive that these radio operators do not reveal tors maintain a pattern of normal and un- that they are being jammed. The enemy will hampered operation.

Section II. UNITED STATES ARMY SECURITY AGENCY DIVISION SUPPORT ELEMENT

3-7. General 3-8. Communications Each armored, infantry, mechanized, air- Normally, the US AS A division support ele- borne, and airmobile division is assigned a ment will be provided adequate circuits within United States Army Security Agency (USA- the division area to higher USASA headquar- SA) division support element. The US AS A ters, and to the tactical operations center of division support element will provide services the supported division. as prescribed in AR 10-122. For further information also refer to FM 101-10-1 and FM 32-20.

AGO 5016A 3-3

FM 61-24

CHAPTER 4

TACTICAL AIR REQUEST AND TACTICAL AIR DIRECTION

COMMUNICATIONS IN THE DIVISION

4-1. Application radio set to operate in the army air request Material presented in this chapter applies to net—augmentation of radio resources will be the armored, infantry, mechanized, and air- required.) At brigade and battalion in all borne divisions. It does not currently apply type divisions, radio sets assigned for use of to the airmobile division without significant S3 air will provide the communications re- modification; particular coverage of the air- quired for preplanned air requests. mobile division will be made in part III. 4-2. Preplanned Air Requests 4-3. Immediate Air Requests a. Preplanned air requests originating with- a. Immediate air requests from subordinate in the division follow the chain of command elements normally reach maneuver battalion (fig. 4-1). For example, a preplanned air re- or squadron level through standard radio or quest from the company level will require suc- wire networks organic to the particular bat- cessive approvals from the battalion, brigade, talion or squadron. At this level, requests are and division levels. After approval at division validated by the commander or his representa- headquarters (TASE DTOC), the request will tive and passed to the tactical air control be evaluated, assigned a priority, and consoli- party (TACP). The request then is transmitted dated before submission to the next higher over the Air Force air request net. As an headquarters. Normally, the field army TOC interim measure, each brigade headquarters, takes final action all preplanned requests and each maneuver battalion, and the cavalry squad- submits approved requests to the USAF tac- ron have an organic air control team (ACT) tical air control center as requirements for to provide a station in the Air Force air request execution. During this process, USAF TACPS net for the submission of immediate air re-t provide advice and assistance to the army quests—currently USAF TACP will use the command level where located. facilities of these ACTs (c below). At the b. Within the division, the division air re- division headquarters, the division signal bat- quest radio net will be used to forward pre- talion (air support signal team) provides the planned air requests. From division to higher division communications facilities. Refer to headquarters, the army air request net (or figures 4-2 and 4-3. higher echelon air request net) will be em- b. Immediate air requests are transmitted ployed to forward the consolidated division directly from battalion or squadron level to preplanned air requests. Refer to figure 4-3. the DASC normally located at the corps tac- c. In the armored, infantry, and mechan- tical operations center (CTOC). Intermediate ized divisions, the air support signal team, di- headquarters, brigade and division, will moni- vision signal battalion, will provide the divi- tor and acknowledge all requests, indicating sion radio stations in the division air request disapproval only when desired. Silence after and Army air request radio nets. Normally, acknowledging the request normally signifies these stations are remoted into the TASE approval—if the commander desires that a DTOC. (In the airborne division, the air sup- specific approval be transmitted, it should be port signal team is not currently authorized a so stated in the unit SOP.

AGO 5016A 4-1 FM 61-24

AIR FORCE ARMY TACTICAL AIR CONTROL SYSTEM AIR GROUND SYSTEM

T ACP FAC ALO b-H FSCC (S2/S3 AIR) FACP

TACP

FSCC (S2/S3 AIR)

TACP

XX CRC \ DTOC (TASE-G2 AIR/G3 AIR)

XXX ( DASC 1 TA CP CTOC (TASE-G2 AIR/G3 AIR)

TACP XXXX FATOC (TASE) XXXX FIELD ARMY A F CCP TACC (G2 AIR/G3 AIR)

C GLO NCS ;

C ARLO NC S )

A C GLO ) a i C ARLO; FTR/RECON BASE LEGEND:

• REQUEST CHANNELS FLIGHT ORDERS COORDINATION

Figure i-1. Type flow for preplanned air requests. c. In accordance with AR 525-25 service signal team also will be eventually taken over responsibility for all TACPs has been given by a TACP. The Air Force air request net to the USAF. As equipment and personnel be- will then be extended to include these levels, come available, the USAF will provide fully and the USAF, except in some specialized equipped TACPs to replace all army ACTs at cases, will provide both the personnel and battalion/squadron and brigade levels; at di- equipment required for immediate air request vision level, the immediate air request and tac- and tactical air direction communications. It tical air direction functions of the air support is reemphasized, however, that as an interim

4-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

AIR FORCE ARMY TACTICAL AIR CONTROL SYSTEM AIR GROUND SYSTEM

TACP

FAC ALO FSCC ( S 2 / S3 AIR )

ÍFACP)

FSCC (S2/S3 AIR) TACP

CRP XX

TACP DTOC (TASE - GZ AIR/G3 AIR) OASC

XXX

TACP CTOC (TASE -G2 AIR/G3 AIR)

xxxx TACP W FATOC \ *G2 AIR/ X (TASEÏ / G3 AIR FIELD XXXX ARMY

AFCCP TACC ( GLO NCS )

( ARLO NOS )

C GLO ) A ( ARLO )

FTR/RECON LEGEND: BASE AIR FORCE AIR REQUEST NET

COORDINATION

FLIGHT ORDERS

I MONITORS REQUESTS, ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT, TR ANSMITS DISAPPROVAL ONLY

Figure U-2. Type flow for immediate air requests. measure army radio equipments will continue with the company—the requests otherwise fol- to be available for immediate air requests and low the channels and procedures already de- tactical air direction—equipments for this scribed. purpose are currently carried on Army TOE. d. In some situations, requests for immedi- e. In all situations, the supported ground ate air support may be forwarded direct from commander or his representative approves or company level to DASC. This necessitates that disapproves all immediate air requests. Mem- a forward air controller or a TACP be present bers of the air element, usually a TACP pro-

AGO 6016A 4-3 FM 61-24

AIR REQUEST RADIO NETS FOR THE DIVISION

IMMEDIATE PREPLANNED AIR REQUESTS AIR REQUESTS

(NOTE I) (NOTE 2) ARMY AIR NET DIVISION AIR AIR FORCE AIR REQUEST NET REQUEST NET REQUEST NET STATION (RATT) (AM, SSB, VOICE) (AM, SSB, VOICE)

ARMY MAIN

ARMY ALTN

A CORPS MAIN (DASC)

CORPS ALTN (X)

X DIV MAIN (TACP)

DIV ALTN (X) (X) (X)

BDE X (TACP)

MANEUVER BN X (TACP)

X CAV SOON (TACP)

NOTES: LEGEND: I. EACH STATION IN DIVISION AIR X-ARMY RADIO SET REQUEST NET IS ALSO EQUIPPED WITH AM UHF RADIO IN SPOT REPORT A-AIR FORCE RADIO SET RECEIVING SYSTEM, AM MONITORING RECEIVER IN DIVISION WARNING (XI-RADIO SET AT MAINJMUST^ BROADCAST NET, AND FM RADIO SET BE MOVED TO ALTERNATE IN ITS UNIT COMMAND NET. ~ LOCATION 2. EACH TACP IN AIR FORCE AIR REQUEST NET HAS AM UHF RADIO SET IN AIR FORCE TACTICAL AIR DIRECTION NET AND FM RADIO SET IN COMMAND NET OF UNIT IT SUPPORTS. Figure US. Type radio nets for preplanned ind immediate air requests in the division. viding the close air support, act in an advisory craft flying tactical air support missions. capacity only. Present Army TOE provide UHF radio sets f. In airborne, airmobile, and independent di- to operate in this net. Eventually, however, vision operations, an airborne DASC may be these radio sets will be USAF provided at ap- employed for air support. propriate army levels (para 4-3c).

4-4. Air Force Tactical Air Direction Net 4-5. Spot Report Receiver Net (fig. 4-4) The spot report receiver net is used for the The Air Force tactical air direction net is transmission of in-flight reports from tactical used by the TACPs and DASC to direct air- aircraft to division monitoring stations at

AGO 5016A AGO 6016A X (TACP) (FM) SQDN COMD NET LEGEND*. X (TACP) LOCATION BE MOVED TO ALTERNATE (FM) NET BN COMD X- ARMY_RADIO SET A- ÄF RADIO SET (X)- RADIO SET AT MAIN MUST X (TACP) BDE COMD NET (FM) X (X) (TACP) (FM) COMO NET DIV CG A (X) (OA SC) (S3/S2 AIR) (S3/S2 AIR) (G3/G2 AIR) (S3/S2 AIR) SPOT REF?T (UHF) RCVR NET X X X X A (X) (TACP) (TACP) (TACP) (TACP) (TACP) ( DASC) TAC AIR DIR AIR FORCE NET (UHF) in the division. Figure i-4. Type Air Force tactical air direction and related army radio nets NET CORPS MANEUVER BN CAV SOON BDE DIV ALTN DIV MAIN STATION t VI FM 61-24 FM 61-24 division G3/G2 Air or S3/S2 Air of brigade or 4-7. Multichannel Communications for battalion. Preplanned Air Support 4—6. Land Force Net Wherever possible, existing division multi- (fig. 4-4) channel communications facilities should be Each TACP is provided with FM equipment utilized in transmitting requests for pre- to maintain a station in the land force com- planned air support. Such a procedure will (mander’s voice FM radio net as required. In enhance communication reliability and rele- 'the army division, this includes the division gate the preplanned air request radio nets to command net (FM), brigade command net a more appropriate backup role. (FM), and the battalion command net (FM).

4-6 \AGO 5016A FM 61-24

PART ONE

COMMUNICATIONS IN ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND INFANTRY (MECHANIZED) DIVISIONS

CHAPTER 5

COMMUNICATIONS OF HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COMPANY OF

ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS

5-1. Mission quarters companies is shown in figures 5-1 The division headquarters provides command, and 5-2. control, and supervision of operations and ad- c. A weather section is included in the divi- ministration of the division and attached sion headquarters and headquarters company units. The headquarters company provides when specifically authorized by the Depart- logistical support and the personnel for divi- ment of Army. The army element of this sec- sion headquarters. A more detailed discussion tion provides two FM radio sets for dis- of the mission of headquarters company is mounted operation, a teletypewriter set, a contained in FM 61-100. telephone, and two light truck drivers with 5-2. Communications Provided by Company trucks; the Air Force provides a staff (divi- a. The division headquarters and headquar- sion) weather officer with five enlisted assist- ters company provides the vehicular radio sets ants and meteorological peculiar equipment. for staff control and internal company use. Normally, the weather section is provided The more extensive communication service for adequate circuits for communication from di- all division command post echelons is provision headquarters to its counterpart facility vided through the facilities of the division at corps over corps-provided circuits. Refer to signal battalion (ch 6). AR 115-10 for further explanation of meteor- b. A type employment of the internal radio ological support for the U.S. Army. sets of type division headquarters and head- r AGO 5016A 5-1 FM 61-24 COMD VEH SEC E COMOAVN SEC

ASSTDIV^y rc7> \COMDR/^ DBS UT HELV HEL EA) (2 EA) SEC HQ VRC h * VRC

ARC ARC ARC ARC VRC VRC (NOTEJ) 54 54 46 24

ATC NET-UHF »TO AFLD

TO OIV CG COMO NET-FM OR OTHER NET AS ROR

(NOTE 4) (NOTE f) G3/G2 LO G3/82 ASS OIV DIV TOC COMDR A COMDR OIV CG COMO NET-FM X ^TO MAJ SUBORD COMO VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC n VRC 47 47 (NOTE 2) 4 7 2 I 2 NOTE 2 yJ (NOTE 2)

ASST G3 \ G3 OP'-^, —I \ G2 OP'~S. ^ (G3 AIR)/ Ç-y j ^ C\(G2AIR)y> NOTES.

(NOTE I) (NOTE I) 1. AN/VRC —47 IN ARMO DIV. AN/VRC-46 7T\ * IN MECH OIV. VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC TO 46 TO 2. SPEECH SEC EQUIP INSTL. 46 46 4 7 4 7 OR TACP OR TACP 47 4 7

AVN OFF LEGEND: AVN SEC OIV G 4 CML OFF SURG WEA FM HQ COMOT SEC HZ UHF-AM HQ CO COMDR * VRC VRC VRC VRC PRC TO FOR USE AS 46 4 7 47 4 7 25 (5 EA) MED RQR BN TO SPT COMO < FM 61-24-5

NOTES: CCONV)

3. EACH AIRCRAFT CONTAINS AN/URC 10

4. EXPANSIBLE VAN

Figure 5-1. Type employment of radio sets, headquarters and headquarters company, armored or mechanized division. AGO 5016A SUBORD MAJOR TO COMD 25 PRC SEC WE A I 2 TO V RC C G NOTE TA CP 4 7 VRC NOTE: 47 VRC DR I 2 NOTE COMP V RC SST * DIV ■*- INSTALLED. SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT 46 VRC 47 JZX G 2 VRC 4 7 VRC c/s * ■*- COMD SPT TO 46 VRC DIV CG COMO NET-FM Z=k 4 6 ASST VRC 47 VRC TO TACP BN TO MED 47 VRC 4 7 VRC G 3/G 2 4 6 VRC T. * company, infantry division. Figure 5-2. Type employment of radio sets, headquarters and headquarters 4 7 VRC G 3 47 VRC AS REQUIRED LEGEND: TOC G 3/G 2 * FOR USE FM CML OFF HQ COMDT HO CO COM DR £ FM 61-24 m i FM 61-24

CHAPTER 6 COMMUNICATIONS AT DIVISION LEVEL (ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS)

Section I. SIGNAL BATTALION

6-1. General tions company, and a signal support opera- (fig. 6-1) tions company. It is common practice to desig- a. A division signal battalion is organic to nate the operating companies of the battalion each armored, infantry, or mechanized divi- as company A (command operations), com- sion. The battalion is part of the combined pany B (forward communications), and com- arms team and provides communications sup- pany C (signal support operations). port for the division. c. This chapter presents summary informa- b. Each battalion consists of a headquarters tion on the organization and operation of the and headquarters detachment, a command division signal battalion. For more extensive operations company, a forward communica- detail, refer to FM 11-50 and TOE 11-35.

DIV SIG BN

HQ SHO DET COMD OP CO FWD COMM CO SIG SPT OP CO (CO A) (CO B) (CO C)

Figure 6—1. Armored, infantry, or mechanized division signad battalion.

6-2. Battalion Mission and Capability division-level functions including command The overall mission and capability of the divi- and control, intelligence, firepower, and com- sion signal battalion (TOE 11-35) are sum- bat service support. marized below: (2) Provide special staff and technical a. Mission. The battalion has the mission assistance for planning and control of all divi- to— sion communications by the division command (1) Iandnstall, staff. operate, and maintain a division communication system for support of (3) Provide photographic service for the

AGO 6016A 6-1 FM 61-24 division—this excludes development of motion tography and the processing of motion picture picture and color film. and color film are excluded. (4) Provide cryptologistic support for (9) Direct cryptologistic support of the the division. division. (5) Provide internal command post (CP) (10) Radio wire integration stations at communications at all echelons of division all echelons of division headquarters (except headquarters including division support com- division rear) the division support command, mand and division rear echelon. and at three forward area signal centers. b. Capability. Consistent with its mission 6-3. Headquarters and Headquarters requirements, the battalion has the capability Detachment to provide the following: (fig. 6-2) (1) Command multichannel telephone The headquarters and headquarters detach- and teletypewriter circuits from echelons of ment (TOE 11-36) has the mission and capa- division headquarters to division artillery, bility to— support command, three brigades, aviation a. Plan, direct, and coordinate the opera- battalion (infantry division only), and other tions and training of a division signal bat- major subordinate units as directed. talion. b. Provide the necessary command, control, (2) Internal communication facilities for and administrative/logistical support for the the various command posts operated by divi- signal battalion. sion headquarters. c. Provide the signal special staff capability (3) Area multichannel telephone and for the division. teletypewriter circuits among echelons of division headquarters, support command, and 6—4. Command Operations Company three area signal centers—the area coverage (fig. 6-3) thus provided affords alternate command links a. Mission. The mission of the command and the primary communication links for operations company (TOE 11-37) is to pro- division combat service support functions. vide— (4) Internal communication facilities for (1) Internal signal communication facil- the support command post and three forward ities for the various division command eche- area signal centers. lons ; for example, division main, alternate, (5) Field wire and/or cable circuits from and tactical command posts. support command to its major subordinate (2) Multichannel radio terminals at the units, between forward area signal centers, command echelons of division headquarters. from forward area signal centers to separate (3) Multichannel radio terminals at the combat organizations and combat service division artillery headquarters command post. support installations—such service is extended (4) Signal center service for units lo- within the capabilities of the component com- cated in the vicinity of the division command panies of the battalion as directed. echelons—this service is supplementary to the (6) Radio teletypewriter (RATT) and organic facilities of units being supported. voice radio terminals at division command (5) Direct support maintenance of cryp- echelons, support command command post, and tographic equipment organic to the company three forward area signal centers—the sta- —this service is also extended to units lo- tions provided operate in designated division cated in the vicinity of division command radio nets. echelons. (7) Division motor messenger service to b. Capability. Consistent with its mission major subordinate commands. requirements, the command operations com- (8) Ground still and motion picture pho- pany has the capability to provide the fol- tography for the division and operation of a L lowing : mobile photography laboratory—aerial pho- (1) Communication center facilities with

6-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

HQ S HQ DET

BN HQ HQ DET

ADMIN a LOG OP a INTEL DIV SIG OFF BN MTR DET HQ SEC SEC SEC MAINT SEC

Figure 6-2. Headquarters and headquarters detachment, division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.

COMO OP CO (COA)

COMMCEN SIG ORG CO HQ RDO SEC INSTL SEC SEC MAINT TEAM

COMD SIGCEN TEL SEC RDO TML AIR SPT SIG PLAT a CARR SEC SEC

PLAT HQ

Figure 6-3. Command operations company, division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.

AGO 5016A 6-3 FM 61-24 secure teletypewriter and messenger service 6-5. Forward Communications Company for the various division headquarters com- (fig. 6-4) mand echelons. a. Mission. The mission of the forward com- (2) Three 120-line manual telephone cen- munications (TOE 11-38) company is to pro- tral office sets for terminating trunk and local vide— telephone subscriber circuits for the command (1) Communication facilities and termi- echelons of division headquarters. nation of division communication system in the forward support areas of a division zone (3) Facsimile service at one communica- of operations. The service provided is supple- tion center, usually division main. mentary to the organic facilities of the units (4) Two radio wire integration (RWI) being supported. stations to establish telephone communica- (2) Division multichannel radio termi- tions from mobile FM radio stations to tele- nals at brigade command echelons and at com- phone switching facilities. mand echelons of other major subordinate (5) Ten multicnannel radio terminals for units as directed. use as required at the command echelons of (3) Direct support maintenance of cryp- the division and at the division artillery head- tographic equipment organic to the company. quarters. This service is also extended to units located (6) Seven mobile secure radio teletype- in the vicinity of company operations. writer (RATT) stations, two single side-band b. Capability. Consistent with its mission (SSB) CW/voice radio stations, and two FM/ requirements, the forward communications voice radio stations equipped with speech se- company has the capability to provide the curity equipment—these stations are for oper- following : ation in army, corps, and division radio nets (1) Three forward area signal centers, as well as in the division warning broadcast each of which can provide— system; additionally there are four FM ve- (a) A communication center with se- hicular sets for internal battalion use supple- cure teletypewriter facilities and limited motor mented by five portable FM radio sets for use messenger service. as required. (b) A RATT station in a division radio (7) A tactical air support facility which net. includes a secure RATT station, two SSB CW/ (c) A 60-line telephone switching cen- voice radio stations and two VHF-UHF radio tral for supported units in a forward area. stations for air-to-ground operations. This fa- (d) An RWI facility to connect mobile cility will also provide a vehicle and necessary FM voice radio stations of the forward area to the division telephone network. communication equipment for an Air Force (e) Multichannel radio terminals to (AF) liaison officer where required (ch 4). afford telephone and teletypewriter access (8) Three wire and telephone installation from the forward areas to the division sup- teams to install local telephone circuits at the port command, division command echelons, command echelons of the division. and brigade command echelons. (9) Direct support maintenance of or- (2) A command signal terminal section ganic cryptographic equipment to include sup- to terminate division multichannel radio com- port for units located in the vicinity of divi- mand links at the headquarters echelons of sion command echelons. three brigades. There is a possible allotment (10) Unit administration, supply, and or- of three multichannel radio terminals or three ganizational maintenance of arms, vehicles, teams per brigade headquarters. power generators, and communication equip- (3) Unit administration, supply, and or- ment. ganizational maintenance of organic arms, ve- (11) Company mess facilities for 24-hour hicles, power generators, and signal commu- operation. nication equipment.

6-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

(4) Direct support maintenance of cryp- b. Capability. Consistent with its mission, tographie equipment organic to the company the signal support operations company has the and units located in the forward area of a capability to provide the following: division zone of operations. (1) A division support command opera- (5) Company mess facilities for 24-hour tions platoon to provide— operation. (a) A communication center with se- 6-6. Signal Support Operations Company cure teletypewriter terminal facilities for op- (fig. 6-5) eration in the division system. Ground messen- a. Mission. The mission of the signal sup- ger service is not provided but is obtained port operations company (TOE 11-39) is to from company A as required. provide— (b) Three RATT stations in division (1) Signal communication facilities for a nets and three RATT stations to support sub- division support command headquarters and ordinate units of support command as re- the rear echelon of a division headquarters. quired. (2) Signal center service to units located (c) A 60-line telephone switching cen- in the vicinity of a division support command tral to service support command headquarters headquarters and a division rear echelon. and supported units in the area. (3) Field cable construction and multi- (d) An RWI facility to connect FM- channel radio terminals in support of other voice radio stations of the area into the divi- units of the division signal battalion. sion telephone network. (4) Photographic services for the divi- (e) Division multichannel radio termi- sion (see b below for limitations). nals to provide telephone and teletypewriter (5) Direct support maintenance of cryp- circuits from the division support command to tographic equipment organic to units located division command echelons and the forward in the vicinity of division support command. areas.

FWD COMM CO (CO B)

1 FWD AREA SIG ORG FWD COMO CO HQ SIGCEN MAINT TEAM TML SEC PLATOON

COMMCEN RDO TML PLAT HQ TEL SEC RDO SEC NSTL SEC SEC a CARR SEC

Figure 6-U. Forward communications company, division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.

AGO 501SA 6-5 1

FM 61-24

(2) A division rear echelon operations mand echelons to major subordinate units, and platoon to provide— from multichannel radio and teletypewriter (a) Limited communication center fa- terminals to command posts. All such cable cilities with secure teletypewriter but no service is on an as-directed basis. ground messenger service. (5) Division multichannel radio termi- (b) A 60-line telephone switching cen- nals and repeaters to augment the division tral to service the division rear echelon and communication system, as required. units in the immediate area. (6) Unit administration, supply, and or- (c) A RATT station in a division radio ganizational maintenance of organic arms, ve- net. hicles, power generators, and signal equip- (3) Ground still and motion picture pho- ment. tography for the division and operation of a (7) Direct support maintenance of cryp- mobile photographic laboratory facility. Ex- tographic equipment organic to the company cluded are aerial photography and the proc- and to units located in the vicinity of division essing of exposed motion picture and color support command headquarters and rear eche- film. lon areas. (4) Installation, maintenance, and recov- (8) Company mess facilities on a 24-hour ery of field cable circuits from division com- basis.

SIG SPT OP CO (CO C)

CO HO SIG ORG PHOTO SEC FLO CABLE RDO TML REAR ECH SPT COMO MAINT TEAM INSTL PLAT aCARR SEC OP PLAT OP PLAT

FLO CABLE COMMCEN PLAT HQ PLAT HQ RATT TEAM INSTL SEC

RDO TML COMMCEN PLAT HQ a CARR SEC SEC INSTL SEC TEL SEC RDO SEC

Figure 6—5. Signal support operations company division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.

Section II. DIVISION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

6-7. Characteristics of the Division signed to provide rapid and responsive com- Communication System munications required for command and con- The division communication system is de- trol. The system must provide the following:

6-6 AGO E016A FM 61-24

a. Communication service to widely dis- battalion will normally consist of the follow- persed units. ing: b. Flexibility to meet changes in division a. Signal centers at each echelon of division task organization and at the same time, to headquarters support command headquarters, facilitate the relocation of units, command and at three forward sites in the division zone. posts, and installations. b. Multichannel communication links to in- c. Patching facilities to permit electrical re- terconnect the division signal centers, division routing and physical relocation of circuits artillery headquarters, the headquarters of with a minimum of system changes. each brigade, and other major subordinate d. Secure facilities for transmitting classi- division units as required. fied information. c. Division ground messenger service and e. Reliable and alternate means of commu- air messenger service to link echelons of divi- nications. sion headquarters with the major subordinate f. Common-user circuits for installations commands of the division. (Aircraft are pro- and units which eliminate the need for exten- vided by the aviation battalion in the infantry sive organic systems. division, since there is no organic aviation g. Sole-user circuits which must be specific- battalion in the armored and mechanized di- ally justified for high precedence require- visions; aircraft for messenger service must ments. be obtained from other sources.) h. Integration with corps command and d. AM and FM radio nets. field army communication systems. e. Radio/wire integration stations at each signal center, except division rear, for inter- 6-8. Responsibility connecting mobile FM radio stations to the a. Each commander is responsible for his telephone system at the signal centers. organic signal communications and for its efficient functioning as part of the higher unit 6-10. Signal Centers communications system. o. Signal Centers at Division Mainland b. All commanders are mutually responsible Division Alternate. Signal centers at division to insure that signal communications are in main and division alternate are provided by operation at all times. This is accomplished the command signal center platoons of the by taking immediate action to keep organic command operations company. These signal communications operational or insuring that centers also provide access to the division com- the commander responsible for providing communication system for units located in the munications is informed that a portion of a immediate vicinity; such support is supple- signal system is not operational. mentary to the organic capability of the unit c. The division signal officer has dual re- being supported. Division SOP may require sponsibilities as follows: that certain elements composing these signal (1) As a member of the division special centers be further echeloned to make up a tac- staff he is responsible for providing technical tical division CP or a division displacement assistance and advice to insure that the entire - team. division signal communications system is op- b. Signal Centers in Forward Division erational. Areas. The forward communication company (2) As the commander of a division sig- installs and operates three signal centers in nal battalion, he is responsible that the system the forward area of the division. These cen- and nets operated by that battalion are oper- ters are established at sites selected by the ational at all times. DSO after consultation with the division staff and are designed to provide signal support to 6-9. Composition both divisional and nondivisional units in the The division communication system as estab- immediate area of operation. All signal sup- lished, equipped, and operated by the signal port provided by these signal centers is in

AGO 5016A 6-7 FM 61-24 addition to the organic capabilities of the unit augmentation of the multichannel network as or units being served. required. c. Signal Center at Support Command h. To Corps and Army. Normally, the corps Headquarters. The signal center at division signal battalion installs and operates multi- support command headquarters is installed channel radio terminals at division main and and operated by the support command oper- alternate CPs for division interconnection into ations platoon of the signal support operations the corps communication system. Similarly, an company. This signal center provides facilities army area signal battalion usually installs a in addition to the organic facilities of units multichannel radio terminal at division sup- located in the vicinity of support command port command to operate in the army area headquarters; over-the-counter messenger ser- communication system. If the division rear vice only is provided. CP is located in the army area, a multichannel d. Signal Center at Division Rear Echelon. radio terminal may be provided by an army The signal center at division rear echelon is signal unit to connect this division echelon provided by the rear echelon operations pla- into the army area communication system. toon of the signal support operations company. Normally, however, the division rear echelon Services provided by this platoon are limited ; can be connected by field wire circuits into the for example, the center can operate in one army area communication system. echelon only and has neither organic messen- c. Lateral Communications. Multichannel gers nor multichannel radio facilities. lateral communications between adjacent divisions or between a division and another major 6-11. Multichannel Network unit is established in consonance with current The multichannel portion of the division com- doctrine (FM 24-1) and existing command munications system consists of multichannel policies. radio, carrier, and cable facilities installed and operated by the signal battalion. Figure 6—6 illustrates a type configuration of these facil- 6-12. Command and Secondary Multichannel Links ities. Final determination as to network com- a. Command Links. The command or priority position is made by the DSO ; his decisions are multichannel radio links must be immediately based on the desires of the division command- established and continually maintained. These er, the division SOP, the tactical situation, and links are listed below in decreasing order of the frequencies and equipments available. installation urgency: a. Within the Division. The following is a (1) Division main and alternate to each summation of the responsibilities of the vari- brigade. ous companies of the signal battalion in pro- (2) Division main to division artillery viding multichannel radio terminals : headquarters. (1) Command operations company. This (3) Division main and alternate to divi- company provides terminals and operating sion support command. personnel at division main, alternate, and at (4) Division main to division alternate. division artillery headquarters. (5) Division main to division airfield. (2) Forward communications company. (6) Division alternate to division artil- This company provides terminals and operat- lery when not adjacently located. ing personnel at three forward area signal h. Secondary Links. The secondary multi- centers and at each brigade headquarters. channel or area links complement the com- (3) Signal support operations company. mand links and offer wider area and alternate This company provides terminals and operat- routing paths within the multichannel net- ing personnel at division rear (if required) work. These area links provide the basic com- and at division support command headquar- munications from the division support com- ters. In addition, the company maintains a mand to support elements in the brigade pool of repeater and terminal equipment for trains areas of the division. Typical secondary -

6-8 AGO 6016A FM 61-24

LAWYER LAWYER LAWYER

* * SIO CEN SO CEN SIOíCTñ

LAWYER LAWYER LAWYER 63 ïï

LAWYER

70 ALTN

i NQ TO CORPS LAWYER ïi ALTN (NOTE I) (NOTE 7)

TO CORPS. LAWYER HAIN SO (NOTE 4) (NOTE I) (NOTE 7) XI SPT CEN NOTES' 1. HULTICHANNEL RADIO TERMINAL PROVIDED 0Y LAWYER CORPS SIGNAL BATTALION. 2. MULTICHANNEL RADIO TERMINAL OR WIRE LINK * 82 PROVIDED BY ARMY AREA SIGNAL BATTALION. (NOTE 5)\ 3. MULTICHANNEL LINK PROM REAR TO MAIN PROVIDED X ONLY IP DIVISION REAR IS WITHIN DIVISION AREA CEN LAWYER 4. RADIO REPEATERS INSERTED ONLY TO INDICATE TYPE 74 UTILIZATION AS REQUIRED. 5. TWELVE CHANNEL RADIO LINK REQUIRED BETWEEN AWYER TTO ARHY DIVISION ALTERNATE ANO DIVISION ARTILLERY IP NOT LEGEND: AREA SYSTEH ADJACENTLY LOCATED. (NOTE 2) T12- CHANNEL RADIO LINK INK TO ARHY «.ALLOCATED CIRCUITS 0P24 CHANNEL LINK BETWEEN AREA SYSTEM DIVISION MAIN AND DIVARTY ARE STRAPPED THROUGH T.24-CHANNEL RADIO LINK (NOTE 2) AT DIVISION MAIN TO CORPS ARTY THROUGH CORPS MULTICHANNEL SYSTEM SPIRAL 4 LINK 7. MULTICHANNEL LATERAL LINKS TO ADJACENT DIVISIONS == FLO WIRE CIRCUITS ESTABLISHED AS REQUIRED.

RADIO WIRE INTEGRATION STATION

$ MULTICHANNEL RADIO REPEATER LINK ESTABLISHED IF REQUIRED COMMAND LINK SECONDARY (OR AREA) LINK Figure 6-6. Type configuration of the multichannel portion of division communication system, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. multichannel links are given below in descend- (2) Area signal center to brigade. ing order of priority. (3) Lateral links between area signal (1) Area signal centers to division main, centers, alternate, and support command CPs. (4) Lateral links to adjacent division.

AGO 5016A 6-9 FM 61-24

c. Utilization of Equipment. Type drawing a. Operations-Intelligence Net (RATT Net figure 6-6, illustrates the maximum multi- No. 1). This net is used to control operations channel capability of the division signal bat- and intelligence functions within the division. talion; however, it does not represent a type The net control station (NCS) is located at utilization for any given tactical situation. In the division main CP. The division signal bat- actual practice, total commitment of multi- talion provides personnel and equipment to channel equipment is seldom made. Equipment operate the stations at division main and for replacement of defective sets and displace- division alternate. ment as required must be retained in reserve. b. Administrative Logistics Net (RATT Net No. 2). This net is used for the transmission 6-13. Field Cable Installation of administrative and logistical traffic. NCS (fig. 6-6) is located at division support command head- a. In all types of operation, plans must be quarters, with division main and alternate made for the field cable interconnection of the copying all traffic of interest to G1 and G4. command posts at division main, division al- Equipment and personnel for the stations at ternate, division artillery, and division sup- division main, alternate, and support com- port command. If time permits, the other mand headquarters are provided by the divi- major subordinate headquarters should be in- sion signal battalion. terconnected with cable. In mechanized and c. General Purpose Net (RATT Net No. 3). armored divisions, field cable will have a very The type net shown is used for general pur- limited use. poses as required. The division signal battal- b. Divisions systems control center must de- ion provides the stations at division main, al- velop a list of keying lines and cable installa- ternate, rear, support command, and the for- tion priorities based on the particular tactical ward area signal centers. If frequencies and situation. Priorities for this support are de- equipments are available, this net may be termined by such factors as the time available, reconfigured into two nets along functional the tactical situation, and the commitment of lines. Three additional RATT sets are avail- multichannel terminal equipments. able in the support command operations pla- c. The cable construction capability of the toon for use in this net as required. field cable installation platoon (signal support d. Division Warning Broadcast Net—AM. operations company) is limited. If extensive This net is used to broadcast air alerts ; enemy field cable construction is required, augmen- and friendly chemical, biological, and radio- tation of the division signal battalion will be logical (CBR) attack warnings; nuclear strike necessary. warnings ; effective wind messages ; fallout predictions ; downwind CBR contamination 6-14. Common- and Sole-User Circuits predictions; and similar information of an ur- The division communication system is primar- gent operational nature. To insure that all ily made up of common-user circuits. Empha- units will have immediate access to the vital sis on common-user circuits will afford maxi- information broadcast, the following prac- mum utilization of the area features of the tices normally apply : communication system. A limited number of (1) NCS is operated at division main by sole-user circuits are allocated for command the division signal battalion. Other stations and staff use ; their allocation is determined by operated by the signal battalion are so shown tactical urgency and the policies existing in in figure 6-7. the particular division. For further details re- (2) Battalions and separate companies, fer to FM 11-50. and sometimes subordinate elements thereof, 6-15. Internal Radio Nets are equipped with separate receivers to moni- (fig. 6-7) tor these broadcasts. Type radio nets for operation within the divi- (3) Organizations authorized in the SOI sion are described below:

6-10 AGO 6016A S

AGO 5016A 6-11 NOTES’ ADDITIONAL RADIO STATIONS MAY BE AS REQUIRED SlG. BN AS DIRECTED AN/ SUBSTITUTE AN/VRC-29 FOR ARMORED GRC-46 IN MECHANIZED AND BRIGADES USED IN DIVISION AIR REQUEST NET DIRECTED TO OPERATE IN THIS NET DIVISION SIGNAL BATTALION WHEN DIVISION SUPPORT COMMAND HO INFANTRY DIVISION ONLY WILL REQUIRED, CAVALRY SQUADRON EMPLOY AN/GRC- 106 NORMALLY UNIT IS LOCATED AWAY * RUM FORCE RADIO NETS TO BE REPLACED BY AIR FORCE SETS AN/GRC - 142 WHEN AVAILABLE AN/GRC-IOB OR AN/GRC -12? WHEN AVAILABLE 1 ALL ARMY RADIO SETS SHOWN IN AIR f NORMALLY MQNITOR ! OPERATE ONLY 0 ALTERNATE NCS b INFANTRY BRIGADE SHOWN, TO C AVIATION BATTALION IS ORGANIC e NOT ALL POSSIBLE STATIONS SHOWN, NET IS d IF TRANSMITTING IN THIS 2 AN/GRC-46 TO BE REPLACED BY 3. AN/GRC- 26 TO BE REPLACED BY Ç RADIO SETS TO UNITS PROVIDED BY (A) AIRFORCE RADIO SET OIV SlG BN (S) RADIO SET PROVIDED BY CORPS (C) RADIO SET PROVIDED BY (C) CORPS GRC-26 COMMAND NET (RATT) AIR (TACP) (TACP) (TACP) (TACP) VRC-24 VRC-24 VRC-24 TACTICAL VRC- 24 NET(UHF) DIRECTION AIR FORCE (S) (S) GRC-26 - ARMY NET (RATT) AIR REQUEST (AM (A) (TACP) (NCS) (TACP) I TACP) (TACP) GRC-106 GRC-106 GRC-106 GRC-106 AIR FORCE VOICE-CW) AIR REQUEST (S) VRC-24 RECEIVER NET (UHFJ SPOT REPORT (S) NCS DIVISION NET AM GRC-106 ( VOICE -CW ) AIR REQUEST (S) (S) (S) f (S) g g (S) f IS) NCS (S) g t GRC-26 GRC-46 DIVISION PURPOSE GRC—26 GRC-46 GENERAL GRC-46 GRC-46 GRC-46 GRC-46 RATT NET #3 (S) (S) (S) NCS ADMIN GRC-46 GRC-46 GRC-46 DIVISION LOGISTICS RATT NET #2 (S) (S) NCS GRC-46 GRC - 2 6 DIVISION OPERATIONS RATT NET# I INTELLIGENCE Figure 6-7. Type division-radio nets, armored, infantry ¡or mechanized division. (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) NCS GRR-5 VOICE) GRR-5 GRR-5 GRR-5 GRR-5 DIVISION WARNING NET (AM GRC-106 GRC- 106 BROADCAST VRC-46 VRC-46 VOICE) DIVISION NET (FM CG /COMMAND VRC-12 ASST TASE, TOC ARTILLERY ALTERNATE DIVISION REAR MAIN DIVISION DIVISION BRIGADES DIVISION DIVISION BATTALIONS CAVALRY SQUADRON (3 EACH) SIGNAL BATTALION AVIATION BATTALION ENGINEER MANEUVER SUPPORT COMMAND BATTALION ADA BATTALION TRANSPORT BRIGADE TRAINS (3 EACH) FORWARD AREA BATTALION SUPPLY AND BATTALION DIVISION SIGNAL CENTERS (3) MAINTENANCE BATTALION MEDICAL FM 61-24 FM 61-24 may switch radio equipments from other nets sion CG command net or to the constitution to transmit in this net; for example— of an FM operations-intelligence net. (a) Division ADA battalion usually broadcasts all air alerts. 6-16. External Radio Nets (b) Cavalry squadron may broadcast (fig. 6-7) urgent reconnaissance information of immedi- a. Higher Echelon Air Request Net ate importance to elements of the division. (RATT). This net, shown as the army air re- e. Division Air Request Net, AM. This net quest net, in figure 6-7, is used to request air is used to forward requests for tactical air support for the division from a higher army support from maneuver battalions and bri- headquarters. Primarily, this net is intended gades to the NCS at TASE DTOC. Primarily, for the transmission of preplanned air re- the net is intended for preplanned air requests quests but also may be used for immediate aid but also may be used for immediate air re- requests if Air Force or other army communi- quests if Air Force or other Army facilities cation facilities are not available. Refer to are not available. Refer to chapter 4. The chapter 4 for more complete information on division signal battalion provides the person- air request procedures. The RATT station at nel and equipment to operate the station at division headquarters is provided by the divi- division main or alternate CP. sion signal battalion for use at the TASE /. Division CG Command Net—FM. This DTOC. net provides the division commander with b. Corps Command Net, RATT. Corps com- short range direct voice communications to all mand RATT nets are used by the corps com- major subordinate unit commanders. Because mander for the command and operational of the large number of stations, operations in control of subordinate units. When the divi- this net are restricted; however, commanders sion functions as part of the corps, the corps and/or staff officers of the units indicated (fig. signal battalion furnishes the RATT station 6-7) will monitor this net continually, operat- at each division main CP for operation in the ing in it when directed. Stations other than designated corps command net. those shown (fig. 6-7) may be directed to op- c. Army Spot Report Receiver System, erate in this net. The following additional UHF. The signal battalion operates a UHF- facts are emphasized: voice station in this net at TASE DTOC. The (1) All radio sets are organic to the par- station is used for monitoring Air Force close ticular unit and are vehicular mounted. air support missions flown for the division. In (2) Retransmission stations in the net addition, the net is used as a warning sys- may be established as required. For this pur- tem from AF planes to DTOC ; urgent infor- pose, RWI stations or aerial retransmission mation is immediately retransmitted by DTOC may be utilized. over the division warning broadcast system. g. Need for Flexibility in Internal Radio Other division stations in this net are the Nets. The three RATT nets shown in figure headquarters of the brigades, maneuver bat- 6-7 embody the greatest economy in the em- talions, and cavalry squadron. ployment of equipments and frequencies; how- d. Air Force Air Request Net, AM. This net ever, these configurations represent only one is used by TACPs to request immediate air flexible solution—the actual employments will support from the Air Force. As an interim depend upon the desires of the division com- measure, the station at division main may be mander, the tactical situation, and the pro- provided by the air support signal team of the fessional interpretation of the DSO. For ex- division signal battalion. Refer to chapter 4. ample, in some tactical environments, a four e. Air Force Tactical Air Direction Net, RATT net arrangement along functional lines UHF. This net is used by TACPs to direct will often prove more acutely responsive to Air Force aircraft flying direct support mis- combat communication needs. This same type sions. As an interim measure, the air support of rationale is equally applicable to the divi- signal team of the division signal battalion

~~6-12 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~-TYPE INTERCONNECTION AT A 8 B* TO RWI STATION~~

~~ARC 54 M X- 2915/ PT GSA-7 VRC-49 VRC'12~~

~~RWI STATION V SB-86/P CG TEL SUBSCRIBER AT M”C-3 8 XX MTC-7 SITES FWD AREA SIG CEN~~

~~TEL SUBSCRIBER 1 \ VRC MTC SSA~~

~~RWI STATION y~~

~~VRC~~

~~C OF $~~

~~XX MAIN~~

~~/VDTOC\TEL / —^SUBSCRIBER \ \~~

~~VRC OSA~~

~~RWI Í STATION MRC-69 MTC -9~~

DIVISION TACTICAL LEGEND: DTOC - OPERATIONS CENTER MRC-69 RADIO TERMINAL SET =D> RADIO RELAY 12 CHANNEL SYSTEM MTC- 3 SB-86, 120 DROP FM RADIO 2 POSITION SWITCHBOARD MTC- 7 SB -86, 60 DROP FIELD WIRE, SINGLE POSITION SWITCHBOARD OR CABLE (GSA - i) RADIO / WIRE INTEGRATION STATION TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT (VRC - 49)

~~Figure 6-8. Type utilization of RWI stations, armored, infantry, or mechanized division (at division main and a forward area signal center).~~

~~AGO 5016A 6-13 FM 61-24~~

~~DTOC-~~

~~CAV SOON 4^ P Cft —►G2/G3 HIGHER HO ¡ P ^ALTN DTOC O G 2/03 O' ^►BDE I S2 / S3~~

~~O o ^►BDE 2 S2/S3~~

~~P____Q ^►BDE 3 S2/S3~~

~~O AAE O ^DIV AIRFIELD~~

P AGE o ^HIGHER AD HQ P~~"~q -►BÖE I FSCC P d ^►BDE 2 FSCC DIVISION MAIN p q -►eOE 3 FSCC TELEPHONE eft ^DIV ARTY FDC SWITCHING ^DASC ■q CENTRAL P o —►AIR SPT SIG TEAM OR TACP (-) TASE O- ^►8DE I S2/S3 AIR (AN/MTC-3) cf ^►BDE 2 S2/S3 AIR Or ^►BDE 3 S2/S3 AIR

~~(ft ^►CAV SQDN S2 / S3 AIR~~

~~ÖCBRE (NOTE I )~~

~~O ENGRE~~

~~O CEE o DSO SYSCONCEN -^-►SYSCONCEN OF HIGHER HQ SB-22/PT —► SI GCE N DIV ALTN P/O~~

~~AN/MSC-31 -►FWD ASIGCEN o— -►FWD ASIGCEN~~

~~^-►FWD ASIGCEN >(N0TE 2)~~

~~^-►SIGCEN DIV SPT COMD~~

~~Í->SIGCEN DIV RR~~

~~-TECHCONCEN- -► MULTICHANNEL RDO TML SITES~~

S T iN.AT LDR O | B-22()/P RD P/0 -O 0 TML-CARR SEC LOR SB-6II/MRC -OtT TML AT COMMCEN H >—QRATT STATIONS -►FOR USE AS REQUIRED ■ TO SB-22/PT Q3 AT MULTI- (NOTE 5) CHANNEL ROO TML SITES (NOTES 3 8 4) PM AND MP CO SWBD «*—< COMO OPNS COM O J RWI STATION NOTES : * E N G R BN 1 SWITCHBOARDS SB-220/PT ARE PROVIDED FOR USE AT DTOC AS REQUIRED. ►CAV SQDN ►ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT. 2 SOLE USER CIRCUIT IS TO PLATOON LEADER WHO ACTS AS TECHNICAL CONTROLLER » SI G BN —*► ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT OF INTERNAL COMMUNICATION )—► MORE THAN ONE COMMON FACILITIES AT EACH SIGNAL CENTER. ► AVN BN (INF DIV ONLY ) USER CIRCUIT, NUMBER OF 3 PATCHING PANEL PROPER IS EXCLUDED ► DIV ADA BN FROM THIS SIMPLIFIED DRAWING. CIRCUITS DETERMINED AS REQUIRED 4 ALL TRUNKING CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE ► INSTRUMENTED DIV AIRFIELD CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL £► MORE THAN ONE SOLE THROUGH THE PATCHING PANEL(NOT SHOWN) -< >-► TO SB-22/PT OF AIR SPT SIG * USER CIRCUIT, NUMBER OF IF DESIRED, LOCAL TELEPHONE CIRCUITS OR TACP (-) CIRCUITS DETERMINED MAYBE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING »—►OTHER UNIT SW BD’S IN AREA AS REQUIRED CENTRAL VIA THE PATCHING PANEL >—0OTHER SUBSCRIBERS IN AREA OTELEPH0NE SET TA-3I2/PT 9. TELETYPEWRITER SET PROVIDED IN PATCHING PANEL FOR CIRCUIT CHECKING AND FOR M0RE AG DISTRCEN )~O THAN ONE TELEPHONE TRANSMITTING SYSTEMS CONTROL ORDERS SET; NUMBER OF TELEPHONE AS REQUIRED AN/MSC-29 I SETS DETERMINED AS REQUIRED MSGCEN ScOMMCEN

~~MSGCEN~~

~~Figure 6-0. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division main signal center, armored, infantry, or mechanized division~~

~~6-14 AGO 6016A FM 61—24~~

~~SPT COMO “O co HQ COMOR o HO, HQCO, xo O- AND BAND -O CHAP~~

~~DIVISION S I O” “O HO SEC G4 MAIN 4- SUPPORT BAN0 S 2 O- COMMAND “O G4 ALTN O / ÍOPNS)I TELEPHONE (SB-22/PT) S3 O“ “O AMMO SEC HIGHER HO SWITCHING LOGOPNS -O S4 O- CENTRAL -O TRANS SEC~~

~~DIV AMMO OFF (AN/MTC-7)~~

~~DIV TO O" -Q SI6 OFF~~

~~RWI STA O” ~0 AN/MGC-17~~

~~OTHER SUBSCRIBERS -OMSGCEN SCOMMCEN IN AREA~~

~~MED BN 4 -O MSG CEN~~

SUP 8 TRANS BN < H-O MULTICHANNEL RD0 TML SITES TECHCONCEN MAINT BN « -Q SPT COMD OP PLAT LDR UNIT SWBD'S ^ O -> SYSCONCEN(MAIN) IN AREA SB-22/PT P/0 DIV MAIN« -► SYSCONCEN(ALTN) SB-61 l/MRC MULTICHANNEL 01V ALTN « RDO TML SITES T T TML AT 01V ARTY « o EZ> COMMCEN FOR USE BDE CP'S * < >+ AS REQUIRED

~~BDE TNS « (NOTES I S 2)~~

~~FWD ASIGCEN'S * )—O RATT STATIONS~~

~~TO ARMY 4 AREA SYSTEM~~

~~LEGEND!~~

NOTES : ► ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT I PATCHING PANEL IS EXCLUDED FROM THIS SIMPLIFIED DRAWING. ► ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT 2 ALL TRUNKING CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL ^ MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT-, THROUGH THE PATCHING PANEL (NOT SHOWN). NUMBER TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED IF DESIRED, LOCAL TELEPHONE CIRCUITS MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL VIA THE PATCHING PANEL. O ONE TELEPHONE SET TA-312/PT 3 TELETYPEWRITER IS USED FOR CIRCUIT HO MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER CHECKING AND FOR RECEIVING SYSTEMS TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED CONTROL ORDERS AS REQUIRED.

~~Figure 6-10. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram, for division support command signal center, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 6-15 FM 61-24~~

~~-TECHCONCEN -~~

FWD *► SYSCONCEN(MAIN) SB-22/PT F WD ASIGCEN “O ASIGCEN PLAT LDR PLAT LDR P/0 — ► SYSCONCEN (ALTN) SB - 6II/MRC PLAT HO ■i >~0 MULTICHANNEL RDO o TML SITES OTHER SUBSCRIBERS Q-f >- O 'IT ™L AT COMMCEN IN AREA I5TT> BDE TNS ■< )-► FOR USE AS REQUIRED DIV FWD (NOTE 3) FWD ASIGCEN'S ASIGCEN DIV MAIN TEL (NOTES 18 2) SWITCHING DIV A LT N CENTRAL -O AN/MGC-17 BDE CP'S ( AN/MTC-7) -O MSGCEN >COMMCEN UNIT SWBD'S 4-< h- -O MSGCEN IN AREA —O RATT STATIONS (NOTE 2) —O RWI STATION

~~H >-Q MULTICHANNEL RDO TML SITES~~

NOTES: I. PATCHING PANEL IS EXCLUDED FROM THIS SIMPLIFIED DRAWING. 2. ALL TRUNKING CIRCUITS ARE CONNECTED LEGEND: TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL THROUGH THE ^ ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT PATCHING PANEL (NOT SHOWN). IF DESIRED, LOCAL TELEPHONE CIRCUITS ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL VIA THE PATCHING PANEL. ( >-► MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT: 3. TELETYPEWRITER IS USED FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER OF CIRCUITS TO BE DETERMINED CHECKING AND FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED CONTROL ORDERS AS REQUIRED. O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT ( >0 MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER OF TELEPHONE SETS TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED

Figure 6—11. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division forward area signal center, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. may provide the station at division main. Re- 6-18. Telephone Switching at Division fer to chapter 4. Signal Centers 6-17. FM Radio/Wire Integration (figs. 6-9-6-12) (fig. 6-8) Type telephone distribution and switching The division signal battalion operates FM ra- systems for selected type division signal cen- dio/wire integration stations (RWI) at each ters are shown in figures 6-9, 6-10, 6-11, and signal center except division rear. These cen- 6-12. Refer to FM 11-50 for further informa- ters are used to interconnect FM radio stations tion. operating within the division area to the division communications system. Interconnec- 6-19. Messenger Service tion from the RWI station to a main switch- The signal battalion provides messenger serv- board is made through a remote control unit ice from the command echelons of division and a manual telephone switchboard. headquarters to all organic and attached units.

~~6-16 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

In most cases, using units will be required to deliver outgoing messages to, or pick up in- •_(> o coming messages at, the nearest signal center. O o Normally, messengers are dispatched from DIVISION ORR ECH OP higher to lower headquarters; in certain in- O REAR Dt AT i no TELEPHONE o o AN/MGCC-17 I stances, however, special messengers may be SWITCHING sent from subordinate to superior headquar- o CENTRAL Q MS6CEN > COMMCEN M ; SEC (-) < SGCENN ters. Liaison officers, who habitually travel be- o IAN/MTC-7) O tween command posts are also utilized to carry o o FIN OFF o urgent messages. FIN SEC a. Motor Messengers. The signal battalion o o is manned and equipped to provide motor _ç>- o CHAP SEC - messenger service. Motor messengers are dis- o INFO SEC (-) MULTICHANNEL RDO patched in two main teams as driver and guard K3 TML SITES OTHER SUBSCRIBERS respectively. OH RATT SITES IN AREA HD b. Air Messenger Service. The relative ef- TO ARMY AREA OR DIV COMM SYSTEM ficiency of air messenger service is greatest UNIT SWBO'S when the road systems are congested, enemy IN AREA infiltrators are active, or the distances be-

MORE THAN ONE tween headquarters are excessive. In these sit- COMMON USER CIRCUIT TELEPHONE SE T uations, the division signal battalion will pro- o TA-3I2/PT MORE THAN ONE vide the messengers while aircraft are pro- -o TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER OF TELEPHONES TO BE DETERMINED vided by the infantry division aviation battal- AS REQUIRED ion or obtained from other sources in the armored and mechanized divisions. Aircraft Figure 6-12. Type telephone and circuit distribution arrangements are provided through coordina- diagram for division rear communications center, tion between the division aviation officer and armored, infantry, or mechanized division. the DSO.

Section III. INTERNAL SIGNAL BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS 6-20. Radio Net (FM-Voice) c. At times and if frequencies are available, a. A type signal battalion radio net is shown it may be desirable to redistribute the battal- in figure 6-13. This net will enable the battalion radio sets shown into more than one FM ion commander/DSO to maintain direct con- net. A second possible solution is summarized tact with all elements of the battalion. If bat- below : talion units are widely scattered and telephone (1) Signal Battalion Command Net— service is not immediately available, a re- FM. This net will consist of the battalion com- transmission station may be necessary to mander, ADSO (NCS), S3, S4, and the three maintain communications. company commanders. b. As indicated in figure 6-13, only a mini- (2) Systems Control Net—FM. This net mum number of stations will be required to will consist of the systems control center as operate in this net at any one time; for ex- NCS and the remaining battalion radio sta- ample, radio stations at multichannel ter- tions not included in the signal battalion com- minal sites will habitually use the multichan- mand net. It is estimated that only a minimum nel networks for telephone communication to number of stations will have need to operate signal battalion headquarters—thus, FM radio in this net. sets at these sites will be used only initially during establishment of the multichannel ra- 6-21. Signal Battalion Wire System dio network. A type internal wire system for use at signal

~~AGO 6016A 6-17 FM 61-24 J~~

~~TO DIV CG COMD NET~~

~~I BN COMDR~~~

~~V R C 47~~

~~(FWD COMM)~~

~~CO CO COMDR ÛDSO U COMOR I sCOMDR~~

~~V R C VRC VRC VRC (NOTE I ) 47 46 46 46~~

FLD CABLE (COMO SIG ^(FWD SIG w PLAT PLAT DSO ^—V PLAT^ CEN) CEN) NSTAL) LDR -► LDR (MSC- 31) LDR *

~~NOS VRC (NOTE I) VRC VRC VRC (NOTE 2) 46 46 46~~

~~(FLD CABLE (COMD (FWD SIG SIG CEN) PLAT^) INSTAL) BN PLÛT PLAT CEN) LDR XO LDR LDR~~

~~(NOTE I ) VRC VRC VRC VRC 46 46 46 NOTE 2) 46~~

~~(FWD SIG CEN) s I PLAT r uo. REPEATER \j~\f STATION - VRC VRC MRC ■ 54) * 46 46 (NOTE 2)~~

~~VRC FWD ■» 4 6 S 3 COMD TERM~~

~~LDR V\~~

~~(SPT COMD SYS FWD » PLAT ^ OP) CON (MSC 31) COMD TER LDR~~

~~VRC VRC G R R VRC DIV WNG BCST 46 46 4 7 (NOTE 2)~~

NOTES: INDICATES RADIO 1. TWO ADDITIONAL AN/PRC-25‘S FOR FWD STATIONS THAT ONLY DISMOUNTED OPERATION COMD TERM INFREQUENTLY 2. ONE ADDITIONAL AN/PRC ' 25 FOR OPERATE IN SIGNAL DISMOUNTED OPERATION VRC BATTALION COMMAND 47 NOTE 2) NET - FM

~~• F M~~

~~BAM~~

~~Figure 6-18. Type FM radio net for division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. 6-18 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

battalion headquarters is shown in figure 6- 14. The switchboard shown is normally set up in the vicinity of the division main CP and is used for local signal battalion service in this area. _0«N DET HQ s-/ SB-22/PT XO S t /AD J O- -O S4 (SWITCHBOARD OP-INTEL Q~ “O ADMIN-LOG SEC SEC (-) IS OPERATED BY HQ AND HQ OET TO SYSCONCEN OF DIV SIG BN) (OP-INTEL SEC(-)) (NOTE I)

~~-► TO 01V SIG OFFICE (DSO SEC (—)) (NOTE 2}~~

~~1. LES S PERSONNEL NOT NEEDED FOR SYSTEMS CONTROL 2. LESS PERSONNEL ▼ ▼ WHO OPERATE IN TO DIV MAIN SWITCHING DTOC. CENTRAL~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~O TELEPHONE SET TA-312 / PT~~

~~FIELD WIRE LINK~~

~~Figure 6-1U. Type internal wire system for the division signal battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~AGO 6016A 6-19~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 7~~

~~BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

7-1. Brigade Headquarters headquarters may operate in two echelons—a a. The brigade headquarters is the tactical command post composed of the commander headquarters immediately subordinate to the and such members of his staff as desired ; and division headquarters. It has command and the trains, where support elements of the com- control of such attached and supporting ele- mand, including field trains from at- ments as may be allocated by division. The tached and supporting units, of the brigade, organization of this tactical unit is, therefore, are located. Organic communicàtions supplied completely flexible. The communication system by the communications platoon, headquarters of the brigade must provide the versatility re- and headquarters company of the brigade, quired for control of the type organization provide the means for command and control dictated by the commander’s plan. The bri- of brigade headquarters elements. gade headquarters must be prepared to act as an emergency successor for the division head- 7-2. Brigade Signal Officer quai.,~*a echelons (main, alternate, and/or The brigade signal officer is a member of the division artillery). This chapter will consider brigade staff. He has one assistant, the pla- the specific communication requirements and toon leader of the brigade communications capabilities in the brigade of ground-type platoon. General duties of the signal officer divisions; however, the material of this section are covered in paragraph 2-6. In addition to will also apply to the airborne division brigade. these duties, the brigade signal officer has op- Refer to FM 7-30 and FM 17-30 for more erational control over the communications complete information on brigade operations; platoon and coordinates signal matters with also, see TOE 7-42, 17-42, and 37—42 for the personnel of division signal battalion units in organization of division brigade headquarters. the brigade area. b. During normal operations, the brigade

~~Section II. BRIGADE RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEMS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

7-3. Brigade Communications to Higher tions platoon will normally operate a station Headquarters in this net from the command post area. Over The brigade maintains communications to this net the brigade receives orders and ex- higher and adjacent headquarters by opera- changes intelligence information with DTOC. ting subordinate stations in division radio nets When authorized, the brigade may use the net and utilizing telephone and teletypewriter cir- for communication to other brigade head- cuits provided by the division communications quarters, division artillery, or other units op- system. erating in the net. a. Radio (figs. 7-1, 7-2 and 7-3). (2) Division RATT Net No. 2 (Admin- (1) Division RATT Net No. 1 (Opera- istrative-Logistics). The brigade communications-Intelligence). The brigade communications platoon also operates a RATT station in

AGO 5016A 7-1 FM 61-24 the Division RATT Net No. 2. The station is used to direct or monitor direct air support located in the brigade trains area. This net missions being flown for the brigade (refer to provides for the transmission of administra- ch 4). tive and logistical information to the division support command and to the division com- b. Multichannel Communications. Com- mand post as required. Units located in the mand terminal teams from the signal battal- brigade trains area may also send administra- ion’s forward communication company pro- tive/logistics information to higher headquar- vide multichannel radio terminals at the sep- ters over this net. arate brigade headquarters (fig. 7-4). This signal support provides telephone and tele- (3) Division CG/Command Net—FM. typewriter service from brigade headquarters For communication with division, the brigade to other subscribers in the division communi- commander maintains a radio in the division cation system. Each brigade command ter- CG/command net from the command post or minal team also installs cable from the multi- the command group. This net is used to direct channel radio terminal to the brigade switch- and coordinate operations and other urgent board. tactical matters. The brigade S3 and brigade c. Messenger. Messenger service, both operations will monitor this net and enter only scheduled and special, is provided by the di- to represent the brigade commander in his vision signal battalion to the forward signal absence. center in the brigade area and the brigade (4) Division Air Request Net—AM. This headquarters. Messengers organic to the bri- net is used to coordinate and to submit re- gade communications platoon may also be quests for tactical air reconnaissance, close used for message service to higher head- air support, and tactical airlift from the Air quarters. Air messenger service will be pro- Force or organic Army aircraft. The brigade vided. S3 air operates a station from the command d. Visual Signals. The use of visual signals post; however, the net is for the use of the S2 in brigade units follows generally accepted air or S3 air on all matters involving tactical practice. Panels are used to display unit head- air support. quarters identification numbers as assigned in the SOI. Friendly unit recognition and front- (5) Division Warning Broadcast Net— line identification are accomplished by the dis- AM. The S3 air monitors this voice net, which play of fluorescent panels. Pyrotechnics, lights, is used by division to transmit alerts, warn- and smoke signals are used with the prear- ings, and CBR data. ranged meanings established in the SOI and (6) Army Spot Report Receiver Sys- operation orders. tem—UHF. The brigade radio station in this 7-5. Communications to Subordinate Units army net is used to monitor Air Force air op- Communications to subordinate units of the erations and to afford the brigade a source of brigade include the use of all means available intelligence information resulting from ob- to meet the requirements for command, con- servation during tactical air operations. trol, and coordination. (7) Air Force Air Request (AM). The a. Radio (figs. 7-1, 7-2 and 7-3). brigade station monitors transmissions or (1) Brigade Command Net—FM. This uses this net to request immediate air support net is the primary means for command control from the Air Force. This is a TACP operated of major subordinate elements of the brigade. station (refer to ch 4). Rapid voice communication from the brigade (8) Tactical Air Direction (UHF—AM). commander and his staff to commanders of The brigade station (TACP operated) may be subordinate elements is provided by this net. Brigade staff members operate in this net for Figure 7—1. Type radio nets, armored division brigade. operational intrastaff coordination and coordi- (Located in back of manual)

~~7-2 AGO 5016A > TO ATTACHED BATTALIONS Ci O~~

~~DIÑOTE 2) i fe Çè? VRC-47 VRC-Ií VRC-46 (NOTE B) VRC-46 OIV cc COMO NET~~

~~FOR DISPLACEMENT BDE OP '-r BÜTÖP (T AC r) STAFF SEO «su SIC OFF CONTROL TEAM (STAFF SEC)(MTE LVvw—^ fe fe fe F BDE COMO NET~~

~~STAFF SEC PUT VRC-46 VRC-47 GRC GRC T BDE HQ BDE HO) VRC-47 VRC-47 VRC-47 VRC-24 VRC-46 VRC-24 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 (NCS) 106 106 (NCS)~~

~~GRR 6RC-46 (NOTE 4) CRC-46 (NCS)~~

~~25 4F~~

~~DIV CC COMD NET~~

~~CONM PLAT COMN FIAT BDE TNS) BDE THS) SPOT DIV DIV AIR WNG AIR REO RCVR BC ST REQ CRC-46 CRC-46 NET NET NET~~

~~S HQ CO **LPLAT COUDR COMM PLAT ^BDÈ^SURS^ LOR ( BDE ADMIN LOG NET-FM )~~

~~(LOCATED AT MANEUVER PRC- » I PRC VRC-47 VRC-49 VRC-46 VRC-47 BNS HQ-3 OR VRC-46 VRC-46 MORE) 5* / V 6 »~~

~~(THIS SET MAY BE LECEND OTHERWISE USED AS REQUIRED) SEC LOR rm T , 3 EA~~

C AVN SEC COMM NET-FM ) WPNS RIFLE SOD SQDS RATT CRR-5 VRC-47 ARC-54 ARC-54 t DISMOUNTED OPERATION ** ENTER NET AS RQR NOTES: ARR-49 ARR-49 THREE (3) AN/PRC-25S IN STAFF SECTION FOR USE AS SQUIRED. JRC-IO URC-IO 2. SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED 2 3. LIAISON OFFICERS ENTER NET AS REQUIRED Bcsr 4. ONE (i) STAFF SECTION AN/CRC-46 USED FOR » DISPLACEMENT ? to u Figure 7-2. Type radio nets, infantry division brigade. « FM 61-24 Figure 7-3. Type iridio neta, infantry division (mechanized) brigade. (Located in back of manual) JL (SUBSTITUTE ARMORED OR MECHANIZED BDE SYMBOL AS APPROPRIATE)

~~S WBD AN/MTC-7~~

~~TO FORWARD AREA FOR USE AS REQUIRED SI6 CENTER i/yV vVX'~~

~~TO 01V MRC -69 S MRC -69 (S TO 01V ALT CP V MAIN CP~~

~~MRC-69 (24 CHANNELS)CS)V~~

~~DISPLACEMENT AND/OR ALTERNATE COMO POST LEGEND:~~

~~26 FttIR CABLE~~

i/|V RADIO (RELAY) TERMINAL S PROVIDED BY SIG BN B PROVIDED BY BDE Figure 7—It. Type multichannel radio support provided to brigade headquarters by the division signal battalion (forward command terminal teams of forward communications company), armored, infantry, or mechanized division. nation with subordinate elements. Unit rep- and other attachments to the brigade operate resentatives attached to, or in support of the stations in this net for coordination of ad- brigade, such as artillery, engineer, and tac- ministration and logistics as required. tical air, enter the net as required. NCS is (3) Brigadé Intelligence Net—FM. This normally located at brigade operations. net is used in the brigade for the exchange of information and intelligence data between the (2) Brigade Administrative Logistics brigade S2 and attached battalion S2’s (fig. Net—FM. This net is used for the transmis- 7-1). The brigade intelligence officer (S2) sion of administrative and logistical traffic operates the net control station. Other type both within, and between, the command post brigades may establish a brigade intelligence and brigade trains area. The brigade S1/S4 net (FM) should the requirement develop center normally operates the net control sta- either through the mission or the tactical tion from the brigade trains area. Battalions situation. 7-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

(4) Brigade RATT Net. This net is a 7-7) are installed by the brigade communica- ■ primary means for the transmission of re- tions platoon for internal communication with- ports, written orders, and information requir- in the brigade command post and brigade ing a written record of communications in- trains, and from the command post to the volving the brigade command post, brigade brigade trains and attached battalions. These trains, and the attached battalions. NCS is circuits are installed, as required, and their normally located with the operations staff sec- need is determined by the tactical situation, tion at brigade headquarters. the time available, and the desires of the com- (5) Aviation Section Command Net— mander. FM. This net provides for internal command c. Supplemental Means. and control of both ground and flight opera- (1) Messenger service, both scheduled tions of the aviation section of the brigade and special, is provided by the brigade to sub- headquarters and headquarters company. ordinate units. Air messengers may be used. NCS is either in the platoon commander’s air- (2) Visual and sound communication be- craft or at the vehicular ground station. In ad- tween the brigade and subordinate units is dition, monitoring or operating in the brigade used as directed in the operation orders or the command net is required. SOI. b. Wire. Wire circuits (figs. 7-5, 7-6 and

~~Section III. BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS PLATOON, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

7-6. General and install trunk lines to attached units ; The brigade communications platoon is or- motor messengers who make scheduled and ganic to each brigade headquarters and head- special message deliveries; and teletypewriter quarters company. Each platoon is organized operators to operate the organic teletype- and equipped to install, operate, and supervise writer equipment. the internal brigade communications system d. The radio section provides radio tele- and to extend communications to all attached typewriter or CW operators and equipments battalions and other units of the brigade. The to operate AM-RATT stations except the sta- platoon is organized into a platoon headquar- tion in the brigade RATT net which is op- ters, message center and wire section, and erated by personnel assigned to the brigade radio section. headquarters staff section. 7-7. Personnel and Their Duties 7-8. Operations a. The platoon leader commands the com- a. In the command post area, the message munications platoon, under operational con- center is the focal point of operations for the trol of the brigade signal officer. In addition, brigade communications platoon. The message the communications platoon leader acts as the center and wire section provide message proc- assistant brigade signal officer. essing service, teletypewriter service, and the b. The communications chief coordinates switchboard for the wire system terminal. activities of all personnel in the communica- During movement of the brigade, a mobile tions platoon, assists the platoon leader, and message center is operated by the communica- maintains records and reports. tions platoon. The wire system within the com- c. Message center and wire section person- mand post is installed and operated by mes- nel include—a section chief who operates the sage center and wire section personnel. Other message center; message center personnel for supplemental means of communication (such message handling and cryptographic service; as panel displays) are provided by members switchboard operators and wiremen to install, of the message center. operate, and maintain the local wire system

AGO 5016A 7-5 NOTE: 3- NUMBERANDTYPEOFATTACHED 2- ASECONDAN/MTC-TISAVAILABLEFOR I -ONETELETYPEWRITERTERMINALNOTCOMMITTED 7—9. Communications MaintenanceSupport LEGEND: munications platoonoperatesaRATTstation radio mechanicswho provide organizational sections duringfieldoperations.Thecom- tical staffsections,andremainapartofthose TOE totheoperations,intelligence,andlogis- mediate speedradiooperatorsareassignedby maintenance toelements oftheheadquarters in anetofthehigherheadquartersasrequired. FM 61-24 BATTALIONS VARIES. DISPLACEMENT OROTHERPURPOSES AT BRIGADETRAINS. NAY BEUSEDFORDISPLACEMENTOREMPLOYED 7-6 a. Thebrigadecommunications platoonhas b. Radioteletypewriterteamsandinter- (8) O TELETTPEIRITER FACILITY «IRE LINESINSTALLEDBY TELEPHONE TA-264/PT BDE HO(HENTINEPERNITS TA-3I2/PT TELEPHONE SET COM DUNITS- DIV SPT BN SPT ATCHO BNS PLAT OF AS ROD BOE SIQ BDE S4 Figure 7-5.Typewiresystem,armoreddivisionbrigade. SB-22/PT SB-22/PT DISMOUNT POINT C / ARTY RADIO CONOR HO CO / SUPP USER SOLE SEC CHAP LO SEC TEL OFF CNL SEC AVN / -LL o- o- o o O O O CH / SIGNAL CENTER TO FIDAREA / men tooperatefromacentrallocationinthe Normally, thecommunicationsplatoonleader and headquarterscompanyofthebrigade. command group. command post,but,ifnecessary,theymaybe or thecommunicationschiefwillassignthese sent tothetrainsorbeassociatedwith elements ofthesupport commandoperating direct exchangeareprovided bythelogistical in supportofthebrigade. / b. Limiteddirectsupport maintenanceand (NOTE 3) V TOC- TO DIVNAIN (MOTE 2) AN/MTC-7 SB-22/PT rEEt> OR ALT (HOTE I) 53 $2 [to prOTHERLOCALSASROD —O ' —O L-OSS' lili 54 o -O O FM 61-24-17 PLAT RIFLE SIG OFF CONN CEN BDE SURG S3 SI BDE CONOR xo SB-22/PT JTACP (AIR CONTROL RIFLE PLATNET TEAM) AGO 5016A FM 61-24

~~(NOTE 4)~~

~~SWBD SWBD SWBD SB-06/F SB-8G4» SB-86/F~~

~~ATTACHED BATTALIONS~~

~~sos r\_ COMOR -Q CHAP o O -Q DISMOUNT POINT S I SWBD -Q FSCOORD (NOTE I) TACP O AN MTC - 7 S2 Q -O AVN OFF (NOTE I) S3 Q. -Q CHEM OF~~

~~S4 Q -Q SIG OFF~~

~~HQCOCOMDR (~\ HS> -Q COMM PLAT X ^ SURG Q {^) MSG CEN~~

~~S3 AIR~~

~~TCC-14 SWBD FWD O OTHER SB-22/PT ASIGCEN (AS REQUIRED! (NOTE 2 ) (NOTE 3) TO DIV MAIN OR ALTERNATE~~

NOTES. I. SLEGEND OLE USER CIRCUITS WILL BE ESTABLISHED THROUGH DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM TELEPHONE SET TO DIVISION HEADQUARTERS AS REQUIRED. ^ TA - 312/ PT. 2. INCLUDES OTHER SUPPORT OR ATTACHED FIELD WIRE. UNITS, RADIO TRUCKS, AND AUGMENTATIONS. INSTALLED BY 3. INITIAL WIRE COMMUNICATIONS ESTABLISHED BRIGADE HEADQUARTERS. THROUGH DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM. TELETYPEWRITER T 4. NUMBER AND TYPE OF ATTACHED BATTALIONS FACILITY. WILL VARY.

~~Figure 7-6. Type wire system, infantry division brigade.~~

~~THE ARMY LIBRARY HASHINQTON, D, 6, V'~~

~~AGO G016A 7-7 FM 61-24~~

~~NOTE A) c~~

~~SVBD SVBD SIBD SB-22/PT SB-22/PT SB-22/PT 1~~

~~LECEND: ATTACHED jBATTALIONS TELEPHONE SET T*-312/PT O I~~

BDE CHAP FIELO «IRE CONOR a O INSTALLED BY BRIGADE HEADOUARTERS a O DISNOUNT POINT T TELETYPEWRITER FACILITY o— O FSCOORO (NOTE I) "0S! AVN OFF a SVBD AN/NTC-7 o (NOTE I) S3 a H3 CHEN OFF S 4 o— O SIG OFF NOTE. HQ. Cl CONOR rim> CONN PLAT 1- SOLE USER CIRCUITS «ILL BE ESTABLISHEDK5-\ THROUGH (AT NSG CEN) o DIVISION CONNUNICAT IONS SYSTEN TO DIVISION HEADOUARTERS AS REQUIRED. o —o NSG CEN 2- INCLUDES OTHER SUPPORT OR ATTACHED UNITS, RADIO TRUCKS, AND AUGNENTATIONSt 7 3- INITIAL «IRE CONNUNICATIONS ESTABLISHED THROUGH \ DIVISION CONNUNICATIONS SYSTEN / TCC-14 \ \ 4- NUNBER AND TYPE OF ATTACHED BATTALIONS/ \ WILL VARY. / \ y TO DIV NAIN OR ALTERNATE \ / \ / SVBD \ S8-22/PT o (NOTE 3) OTHER _> TO FID AREA SC (AS REQUIRED) (NOTE 2 )

~~Figure 7—7. Type wire system, infantry division (mechanized), brigade.~~

~~7-8 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 8~~

~~TANK, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS~~

~~ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

~~Section I. BATTALION HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

8-1. Basic Considerations 8-2. Command Communications a. The combat battalions of the land divi- During operations, the battalion headquarters sions discussed in this chapter include the in- normally operates in two echelons—the com- fantry battalion, the infantry (mechanized) mand post and the battalion trains. battalion,1 and the tank battalion. Individual a. Command Post Communications. The differences in the communications configura- main center for command and control of the tions of the battalions will be illustrated in battalion is located in the battalion command the accompanying diagrams. Refer to FM 7- post, where the preponderance of communica- 20 and FM 17-20 for more complete details on tion facilities is assigned. The communication battalion operations; for equipment and or- facilities and equipment required include the ganization, refer to TOE 7-15, 7—45, and 17- net control radio stations for the battalion 35. command and logistical nets, AM radios for b. Battalion headquarters communications contact with higher headquarters, wire and is provided by the communications platoon of switching service, and messenger and message the battalion headquarters and headquarters center service. company. Each communications platoon pro- b. Trains Communications. Battalion trains vides equipment and personnel sufficient to are normally divided into combat trains and maintain battalion communications internally, field trains: the combat trains are usually lo- from battalion headquarters to subordinate cated in the vicinity of the battalion command units, and externally, from battalion head- post and consist of vehicles, equipment, and quarters to higher headquarters. personnel required for immediate support of c. Although not separately illustrated in combat operations; the field trains are located this manual, it is emphasized that a mechan- in the brigade trains area and consist of ve- ized battalion operating as a subordinate unit hicles, equipment, and personnel not required of an armored brigade will establish and op- for immediate combat service support. For erate radio nets and wire systems similar to communication between trains, battalion logis- those shown for the tank battalion (figs. 6-1 tical personnel are provided with FM radio sets and 6-4). This will insure uniform integration to operate in the battalion administrative into the armored brigade communication sys- logistic net. Contact with higher headquarters tem; however, differences in communications for combat service support is maintained employment among the three combat battal- through FM and AM radio nets. ions should be minor. c. Combat Support Communications. Com- bat support elements with each battalion may include artillery and engineers when the bat- 1 Hereafter in this manual the infantry (mechanized) battalion will be referred to as the mechanized battalion. talion is organized for combat. These elements,

AGO 6016A 8-1 FM 61-24 when placed in support, enter the battalion control team to provide the necessary com- command net and also maintain communica- munications service. tion in their own appropriate nets. When at- c. Brigade Radio Nets. tached, they enter the nets of the combat bat- (1) Brigade RATT net. The battalion op- talion but are not normally required to main- erates a station in this net to receive orders tain communication with their parent unit. and information from brigade. Reports of d. Administrative Communications. Control both an operational and administrative nature of logistical and administrative support is cen- are transmitted as required. In addition, the tered in the S1/S4 vehicle in tank battalions brigade trains may operate a station in this and mechanized battalions of armored divi- net for logistical traffic. sions, and in the S4 vehicle in infantry and (2) Brigade command net—FM. This net mechanized battalions—these vehicles nor- provides battalion headquarters with voice mally operate from the combat trains area. contact to brigade headquarters. Primarily, the net is used for the transmission of tactical information. 8-3. Battalion Communications to Higher (3) Brigade administrative-logistics net Headquarters —FM. This net provides communication Communication facilities to higher headquar- among elements of the battalion and the vari- ters normally existing in the battalions are ous support elements located in the brigade discussed below: field trains area. The battalion S1/S4 sections a. Division Radio Nets (figs. 8-1 8-2 and coordinate combat service support with brigade 8-3). S1/S4 sections but deal directly with the division combat service support elements. This (1) Division air request net—AM. This net provides communication from the battal- net will be used to assist the brigade S4 when ion to the division TASE. This net is used for the brigade trains are displacing and enhance control and security in the brigade traffic pertaining to air requests. The maneuver battalion enters this net only when opera- trains area. ting as a separate battalion not under control (4) Brigade intelligence net—FM. The S2 operates a station in this net for the ex- of a brigade or when it becomes necessary to change of intelligence data with the brigade submit air requests. When operating as a batta'ion under brigade or attached to a brigade, intelligence officer. This net is shown in fig. 7- 1. the battalion normally will not enter this net. d. Wire Communications. When permitted Primarily this net is used for preplanned air by the tactical situation, the brigade commun- requests but it may be used by the TACP for ication platoon will install wire to the combat immediate air requests if a separate Air Force air request net is not established or function- maneuver battalion command posts. This pro- ing. vides the battalion with entry into the division communication system through the bri- (2) Division warning broadcast net— AM. Information received includes alerts, gade switchboard. warnings, and CBR data. 8— 4. Internal Battalion Communications (3) Army spot report receiver net UHF. a. General. Radio is the most frequently Function of this net is explained in para- used means of communication within the bat- graph 6—16. Battalion operates a monitoring talion. However, when permitted by the tac- station only. tical situation or the desires of the commander, a wire system is installed internally within the b. Air Force Radio Nets. The TACP at bat- command post and externally to subordinate talion maintains radio stations in the Air units. Wire will be less frequently used in Force air request net for immediate air support tank and mechanized battalions than in in- and the tactical air direction net. Refer to fantry battalions. A wire system may be in- chapter 4. Present Army TOE provide an air stalled within the command post and to sub-

8-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24 ordinate units when it is anticipated that the (5) Battalion mortar platoon fire direc- 4 battalion will remain in a static situation for tion ne -—FM. This radio net is used for in- a period sufficient to complete installation and terna' fire direction of the heavy mortar pla- gain utilization of the system. The decision toon of the battalion. The fire direction center to establish wire communications will depend (FDC) of the nlatoon also maintains FM ra- on the need, time available, supply of wire, dio contact with the FDC of the direct sup- and future requirements for the system. The port artillery battalion and with the ma- battalion communication platoon will tie sub- neuver battalion commander through the bat- ordinate elements into the switchboard. talion command net. NCS is located at the Mounted and dismounted messenger service FDC of the platoon. to subordinate elements may be provided (6) Battalion Scout or Reconnaissance where feasible. Personnel of the battalion are Platoon Command Net—FM. This radio net is trained in the use of sound and visual signals. used for internal control of the tactical b. Radio Nets (figs.operations 8-1, 8-2of theand battalion 8-3). reconnaissance or (1) Battalion command net—FM. This scout platoon (scout platoon in tank and mech- net provides immediate voice communications anized battalions, reconnaissance platoon in for the battalion commander, his staff, and at- the infantry battalion). The NCS of this net tached and supporting elements. Vehicular is in the platoon leader’s vehicle; the platoon and portable sets make this net flexible and leader also maintains contact with the battal- responsive to command requirements. Traffic ion commander and his staff (especially S2 includes tactical orders, coordination, and in- and S3) through the battalion command net. telligence. The net control station, normally (7) Battalion Air Defense Section Com- in the battalion command post operations ve- mand Net—FM. This radio net is used for in- h;cle, includes a ground-plane antenna to internal control of the tactical employment and crease transmission range. fire control of the battalion air defense section. (2) Battalion administrative-logistical net NCS is in the section leader’s vehicle. The sec- —FM. NCS for this pet is located in the tion leader also maintains contact with the S1/S4 vehicle, and the traffic passed is of battalion commander and maintains a mutual interest to both these staff officers. monitoring receiver in the division warning Other staff officers and service company radio broadcast net. stations operate in this net as required. If the c. Wire System. Figures 8-4 and 8-5 illus- range is not excessive, the net will afford com- trate the wire systems of the tank, infantry, munications between S4 and the battalion and mechanized battalions of the ground-type trains. divisions. Normally, the mechanized and tank (3) Battalion surveillance net—FM. This battalions will employ wire less extensively net is established by the S2 as required, and than the infantry battalion. The battalion is used for the transmission of reports and switchboard should be located away from the intructions between the S2 and the battalion hub of CP activity in the general direction of ground surveillance section. The NCS station forward elements. Note that the illustrations is located in the vehicle of the surveillance cited also include the FDC wire system of the section sergeant. battalion heavy mortar platoon. (4) Antitank platoon command net— FM. This net provides for the internal com- d. Messenger. Battalion headquarters em- mand and control of the antitank platoon, ploys special messengers as required to main- which is organic to the infantry and mech- tain contact with higher headquarters. Sched- anized battalions (figs. 8-2 and 8-3). (The uled messengers from brigade pick up and de- tank battalion has no antitank platoon.) The liver materials at the battalion message cen- platoon leader, who maintains a station in the ters; battalion messengers carry dispatches to battalion command net, is the NCS of the the companies, either on schedule or as re- antitank platoon command net. quired.

~~AGO 6016A 8-3 FM 61-24~~

Figure 8-1. Type radio nets, tank battalion. Figure 8-2. Type radio nets, infantry battalion. (Located in back of manual) (Located in back of manual) Figure 8—3. Type radio nets, mechanized battalion. (Located in back of manual)

~~FO'S BN MAINT SEC I ST 2D 3D SVC CO CP PLAT PLAT PLAT SVC CO COMDR O-I T-l JT BN SPT PLAT Ch HV CO CD CD CD MORT xo o SVC~~

~~SB-993/GT SB-22/PT SB-993/GT —OOP (NOTE) FDC CO ( CMDR' OPo 7OP CO I 4 MORTAR SQUADS HQ~~

CD NOTE: WIRE SYSTEM SHOWN ONLY FOR ONE TANK LEGEND: BN COMDR-XO -O HO 00 CP COMPANY. ALL OTHERS S 3 0- ARE THE SAME. O TELEPHONE SET SB-22/PT -O BN SUVR SEC . TA- 312/PT ro b b bZ ® TELEPHONE (2 EA) MSG CEN ( AS REQO ) TA-264/PT BN AIR STAFF 'o -O OEF SEC 0 TELEPHONE SET X 6 ¿ ¿ ¿ ■Ç_) BN SCT PLAT IAS REQD) TA-l/PT FO FORWARD OBSERVER "O SPT PLAT LDR NOT IN CP AIRCONTROLO- OP OPERATOR TEAM (TACP) JT AIR CONTROL TEAM (TACP) TRUNKS TO BDE

~~Figure 8-1. Type wire system, tank battalion.~~

8-4 AGO 5016A AGO 6016A TO SPT RIFLE CO (NOTE 2 B 4) COMPUTERS HVY MORT SODS (N0TES2A4) • •• A BATTALION; ADAPT SYMBOLS ACCORDINGLY BATTALION. SWITCHBOARD BATTALION I. SUBSTITUTE TWO SB-22/PT'S IN NECKAN1ZED BATTALION 6. SUBSTITUTE CE-II FOR TA-3I2/PT IN MECHANIZED 2 TA-I/PT IS PART Of REEL EQUIPMENT CE- II 3 TIE INTO BATTALION WIRE SYSTEM AT NEAREST 5 WIRE SYSTEM SHOWN ALSO APPLIES TO MECHANIZED 4 SUBSTITUTE H-I44/U FOR TA-I/PT IN MECHANIZED ; O NOTES. FDC CHIEF (NOTES) TOSPT RIRE a • • • S -o ( . (N0TES2&4) O A SB-22/PT TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT FRON SUPPORTING ARTILLERT HANDSET MICROPHONE H-I44/U 6 o LEGEND: 4.2 NOTE 5 TOSPT RIFLE CO (NOTES 204) >NOTE 3 PLAT (NOTE 3) HQ CO COMDR FIELD TRAINS RECON PLAT HAINT PLAT NED PLAT CONBAT TRAINS BN OP CND SURV SEC o -o —O" —o -o ~o -o -o -o IS -=@ IS SB*22/PT Figure 8-5. Type wire system, infantry battalion (or mechanized battalion). FROM BOE (NOTE I ) SB* 86/PT o 53 s2 "O— siQ— O— 0— •o— NSC CEN BN CONOR CONN OFF COHN PLAT

~~IS IS!~~

~~SB* 22/PT~~

~~FM 61-24 S FM 61-24~~

8-5. Battalion Communication Platoon includes messengers, cryptography, and a. General. The communication platoon of a maintenance of files, records, and reports. tank, infantry, or mechanized battalion is or- (6) Provision of organizational mainte- ganic to the battalion headquarters and head- nance of communications-electronics equip- quarters company. This platoon is organized ment within established limitations. and equipped to install, operate, and supervise (7) Preparation, maintenance, and dis- the internal battalion communication system tribution of signal orders, instructions, and and to extend this system to all organic and SOI extracts. attached elements of the battalion, as required. c. Duties of Personnel. Specialists of the platoon are organized as re- (1) Communication officer. The commun- quired, to fulfill the battalion communication ication officer (COMMO) serves on the battal- requirements. ion staff and in addition is the platoon leader b. Mission. The communication platoon pro- of the battalion communication platoon. At vides the following services for the battalion. battalion level, the battalion COMMO per- (1) Supervision of the internal com- forms duties similar to those described in para- munication system of the battalion. graph 2-6. (2) Installation, operation, and mainte- (2) Communication chief. The battalion nance of the wire communications within the communication chief serves as the principal battalion headquarters and extension of this assistant to the battalion COMMO. At battal- system, where required, to subordinate ele- ion level, the communication chief performs ments of the battalion. duties similar to those described in paragraph (3) Operation of ground-to-air visual 2-7. communications in the command post and (3) Other personnel. Other personnel of trains area of the battalion. the battalion communication platoon include (4) Operation and maintenance of AM specialists in message center, wire, and radio radio sets in the unit headquarters elements. in addition to radio and radar mechanics. Re- (5) Provision of message center services fer to paragraph 2-8 for typical duties.

~~Section II. COMMUNICATIONS, TANK, INFANTRY, RIFLE, AND MECHANIZED RIFLE COMPANIES~~

8—6. General company station in this net is located in the a. The paragraphs that follow will apply to company commander’s vehicle. communications in the rifle company, mech- (2) Battalion logistical or battalion ad- anized rifle company, and tank company of ministrative logistical net—FM. The company ground-type divisions. station is normally located in the executive b. Company communications facilities must officer’s vehicle. provide contact with higher headquarters and b. Wire. Normally, wire is laid from bat- supporting units in addition to command and talion headquarters to the company switch- control of all organic and attached elements. board. Mechanized rifle and tank companies c. Basically FM voice radio sets provide the will employ wire less extensively than infantry primary mobile means of communications at rifle companies. company level. Wire and messenger (both foot and motor) are also utilized where time and 8-8. Internal Company Communications the tactical situation permit. a. Radio (figs. 8-6, 8-7 and 8-8). 8-7. Communications to Higher (1) Company command net—FM. This net is primarily established for the tactical Headquarters, Rifle and Tank Companies command and control of all organic, attached, a. Radio (figs. 8-6, 8-7 and 8-8). and supported units. Secondarily, the net may (1) Battalion command net—FM. The also be used for administrative-logistical type

~~8-6 AGO 5016A > o o~~

~~PLAT SGT PLAT LDR C PLAT COUP NET-PM )~~

~~VRC-53 VRC-12 VRC-53 VRC-53 VRC-12~~

~~THREE (3) IDENTICAL TANK PLATOONS-ONE SHOWN~~

~~CO MAINT SEC Ú. > FOR ARTY FO CO CONOR CO CONOR ( CO COMO NET-FN ) TO OTHER TANK PLATOONS~~

~~(NCS) VRC-46 VRC-53 VRC-4T VRC-12 VRC-47 VRC- 2 VRC-47~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~FN FM 61-24~~

V ^ 00 I Figure 8—6. Type radio nets, tank company. AGO 60X6A » ^ î * TO OTHER 0> RIFLE PLATOONS EH 61-24-26 FOR CO _£ßMOR PRC- 25 * OS ARTY BN ^0 NET IES CRO- V 4T VRC- BN COHD NET -PLAT LOR- ,CO CONOR f PRC-\ & 1.25 GRC ARTV^, OS ART DI V FO FROMW. PRC- 25* 47 V VRC- (NCS) PRC- BN LOG NET PLAT SGT -, ^7 25 * PRC- 6 * 25* PRC- PRC- NOTE 2! WPNS SOD —C CO COHD NET - FH COHD NET - FH >- -( BIFLE PLAT P PRC- 25* PRC- 25 -N SOD (NCS) { FIRE DIRECTION NET - FH > Figure 8-7. Type radio nets, infantry rifle company. -ONE SHOWN THREE (3) IDENTICAL RIFLE PLATOONS (NOTE I) PRC- 25 * 6 * SOD PRG- ^ î ^ "î ^ 'Î 125 GRC- 6 * PRC“ ■ ENTER NET AS REOUIREO - FH REPLACERENT; AND CONBAT OUTPOST LINES. FOLLOW. SECOND RADIO FOR COHPANT CON HANDER; OBSERVATION POSTS; PATROLS; ROAD BLOCAS; CHECA POINTS; RADIOS PROVIDED BÏ PARENT UNIT AS REQUIRED. FLEXIBILITT IN COHPANT. IT PICAL USES LEADERS OF ATTACHED OR SUPPORTING UNITS NAT ENTER CONHAND NET WITH 2.-HULTI-USE SET TO PROVIDE REQUIRED I.- HORTAR FORWARD OBSERVERS AND * DISKOUNTEO OPERATION LEGEND: NOTES: ¿s CD l AGO 5016A 2 » A TO OTHER PLATOONS MECHANIZED RIFLE /PRC-N HO IN PLAF 47 47 VRC- VRC- T erv FD NET I COMD NET ,.0$ ARTY 47 VRC- 47 125 SRC- VRC- 125 GRC » PARTY f . L_. i ! 125 53 47 CRC- VRC- VRC- (NOS) BN LOC NET 46 125 53 ORC- VRC- VRC- <¿^r> (NOTE I) —§óRí^ > -( RIFLE PLAT COMP NET-FM VÏV (PRA 53 46 53 VRC- VRC- VRC- RIFLE PLATOONS-ONE SHOWN THREE (3) IDENTICAL MECHANIZED -Ç FIRE DIRECTION NET - FM >- —^ ^ C co com KtT-m ) ^-i ¿ V V" ' C WPNS PLAT COMP NET - FM ) ^ 125 CRC- (NCS) Figure 8-8. Type radio nets, mechanized rifle company. A î À "Î À "Î 6 * PRC- 25* PLAT N PLAT T SOD LDR REQUIRED PROVIDED BY PARENT UNIT AS TYPICAL USES FOLLOW: SECOND AND LEADERS OF ATTACHED OR FLEXIBILITY IN COMPANY. REPLACEMENT; AND COMBAT OUTPOST LINES. SUPPORTING UNITS HAY ENTER COMPANY NET WITH RADIOS ROAD BLOCKS; CHECK POINTS; RADIO FOR COMPANY COMMANDER, OBSERVATION POSTS; PATROLS; -X- DISMOUNTED OPERATION LEGEND: ENTER NET AS REQUIRED FM I - MORTAR FORWARD OBSERVERS 2.- MULTI-USE SET PROVIDES REQUIRED NOTES 8-10 AGO 5016A t" • • FDC PLAT LOR (ALSO FOR SVBO OPR) î" • •• X —o c VPNS î" • • SVBD SB- 983/6T A NOTE I” • • A UTILITY OS ARTY BN • •• F0,4.2 MORT PLAT i-o c: ^ ^ ^ ^ IT S1BD FROM BN • •• SB-22 /PT Figure 8-9. Type wire system, infantry rifle company. T CONOR • •• (UTILITY)

~~CE - Il TELEPHONE SET TA- l/PT TA- l/PT PART OF REEL EOUIPKENT HEADSET MICROPHONE H-144/0 TELEPHONE SET TA- 312/PT~~

~~MECHANIZED RIFLE COMPANY.' RIFLE COMPANY, MECHANIZED BATTALION; ADAPT SYMBOLS ACCORDINGLY. LECENP:~~

~~H-I4A/U IN I. SUBSTITUTE TA-l/PT FOR O~~

~~2 VIRE SYSTEM SHOVN ALSO AFflIES TO © NOTE: FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

of traffic. NCS is normally located at company is adaptable to the mechanized rifle company. CP. Refer to figure 8-4 for a type wire system of (2) Platoon command net—FM. The rifle a tank company. p'atoons and the tank platoons use this net for c. Sound and Visual Signals. Sound and vis- tactical control of platoon operations. Nor- ual signals are a primary means of communi- mally, the platoon leader’s station will serve cations used by squad leaders to control squad as NCS. operations. These signals are employed as pre- (3) Fire direction net—FM. The in- scribed by the unit SOP, FM 21-60, and the fantry and mechanized rifle companies main- SOI of higher headquarters. tain this net for mortar fire direction. NCS is at the FDC. 8—9. Communications Personnel b. Wire (figs. 8-4 and 8-9). Sufficient wire An enlisted communication chief is assigned equipment is authorized in the companies to to each company headquarters for technical permit the installation of battery or sound- overall assistance in communications. Addi- powered telephone systems which terminate tional authorized communication specialists at the company switchboards. In certain situ- are assigned by TOE specification to operat- ations, company communication specialists ing company elements. These specialists may may require assistance from available person- include radio mechanics, radio telephone oper- nel in installing, operating, and maintaining ators, and wiremen. Their general duties are the company wire system. The use of wire in similar to those performed by their counter- the tank and mechanized companies is usually parts in brigade and battalion communication at a minimum. Figure 8-9 shows the wire platoons. system of the infantry rifle company, which

~~AGO 5016A 8-11 # 3 FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 9~~

~~ARMORED CAVALRY SQUADRON COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

~~Section I. SQUADRON HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

9-1. General (c) Division RATT net No. 2 (admin- a. Organization. An armored cavalry squad- istrative-logistics) . ron is organic to each armored, infantry, and (d) Division air request net—AM. mechanized division. The squadron is com- (e) Division wa/rning broadcast net— posed of a headquarters and headquarters AM. (The squadron may be authorized to troop, three armored cavalry troops, and an broadcast intelligence information over this air cavalry troop. Refer to TOE 17-105. net by using a radio set that normally oper- b. Missions. The armored cavalry squadron ates in another net.) performs three types of missions—reconnais- (/) Spot report receiver system—UHF. sance, security, and economy; that is, the This net is monitored by the squadron S3 air. squadron will provide security and perform (2) When attached to another head- reconnaissance for the division or unit to quarters, such as brigade, the cavalry squad- which attached, and engage in offensive, de- ron enters the appropriate command and ad- fensive, and delaying action as an economy of ministrative-logistical nets of the particular force unit. Refer to FM 17-36 for more com- headquarters. plete information on squadron operations. (3) A command post vehicle and truck 9-2. Importance of Radio Communications mounted UHF ground-to-air AM radio sets are Radio is the primary means of communica- provided for use by the supporting forward tions in the armored cavalry squadron. The air controller (of the TACP) in the tactical tactical mission of the squadron requires that air direction net UHF. The TACP also oper- communications be maintained to both higher ates in the Air Force air request net (AM- and lower divisional elements which are often voice) for immediate air requests. Refer to separated by considerable distances. Fre- chapter 4. quently the employment of continuous wave (4) When not used for tactical air direc- (CW) transmissions will be required to tion ((3) above), the squadron UHF station achieve maximum transmission range and may be employed in an army spot report re- operating capability. ceiver system. 9-3. Squadron Communications to Higher b. Wire. As necessary, the squadron will be Headquarters connected to the division area communications a. Radio Nets. system through facilities provided by the divi- (1) Wsion hensignal operating battalion. under division control, the cavalry squadron will operate in the c. Other Means of Communication. Organic following radio nets (fig. 9-1): motor messengers are used as required for the (<î) Division CG/command net-FM. delivery of messages to higher headquarters. (b) DVisual andivision sound RATTsignals net may No. be 1employed (opera- in tions-intelligence). This station will operate in accordance with instructions contained in the the brigade RATT net when the squadron is unit SOP, SOI of higher headquarters, and FM attached to the brigade in an operation. 21-60. Air messenger may also be used.

~~AGO 5016A 9-1 FM 61-24~~

9—4. Cavalry Squadron Internal staff, and troop commanders with immediate Communications voice communication. Attached and support- a. Radio Nets (fig. 9-1). The cavalry squad- ing units will enter this net as required. ron operates FM and AM radio nets for com- Figure 9-1. Type radio nets, armored cavalry squadron, mand control of organic, attached, and sup- armored, infantry, or mechanized division. porting units. The following radio nets are (Located in back of manual) employed at squadron level: (1) Squadron command net—FM. This (2) Squadron command net—AM. The net provides the squadron commander, his squadron uses this net for radio contact over

~~AERO-RIFLE PLAT~~

~~AREO AREO SCT WPN PLAT HQ PLAT HQ PLAT HQ PLAT SEC~~

~~TRP CO |-0 TRP CO TRP HQ Oi SB-22/ SB-22/ SB-22/ SB-22/ O TRP HQ TRP MAINT O-f PT PT PT PT 1-0 OP SEC TRP MAINT TRP SUP~~

~~SURVL SEC~~

~~i_L~~

~~SQDN COMM OFF SQDN MSG CEN OSQDN CO, XO TRP HQ O 1 SQDN S3, S3 AIR SB-22/ SQDN AID STAT O PT fl FAC O SQDN S2 SQDN SURVL SEC Q—Q-*. -0 SQDN SI, S4 ^>(AS REQD) AIR DEF SEC O SPT PLAT NOT IN CP~~

~~ELEPH0NE SET OT TA - 312 /PT~~

~~♦ TELEPHONE SETTA-I/PT~~

Figure 9-2. Type wire system, armored cavalry squadron, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. 9-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 extended distances with troop headquarters, (2) Lateral wire lines are installed to liaison officers at higher headquarters, and adjacent units, where possible, to increase logistical personnel in the trains area. The communication flexibility. NCS for this net is normally located in the (3) Wires from supporting units are in- command post vehicle of the operations sec- tegrated into the squadron wire system. tion. (4) Wire communications to higher (3) Squadron intelligence net—FM. This headquarters, when used, normally will be net is operated by the squadron S2 for intelli- available through the division communications gence traffic and for control of the squadron system. surveillance system. Other elements may enter c. Other Means of Communication. Mounted this net as required. and dismounted messenger service is provided (4) Squadron administrative-logistics as required. The squadron SOP should outline net—FM. This net is operated by the squadron the use of sound and visual signals, and com- SI and S4 for the function indicated. NCS is munications personnel should be trained in in the S1-S4 vehicle. the use of these alternate means of communi- (5) Air defense section command net— cation. FM. This net is used for internal command 9-5. Squadron Communication Platoon and control of section, operations. a. General. The headquarters and headquar- b. Wire. The wire system of the armored ters troop of the armored cavalry squadron cavalry squadron is installed and operated by has an organic communication platoon com- the squadron communications platoon. This manded by the squadron communication system is installed when time and the tactical officer. situation permit. Primarily the squadron wire b. Platoon Functions. The functions of the system is used for internal communications communications platoon and the duties of the within the CP in defensive or stabilized oper- squadron communications officer are similar to ations and in assembly areas during periods of those already discussed (ch 2). However, the radio silence. squadron has a more extensive capability than (1) Wthe iremaneuver lines may battalions be installed for communicationsto each organic troops and attached unit. to both higher and lower headquarters. Section II. COMMUNICATIONS IN THE ARMORED CAVALRY TROOP

9-6. Type Radio Nets net—FM. The squadron intelligence net may (fig. 9-3) be entered by appropriate troop operators as a. Troop Nets. The armored cavalry troop required upon receipt of approval to leave operates the following FM radio nets for in- their normal net. ternal command and control of troop elements. Figure 9—3. Type radio nets, armored cavalry troop, These nets are— armored cavalry squadron, armored, infantry or (1) Troop command net—FM. mechanized division. (2) Platoon command net—FM. Each ar- (Located in back of manual) mored cavalry platoon operates a separate platoon command net. 9-7. Type Wire System b. Higher Headquarters Nets. The troop is Because of the type of tactical missions as- also authorized FM and AM radio sets to oper- signed the armored cavalry troop, there is ate in the nets of the armored cavalry squad- little opportunity to use wire. However, when ron. The squadron nets in which these FM and time and the tactical situation permit, such as AM radio sets operate are— in an assembly area, or in a static situation, (1) Squadron command net—FM. wire may be used to advantage. When used, (2) Squadron command net—AM. the troop wire net is installed, maintained, (3) Squadron intelligence net—FM. and operated under supervision of troop com- (4) Squadron administrative/logistical munication specialists. Figure 9-1 shows a

AGO SOIBA 9-3 FM 61-24 typical armored cavalry troop wire net as part visual signals are employed principally for of the armored cavalry squadron wire system. local warnings and control. 9-8. Other Means of Communication 9-9. Armored Cavalry Troop a. Messenger. Although no messengers are Communication Personnel authorized by the TOE, selected individuals The armored cavalry troop is authorized a are used as foot or motor messengers as communication chief, radio operators, radio required. mechanics, and radar operators. For typical b. Sound and Visual. Prearranged sound and duties, refer to chapter 2.

Section III. COMMUNICATIONS IN THE AIR CAVALRY TROOP 9-10. Type Radio Nets be used when required by forward air con- (fig. 9-4) troller operators to contact and direct tactical a. Troop Nets. The air cavalry troop has air support aircraft. organic ground and air FM radio equipment d. Other Nets. Each helicopter, when placed to furnish communication with, and control of, in support of a different unit, is able to monitor elements of the troop. The FM nets operated the supported unit’s command net through the in the air cavalry troop are— aircraft auxiliary FM receiver. (1) Troop command net-=-FM. (2) Aero-scout platoon command net— FM. Figure 9-U. Type radio nets, air cavalry troop, armored (3) Aero-rifle platoon command net— cavalry squadron, armored, infantry, or mechanized FM. division. (4) Aero-weapons section command net (Located in back of manual) —FM. b. Higher Headquarters Nets. The troop also has organic ground and air FM ancl AM radio 9-11. Type Wire Net equipment to operate in higher headquarters Use of wire in the air cavalry troop generally nets. The nets to higher headquarters in is limited to that installed in the command post which the air cavalry troop maintains stations under supervision of the troop communication are— specialists and to that laid by the aero-rifle (1) Squadron command net—FM. platoon in dismounted operations. However, (2) Squadron command net—AM. when time and the tactical situation permit, (3) Squadron administrative/logistical the wire communication system may be ex- net—FM. panded within the capability of the authorized (4) Division warning broadcast net— equipment. Figure 9-1 shows a typical air AM. cavalry troop wire net as part of the armored c. Special Purpose Nets cavalry squadron net. (1) Air traffic regulation net—UHF. This net may be operated by division, corps, or 9-12. Other Means of Communications army, and is used to coordinate air traffic a. Messenger. Although no messengers are within a specified area. Each helicopter is authorized by the table of organization and equipped with an AM-UHF radio to contact equipment, selected personnel are used as foot, the troop operations section or a higher head- motor, or air messengers as required to accom- quarters flight operations center (FOC). The plish the troop mission. troop operations section is provided with a b. Sound and Visual. In addition to the ap- vehicular-mounted ground-to-air AM-UHF ra- plication of sound and visual communication dio for operation in this net. previously mentioned, the air cavalry troop (2) Tactical air direction net—UHF. The uses visual signals rather extensively in con- same ground-to-air radio mentioned above may nection with aircraft control.

~~9-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~9-13. Air Cavalry Troop nication chief, radio operators, and a radio Communication Personnel mechanic. For typical duties, refer to chapter The air cavalry troop is authorized a commu- 2.~~

~~AGO 5016A 9-5~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 10 DIVISION ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS FOR ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

10-1. Composition of Division Artillery ized a communications officer. The division Division artillery of an armored, infantry, or artillery communications officer and the divi- mechanized division consists of the following: sion artillery communications platoon are or- a. One headquarters and headquarters bat- ganic to the division artillery headquarters and tery, division artillery. headquarters battery listed above. A battalion b. Five field artillery battalions—three of communication officer and the battalion com- which are normally used in direct support munications platoon are organic to the head- (DS), and two are normally used in general quarters, headquarters and service battery of support (GS) or reinforcing missions. These the 105mm and 155mm/8:inch battalions and battalions are assigned to the ground-type di- to the headquarters and headquarters battery visions as follows: of the Honest John and 155mm DS battalion. (1) Infantry division: three field artillery Battalion communication officers are staff offi- battalions (DS), 105mm towed; one field ar- cers and part of the battalion headquarters. tillery battalion (GS), 155 mm (towed)/8 in Note that battalion communication platoon of (SP) ; and one field artillery battalion, Honest headquarters battery is commanded by a pla- John (HJ), (GS). toon leader who has the additional duty of (2) Armored or mechanized division; assistant battalion communication officer. Each three field artillery battalions (DS), 155mm, firing battery is authorized a communications self propelled (SP) ; one field artillery bat- section and a communications chief. Duties of talion (GS), 155mm/8 in. (SP) ; and one field communications personnel are similar to those artillery battalion, (HJ), (GS). described in chapter 2. 10-2. Organization for Communications b. For more complete details on artillery a. Each of the units listed above has an or- communications, refer to FM 6-10. ganic communications platoon and is author-

~~Section II. DIVISION ARTILLERY RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEM _~~

10-3. Division Artillery Radio Nets b. Corps Artillery Meteorological Net, AM The following radio nets are used by certain (M). The corps artillery meteorological net units of a division artillery depending on their (fig. 10-2) is used to coordinate radiosonde organization, mission, and tactical employ- frequencies between the meteorological sections ment: of the division artilleries and the target ac- a. Corps Artillery Fire Direction Net, AM quisition battalion. Division artilleries and the (RATT) (F). The corps artillery fire direc- target acquisition battalion broadcast meteor- tion net, AM, (fig. 10-1) provides a secure ological traffic by voice on a prearranged time radio teletype link between the division artil- schedule. Meteorological messages from the di- leries and the corps artillery for requesting vision artillery meteorological section are nor- additional fire support and for the coordina- mally delivered to the division artillery fire tion of artillery fire support matters. direction center and sent out to user units over

4.G0 5016A 10-1 FM 01-24 the division artillery command/fire direction sion. Division artillery headquarters operate in nets 1 and 2, AM, RATT (l and m below). this net on a full-time basis. The meteorological net is used as a “backup” h. Division Warning Broadcast Net, AM. net for the dissemination of meteorological The division operates a warning net through- messages. out the division area to broadcast warnings of c. Corps Artillery Survey Channel, FM (S). air alerts; chemical, biological, and radiologi- Corps artillery allocates one frequency for the cal attacks; nuclear strikes, fallout patterns, use of all survey sections located in the corps and similar information of an urgent opera- area. It is not a formal net as there is no net tional nature. Division artillery operates a ra- control station. Its sole purpose is to provide dio station in this net as it must broadcast all surveyors with a means of exchanging infor- warnings pertaining to hostile aircraft re- mation and coordinating survey. ceived over the air defense intelligence net {i d. Air Force Tactical Air Observation Net below). All other artillery units down to and UHF {TAO). The tactical air observation including batteries monitor this net. Refer to (TAO) (fig. 10-1) net is an ultra high fre- figures 10-1, 10-3, 10-4, 10-7, and 10-9. quency Air Force net. Tactical, high-perform- i. Air Defense Intelligence Net, AM {AD ance aircraft and artillery units may commu- Intel). Division artillery maintains a monitor- nicate over this net for adjusting long-range ing receiver in the air defense intelligence net. artillery fire or for surveillance of the effects j. Time Signal Net, AM. The time signal net of nuclear fires. (fig. 10-1) is used to broadcast the official e. Division Command Net, FM. The division time throughout an entire theater of opera- commanding general’s command net, FM, (fig. tions. The theater commander designates one 10-1) is intended primarily for communica- station to broadcast the accurate time in action between the division commander, his cordance with a planned and published sched- staff, and the commanders of major subordi- ule. nate units. The division artillery commander, k. Division Artillery Command/Fire Direc- executive officer, and fire direction center op- tion Net, FM {CF). The division artillery com- erate radios in this net. Because of the number mand/fire direction net, FM (fig. 10-1) is used of radio stations operating in this net, it is not primarily for communication with elements of intended that it be used for lateral communica- the headquarters and - Army aircraft. It is a tion between subordinate commanders. multipurpose net used for command and ad- /. Division Operations/Intelligence Net, AM ministrative matters, tactical fire direction, {RATT Net No. 1) {Op/Intel). The division collection of information, and dissemination of operations/intelligence net (fig. 10-1) is used intelligence. Subordinate units operate in this by the division artillery to receive command net when they are within range of FM equip- operational traffic from division. In addition, ment. the net provides a radio teletype link between l. Division Artillery Command/Fire Direc- the division artillery and the major combat tion Net 1, AM {RATT) {CF 1). The division e’ements of the division. This net is also used artillery command/fire direction net (fig. 10- for the exchange of information and intelli- 1) is operated by division artillery to commu- gence with the division. It may be used for nicate with its direct support field artillery lateral communication between the division ar- battalions and attached nonnuclear units. It is tillery and the major subordinate units of the used to transmit tactical and administrative division. orders, fire missions, and meteorological mes- g. Division Administrative/Logisticssages to Net,the battalions. The battalions use this AM {RATT Net No. 2) {Admin/Log). The net to request additional fire support from di- division establishes an administrative/logistics vision artillery and to exchange information net, (fig. 10-1) for administrative and logisti- and intelligence. This net is not established in cal traffic between the division headquarters the airborne division artillery. and the service support elements of the divi- m. Division Artillery Command/Fire Direc-

H0-2 AGO B016A FM 61-24 tion Net 2, AM (RATT) (CF 2). The division more than three liaison officers, the additional artillery command/fire direction net 2 (fig. liaison officers and their forward observers will 10-1) is a radio teletype net used by the di- have to operate in a fire direction net being vision artillery, the fire support coordination used by some other liaison section. The liaison element (FSCE) of the division tactical op- section operating at the supported brigade erations center (DTOC), the organic general headquarters normally operates in the battal- support cannon and missile organizations, and ion command/fire direction net. Ijtefer to figures any attached nuclear-capable battalions to 10-3 and 10-4. process fire missions. This net is also used for p. Battalion Fire Direction Net, FM (F). the transmission of command and administra- Battalions performing a general support, rein- tive matters to the organic or attached units forcing, or general support-reinforcing mission of the division artillery. Additional uses for normally have only one fire direction net. It is this net are to exchange information and to identified as the battalion fire direction net, disseminate intelligence and meteorological FM, and is used primarily for fire direction messages to the organic or attached nuclear and fire control. It may also be used to collect units of division artillery. In the airborne di- information and disseminate intelligence. Re- vision artillery, only that portion of the net fer to figures 10-7 and 10-9. between division artillery and the fire support q. Supported Units Nets. Battalions per- coordination element (FSCE) of the division forming a direct support mission operate in tactical operations center (DTOC) is estab- the nets listed (1) and (2) below. lished. (1) Supported company command net, n. Battalion Command/Fire Direction Net, FM. Each forward observer operates in the FM (CF). The battalion command/fire direc- command net of the company he is supporting. tion net, FM, is used for internal command This net provides a link between the forward and control of the battalion. This net provides observer and the company commander for co- a channel for radio communication for the bat- ordination of fire support. Refer to figures talion commander, his staff, battery command- 10-3 and 10-4. ers, sections of battalion headquarters, (2) Supported brigade command net, FM. attached aircraft, and the firing battery head- The battalion fire direction center operates in quarters. It may be used to transmit firing data the supported brigade command net for coor- if necessary. Refer to figures 10-3, 10-4, 10-7, dination of fire support and exchange of infor- and 10-9. mation and intelligence. Refer to figures 10-3 o. Battalion Fire Direction Nets 1, 2, and 3, and 10-4. FM (Fl), (F2), and (F3). Artillery units r. Reinforced Units Net. When assigned a with a mission of direct support require three mission of reinforcing or general support rein- FM nets to handle fire direction traffic. They forcing, a field artillery battalion will apswer are identified as fire direction nets 1 (FI), 2 calls for fire over the reinforced unit’s com- (F-), and 3 (F3). They are used by the for- mand/fire direction net. Subsequently, the re- ward observers to transmit requests for fire to inforcing battalion may be directed by the the battalion fire direction center and by the reinforced battalion to enter one of the fire battalion and battery fire direction centers to direction nets as required by the situation process fire missions. Information gathered by (fig. 10-7). the forward observers and liaison sections Figure 10-1. Type radio nets, armored, infantry or can also be. processed over these, nets. Operat- mechanized division artillery (division artillery head- ing in each net are the battalion fire direction quarters and headquarters battery). center, one of the field artillery batteries, a (Located in back of manual) liaison section with a maneuver battalion, and forward observers operating under the super- 10—4. Division Artillery Wire System vision of the direct support battalion liaison (fig. 10-2) officer. When a particular operation requires The extent of the division artillery wire sys-

AGO 5016A 10-3 [FM SU—24 tern depends on the length of time a position from their fire direction center switchboards is occupied. Priority wire lines are those used and command switchboards to the correspond- for conduct of fire. The wire system, where ing switchboards at division artillery. possible, will duplicate and supplement the (5) The division artillery command post radio nets of division artillery. wire team installs circuits between the divi- a. Installation of Division Artillery Wire sion artillery fire direction center switchboard System. Utilizing organic communication per- and command switchboard. It also installs sonnel and equipment, the division artillery local circuits as directed by the SOP. units install the following wire circuits: (6) The surveillance radar section is nor- (1) The division artillery switchboard mally directed to install a wire line to the near- operators install two switchboards in the com- est field artillery unit, the division artillery mand post area. The first switchboard is lo- fire direction center switchboard, or to the cated in the division artillery fire direction nearest signal center of the division area com- center and terminates those lines that are used munication system, whichever is closer. for fire control, coordination, and the collec- b. Division Communication System. The dition of information. The second switchboard vision signal battalion installs and operates is the division artillery command switchboard two multichannel radio terminals in the vi- and is used primarily to process command and cinity of the division artillery command post. administrative traffic. Two switchboards are These terminals provide 24 channels of com- used to provide flexibility and greater relia- munications with the division main command bility to the division artillery wire systems. post and 12 channels with the division alter- (2) Under the principle of superior to nate command post. Allocated circuits from the subordinate, division artillery is responsible 24-channel link between division main and di- for the installation of wire circuits to its or- vision artillery are designated for corps ganic and attached units. Division artillery has artillery-to-division artillery purposes; strap- only a limited number of wire teams. The cir- through is accomplished at division main into cuits actually installed by division artillery are the corps command multichannel network. The those to the battalions that have a direct sup- multichannel radio facilities at division artil- port mission and to the FA battalion Honest lery will normally consist of two radio termi- John. Division artillery normally retains one nal sets connected into the division artillery wire team to install wire communications command switchboard by division signal per- withm its command post. The priority cir- sonnel. These terminals provide division artil- cuits are from division artillery fire direction lery with communication, through the division center switchboard to the fire direction center system, to other elements of the division and switchboard of each direct support battalion to corps artillery as already described. The and rocket organization. As time permits, division communication system is used by di- circuits for division artillery command switch- vision artillery to supplement its organic boards to the command switchboard of each means of communication. Organic and at- of these battalions are installed. tached units of division artillery connect into (3) A field artillery battalion not having signal centers in their vicinity as time and a direct support mission, such as the composite distance permit. The division communication battalion, and any attached units are normally system is comprised mainly of common-user directed to install the wire circuits from their circuits; however, to meet special require- fire direction center switchboards to the fire ments, a specified number of sole-user circuits direction center switchboard in the division will be allocated. Normally, the division artil- artillery. They also install the trunk circuits lery requires two sole-user circuits between the between the command switchboards. division artillery headquarters and the fire (4) Under tactical missions of reinforc- support coordination element (FSCE) in the ing or general support-reinforcing, the rein- DTOC. Additional sole-user circuits are re- forcing artillery units install wire circuits quested from the division signal officer, as

~~AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~X FDC COMM CEN 105 OR 155 MM~~

~~FDC QMD A R HJ~~

~~FDC OMD AREA 155 MM/8IN SIG CEN. K K ATTACHED OR REINFORCING J FDC COMD UNITS / RE~~

~~CEN~~

/TO AREA SYSTEM OR TO NEAREST ARTY UNIT \ i SB-22/PT SRVL Vyt'i RADAR^X '0 DIV ARTY XX FDC GS A V RC 46 DIV ARTY SB-86/PT CF COMM CEN TO CORPS ARTILLERY MRC THROUGH CORPS 73 COMMUNICATIONS KK OMD CO MD SYSTEM^ LEGEND: CEN CEN vyv 12 CHANNEL RADIO LINK MAIN r )( 1 ALT 24 CHANNEL RADIO ASST FSC IT LINK DTOC o TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2 PT INSTALLED BY DIV ARTY FM 6I - 24- 34 INSTALLED BY SUBORDINATE OR REINFORCING UNITS

~~CABLE INSTALLED BY SIGNAL CORPS PERSONNEL *- ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT~~

~~K-K- MULTICHANNEL RADIO PROVIDED BY SIGNAL CORPS PERSONNEL Figure 10-2. Type wire system, infantry, armored, or mechanized division artillery.~~

~~AGO 5016A 10-5 FM 61-24~~

required. If division artillery and division al- provided by the division signal battalion over ternate are adjacently located, multichannel 26-pair cable with a consequent saving in a links between these two headquarters may be 12-channel radio link.

~~Section Hi. RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEM, FIELD ARTILLERY BATTALIONS (DS), 105MM or 155MM~~

10-5. Field Artillery Battalion Radio Nets, others are installed by the firing batteries and 105mm or 155mm by the liaison section with each maneuver a. Type battalion radio nets of a field artil- battalion. Wire communication with the for- lery battalion (DS), 105mm, infantry division ward observers is maintained through the artillery, are shown in figure 10-3. liaison officer switchboard. Figure 10—S. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (2) The wire teams of the headquarters (DS), 105mm, infantry division artillery. and service battery install priority circuits from the fire direction center switchboard to (Located in back of manual) the switchboard of each liaison officer with a b. The battalion radio nets of a field artillery committed maneuver battalion, and from the battalion (DS), 155mm, armored or mechan- battalion command switchboard to the sup- ized division artillery, are shown in figure ported brigade switchboard. Time permitting, 10-4. a second line is installed using an alternate c. Refer to paragraph 10-3 for explanation route. If desired, a phantom circuit can be of nets shown in figures 10-3 and 10-4. superimposed over the two circuits to the sup- 10-6. Field Artillery Battalion (DS) Wire ported brigade for the use of the artillery System, 105mm and 155mm liaison officer. (fig. 10-5) (3) As a minimum, two trunk circuits The battalion wire system provides facilities are installed between the command switch- for command and fire direction. Priority wire board and the fire direction center switchboard. circuits are those necessary for conduct of fire Local lines are installed from the command and for communication with the supported switchboard as indicated by the unit SOP. unit. (4) Lines from the liaison officers’ switch- a. Installation of Battalion Wire System. boards to the forward observers are installed Utilizing organic wire personnel and equip- as directed by the liaison officer concerned. ment, the headquarters battery establishes the Normally, the liaison officers direct the for- following circuits and installations: ward observers to install the circuits ; however, (1) The battalion switchboardthere may beoperators times when the distance is so install and operate two switchboards within great that a headquarters battery wire team the command post area. One of these switch- will have to install the circuits. Each forward boards is located in the fire direction center observer installs a line from his location to the and terminates the lines used for fire direction supported company switchboard. and the collection of information. The other (5) The battalion’s countermortar radar switchboard is the battalion command switch- section installs a wire line from its position to board and terminates the lines pertaining to the battalion fire direction center switchboard. command, administration, and logistics. The (6) As soon as practicable, the battalion use of two switchboards within the command wire teams install a circuit from the battalion post area provides flexibility and greater re- command switchboard to the nearest signal liability. Other switchboards are available center of the division communications system. within the command post for displacement or (7) Division artillery is responsible for to supplement existing switchboards. Still installing, and normally will install, a circuit

~~10-6 AGO 6016A FM 61-24 from the division artillery fire direction center fire direction center and command switch- and command switchboards to the battalion boards. n 1 à~~

~~INSTALLED AS LO BN CF DIRECTED LO~~

GSÄ 46 EACH BTRY & COMD TO OTHER \ FDC // SWBD LO RADIO-WIRE INTEGRATION COUNTER- MORTAR RADAR EACH COMPUTERS BTRY 105 H O FDC 155 H)H SB-22 HCO O- 52 vcoO -Osa .(105H OR I55H) RT0O LOCALS FDC AS RQR

~~FDC COMD COMD CEN SIG CEN~~

~~- 10 ARTY LO~~

* TWO SWITCHBOARDS ARE REQUIRED

~~LEGEND: PM 61 ~ 24“ 37 HCO HORIZONTAL CONTROL OPERATOR~~

~~VCO VERTICAL CONTROL OPERATOR RTO RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATOR TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT~~

~~Figure 10—5. Type wire system, field artillery battalion (DS), 105mm or 155mm, infantry, armored, or mechanized division artillery.~~

b. Installation of the Firing Battery Wire line to the telephone connecting and switching System. The three firing batteries install iden- group. The battery recorder will have a line tical wire systems (fig. 10-6). To facilitate from the telephone connecting and switching rapid installation of wire within the battalion group to a position that will facilitate control and to insure proper utilization of wire per- of the battery by the battery executive officer. sonnel, the batteries are habitually directed to To expedite laying the battery, this telephone install the wire circuit from each battery fire should have sufficient slack wire to permit it direction center to the battalion fire direction to be moved to the aiming circle if necessary. center. This is the priority wire circuit for A bridge may be installed between the radio- each battery wire team. Each battery wire telephone operator’s phone and the fire direc- team also installs the line between the battery tion computer’s phone. This would permit fire switchboard and the battalion command commands to flow from the battalion FDC switchboard. Each howitzer section installs a directly to the weapons.

~~10r-7 AGO E016A~~

~~FM 61-24 ô ô ô ô ô ô~~

~~MX 155~~

~~RECORDER O (ACCOMPANIES XO AIMING WHO MOVES AS CIRCLE / REQUIRED TO BEST CONTROL THE FIRING BATTERY)~~

~~CMPTR~~

~~RTO ADMIN~~

~~BTRY FDC 105 H OR 155 H~~

~~TO BN FDC~~

~~LOCALS TO BN COMO SWBD AS RQR~~

LEGEND: INSTALLED AS TIME PERMITS d'-'b HEADSET RTO RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATOR O TELEPHONE SET TA - 312/PT Figure 10-6. Type wire system, field artillery battery, 105mm or 155mm howitzer, armored, infantry, or mechanized division artillery.

Section IV. RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEM, FIELD ARTILLERY BATTALION (GS), 155MM/8-INCH 10-7. Field Artillery Battalion (GS) Radio b. For explanation of radio nets, refer to Nets, 155mm/8-inch paragraph 10-3. a. The battalion radio nets of a field artillery 10-8. Type Wire System, Field Artillery battalion (GS), 155mm/8-inch, are shown in Battalion (GS), T55mm/8-inch, figure 10-7. Note that the battery radio nets Infantry, Armored, and Mechanized are also included in referenced figure. Division Artillery Figure 10-7. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (fig. 10-8) (GS), 155mm/8-inch, armored, infantry, or mechar a. General. The battalion wire system must nized division artillery. provide the telephone facilities to expedite (Located in back of manual) command fire direction traffic. Priority cir-

~~AGO 5016A 10-9 FM 61-24~~

~~(ALL BATTERIES ARE SIMILAR )~~

~~AIMING CIRCLE Oí RECORDROER o- MX 155 Or O- -oO5- 155 OR 8H) 0s" CMPTR FOUR HOWITZERS IN ADMIN 8 INCH-BTRY~~

~~FDC SIG CEN~~

~~055 ORßy~~

~~r I55/8H RIO SB-22 HCO VCO RE NFORCED UNIT MB S2 I55/8H S3 FDC~~

~~SIG FDC COMD CE~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~HCO HORIZONTAL CONTROL OPERATOR~~

~~VCO VERTICAL CONTROL OPERATOR RTO RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATOR INSTALLED AS REQUIRED O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT~~

Figure 10—8. Type wire system, field artillery battalion (GS), 155mm/8-inch, armored, infantry, or mechanized division artillery. cuits are those necessary for conduct of fire in the battalion fire direction center and ter- and to the reinforced units. minates those lines used for fire direction. The b. Installation of Battalion Wire System. other switchboard is used as the battalion Utilizing organic wire personnel and equip- command switchboard and terminates those ment, the wire section of headquarters and lines pertaining to command and administra- service battery establishes the following wire tion. circuits and installations: (2) One of the wire teams of the head- (1) The battalion switchboard operators quarters and service battery installs the cir- install and operate two switchboards in the cuits from the battalion fire direction center command post area. One switchboard is located

10-10 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 and command switchboards to the correspond- switchboards of the battalion, it will normally ing switchboards of the reinforced unit. An- require the battalion to physically install the other team installs the lines from the battalion lines. fire direction center and command switch- (3) If time permits, a circuit is installed boards to the fire direction center and com- by one of the battalion wire teams from the mand switchboards of division artillery. Still battalion command switchboard to the nearest another team installs the necessary local lines signal center of the division area communica- and the circuits to the battalion observation tion system. post, if one is installed. Although division ar- c. Installation of Battery Wire System. The tillery is responsible for the installation of installation requirements of battery wire sys- wire circuits from its fire direction center and tems are a’so shown in figure 10-8. command switchboards to the corresponding

~~Section V. RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEM, FIELD ARTILLERY BATTALION,~~

~~HONEST JOHN (GS)~~

10-9. Field Artillery Battalion (HJ), second switchboard is used as the battalion Radio Nets command switchboard and terminates those a. Field artillery battalion (HJ) radio nets lines used for command and administration. are shown in figure 10-9. Note that battery (2) The priority wire for the wire teams radio nets are also included in the referenced of headquarters battery is the line from the figure. battalion fire direction center to each battery fire direction center. Figure 10-9. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion, Honest John, armored, infantry or mechanized division (3) If time permits, a line is installed be- artillery. tween the battery switchboard and the bat- (Located in back of manual) talion command switchboard. b. For explanation of the radio nets shown (4) It may be necessary for the headquar- in figure 10-9, refer to paragraph 10-3. ters battery wire teams to assist the wire team of each battery in installing the battery wire 10-10. Field Artillery Battalion (HJ), system. Wire System (5) Local circuits from the command (fig. 10-10) switchboard are installed as directed in the a. General. The battalion wire system must unit SOP. provide for command and fire control. Priority (6) Division artillery is responsible for circuits are those necessary for fire control. the installation and usually installs a line be- b. Installation of Battalion Wire System. tween the division artillery fire direction center switchboard and the battalion fire direction The extent of the battalion wire system de- center switchboard and installs a line between pends on the deployment of the battalion, the the command switchboards of division artil- length of time it is in position, and the desires lery and the battalion. of the commander (fig. 10-10). Utilizing or- (7) If time permits, a circuit is installed ganic wire personnel and equipment, the wire by battalion from the battalion command sections of headquarters battery install the switchboard to the nearest signal center of the following circuits : division area communication system. (1) Thec. battalion switchboard operators Installation of the Battery Wire System. install and operate two switchboards in the The priority wire lines to be installed by the command post area. One switchboard is located field artillery battery, HJ, wire team are those in the battalion fire direction center and ter- circuits from the battery fire direction center minates those lines used for fire control. The

~~10-11 AGO 5016A THE ARMY LIBRARY fev;, FM 61-24~~

~~WIND MEASURING ^SETS~~

~~0 AIMING AIMING [T CIRCLE CIRCLE '--.O';~~

~~(HJ) SEC sFr COMD oo XO CMPTR COMDR RTO F DC RTO FIRE CONTROLr FIRE CONTROL POINT — POINT “~~

~~TO ALL OTHER PREPARED FIRING POSITIONS~~

~~(HJ) LOCALS AS RQR~~

~~CMPTR (HJ) QQ SB-22~~

~~XX FDC LOCALS AS RQR~~

~~COMP FDC (HJ) C-IO SIG CEN~~

~~NOTE; LEGEND: SEC COMDR MAY USE HIS PHONE o TELEPHONE SET AT THE FIRE CONTROL POINT OR TA 312/PT AT THE AIMING CIRCLE. RTO RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATOR~~

Figure 10—10. Type wire system, field artillery battalion, HONEST JOHN, armored, infantry or mechanized division artillery. to each proposed launcher position. It may be sition. Sufficient slack must be provided so necessary for the headquarters battery wire that the section commander can use these cir- teams to assist each battery team. So that wide cuits to lay the launcher and orient the wind communication will be available at each measuring set. Each battery will install a simi- launcher section, these teams will install a line lar wire system. The battery wire system is from the launcher and a line from the wind shown in figure 10-10. measuring set to the section commander’s po-

~~10-12 AGO S016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 11 ENGINEER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION Section I. BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM~~

11-1. General are passed over this AM net, which constitutes The division engineer battalion is organized the primary communications system of the into a headquarters and headquarters com- battalion ; either voice or CW is used. pany, four combat engineer companies, and a (2) Battalion commander’s command net bridge company. Full details on the organiza- —FM. This net is used primarily by the bat- tion, mission, and operation of the engineer talion commander for command and control of battalion are contained in FM 5-135, also refer subordinate elements of battalion. When range to TOE 5-145 and TOE 5-155. permits, this net takes over much of the traffic 11-2. Battalion Headquarters Radio Nets of the AM net and gives the commander an a. General. The battalion headquarters and FM voice link with each of the companies. If headquarters company has organic communi- an engineer company is supporting another cations equipment and personnel to operate organization, the radio set of the company both the internal and external radio nets re- commander may monitor the battalion com- quired by the battalion. mander’s command net and operate in the b. External Radio Communications (fig. 6- radio net of the unit being supported. 7). (3) Firing unit command net—FM. This (1) Division CG command net—FM. The net is also shown in figure 11-1. Note that the communication section of the headquarters and platoon also operates a station in the engineer headquarters company operates a station in battalion command net—FM. the division CG command net. Figure 11-1. Type radio nets, engineer battalion, (2) Division general purpose net (RATT armored, infantry or mechanized division. net No. 3). The communications section also (Located in back of manual) operates a station in this net for the exchange of operational, intelligence, and logistical in- 11-3. Radio Nets of the Combat Engineer formation with the echelons of division head- Company quarters. Each of the four combat engineer companies (3) Division warning broadcast net—AM. is equipped with organic FM radio sets to Battalion headquarters and all companies of maintain internal command and control and the engineer battalion maintain monitoring re- external contact with the unit being sup- ceivers in this net. ported. For longer range communication to c. Internal Radio Nets (fig. 11-1). battalion headquarters, each company is (1) Bequippedattalion commandwith an AM net radio—AM. set This and maintains net is used for long-range control of elements a monitoring receiver in the division warning of the engineer battalion. Stations operating broadcast net. Refer to figure 11—2 for type in this net include the battalion commander, radio nets of the combat engineer company. communications section (NCO), battalion exe- Note that type radio nets of the infantry divis- cutive officer, three engineer reconnaissance ve- ion engineer company differ slightly from hicles, and the companies of the battalion. those of the armored and mechanized divisions. Command, operational, and logistical traffic

~~AGO E016A 11-1 FM 61-24~~

~~-(EMCB CO COMP NET - FÎT)-~~

~~VRC (NCS) 47 V8C-46 GRR-S I * RN CONOR'S T BR CONO NET COND IET I OIV «NC BCST NET~~

~~-( PLAT COND RET- EN J- PLAT LOB MAY SWITCH TO PLAT COMO NET 6RC-125 GRG-125~~

~~-c> TO RENAIRIRC TVO PLATOONS; EACH PLATOON IDENTICAL AS ABOVE~~

~~A , TTPE RADIO METS , COMBAT ENGINEER COMPAWT , ARMORED OR NECHARIZEO DIVISION~~

~~-C ENCR CO COMP RET- FM )—~~

~~(NCS) GRC- VRC-47 106 —TI 4 Bl CONOR'S 8N COND COND NET NET LEGENDS i DIV VNC FM BCST NET~~

~~NGR SOD PLAT LOR MAY SWITCH TO CEV * COMBAT ENGINEER VEHICLE /v y—’ V^r PLAT COMO NET C PLAT COMP NET-FM )- * DISMOUNTED OPERATION~~

~~FM AS REQD -> TO REMAINING TWO PLATOONS i EACH PLATOON IDENTICAL AS ABOVE~~

~~B TYPE RADIO NETS , CONBAT ENGINEER CONPANT, INFANTRY DIVISION~~

Figure 11-2. Type radio nets, combat engineer company, engineer battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. Internal radio nets of the combat engineer pany command net. The remaining receiver is company are discussed in a and b below. used to monitor the engineer battalion com- a. Engineer Company Command Net—FM. mander’s net, or if the company is in a sup- (1) This net is used for internal command port role, it monitors the command net of the and control of the company. Operating stations supported organization. Transmitter frequency include the company commander, company is switched as required to transmit in the ap- headquarters, one or two combat engineer ve- propriate net. The company commander’s hicles, and the three engineer platoons. radio set has the same capability and is used (2) NCS is at company headquarters. in the same manner. This FM radio set provides two receivers and b. Platoon Command Net—FM. Operating one transmitter. Normally, one receiver and stations in this net include the platoon leader, one transmitter are used to control the com- platoon sergeant, and three engineer squads.

~~11-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~rss'cop—, 1^0 c ENGR SRC CO COMD NET-FM ) (NCS) CRC VRC-47 VRC-46 VRC-47 106 - - BN COMO NET BN COMO NET GRR-5 0-- — — DIV WNG BCST BN CONOR'S COND NET~~

~~1 BRG i PUT LDR ’ BRG iSEC LOR VRC-47 -fBRG PLAT COMO NET-EN ~>-~~

~~(«HEN EQUIPPED «ITH H4TB OR VRC-46 VRC-46 CLASS 60 BRIDGING EQUIPMENT)~~

~~PRC 75* BRG T. PLAT LDR 'BRG 'BRG .SEC LDR .SEC LDR VRC-47 -(BRG PLAT COMP NET-FM V~~

~~VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~PRC PRC~~

~~AVLB v. PLAT LOR LAUNCHER M-60 I AVLB SEC LDR~~

~~GRC-47 -j AVLB PLAT COMP NET-FH*)-~~

~~GRC-125 GRC-125~~

~~LEGEND fM TAUNCHER M-60 I AVLB-ARMORED VEHICLE AVLB SEC LDR S LAUNCHED BRIDGE (z EA) Jy BRG - BRIDGE ■A-y * - DISMOUNTED OPERATION~~

~~GRC-125 GRC-125~~

Figure IIS. Type radio nets, bridge company, engineer battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division (when equipped with MT46 or class 60 bridging equipment). The net is used for internal control of platoon command and control and external contact operations. with battalion headquarters or the unit being supported. For longer range communications 11-4. Type Radio Nets of Bridge Company to battalion headquarters, the bridge company (fig. 11-3 or 11-4) is equipped with an AM radio set; a monitor- The engineer bridge company is equipped with ing receiver is also maintained in the division 0 organic FM radio sets to maintain internal warning broadcast net. Refer to figures 11-3 AGO 5016A 11-3 FM 61-24 and 11-4 for type radio nets of the bridge (1) This net is used for internal com- company. Note that the bridge company may mand and control of company elements. Op- be organized with two bridge platoons, when erating stations include the company com- the company is equipped with MT46 or class mander, company executive officer, two bridge 60 bridging equipment (fig. 11-3) ; or, the com- or heavy raft platoons, and one armored ve- pany may be organized with two heavy raft hicle launched bridge platoon. platoons in place of the two bridge platoons, (2) NCS is at company headquarters. As when equipped for mobile assault bridging with the combat engineer company, the NCS operations (fig. 11-4). Type radio nets of the radio set and the company commander’s set bridge company are discussed in a through c afford active operation in one net and monitor- below. ing in another. a. Engineer Bridge Company Command Net b. Bridge Platoon Command Net—FM. Op- —FM. erating stations in this net (fig. 11-3) include

~~[BRG BRG CO HQ -( EKGR BRC CO COMP RET - FM )-~~

~~VRC-47 VRC-46 (NCS) GRC-19 -O BN COHO NET BN CONOR'S VRC-47 OR 106 CONO NET GRR-S DIV WNG BCST (BN CONOR'S COMO NET~~

~~HVY RANP LOAD NA FLOAT AFT SEC LD VEH (2 EA) VRC-47 BRG (4 EA) (NCS) -( HVY RAFT PLAT COMO NET - FM> TWO HVY RAFT PLATOONS- I SHOWN VRC-46 GRC- 25 GRC-125~~

~~HVY RANP LOAD NA FLOAT RAFT SŒ LD VEH (2 EA) BRG (4EA)~~

~~VRC-46 CRC- 25 GRC-125~~

~~LAUNCHER N60 . '"v AVLB SEC LDR r^JjoT^ (2 EA) VRC-47 (NCS) -( AVLB PLAT COMO HEWN~~

~~GRC-125 GRC-125 LEGEND: FN ■AN LAUNCHER N60 y AVLB-ARNORED VEHICLE AVLB SEC LOR /f LAUNCHED BRIDGE BRG- BRIDGE 1 NA- NOBILE ASSAULT GRC-125 GRC-125~~

~~Figure 11-i.. Type radio nets, bridge company, engineer battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division (when equipped with mobile assault bridging equipment). 11-4 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~(T CE CO Z lü O O Ui o o -t o < H £S OC < Q1 < o Ui 2 > 0: >- a >- û. UJ Ui a O X UJ o «t e> ui cr LU a: CL • K ? x m X CD UJ < 2 ° 2 -i H O CE E < 2 O o < <>~~

~~o a: - CD < 29 = 2 cr o O 3 CD o OC Q ~ 2 ^ o O . UJ ° x 2^ ►- 2 2 — c\i rO ^ Q _| O CD (D CO CO CO (O < a 3. CD H £T P -J O. <Û- a. Ot °O 3 2 CL CO~~

CO H >- a CO ül CM CM 8o- o CD o 8m- CO > o 8<- o ^ cr co CM UJ Hû 02 z< Ü g < O >-10 CE ^ UJ rO Z H CE Z < o Z a> Z CO O Z Ui O a> < - UI U. Z o < a: UJ UJ CO Lui Figure 11-5. Type wire system, engineer battalion, armored, infantry or mechanized division. o ° O o «E !» . w CO «D O) t- t- 5 >- û. o « Q flj -J >- o 5 iff ^ 5 UJ j- g s s 5 z < o z ^ ¿ 6 O (E i o - « 0 7 S §t = 0 1 U ° < ¡3° 0*0 CO H O- UJ Ui - ü. O < o Û ¿ a < < z UJ UJ SPS H CO O CD UJ o < o < I- UJ < o X CM fO iri n-s AGO 5016A FM 61-24

the platoon leader and two bridge sections. 11-5. Wire System and Messenger Service In addition to a vehicular set, each section has a. A type wire system for the engineer bat- two FM sets for dismounted operation. talion of an armored, infantry, or mechanized division is shown in figure 11-5. Note that, c. Heavy Raft Platoon Command Net—FM. in addition to telephone, engineer battalion Operating stations in this net (fig. 11-4) in- headquarters also has landline teletypewriter clude the platoon leader and the two heavy equipments to communicate through the divis- raft section leaders. Each raft section has six ion system to superior headquarter. additional radio sets (mounted on four ramp b. Internal messenger service in the div- vehicles and two mobile assault floating ision engineer battalion is performed by or- bridges.) ganic personnel in addition to other duties.

~~Section II. COMMUNICATION PERSONNEL~~

11-6. Battalion Communication Section gineer battalion communication systems. Re- The battalion communication section is organic fer to chapter 2 for typical duties of person- to the engineer battalion headquarters and nel. headquarters company. This section is organized and equipped to install, operate, and to 11-7. Communications Personnel at maintain the internal battalion headquarters, Company Level communications system and, within capabili- The combat engineer company and the bridge ties, to extend this system to organic and at- company are authorized communications per- tached elements of the battalion as required. sonnel to install, operate, and maintain intern- Specialists of the section are organized as al company communications. These personnel needed to fulfill battalion communication re- include one communications chief per com- quirements. They include a communication pany and radio operators and radio mechanics chief, radio operators, radio teletype operators, assigned as required. Designated personnel switchboard operators, and wiremen. The bat- within the company serve as wiremen and talion communication officer exercises opera- switchboard operators in addition to other du- tional control over this section and over the en- ties. Refer to chapter 2 for typical duties.

~~11-6 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 12~~

~~AVIATION BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, INFANTRY DIVISION~~

~~Section I. BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM~~

12-1. Organization (3) Division CG command net—FM. The The aviation battalion of an infantry division aviation battalion commander and the opera- consists of a headquarters and headquarters tions section will normally operate a station company, an airmobile company (light), and in this net. an aviation general support company. Complete (4) Division warning-broadcast net details of the organization, mission, and op- (AM). Both the communications section and eration of the aviation battalion are contained operations section (fig. 12-1) are equipped in FM 1-15. The aviation battalion is no longer with radio receivers to monitor this net. an organic unit of the armored and mecha- c. Internal Radio Nets (fig. 12-1). nized divisions. In the armored and mecha- (1) Battalion command net—FM. This nized divisions, the supply and transport bat- net provides the battalion commander with a talion has an aviation support detachment to means for command and control of the bat- provide airfield facilities for organic and at- talion. When required by the tactical situation, tached division aircraft. Refer to TOE 1-75 logistical traffic is passed over this net. The for additional data. NCS is normally operated by the battalion operations section. 12-2. Battalion Headquarters (2) Air traffic control net—UHF. The op- Communications eration sections of battalion headquarters and a. General. The battalion headquarters com- the various companies operate stations in this pany has organic communications equipment net for control of division airspace. Each air- and assigned personnel (in a communications craft has organic VHF-UHF radio equipment section) to operate the battalion communica- to enter the net as specified by SOP or as other- tions facilities in both internal and external wise required. communications systems. In addition to the communications mission, personnel of the com- d. Wire. The aviation battalion is provided munications section assist in the operation of entry into the division communications sys- an instrumented airfield with terminal flight tem through the facilities of the nearest divis- facilities, including ground control approach. ion signal center (fig. 12-2). When required, the b. External Radio Communications (fig. 6- battalion communications section lays wire to 7). elements of the battalion operating in the vi- (1) Division RATT net No. 1 (operations cinity of the battalion command post. Normal- intelligence). The communications section op- ly, division signal battalion provides a multi- erates a station in this net for the exchange channel radio terminal at division airfield for of operational and intelligence information use as required. with the echelons of division headquarters. c. Messenger Service. Messenger service is (2) Division RATT net No. 2 (admin- normally provided through facilities of the di- log). When equipment is available, the com- vision communications system. Special mes- munications section will operate a station in sengers are employed as needed. this net.

~~AGO 5016A 12-1 FM 61-24~~

~~ICOMM S~~

~~DIV ADMIN/LOG NET GRC-46 D1V OP/INTEL NET GRC-46 (RATT NET #1) (RATT NET #2)~~

~~CONN SEC -( AVN BN COMP NET-FN )-~~

~~(NCS) VRC-47 ->DIV CG COMD VRC-47 —>DIV CG COMD NET VRC-46 VRC-46 NET GRR-5 <>.>>DIV WNG BCST BNATC NET~~

~~DIV WNG BCST--<> GRR-5~~

~~r*CONOR" _ CO OP AIRMOBILE CO OP GS CO URMOBILE CONOR GS 00 [PFDRIAUS} y~~

VRC-47 CO CONO VRC-47 CO CONO VRC-4T -> CO CONO NET VRC-47 ->C0 COMD NET NET NET-FN VRC-53 VRC-24 =>C0ATC NET VRC-24 =>COATCNET-UHF PRC GRR5GRR-5 «H.►— —-WV *NG GRR-5 DIV WNG BCSTNET r* BCST NET 25 * 8EA LEGEND:

~~^=UHF~~

~~>--AN~~

~~œ*» RATT~~

~~GS-GENERAL SUPPORT ATC-AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL PFDR-PATH FINDER DIRECTION * - DISMOUNTED OPERATION~~

Figure 12—1. Type radio nets, aviation battalion, infantry division. 12-3. Airmobile Company (Light) (a) Aviation battalion command net— a. General. The airmobile company of the FM. The company commander and operations aviation battalion provides tactical air move- section operates stations in this net. If re- ment of combat troops and air movement of quired, other company stations may monitor combat supplies and equipment within the the net. combat zone. (b) Air traffic control net—UHF. The operations section operates a station in this b. Radio Communications (fig. 12-3). net. (1) The airmobile company operates sta- (c) Division warning broadcast net— tions in the following higher headquarters AM. The operations section is provided with nets : a receiver to monitor this net.

~~12-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~AIRLIFT PLATOONS AIRMOBILE GEN (LIGHT) SPT m PLAT CO o— SVC PLAT CO o- —O ACFT MAINT SB-22/ -O ACFT MAINT SB-22/ XO o- OP o- PT —O COMM MAINT O COMM MAINT OP o— SVC O— —O AFLD SVC PLAT~~

ONE CONSOLIDATED SWITCHBOARD (2 SB-22 STACKED, 29 LINES) MAY BE USED WHEN ALL THE BATTALION IS AT ONE LOCATION. GCA WHEN COMPANY IS OPERATING AT EXTENDED DISTANCE FROM BATTALION, AFLD CONTROL THIS LINK MAY BE PROVIDED THROUGH THE DIVISION WIRE SYSTEM BY TIE-IN TO THE NEAREST SIGNAL OBN OPERATION^ CENTER.

~~BN BN COMD SWBD NOTE o- SB 22/ DIV MAIN SI/SL o— PT MAINT CM N/MRC 69 NOTE MSG CEN o— /MRC AID STA O—~~

NOTE 1: IN STANDARD DIVISIONS, THE SIGNAL BATTALION FURNISHES AN AN/MRC-69 (12 CHAN), LEGEND; WHILE IN THE AIRBORNE DIVISION AN AN/MRC-68 QTELEPHONE SET TA-312/PT (A CHAN) SET IS PROVIDED. — TELEPHONE LINE NOTE 2: DIRECT CIRCUIT TO G3 AIR AT DTOC. — TELETYPEWRITER LINE

~~Figure 12-2. Type wire system, aviation battalion, infantry division.~~

~~COOP (AS REQUIRED) AIRMOBILE CO COMDR (AIRMOBILE CO COMD KEWM;~~

~~VRC'47 YRC-53 l/RC-47 COMD NET ‘'COMD NET VRC-24 D>C0 ATC~~

~~GRR'5 > ——DIV 1H6 8CST~~

~~AIRLIFT 3 AIRLIFT (6 AIRCRAFT PER PLATOON AT LDR PLATOONS) SEE NOTE )~~

~~VRC-47 (AIRLIFT PLAT COMD NET - FM) (NCS) LEGEND ARC'54 ARR-49~~

~~ARC-55 > ATC UHF~~

~~SVC PLAT ATC-AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL~~

~~NOTE EACH OF THE THREE AIRLIFT PLATOONS IS ORGANIZED INTO TWO SECTIONS WITH FOUR AIRCRAFT EACH. ARC*54 ARR-49 * - AN/ARC-55 WILL BE REPLACED BV AN/ARC- 51. * ARC-55 C>ATC~~

~~Figure 12-8. Type radio nets, airmobile company, aviation battalion, infantry division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 12-3 FM 61-24~~

(d) Other nets. Elements of the com- command post is located in the vicinity of the pany in support of, or attached to, other di- division base airfield in the division support visional or nondivisional units enter appropri- area. If feasible, the airmobile company may ate command nets as required. Helicopters be linked directly to the aviation battalion wire equipped as helicopter command posts (HCP) system. provide multinet communications with higher d. Messenger Service. Messenger service is headquarters CPs, ground tactical CPs, FSCC, provided through the facilities of the division and TACPs. communications system. This service is aug- (2) The airmobile company establishes mented by battalion scheduled and special mes- the following nets for command control of sub- senger service as required. ordinate elements and for logistical traffic. (a) Company command net—FM. l'2-4. Aviation General Support Company (b) Air traffic control net—UHF. a. General. The aviation general support (c) Airlift platoon command net—FM. company provides air support for division Each of the three airlift platoons maintains headquarters, division support command, and such a net for internal command and control. other units not equipped with organic aircraft. c. Wire Communications. Normally, the air- Helicopters equipped as HCPs provide access mobile company is linked to the division com- to a broad range of communication nets for the munication system because of the distance in- division commander, his staff, and the division volved. The airmobile company is usually lo- support command. cated well forward in the vicinity of the divis- b. Radio Communications (fig. 12-4). ion reserve : whereas the aviation battalion (1) The general support company operates

~~n J v__ CO OP '- —V (AS REQUIRED) l^coCOMDITH, X, -( CS CO COHO NET - FH )-~~

~~VRC-47 VRC-47 -[> BN COHO NET VRC-53 > CRASH RESCUE BN COHO NET VRC-24 => ATC NET-OHF~~

~~6RR-5 |c>»- DIV *NC BCST NET~~

~~GS UTIL SPT SEC (4) PLAT LDR SPT SEC (2) TAC SPT SEC (6)~~

~~VRC-47 (NCS) ( GS PLAT COMP WET - FH) ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-59 ARR-49 ARR-49 ARC-4 S * ARC-55 >ATC ARC-55 C>ATC ARC-55=^> ATC~~

~~LEGEND- * AN/ARC-55 WILL BE REPLACED BY AN/ARC-51 FH~~

~~UHF~~

~~AN Figure 12-U* Type radix) nets, general support company, aviation battalion, infantry division.~~

~~12-4 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

stations in the following higher headquarters mand and control of subordinate elements and nets : for logistical traffic as required. (а) Battalion command net—FM. Sta- (a) General support company command tions are in the company commander’s vehicle net—FM. The NCS is operated by the com- and the company operations trucks. pany operations section. (б) Air traffic control net—UHF. This (b) Platoon nets. The general support station is operated by the company operations platoon operates a platoon command net (FM). section. c. Wire Communications. Normally, the gen- (c) Division warning broadcast net— eral support company is connected into the bat- AM. The company operations section monitors talion wire system (fig. 12-2), by battalion this net. headquarters wire personnel. In some situa- (d) Other nets. Elements of the com- tions, direct access to the division communica- pany in support of, or attached to, other units tions system may be authorized. Internal wire will enter the appropriate command nets as re- facilities are provided by company personnel. quired. d. Messenger Service. Messenger service is (2) Thenormally general providedsupport companythrough estab-the facilities of lishes and operates the following nets for com- the division communications system. Special messengers are employed as needed.

~~Section II. COMMUNICATIONS PERSONNEL~~

12-5. Signal Officer pares and distributes extracts of the SOI and a. In general, the signal officer of the avia- SSI. tion battalion performs duties similar to those (6) Prepares the communication portion described in chapter 2. Because of the specia- of the battalion SOP. lized mission of the battalion, certain differ- (7) Submits signal information recom- ences do exist in the signal communications mendations for the aviation annex to the divis- functions performed by this signal officer. For ion operations order, and for paragraph 5 and this reason the complete duties of the aviation the signal annex of the battalion operations battalion signal officer will be discussed. order. b. The signal officer of the aviation battalion (8) In coordination with the S4, plans prepares, plans, and makes recommendations and supervises matters pertaining to signal for the employment of signal communications supply and maintenance. to include ground and aircraft communications (9) Supervises the installation, operation, systems. Specifically, the signal officer— and maintenance of the signal equipment is- (1) Supervises the installation of radio, sued to the communications section and the wire, and terminal flight and control facilities battalion headquarters. at the battalion instrumented airfield. (10) Procures, stores, and distributes (2) Coordinates with appropriate flight codes, ciphers, and crytopgrahic material. operations center (FOC) and flight coordinating centers (FCC) on pertinent communications matters. 12—6. Aviation Battalion Communications (3) Coordinates with the SI, who selects Section the location for the command post. The battalion communication system is in- (4) Coordinates with S2 on communica- stalled, operated, and maintained by the com- tions security measures. munication section which is organized as dis- (5) Obtains current signal operation in- cussed in a through d below. structions (SOI) and standing signal instruc- a. The communications chief assists the sig- tions (SSI) from higher headquarters. He pre- nal officer by directly supervising the enlisted

AGO 5016A 12-5 FM 61-24 men of the section in the installation, opera- 12-7. Communications Personnel of tion, and maintenance of the battalion com- Airmobile Company munications and electronics navigation sys- The airmobile company has an assigned com- tems. munications chief (for maintenance), avionics b. Radio and avionic electrical equipment electrical equipment mechanics, a radio mechan- repairmen perform organizational maintenance ic, switchboard operator, and wireman. Se- by inspecting,, testing, and repairing signal lected personnel of the company may be ad- equipment assigned to the battalion. They ditionally trained to operate organic radio sets maintain the authorized level of repair parts. and to man the unit switchboard. c. The radio teletypewriter teams install and operate the radio/teletypewriter sets, receive 12-8. Communications Personnel of the and transmit messages, and establish and post General Support Company station logs. The general support company has the same d. The switchboard operator/field wireman authorizations for communications personnel teams installs, operates, and maintains the as does the airmobile company. Selected per- switchboard. This team, with the assistance of sonnel of the company may be further trained sections having organic telephones, installs the to operate organic radio sets and to assist in battalion wire system. manning the unit switchboard.

~~12-6 AGO B016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 13 COMMUNICATIONS, IN MILITARY POLICE COMPANY ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

13-1. General commander and the operations sergeant main- a. Radio is the most frequently used means tain radio stations in the division command of communications in the military police net. The provost marshal (PM) switches from (MP) company. Employment is flexible—the the company command net to the division CG company may be organized into platoons, command net as required. The company NCS squads, patrols, or control points as required. and the military police platoon leaders are Refer to TOE 19-27. equipped with receivers to monitor in the b. The division provost marshal (PM) exer- division warning broadcast net. cises operational control over company opera- b. Internal Communications. Internal radio tions. nets maintained by the MP company may in- 13-2. Radio Commumcations clude— (fig. 13-1) (1) MP company command net—FM. a. External Communications. The company This net is the most frequently used means

~~K^r ¿INVEST"! J> PM \ v -( MP CO'n COMPmwn ruPT-PMNET-FM ")■ . —^. Vw/~~

~~VRC-46 (NOTE I)~~

~~OR R “ 5 DIV COMD * 1 DIV WNG BCST DIV CO COND NET~~

~~fPLAT^l fsCTY T I SCTY P8CTY"V___ ' SQO~~

~~PRC-6 PRC " PRC PRC-6~~

~~SECURITY PLATOON~~

~~PLAT NOTE 2 LDR 1 PRC-6 MP SQO (MP~~

~~MP PLAT COMP NET-FM~~

~~GRR -5 DIV WNG BCST Si FOUR MILITARY POLICE PLATOONS~~

~~NOTES. LEGEND : I. PROVOST MARSHAL WILL SWITCH TO FM DIVISION COMMAND NET AS REQUIRED. AM 2 USED AS FIXED POINTS. DEFILES AND DISMOUNTED TRAFFIC CONTROL POINTS AS REQUIRED. OPERATION~~

~~Figure 1S-1. Type radio nets, military police company, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 13-1 FM 61-24~~

~~PM O O SCTY PLAT HQS. O (FOR USE AS REQUIRED) MP HOS O SW BD O MP PLAT O SB -22/PT O MP PLAT O 4 SCTY. SODS O MP PLAT O- OJ MP PLAT O~~

~~(NOTE)~~

~~TO DIV COMM SYSTEM NOTE: LEGEND: WIRE LINK INSTALLED O TELEPHONE SET BY DIVISION SIGNAL TA-3I2/PT BATTALION~~

Figure 13—2. Type wire system, military police company, armored, infantry or mechanized division. for command, control, and coordination of MP gade or battalion, necessary wire service will operations. The company commander locates be provided by the unit supported. stations as required throughout the division area. These stations may be as shown in figure 13-4. Supplemental Means of 13-1 or be located on a utility basis with pa- Communications trols, escorts, traffic control points, or used in In addition to radio and wire, the MP com- other employments as required. pany uses other more specialized means of (2) Platoon command, nets—FM. Type communications. Examples are given in a platoon command nets are also shown in figure through d below. 13-1. a. Public address systems are used to control PW’s or other large groupings of personnel. b. Arm and hand signals are used by mili- 13-3. Wire Communications tary policemen, especially for traffic control. a. When practical, the MP company may c. Temporary signs and tape are used for install limited wire facilities of the type shown lane and route marking. in figure 13-2. Normally, however, MP com- d. Sirens, whistles, klaxons, horns, buzzers, pany elements use the divison communications emergency warning lights, and similar means system to obtain telephone service to the com- may also be employed to transmit prearranged pany CP, PW collecting points, traffic control messages or warnings. posts, and similar points. 13-5. Communications Personnel b. If an MP platoon or smaller unit is placed The communications chief has overall super- in support of a divisional unit such as a bri- vision of communications matters within the

~~13-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

MP company. The company also has radio me- nated personnel of the company in addition to chanics. Operation of the company switchboard regularly assigned primary duties. Refer to and organic radio sets is performed by desig- chapter 2 for typical duties of these personnel.

~~AGO 5016A 13-3~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 14 DIVISION SUPPORT COMMAND COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION AND SUPPORT COMMAND HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS 14-1. Organization signal support operations company, division The division support command organic to the signal battalion, provides communications three ground type divisions includes the fol- support to the support command; such com- lowing : munications support excludes organic staff a. Headquarters, headquarters company, and radios. This platoon provides communications band (TOE 29-2). from the support command command post to b. Maintenance battalion (TOE 29-35, 29- the subordinate units of the support command 25, and 29-15). operating in the division support area. Subor- c. Supply and transport battalion (TOE 29- dinate units of the support command operating 65 and 29-5). outside the division support area obtain signal d. Medical battalion (TOE 8-35). support from the nearest division signal center. e. Administration company (TOE 12-37). b. The platoon leader of the support command operations platoon also acts as signal 14-2. Mission and Operations a. Mission. Division support command pro- advisor at support command headquarters. His vides division level supply, direct support main- platoon provides the support command head- tenance, (except cryptographic and medical quarters with the following support: equipment), and medical and miscellaneous (1) Installs and operates the communica- services for all assigned and attached divis- tions center and cryptographic, teletypewriter, ional elements. and radio (except staff vehicle radios) com- b. Operations. Headquarters of division sup- munications for the support command operations center. port command and designated operating ele- (2) Installs and operates a signal center in ments of the command are established in rearward sectors of the divisional area—the base the division area communications system that of operations is referred to as the “division provides trunk line service for the support command operations center, subordinate units of support area.’’ To insure timely and effective the support command located in the division support, other elements of the support com- support area, and other attached and support- mand will operate forward in the vicinity of ing units operating in the vicinity. brigade trains. From the support area proper, administrative and logistical services are ex- (3) Installs and operates local telephone tended to units located in the immediate vicin- communications for the support command op- ity. Refer to FM 54-2 for doctrinal guidance erations center. on the employment and operations of the divis- (4) Provides and operates radio teletype- ion support command. writer equipment to function as NCS for the division RATT net No. 2 (administration- 14-3. Support Command Operations logistics) in the division support area. Platoon, Signal Support Operations (5) Provides and operates a radio tele- Company, Division Signal Battalion typewriter station in the division RATT net a. The support command operations platoon, No. 3 (general purpose).

AGO 5016A 14-1 14—2 AGO Boll 6A COMD NET VRC -46 VRC-47 —>MED BN DIV WNG BCST MED BN COMD NET-AM T OIV^I LTRANS SEC \ ^ÉD~B»TÍ¡V~^ GRC-46 INOTE 2) MED BN HO GRR-5 d GRC-106 VRC-49 MEO BN OP H/—^ MED BN<3- VRC-49 COMD NET rCOMORU_ VRC-46 DIV AMMO OFF GRC-46 SPT COMDl (NOTE 2) MAINT BN HO I VRC-47 MAINT BN MAT OFF L COMO NET FROM REQUIRED; NO RM ALLY WHEN BN OPERATES AWAY SPT COMD HQ. HQ IS NOT NCS. STATION MAY ACT AS NCS. -> MAINT BN < SIG BN. 1. VEHICLE WITH RADIO SET PROVIDED BY DIV COMO NET SPT COMD 3. TO DIV MAIN AND OTHER STATIONS WHEN DIV SIG BN AS 2. VEHICLE WITH RADIO SET PROVIDED BY DIV RATT NET #3 • TO DIV CG NOTES. VRC-47 rcoMpRL LMAINT BN \ I VRC-47 GRC-46 (NOTE 2) TRANS BN HO SUP a i JsPT^y Icono ' , bcOMOR I SIG BN ) (PROV BY DIV ANS BN^ VRC-47 NET-FM )- ( SRI COMP COMP DIV SUPl OFF SUP a ■ DIV WNG SCSI USO CEN ■O GRR-5 £=L GRR-5 VRC-47 NET WNG DIV or mechanized division. Figure 14-1. Type radio nets, division support command, armored, infantry, xo SUP I— COMD NET BCST ' a TRANS BN -Osar BN<- GRC-46 RATT FM AM (NOTE I) SPT COMO HÔ \ VRC-47 VRC-46 SUR ft TRANS CO M D R l ? BN< fsPT COMO* (NOTE 3) LEGEND:

FM 61-24 AGO 6016A OFF MAT PT BCST WNG DIV BAND 22 CO AMMO TRANS SB REQUIRED j SWBD'S AS AN/GRR-S MSO CEN AN/MGC 54 OFF OFF COMM CENTER S3 FW 1^ LOCAL TEL AND / J-I077/U IIP REQ) J -I077/U I HO SPT COMO AN/GSA-7 AN/VRC-4Ï RWI STATION CEN OFF ?6 MANUAL TP XO MAU. SÛT COMDR 04 04 COMD SOLE SOLE USER USER CRT TO CRT TO spy AN/MTC- (J) BN TRANS J* 1077/ U VIA VHF1 OTHERWISE (IF IN AREA, BN BN TO TO TO MAINT MED SUP S OR-(3)__26-p„ ?e COM PATCH PANEL (J) 6II/MRC L SB PR U) 26 ¿6 69 69 69 SP-4 „ r: 1 0 0 pAN/TCC - 7 \ AN/MRC AN/MRC AN/MRC AN/MRC- 73 (FROM ARMY) (AN/I TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT. SIGNAL BATTALION. o FWD SC FORWARD AREA SIGNAL CENTER. 26 - PR 26-PAIR CABLE. RWI RADIO WIRE INTEGRATION. FW FIELD WIRE. j- RADIO COMMUNICATIONS. * PROVIDED BY DIVISION headquarters, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. Figure H-2. Type wire/cable interconnection diagram, division support command TO DIV ALT REO LEGEND: NOTE: TO DIV MAIN FOR USE AS TO OIV MAIN AREA SYSTEM TO ARMY TO DIV ASIGCEN

~~TO DIV ASIGCEN FM 61-24 TO DIV ASIGCEN FM 61-24~~

(6) Provides and operates radio teletype- support command commander maintains a writer equipment to function in the division radio from the command post in this net. The RATT net No. 3 for subordinate units of the operations officer (S3) and his section monitor support command, as necessary. this net and enter only to represent the support c. Additional details concerning the support command commander in his absence. command operations platoon are contained in (4) Division warning broadcast net FM 11-50. (AM). A receiver for monitoring this net is provided by the support command operations 14—4. Communications to Higher and platoon. Adjacent Headquarters (5) Division RATT net No. 1 (operoy- a. General. The support command maintains tions-intelligence). If authorized, the support communications to higher and adjacent head- command enters this net as required by switch- quarters by operating subordinate stations in ing from another yet. division radio nets, and maintains communica- c. Wire and Radio Relay. The support com- tions over telephone and teletypewriter circuits mand operations center is linked to the divis- provided by the division communications sys- ion communications system through wire and tem. VHF radio relay facilities, which are provided b. Radio. Figure 6-7 shows the division by the support command operations platoon of support command operating radio stations in the division signal battalion (fig. 6-6). Note the following radio nets: that army signal troops maintain a radio relay Division CG command net—FM terminal at support command for entry into Division warning broadcast net—AM the army area system. Division RATT net No. 2 (Div. support d. Messenger. Messenger service, both command is NCS) scheduled and special, is provided by the divis- Division RATT net No. 3 ion signal battalion. Descriptions of the external radio nets of the division support command are given in (1) * 14-5. Internal Communications through (5 ) - below. a. Radio. The following radio nets are used (1) Division RATT net No. 2 (adminis- for internal communications within division tration-logistics). The support command oper- support command : ations platoon of the division signal battalion (1) Support command command net—FM. operates the NCS for this net (fig. 6-7). This Principal stations in this net include the com- net links the support command operations cen- manding officer (NCS)), the support com- ter with the G4 at division main/division al- mand staff, and the headquarters of the medi- ternate and the brigade, division artillery and cal, maintenance, and supply and transport bat- armored cavalry squadron S4’s—also included talions. Refer to figure 14-1. are brigade trains. This net supplements the (2) Division RATT Net No. 3. RATT net telephone and teletypewriter communications No. 3 may be used for internal support com- provided by the division communications sys- mand communications when any constitutent tem. It is of particular use for the dissemina- battalion is operating beyond normal FM tion of administrative and logistical traffic range. Equipment and personnel are furnished when units are on the move or are not con- by the division signal battalion on an as re- nected into the division communications sys- quired and when available basis. tem. b. Wire. Wire communications to subordi- (2) Division RATT net No. 3 (general nate units located in the vicinity of the support purpose). Division support command operates command command post is provided by the a station in this net for operational, logistical support command operations platoon of the di- and administrative traffic. vision signal battalion (fig. 14-2). Elements (3) Division CG command net (FM). For of the command operating in the brigade trains voice radio communications with division, the area are connected into the division area com-

~~AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

munications system through a radio relay term- are assigned additional duties as foot or motor inal at the brigade trains area, or by field wire messengers. from the brigade trains area to the nearest division area signal center. Note that figure 14-2 shows a type internal and external wire 14-6. Communications Personnel of cable interconnections at support command Headquarters, Headquarters headquarters. Company and Band c. Messenger. Messenger service within the The company has no primarily designated coim support command complex is provided through munications specialists. Selected personnel are the facilities of the signal battalion or through additionally trained to operate the unit switch- the use of support command personnel who board and organic radio sets.

~~Section II. MAINTENANCE BATTALION, ARMORED, INFANTRY OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

14-7. Maintenance Battalion (3) Support command command net—FM. a. Mission. The maintenance battalion pro- The maintenance battalion commander operates vides direct support maintenance for all types a station in this net (fig. 14-1). Other staff of maintainable division material, except med- officers of the battalion may monitor as re- ical, punched card machines (PCM), and quired—figure 14-3 shows the materiel officer quartermaster air equipment. It also provides operating in this net. repair parts, other maintenance supplies and (4) Maintenance battalion command net maintenance float of selected end items for —FM. This net provides the battalion com- the equipment it supports. mander with direct communications to key per- b. Organization. Although the maintenance sonnel of battalion headquarters and elements battalion in each division is composed of the of the main support company, forward sup- same primary elements (headquarters and port company, and transportation aircraft main support companies), the maintenance maintenance company (fig. 14-3). It is used for command, control, and administration of the battalions supporting different types of divisions are tailored to the division supported. De- battalion. The battalion commander, executive officer, materiel officer and subordinate com- tailed information concerning the maintenance pany commanders normally operate in this net. battalion is contained in FM 9-30. In addition, the materiel officer uses the bat- c. Radio Communications. The maintenance talion command net to communicate with the battalion may operate radio stations in the shop office of the forward support companies following nets. and the main support company, where distance (1) Division RATT net No. 8 (general is not excessive. •purpose). When the maintenance battalion is (5) Forward support company command separated from the support command opera- net—FM. This net provides the company com- tions center by distances exceeding FM-voice mander with a command and control means range, a signal battalion RATT team may over the company (fig. 14-3). Also operating operate a station at maintenance battalion in this net, as required, are the maintenance headquarters. Signal support operations com- officers of supported units. pany of the division signal battalion will pro- (6) Headquarters and main support com- vide the equipment and personnel for this pany elements. Elements of this company op- station as required. erate in the division support command net (2) Division warning broadcast net—AM. (fig. 14-3). Company stations include the com- Ground radio receivers are organic to battalion pany commander, shop office, service and eva- headquarters and each of the companies for cuation platoon (two stations), and the me- monitoring this net (fig. 14-3). chanical maintenance platoon.

AGO 5016A T4-5 AGO 5016A VRC-46 VRC-46 MECH NAINT PLA1 FN 61-24-56 VRC-47 UTILITY ^(2) ARR-48 VRC-46 ARC-54 URC-IO VRC-46 LNAT OFF J- ' \ ÄTL r SVC A EVAC SEC> ^LAT \ £ SVC trac PLATy» I SRR-5 DIV INS BCST (NCS) VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 svcr~\__ EVAC PLAT LOR viSr? DIV ONLY) BCST (IN ARMORED DIV WNQ VRC-4C GRFR-5 -( TRANS AIRCRAFT NAINT CO AIR - GROUND NET - Tip- SPT UNO CONO NET-FN^- - BN COND NET-FN) { NAINT -( FID SPT CO COHO NET-FN >- PRC-> TEST A INSPECTION SECTION 25+, i i nr GRR-5 (NCS) battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division. Figure US. Type radio nets, maintenance Œ'-n—^ VRC-47 CO (NOTE ) \ VRC-47 SRC-121 DIV WNG BCST CONOR ISHOP OFFICE JÜÀiir~l [(NAIN^SRT CO)_^ ^ ^TOO coton, I I A r FID SPT CO SH0P OFFICE GRR-5 VRC-46 DIV INC BCST NET MAINT CO CONOR TRANS ACFT FN 'AN

~~STATIONS. CONPANIES MAINTAIN IDENTICAL RADIO EACH OF THE THREE FORWARD SUPPORT * DISMOUNTED OPERATION LESEND:~~

~~NOTE:~~

~~FM 61-24 t FM 61-24~~

~~FWD >—C FWD FWD SPT SPT SPT (NOTE I ) (NOTE I) (NOTE I)~~

~~CO COMDR O“ SHOP OFC Q- SB-22/PT SB-22/PT SB-22/PT SUP SEC O"~~

~~SVC a EVAC SEC 0- (NOTE-3) (NOTES 2 S3) (NOTES 2 83) MAINT PLAT Q-~~

~~TO BN TO BN TO BN THRU DIV THRU DIV THRU DIV COMM SYS COMM SYS COMM SYS~~

~~TRANS ACT ACFT MAINT (NOTE I)~~

~~MAIN SPT r\_ PLAT -0 CO COMDR~~

~~SB-22/PT TEST a rv -O I ST SGT INSP SEC~~

~~GGC -3 PGC - I TCC-14 TO FWD SPT TO SPT COMPANIES COMD SIG CEN THRU DIV COMM SYS~~

~~MAINT~~

~~(NOTE I )~~

~~BN COMDR SVC aEVAC PLAT XO * t ELCT MAINT PLAT SB -22/PT “O MAT OFF GGC -O MAINT OFF PG C - I MECH MAINT TC C -14 HQ CO COMDR S:SHOP OFC SUP PLAT~~

LEGEND: NOTES' O -TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT 1. ADAPT SYMBOL TO DIVISION TYPE AS APPROPRIATE. T-TELETYPEWRITER FACILITY 2. FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANIES ARE IDENTICAL. 3. TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE FOR FORWARD SUPPORT COMPANIES IS OBTAINED AT FORWARD AREA SIGNAL CENTERS.

~~Figure 1U-U- Type wire system, maintenance battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~AGO S016A 14-7 FM 61-24~~

(7) Transportation aircraft maintenance 14-8. Communications Personnel of the company airground net—FM. This net pro- Maintenance Battalion vides the company commander with means of communicating with the utility helicopter as- a. Headquarters and Main Support Company. signed to the test and inspection section. Nor- This company is authorized teletypewriter op- mally, this company is located at the division erators and a switchboard operator. Other per- airñeld. sonnel of the company are trained in radiotelephone and switchboard operation in addi- d. Wire Communications. A type wire sys- tion to regularly assigned duties. tem for the maintenance battalion is shown in figure 14-4. Note that battalion headquarters b. Forward Support Company. This company and the transportation aircraft maintenance is authorized one switchboard operator. Or- company (at division airfield) have their own ganic radio sets and the company switchboard organic land-line teletypewriter facilities. Tele- are operated by company personnel in addition typewriter traffic to each of the three forward to regularly assigned duties. support companies is transmitted from battal- c. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance ion headquarters to the appropriate forward Company. The company has designated tele- area signal center. typewriter operators ; company switchboard e. Messengers. Messenger service is provided and organic radio sets are operated by com- through the facilities of the division commun- pany personnel as additional duties. ications system. No motor messengers are organic to the maintenance battalion.

Section III. SUPPLY AND TRANSPORT BATTALION, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION 14-9. Supply and Transport Battalion (4) Other FM-voice nets may be operated a. General. The supply and transport bat- as required for command control and adminis- talion of the infantry, mechanized, and armored trative-logistical operations. divisions consists of a headquarters and head- (5) In armored and mechanized divisions, quarters company, a supply and service com- a division aviation support detachment, supply pany, and a transportation motor transport and transport battalion, provides airfield term- company. For details on the organization, mis- inal facilities. Radio nets for the detachment sion, and operation of the supply and trans- are illustrated in figure 14-6. The detachment port battalion, see FM 10-50. is organic to headqi irters and headquarters b. Radio Communications. company. ( 1 ) When the battalion operates away from support command headquarters, the sig- c. Wire. nal support operations company of the division (1) The support command operations pla- signal battalion will provide a radio teletype- toon of the division signal battalion will pro- writer for a station in RATT net No. 3 (fig. vide wire facilities down to battalion head- 14-1). quarters. This provides entry into the division communications sy-^m for both telephone and (2) The battalion commander and certain 4 staff officers are provided FM-voice radio land-line teletypewr. er equipment. Elements of equipment for operation in the support com- the supply and transport battalion operating mand command net (fig. 14-5). away from the support command area will be (3) A battalion command net (FM-voice) provided entry into the division communica- is operated to provide the commander with tions system through the facilities of the sup- facilities for command and control. Company ported unit or through the signal center in commanders and staff officers will operate in the vicinity of their operations. this net as required (fig. 14-5). (2) The supply and transport battalion in- _

~~14-8 AGO 6016A~~

61-24 FM V9I09 OOV LEGEND: SPT COMD TRANS COMO NETFM BN CONOR VRC-47 CONOR SEC TRANS MTR CONOR L UP asvco TRANS CO VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-47 (NCS) * MECHANIZED aARMOREDDIVONLY Figure 14-5. Typeradio nets,supply andtransport battalion,armored, infantry, ormechanized division. AM FM VRC-47 (NCS) 1 BN XO J—V- VRC-46 -( TRANSMOTORCO COMDNET-FM")■ GRR-5 f SUP AN DIV WNGBCST D TRANSBNCOMDNET’FM)■ QM SEC VRC-46 ZLi FWO SUP SEC VRC-46 _ZLZ ORD VRC-46 PLAT 13)HQ LT TRKI SUP OFF DIV SPT COMD COMD NET-FM VRC-46 VRC-47 SEC ENGR CO COMDn HO VRC-53 1 MOM IRK MAINT I PLAT HQ SUP " PLAT HQ VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 FM 61-24-58 filRRELD * TO DIV FM 61-24

P AFLO ^ » pOPNSSECl lltf L CON SECL TO -( DIV AVN SPT PET COMP NET — FM DIV "ACFT AIR i VRC GRR WN6 VRC VRC VRC VRC o« TRAFFIC <í= 49 9 “BCST 93 24 47 47 NET CONTROL NET ARC FOR GCA <É= 91

~~TO S a T <3- SST BN COMO NET — FM BN HO~~

~~[ COMM^E^cJ.~~

~~GRC CORPS ATC OPNS NET-RATT 4 6~~

~~LEGEND! FM 61-24- 66 A FM AM RATT UHF Figure H—6. Type radio nets, division aviation support detachment, supply and transport battalion, armored or mechanized division.~~

ternal wire system will be established by as- tors, teletypewriter operators, and a wireman. signed communications personnel using organic Additional personnel are trained to assist in equipment (fig. 14-7). switchboard and radio telephone operation in d. Messenger. No organic messengers are as- addition to regularly assigned duties. signed to the supply and transport battalion. b. Supply and Service Company. Assigned As an additional duty, unit personnel may be to this company are a switchboard operator assigned as foot or motor messengers when and a wireman (also a switchboard operator). required. Other personnel of the company operate organic radio sets as additional duties. 14-10. Communications Personnel of Supply and Transport Battalion c. Transportation Motor Transport Company. a. Headquarters and Headquarters ThisCompany. company is authorized no personnel with a primary communications MOS. Selected per- The company is authorized a communications sonnel, therefore, must be additionally trained chief who has an operational interest and a to operate the company switchboard and or- function in all communications matters of the ganic radio sets. battalion. Included also are switchboard opera-

~~14-10 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~FWD SUP SEC O" 0 FWD SUP SEC Q LT TRK PLAT LT ^ MAIN SUP PLAT 0- 0 FWD SUP SEC TRK Q QLT TRK PLAT PLAT~~

~~SUP a svc co TMT CO~~

~~(NOTE) INOTE) CLASSII & IV SEC Q MED CLASS III SEC CO COMDR Q _ SB-22 —Q SB 993 TRK PLAT CLASS I SEC O GRAVES MAINT SEC Q— MTR OFF O-T REG. COLL, a EVAC SEC.~~

~~Ô Ô CO OP COMDR~~

~~sa T BN HQS~~

~~.(NOTE~~

~~BN COMDR 0 0 DIV SUP OFC xo O- -g ENGR SEC~~

OP OFF 0 2 SB - 2 2/PT T -^) ORD SEC GGC - 3 si 0 PGC - I S4 0 TCC -14 CML OFF 0 OOO QM SEC CO COMDR 0 00 SIG SEC 0 0 TRANS SEC NOTE. ADAPT SYMBOL TO APPROPRIATE TYPE DIVISION. TO LEGEND: SPT COMD DIV AVN SPT SIG CEN 0 TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT SPT SEC (ARMORED S MECH.DIV ONLY) __ TELETYPEWRITER T EQUIPMENT

~~Figure H-7. Type wire system, supply and transport battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 14-11~~

~~v FM 61-24~~

~~Section IV. MEDICAL BATTALION, ARMORED, INFANTRY,~~

~~OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

14-11. Medical Battalion talion is illustrated in figure 14-9. Note that a. General. The division medical battalion battalion headquarters has organic land-line consists of a headquarters and support com- teletypewriter facilities. Internal messenger pany and three medical companies. The bat- service for the medical battalion is provided talion provides division-level medical service, by organic personnel in addition to other du- as prescribed by the division medical plan and ties. policies, to a division base and up to eleven d. Supplemental Means of Communication. combat battalions. Refer to FM 8-15 for more Elements of the medical battalion located in complete details on the operations of the divis- the support command area may install and ion medical battalion. operate an internal wire system that is tied b. Radio Communications. into the support command or the division com- (1) When the battalion operates away munications system. Elements in support of from support command headquarters, the sig- combat units will be tied into the supported nal support operation company of the division unit system or the nearest forward area signal signal battalion may provide, if available, a center. radio teletypewriter station. This station will operate in RATT net No. 3 (fig. 14-1). 14-12. Communications Personnel in the (2) The medical battalion command net— Medical Battalion FM is used for internal control of the battalion if all elements are within range of the a. Headquarters and Support Company. This net control station (fig. 14-8). company contains the battalion communications chief whose duties encompass the com- (3) For longer range radio communica- munications operations of the entire battalion. tions the battalion operates a medical battalion Also included are intermediate speed radio op- command net—AM. erators, a switchboard operator, teletypewriter (4) The division warning broadcast net operators, radio mechanics, and a wireman (AM-voice) is monitored by the elements of (who also acts as switchboard operator). the medical battalion. (5) The division support command com- b. Medical Company. Each of the three med- mand net—FM is entered by the battalion ical companies is authorized intermediate commander, as required (fig. 14-8). speed radio operators. Other personnel of com- c. Wire and Messenger. A type internal wire pany are additionally trained in radiotelephone communications system for the medical bat- and switchboard operation.

14-12 AGO 5016A AGO 5016A u MED CO CLR PLAT A M F M G R C - 106 G RC- 106 LEGEND: DIV WNG BCST NET CLEAR PLAT SPT CO I GRR-5 COMO (NCS) ^ kSPT VRC-49 VRC-46 VRC- 46 J I I CLR PLAT MED CO BN OP ' SPT CO CLEAR PLAT (NCS) 6RC -106 ¿ZZ VRC“46 VRC -46 AMB ^ PLAT MED CO SPT CO BN HQ AMB PLAT • COMOR COMD NET SPT COMD 3 - C MED BN COMP NET-FM~~) CO NET-AM ~)m ^ , ,( MED BN COMP SPT MO zz. VRC "49 VRC"49 VRC"47 CO CO ME HQ NET BCST DIV WNG division. Figure H-8. Type radio nets, medical battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized GRR-5 DIV WNG BCST NET L SP T COMO COMD NET GRR-5 I COMO NET I FM LINK TO SUPPORTED UNIT VRC-49 VRC-47 ^•SPT COMOI VRC-47 MED CO SPT CO CP ZU zu ■c GRC-106 MAINTAIN IDENTICAL RADIO STATIONS. EACH OF THE THREE- MEDICAL COMPANIES GRC-106 NOTE NOTE:

~~FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

~~AMB PLAT 0~Q Q"0 CLR PLAT~~

~~MED MED MED~~

~~(NOTE I) (NOTE I) (NOTE I)~~

~~S8-993 SB-993 SB-993 CO COMDR O NOTE 2 NOTE 2~~

~~COMPANIES MAY BE CONNECTED TO BN THROUGH THE DIVISION COMM SYSTEM~~

~~1J MED~~

~~(NOTE I)~~

~~O BN COMDR T SB -22/PT O S3 GGC - 3 PGC - I O MAINT SEC TCC -14 O SUP SEC O SPT CO COMDR~~

~~NOTES. 1. ADAPT SYMBOL TO SPT CO AMB PLAT DIVISION TYPE AS APPROPRIATE. SPT CO CLR PLAT 2. MEDICAL COMPANIES ARE IDENTICAL.~~

~~TO SPT COMD SIG CEN LEGEND: O TELEPHONE SET TA- 312/PT TELETYPEWRITER T EQUIPMENT~~

~~Figure 14—9. Type wire system, medical battalion, armored, infantry, or mechanized division.~~

~~Section V. ADMINISTRATION COMPANY, ARMORED, INFANTRY, OR MECHANIZED DIVISION~~

14-13. Division Administration Company communications system by the rear echelon op- a. General. The division administration com- erations platoon, support operations company, pany is a carrier unit for certain special staff division signal battalion. If the administration elements that provide personnel and adminis- company is located outside the division rear trative support to the division and its attach- boundary, it is provided entry into the army ments. It provides supply and direct support area communications system to contact divis- maintenance for electrical accounting equip- ion. ment. For details of the employment of the 14-14. Communications Personnel in the administration company see FM 12-11. Administration Company b. Communications. The company is pro- This company has no personnel whose primary vided communications entry into the division MOS is in a communications specialty.

~~14-14 AGO S016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 15 AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS, ARMORED, INFANTRY, AND INFANTRY (MECHANIZED) DIVISIONS~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

15-1. Division Air Defense Artillery leled by the unit wire system. The use of mes- Battalion senger service and the collocation of ADA Air defense for divisions may be provided by headquarters elements with the headquarters one of two types of air defense units. The Air of the supported unit will also facilitate com- Defense Artillery Chaparral/Vulcan Battalion munications. Normally, TOE communication (when fielded) will be organic to armored, in- equipments will meet the tactical and adminis- fantry, and mechanized divisions. Pending the trative requirements for communications. availability of the Chaparral/Vulcan battalion, Where feasible, entry into the division multi- divisional air defense may be provided by as- chánnel radio network (area system) will be signed or attached Air Defense Artillery Auto- provided to ADA battalion elements through matic Weapons Battalions, Self-Propelled (M division signal centers. 42). a. Chaparral/Vulcan Battalion. The Chapar- 15-3. Communications Personnel ral/Vulcan Battalion consists of a headquar- a. Headquarters and Headquarters Battery. ters and headquarters battery and four firing Each headquarters and headquarters battery batteries. of the type battalions under discussion (Chap- b. MA2 Battalion. The M42 battalion consists arral/Vulcan and M42) is authorized a bat- of a headquarters and headquarters battery talion communications officer in the battalion and four automatic weapons batteries, SP. headquarters section and a separate battalion Each automatic weapons battery is composed communications section. of two automatic weapons platoons with eight (1) The battalion communications officer firt units per platoon. plans, coordinates, and supervises the extensive wire and radio nets used throughout the 15-2. Communications Requirements battalion. Refer to chapter 2 for additional in- a. The division air defense artillery (ADA) formation on typical duties. battalion utilizes its organic communications (2) The battalion communications section equipment and, when available, the multichan- operates under the operational control of the nel radio network of the division communica- battalion communications officer and installs, tion system. Normally, the means thus pro- operates, and maintains communications equip- vided satisfy the communications requirements ment within the battalion headquarters area. for flexible and alternate routing among widely This section establishes radio communications dispersed ADA units. with higher, lower, and adjacent headquarters b. Both radio and wire communications are and, when feasible, establishes wire commun- used within the division ADA battalions for ications to subordinate batteries. Refer to TOE command and control. However, the necessity 44-326 and 44-86 for specific authorizations of for frequent and rapid moves and the wide personnel in the battalion headquarters sec- dispersal of fire unit positions make radio the tion. Refer to chapter 2 for typical duties of primary means of communications. When pos- personnel. sible, radio nets are supplemented and paral- (3) In addition to communications per-

~~AGO 6016A 15-1 FAft 41—24~~

sonnel of the battalion communications section, tablishes radio communications with higher communications specialists are authorized to and lower headquarters and with adjacent or such headquarters battery elements as the op- supported units ; wire circuits to subordinate erations and intelligence section, liaison sec- platoons and supported units are installed as tion, radar section, etc. required. In addition to the communications b. Firing Battery. Each firing batterypersonnel of theof the battery communications sec- types under discussion (Vulcan, Chaparral, or tion, radio operators are also authorized to the automatic weapons) is authorized a battery respective Vulcan, Chaparral, and automatic communications section. Personnel of this sec- weapons batteries. Refer to TOE 44-328, 44- tion, operating under a battery communication 327 and 44-87 for personnel allocations. Typi- chief, install and operate communications cal duties of communications personnel are dis- equipment in the battery area. The section es- cussed in chapter 2.

~~Section II. CHAPARRAL/VUILCAN COMi^yMlCATIOMS~~

II5-4. Eîtfemrùeal liksdlD® Med» ral batteries, the executive officer monitors the a. Division Comrrumd CG Net—FM. The supported unit command net. In the Vulcan communications section of the headquarters battery, the platoon sergeant also monitors and headquarters battery operates a station the supported unit command net (figs. 15-1, in the division CG command net. The ADA 15-2, and 15-3). Chaparral/Vulcan battalion commander, executive officer, S2, S3, and assistant S3 vehicles 1S—S. Infem®! [Seoefe Nette are also equipped to operate in this net (fig. a. Battalion Command Net (FM). The bat- 15-1). talion commander, battalion staff, air defense b. Division Warning Broadcast Net—AM. element (ADE) of the DTOC, and battery com- The battalion headquarters operates in this net manders operate in this net (fig. 15-1). from the Operations/Intelligence Section (fig. b. Air Defense Liaison Net—AM. This net 15-1). The Vulcan and Chaparral batteries is used to exchange air defense operational monitor this net (figs. 15-2 and 15-3). and intelligence information between the bat- c. Division Operations/Intelligence Net talion headquarters and the nearest air defense (RATT Net No. 1). This net is used by the group or Hawk battalion army air defense battalion Operations/Intelligence Section to re- command post (AADCP). The battalion pro- ceive command-operational traffic from divis- vides personnel and equipment for the station ion. It may also be used for the exchange of in this net (fig. 15-1). information and intelligence with division c. Operations/Intelligence Net AM. This is a headquarters (fig. 15-1). two-way net between the battalion headquar- d. Division General Purpose Net (RATT ters and the FAAR. It is used to exchange bat- Net No. 3). The battalion communications sec- talion early warning, operational, and intelli- tion operates a station in this net for the ex- gence information and instructions. This net change of command, administration, and logis- may be monitored at ADA battery level. tical information with division headquarters (fig. 15-1). d. Baittery Command Net—FM. This net in- e. Supported Unit’s Command Net FM. cludes the battery commander, executive of- Each Vulcan and Chaparral platoon is equipped ficer, platoon leaders and other battery elements to operate in the command net of any divisional (figs. 15-2 and 15-3). unit they may be required to support. A liaison e. Platoon Operational Command Net—FM. officer from the Chaparral/Vulcan battalion The platoon leader, platoon sergeant (in Vul- normally will be located with the supported can battery), platoon FAAR, and the Vulcan unit and will operate a station in the supported and Chaparral fire units operate in this net unit command net. In the Vulcan and Chapar- (figs. 15-2 and 15-3).

AGO 5016A AGO 5016A VRC MTROFF LEGEND*. TT SCTY EQUIP ANTENNA (RC-292 OR AN/GRA-50) - FM I AM I RATT 46 VRC 3 46 VRC (FAAR)TEAM DIV OP-INTEL (RATT NET-1) TEE —f OP-INTEL NET-SSI GRC (NOTE 3) INTEL SEC ¡ PLAT RDR ■■ ■ TO CHAPARRAL/VULCAN 106 GRC OP- OR INTEL SEC 47 VRC T DIV CG 106 MVRELM(NOTES) GRC COMD NET AK (NOTE 3) DIV GEN PUR (RATT NET-3) 142 1 GRC TO (NOTE I) WNG BCST'« OR 47 VRC ~r DIV CG MVR ELM(NOTES) AD LIAISON NET-SSB jwi COMO NET 106 GRC RR A OR r ADA^\ 4 7 VRC 49 NETtNOTE 9) DIV CG COMD VRC T S3 DIV CG MVR ELMtNOTE 5) COMD NET ASST W WW ■ ^ I 1 BN COMO NET-FM » ^ ▼ 106 46 DIV NET GRC VRC COMO (NOTE 4) r>i Dh t>i ^ 46 VRC BTRY COMOR —^ TO CHAPARRAL/VULCAN 47 NET (NOTE 5) VRC COMO DIV CG Cyh battalion, Chaparral/Vulcan. Figure 15-1. Type radio nets, headquarters and headquarters battery, ADA NOTES: 46 VRC r NET (NOTE 4) C' DtV COMO 47 106 VRC GRC COMO ■ OIVCG I TOE EQUIP WITH NECESSARY RDO SETS AN/GRC-106. NET-FM IN ABN DIV. SHOWN ARE NOT AVAL. SUBOR UNITS. 5. DIV CG COMD NET-FM IS DSG THE DIV OP-INTEL SETS 3. AN/GRC-46 OR AN/GRC-26 MAY BE SUB IF RDO ARE 4. DIV COMO NET-AM IS ESTB ONLY WHEN ALL UNITS (NOTES) NET Ç TO (.SELECTED DIV WNG BCST NET INFO TO BE PASSED 2. LOCATED AT NEAREST AD GP AAOCP OR HAWK BN. ¿> FM 61-24

~~SYS .MAINT BTRY v [cOMMsfcn OFF i COMOR SBTRY XO/ X—^ MTR MAINT —i r ■Ç( VULCAN BTRYRTR COMP NET-FM~~

~~V RC VRC 6RR VRC VRC 47 4 6 5 46 4 6 T "f BN COMD BN COMO NET OR NET SPT UNIT COMO NET AS ROR DIV WN6 BCST~~

~~PLAT LOR FIRE UNIT (6 EA) PLAT ASST FAAR S6T LAT SGT TEAM VRC PLAT OP-COMO NET -FM y 4 7~~

~~VRC RAID G R C VRC 4 7 RCVR VRC VRC BN OP/INTEL NET 4 ■ 106 4 6 (8 EA) (6 EA) 4 7 4 7 RA ID ROR SPT XMTR SPT UNIT SPT UNIT UNIT COMO NET COMO NET~~

~~RAID DATA L NK J~~

~~TO REMAINING PLAT~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~FM RAID-RAPID ALERTING & IDENTIFICATION mmm AM DISPLAY~~

~~Figure 15—2, Type radio nets, Vulcan battery, ADA battalion, Chaparral/Vulcan.~~

f. Rapid Alerting and Identification Device battery lines as required. Platoons lay lines to (RAID). This is a one-way digital data link their fire units and the FAAR. When required, from the FAAR to the Chaparral and Vulcan lines are laid to the supported unit (figs. 15-4, fire units. The system provides tentative di- 15-5, and 15-6). rection, identification, and early warning of b. The land-line teletype link to the message alert radar—acquired airborne targets to the center provides a circuit for high volume fire unit (figs. 15-2 and 15-3). traffic through the division communication system. 15-6. Battalion Wire System c. When the tactical deployment of batteries or platoons makes wire laying impractical (due a. Headquarters and headquartersto distance, battery location, etc.), the deployed units installs lines from the battalion switchboard to may tie into the nearest division communica- each headquarters section, the local security tions system facility, or into the switchboard loop, and firing battery headquarters. The fir- of an adjacent unit, and employ common-user ing batteries lay lines from battery headquar- communications facilities to communicate with ters to the platoon switchboards and intra- their parent headquarters.

~~15-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~SYS I BTRY BTRY COMMSEC MAINT 3 COMOR XO j—L MTR MAINT {CHAPARRAL BTRY COMDNET-FM y~~

~~VRC VRC VRC ORR VRC VRC 47 47 4 6 5 46 46 T A BN COMD BN COMO NET OR I NET SPT UNIT COMO NET AS RQR DIV WNQ BCST~~

~~Mb FIRE UNIT (4 EA)~~

~~VRC PLAT OP-COMO NET-FM 4 7~~

~~6RC VRC VRC RAID BN OP/ INTEL NET ^ I 106 46 RCVR (4 EA) (‘4 EA) RAID ROR XMTR SPT UNIT~~

~~RAID DATA LINK~~

~~►TO REMAINING 3-PLAT~~

~~LEGEND!~~

~~FM ■■■IB AM RAID-RAPID ALERTING 6 IDENTIFICATION DISPLAY~~

~~Figure 15-3. Type radio nets, Chaparral battery, ADA battalion, Chaparral/Vulcan.~~

~~AGO 6016A 15-5 FM 61-24~~

~~TO OlV COMM SYS A B C D BTRY BTRY BTRY BTRY~~

~~HO BTRY e~y BN COMDR COMDR -o COMM OFF -o BN XO~~

~~BTRY MTR (^V S 2 MAINT Vw/ -o S B —2 2()/PT SURG S3 o (2 EA) -o (NOTE 2) ADE(DTOC) — -o° MTR OFF — -o ASST S3~~

~~BN MTR — S 4 MAINT V-^~~

~~LN SEC l'”') AJA (NOTE I) SUPPLY a SECURITY V LOOP SMG a~~

~~LAND LINE TT (NOTES 2 8 3)~~

~~1^ i I i I + TO DIV, SPTD UNIT, 8 / OR AS RQR~~

~~LEGEND: NOTES:~~

TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT 1. TA-3I2/PT NORMALLY CARRIED BY BN LN OFF FOR CONEC INTO SPTD UNIT WIRE SYS A TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT OR DIV COMM SYS. 2. MOUNTED IN AN/GS0-80. 3. LAND LINE TT INCLUDES AN/PGC-1, AN/GGC -3,AN/TCC-29,TSEC/KL-7,a TSEC-KW-7.

~~Figure 15-U- Type wire system, headquarters and headquarters battery, ADA battalion, Chaparral/Vulcan.~~

~~15-6 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~TO BN OR DIV COMM SYS~~

~~BTRY C OMDR(^)-~~

~~BTRY -► FIRST PLAT SB-22/PT BTR Y~~

~~COMM SEC TO BTRY SWBD O AJA OR SPT UNIT MTR MAI • • • -► SECOND PLAT~~

~~SYS MAINT~~

~~PLAT HO FAAR SECUR TY —O LOO . PLAT “(>- SB-993/GT —O FU (2 EA) u O- -O FU ■VULCAN FU- ôôô TO AJA _ FU FU FU FU FU . f \ FU AS v r INTERCOMM RQR - SOUAD F O LDR TM L~~

~~LEGEND: O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT TA-3I2/PT, AS RQR~~

~~TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT~~

~~Figure 15-5. Type wire system, Vulcan battery, ADA battalion, Chaparral/Vulcan.~~

~~AGO 5016A 15-7 FM 61-24~~

~~TO BN OR DIV COMM SYS~~

~~BTRY COM DR BTRY SB-2 2/PT ► FIRST PLAT BTRY~~

~~► SECOND PLAT COMM SEC TO BTRY SWBD o THIRD PLAT ► AJA OR SPT MTR MAI nt UNIT O ► FOURTH PLAT ▲ •••~~

~~SYS MAINT 8 AMMO SEC o~~

~~SECURITY LOOP PLAT PLAT FA A R SB-993/GT o (2 EA)~~

~~■ CHAPARRAL- Ô Ô FU FU FU FU FU~~

~~SOD LDR IGUNNER~~

~~FU (OBSR) INTERCOMM DVR/RDO OP a I TML~~

~~LEGEND: o TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT~~

~~Figure 15-6. Type wire system, Chaparral battery, ADA battalion. Chaparral/Vulcan.~~

~~15-8 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~Section III. M42 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM~~

15-7. External Radio Communications able of transmitting and receiving in the ap- a. Division General Purpose Net (RATT Net propriate command net (figs. 15-7 and 15-8). No. 3) AM. The battalion communications sec- b. Early Warning-Intelligence Net—AM. tion operates a station in this net (fig. 15-7). The battalion radar section and each observer b. Division CG Command Net—FM. The bat- team operates in this net. Each gun section talion commander and the communications sec- monitors this net. This long range AM net tion operate stations in this^net (fig. 15-7). provides the ground aircraft observers and the c. Division Warning Broadcast Net Voice— radar section the capability to transmit warn- AM. This net is monitored by the battalion ing and intelligence directly to each ADA operations and intelligence section, radar sec- automatic weapon squad (figs. 15-7 and 15- tion, and each battery headquarters (figs. 15- 8). 7 and 15-8). c. Air Defense Control Net—AM. The bat- d. Division Optrations-Intelligence Net talion operations/intelligence section, and bat- (RATT Net No. 1). If an M42 ADA battalion tery and platoon command posts operate sta- headquarters station is required in this net, it tions in this net (figs. 15-7 and 15-8). will have to be established and operated by a radio team from the division signal battalion. 15-9. Battalion Wire System (fig. 15-8) 15-8. Internal Radio Nets a. Battalion CommandThe wire Netsystem—FM. is usedThe tobat- augment the radio talion commander, selected battalion staff of- nets where collocation is not possible. Lines are ficers, battery commanders, and platoon leaders installed to parallel the radio nets in order to are provided with a dual receiver capability insure redundance of communications. As time to permit operation in the battalion command permits, lines are installed to the supported net or other designated nets. Each gun is cap- unit.

AGO 5016A 15-9 15—10 AGO 5016A BTRYS 7° NOTES: 06 GRC SIG BN. PROVIDED BY DIV NATED DIV OP-INTEL OP-INTEL NET(RATT BE ADA BN HQ WILL DIV. NET-FM IN ABN AT NET-1),STATION DIV TO OPERATE IN I.THIS NET IS DESIG- IS ALSO 2.IF ADA BN HQ SEC GRR RADAR D V WNG VRC 4 9 4 6 VRC SEC COMM § BCST NET g 0 6 TO GRC r-* ■—s ( EARLY WNG INTEL NET-AM )" DIV CG ^ SEC (NOTE I) OP-INTEL COM D NET 4 6 VRC VRC 46 BN S3 I 0 6 G RC ÍMTlr~^v IMAINT' 1 BTRYS ( ADA CONTROL NET-AM ~)—«»-T0 SEC GRR OP-INTEL weapons battalion (M42). COM D NET-FM BN 4 6 DIV NET VRC VRC WNG 4 6 ¿Hk BCST LNO 4 6 G RC SEC COMM and headquarters battery, ADA automatic Figure 15-7. Type radio nets, headquarters 4 6 VRC VRC 47 BTRY'- COMDR HQ 1 I lf®^— L) COMDRl (NOTE 2) TO TO DIV LEGEND ! GEN PUR DIV C 6 (NOTE I) COM D NET (RATT NET-3 ) FM

FM 61-24 AGO 5016A 1 5—1 1 SVR I 06 G RC GND OB BCST DIV WNG EARLY WNG-INTEL NET-AM ~) GRR NOTE: 06 CP -) G RC BTRY A IDENTICAL COMM. BOTH AW PLAT HAVE 4 6 VRC GRR M 42 (8 EA) FIRE UNITS ADA CON NET-AM RDR SEC TO BN -4 VRC 47 BN TO TO 4- COMO NET BN n ) -( BTRY COMP NET-FM I 06 G RC HO PLAT PLAT CP -( PLAT COMP NET-FM )- battalion (Mi2). Figure 15-8. Type radio nets, automatic weapons battery, automatic weapons 4 7 VRC V RC 47 JCOMDR [BTRY [PLAT AUTO WPN COMO NET TO 4- BN LEGEND: TO SECOND AW PLAT — FM ■ AM AW

~~m 61-24 FM 61-24~~

~~_I_L~~

~~M 42~~

~~BN SUPPLY QH —O BN COMDR ($-4) SWBD SB-22/PT -Q BN XO (2 EA) OPNS IS*3) (NOTE) ~Q~~

~~THRU DIV COMM SYSTEM f f f~~

~~TO REMAIN! N0 BTRYS~~

~~M42~~

~~COMM SEC )BTRY COMDR SB-22/PT )BTRY XO BTRY SUPPLY (AMMO) )-0 BTRY OPN~~

~~TO 2ND PLATOON~~

~~P NOTE: $B*®9£ —O OPR —O PLAT LOR ADDITIONAL TELEPHONES AVAILABLE FOR USE AS REQUIRED.~~

~~O - TELEPHONE TA-3I2/PT~~

~~Figure 15-9. Type wire system, ADA Automatic Weapons battalion (Mi2).~~

~~15-12 AGO E016A FM 61-24~~

~~PART TWO~~

~~COMMUNICATIONS IN AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~CHARTER 16 COMMUNICATIONS IN HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COMPANY, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

16-1. Mission gence net and in a division command net Division headquarters provides command, con- which utilizes SSB-voice. trol, and supervision of the operations and ad- b. Weather Communications. A weather sec- ministration of the division and its attached tion is included in the division headquarters units. The headquarters company provides the and headquarters company. Only trucks, truck- logistical support and personnel for the divis- drivers, and telegraph-telephone equipment are ion headquarters. A more detailed discussion provided by the army; the Air Force provides of the division headquarters and headquarters a staff (division) weather officer, airmen an company is contained in FM 61-100. Refer to meteorological peculiar equipment. Normally, TOE 57-4. the weather section is provided adequate circuits for communications from airborne divis- 16-2. Organic Communications ion headquarters to the counterpart facility a. Radio Communications. The airborne di- at the next higher headquarters. The next vision headquarters and headquarters com- higher army headquarters above airborne di- pany provides the organic radio sets illustrated vision will provide the terminating equipment in figure 16-1. Note that these radio sets are at airborne division headquarters for weather operated in an FM-voice operations-intelli- circuits. Refer to AR 115-10.

AGO 5016A 16-1 AGO 6016A COMMANDS SUBORDINATE ^ TO 46 VRC I 06 106 GRC GRC 46 VRC ^ASjTCGj, 46 VRC 1 LEGEND: AM FM ET-AM 106 GRC CG airborne division. 46 VRC 4 6 G 2 VRC NET-FM ^ -( DIVOP INTEL N '—( DIV COMP NOTE : HQ CO 46 (NOTE) VRC ASST Go 106 GRC sets, headquarters and headquarters company, Figure 16—1. Type employment of radio 2 5 PRC 4 6 VRC SETS FOR USE BY STAFF OFFICERS AS REQUIRED. DIVISION HEADQUARTERS UTILITY bASST CG I 4 7 C/S VRC TO SUBORDINATE COMMANDS

~~FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 17~~

~~COMMUNICATIONS AT DIVISION LEVEL (AIRBORNE DIVISION)~~

Section I. SIGNAL BATTALION, AIRBORNE DIVISION 17-1. Battalion Components b. Establish, operate, and maintain a divis- (fig. 17-1) ion common-user signal communications sys- a. General. A division signal battalion is or- tem. ganic to each airborne division. This battalion c. Provide multichannel communications is part of the combined arms team and pro- service to brigade headquarters, support com- vides division-level communication support for mand headquarters, and other assigned or at- the division. tached major subordinate units operating direct b. Organization of the Battalion. The air- ly under division headquarters. borne division signal battalion consists of a d. Perform direct support maintenance of headquarters and headquarters company, a sig- cryptographic equipment in the division and nal command operations company (Company organizational maintenance of equipment or- A), and a signal support operations company ganic to the signal battalion. (Company B). The mission and functions of the battalion and its component companies are 17-3. Capabilities discussed briefly in the paragraphs immediate- To implement its mission requirements at full ly following. For more complete coverage of strength, the division signal battalion has the the organization, mission, capability, and oper- capability to— ation of the airborne division signal battalion a. Command, control, and staff supervise or- and its component companies, refer to FM 11- ganic and attached signal units. 57 and TOE 11-215. b. Provide the signal staff to plan and super- 17-2. Mission of Airborne Division Signal vise communications, communications training, and other related activities of the divis- Battalion The mission of the airborne division signal ion—this includes technical assistance on sig- battalion is to— nal communications matters. a. Provide signalc. Install, communications operate, and for maintain the a maximum echelons of an airborne division support com- of six signal centers on a 24-hour basis: one mand headquarters. signal center each at the main and alternate

~~OIV SIG BN ABN DIV ZL BIG SIG SPT HO a HO COMO OP CO OP CO CO (CO A) (CO B)~~

~~Figure 17—1. Signal battalion, airborne division. 17-1 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~HQ 8 HQ CO~~

~~HQ CO B N HQ~~

~~OP 8 INTEL B N MTR CO HQ SEC MAINT SEC~~

~~BN F L D ADMIN D I V SIG B N SIG MESS LOG SEC OFF SEC MAI IM T SEC~~

Figure 17—2. Headquarters and headquarters company, signal battalion, airborne division. echelons of division headquarters; one in each g. Perform organizational maintenance on of the three brigade areas ; and one at support equipment organic to the signal battalion. command headquarters. Refer to paragraphs 17-5 and 17-6 for further details. 17—4. Headquarters and Headquarters d. Install, operate, and maintain 24-hour Company operation of a communication center and a (fig. 17-2) telephone switching central at the division a. Mission and Capabilities. The mission and rear echelon. full strength capabilities of the headquarters e. Install, operate, and maintain a multi- and headquarters company are summarized in channel radio terminal and RWI station re- (1) through (4) below. spectively at division artillery and aviation (1) Direction and coordination of opera- battalion headquarters. tions and training of the battalion and provi- /. Perform direct support maintenance of sion of headquarters facilities with which the cryptographic equipment for the division. battalion commander exercises control.

~~AGO 6016A 17-2 FM 61-24~~

(2) Providing the division with a signal 17-5. Signal Command Operations officer, a signal staff, and required staff facili- Company ties. (fig. 17-3) (3) Providing supplemental administra- a. Mission and Capabilities. The mission and tive and logistics support for the operating full strength capabilities of the signal com- companies of the battalion. This support in- mand operations company are summarized in cludes—liaison with the division administra- (1) through (5) below. tion company; organizational maintenance of (1) Provision, on a 24-hour basis, of sig- signal equipment and supplemental automotive nal centers for two echelons of division head- maintenance for the battalion; organizational quarters (main and alternate) to include— maintenance of power generator equipment (a) Message center, motor messenger, supplementary to the capabilites of companies cryptographic, and teletypewriter facilities. A and B ; and operation of one consolidated (b) Manual telephone switchboard and mess or two field messes. local telephone service. (4) Performance of limited direct sup- (c) Radio net control and other sta- port maintenance of cryptographic equipment tions in internal division radio nets including of the division and organizational maintenance FM RWI stations. of organic company equipment. (d) Patching and switching facilities b. Organization. The company is organized for wire and multichannel radio trunk circuits into a battalion headquarters, company head- in the division communications system. quarters, administrative and logistics section, (e) Establishment and operation of an operations and intelligence section, division assigned portion of the division multichannel signal officers section, battalion motor mainte- network to include the operation of multichan- nance section, battalion signal maintenance nel radio and telephone carrier terminal sta- section, and two battalion field messes. The tions. function of each element is identifiable. from (2) Provision of signal center service for its title and can be readily associated with the units located in the vicinity of division head- mission and capabilities already given. quarters signal centers—this service will in-

~~SIG COMO OP CO (CO A )~~

~~REAR CO COMO SIG ROO AIR SPT ECH HO CEN PLAT PLAT SIG TM OP PLAT~~

~~RAO REL COMM SWBD COMM SWB PLAT HO TML a CEN SEC a WIRE SEC PLAT HQ CEN SEC a WIRE SEC CARR SEC~~

~~Figure 17-3. Signal command operations company, signal battalion, airborne division.~~

AGO 5016A 17-3 FM 61-24 elude the handling of message traffic and the three forward signal centers (in each grigade provision of telephone switching service and area) to include at each signal center— connecting lines—all service is supplemental (a) Message center, limited motor mes- to the organic facilities of the unit being sup- senger, cryptographic, and teletypewriter fa- ported. cilities. (3) Establishment and operation at divi- (&) Manual telephone switchboard sion rear of a communications center and tele- service and telephone and teletypewriter phone switchboard to include local telephone trunks to brigade headquarters. service. (c) RATT stations for access into divi- (4) Provision of air request radio com- sion nets. munications at division headquarters. (d) An FM RWI station. (5) Provision of organizational automo- (e) Multichannel radio and carrier ter- tive and power generator maintenance. minals for access into the division multichan- b. Organization. The company is organized nel radio networks. into a company headquarters, two command if) Signal center service is extended to signal center platoons, a radio platoon, a rear brigade headquarters, a support command for- echelon operations platoon, and an air support ward service support element, and to other signal team. The function of these component units in the vicinity—the service available is elements follows: supplementary to the organic capabilities of (1) Command signal center platoons. the supported units. These two platoons establish, operate, and (2) Provision, on a 24-hour basis, of a maintain command signal centers at division signal center at support command headquarters main and division alternate respectively. to include— (2) Radio platoon. This platoon is frag- (a) Message center, motor messenger, mented to operate the following radio facilities cryptographic, and teletypewriter facilities. at division main and alternate : SSB-RATT (b) Manual telephone switchboard and equipments ; SSB or FM voice radio equip- a local telephone subscriber system. ment; RWI equipment. (c) RATT stations for division radio (3) Recur echelon operations platoon. This nets. platoon provides personnel and equipment to (d) An FM RWI station and an FM install and operate communications facilities radio automatic retransmission station. at the division rear echelon. The facilities op- (e) Multichannel radio and carrier ter- erated basically comprise a communications minals in the division multichannel radio net- center plus telephone switching service. work. (4) Air support signal team. This team (/) Extension of area signal center operates the communications facilities for the support to units located in the vicinity of sup- TASE and DTOC. When required, the team port command headquarters—such support is will supplement or provide communications supplementary to the organic capabilities of for the Air Force TACP operating at division the units being supported. level. Note that the air support signal team is (3) Provision of two teams for signal comparable to the air control teams (ACT) communication support at division artillery authorized at brigade, battalion, and squadron and aviation battalion headquarters—each levels. team provides— (a) RATT stations for access into di- 17-6. Signal Support Operations Company vision nets. a. Mission and Capabilities. The mission and (&) An FM RWI station. full strength capabilities of the signal support (c) Multichannel radio and carrier ter- operations company are summarized in (1) minal stations for access into the division through (4) below. multichannel radio network. (1) Provision, on a 24-hour(4) Provision basis, of organizational automo-

17-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 tive and power generator maintenance for the as well as other units and activities located in company. the area, for support of the division. (3) Support command operations platoon. b. Organization. The company is orga- This platoon is organized to provide the per- nized into a company headquarters, a support sonnel and equipment required to install and command operations platoon, three forward operate a signal center at support command area signal center platoons, and a general pur- headquarters. The platoon also provides area pose platoon. A summation of the function of communications support for division units and each company element follows: other activities supporting the division, located (1) Company headquarters. The company in the vicinity of support command headquar- headquarters includes the company commander ters. and other personnel associated with the com- (4) General purpose platoon. This pla- mand and administration of the company. toon is organized and equipped to install and (2) Forward area signal center platoon. operate division communications facilities both Each of the three forward area signal center at division artillery and at aviation battalion platoons is organized and equipped to provide headquarters. In addition, the platoon provides operation of a signal center in a forward area multichannel radio terminals and associated of the division. Each signal center established carrier equipment for the extension of multi- provides support for brigade headquarters, a channel communications links and for special support command forward support element, purposes as required.

~~SIG SPT OP co (CO B)~~

~~FWD SPT COMO CO HQ ASIGCEN 6P PLAT OP PLAT PLAT~~

~~RAOREL COMMCEN SWBD a PLAT HQ TML a RDO SEC SEC WIRE SEC CARR SEC~~

~~RADREL PLAT HQ TML a RDO SEC CARR SEC~~

~~Figure l\7-b. Signal support operations company, signal battalion, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 17-5 m ÔH-24~~

Section 00. AOOmOEINE DOVÍSOOW COMMUWOCATOOM SYSTEM 117-7. Sig|in€ill CommurakatDomi Comieepîs operational necessity or traffic volume. For the Signal communication concepts are based upon former, there must be a clear doctrinal basis the broad concept of fragmentation of division which requires continuous contact between the and subordinate command headquarters. points; for the latter, there must be sufficient a. The airborne division signal communica- essential traffic to occupy the circuit for at tion system must support the concept of least one-third of the time, making the sole- “headquarters fragmentation” by providing user circuit the most economical solution. Sole- functional and flexible signal communication user circuits will be kept to a minimum. support to interconnect each operational eche- Strict adherence to this concept is especially lon of the division headquarters and afl major imperative in the airborne division where subordinate combat and combat support units. weight and size considerations have necessi- b. The airborne division signal communica- tated use of multichannel equipments with tion concept visualizes emphasis on a com- very limited circuit capacity. mand-oriented signal communication system, /. When the tactical situation permits, mes- i.e., the system will parallel the lines of com- senger service affords the most reliable service mand, and priority will be given to employ- and often the fastest means of communica- ment and location of signal centers and com- tions. This is particularly true for detailed re- munication facilities to support division ma- ports and requests that must be absolutely neuver and combat support elements. accurate and/or are lengthy. Total disregard c. Combat service support units obtain their of the capabilities of ground and air messen- communication support from the area coverage gers in favor of almost complete reliance on existing in the command-oriented system. An electrical transmission systems should be area signal system as a separate entity is not avoided. provided by the airborne division signal battalion. T7-®. Gomposifion oí ihe Sysftem d. Communications are oriented forward, i.e., The division signal communication system es- when feasible, the superior headquarters will tablished and operated by the signal battalion, furnish the equipment and personnel needed airborne division, will normally include signal to provide communications to a subordinate centers at division main and alternate head- headquarters. The exceptions to this policy in quarters, at the support command CP, at the airborne division signal communication three forward sites in the brigade areas, and system are— a communications center and telephone switch- (1) The armored cavalry squadron head- ing central at the division rear echelon. The quarters and the engineer battalion headquar- system is usually composed of the following ters use organic equipment and personnel to means of communications: enter the operations-intelligence and the ad- a. Multichannel (radio relay) links. ministrative logistics net (SSB-RATT). Nor- b. Tactical SSB and FM radio nets. mally, the division signal battalion does not c. Ground and air messenger support. provide a RATT team for operations at ar- d. Radio wire integration system. mored cavalry squadron headquarters. (2) Major subordinate commanders as H 7-9. iespomisDbôliîy well as certain division staff officers retain the As in other type divisions, the airborne DSO organic capability to enter the division AM commands the signal battalion and is responsi- and FM voice radio nets. ble to the commanding general for planning, e. The division telephone and teletypewriter installing, operating, and maintaining the di- system will be comprised primarily of com- vision communication system. Signal responsi- mon-user circuits and can be justified only by bilities are discussed in detail in chapter 2.

~~H7-& AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

17-10. Characteristics of the Multichannel reliable, and simple to operate, equipment Network which can be installed and displaced with a a. In the airborne division, the multichannel minimum of delay. network carries the bulk of all electrical traffic. d. Multichannel radio is the primary means Multichannel facilities (radio relay), thereof furnishing signal communications. Carrier fore, represent the primary means of providing equipment is used in conjunction with radio telephone and teletypewriter circuits within equipment to provide the necessary multichan- the division. nel links. Spiral-four cable is not normally b. In practice, the multichannel network of used in the airborne division. the airborne division is command oriented, i.e., priority is given to command-control commu- e. The multichannel network of the airborne nications, with area requirements being pro- division has a relatively low circuit capacity vided where possible. when compared with that available to an in- c. The airborne division multichannel net- fantry, armored, or mechanized division. A work is composed of relatively lightweight, four-channel carrier system is utilized due to

~~XX XX SIG CEN 5 pr(2) 5 pr (2) SIG C EN~~

~~MAIN K XX SIG CEN / Higher Ho 5pr f ( ^ Note 2 I ww~~

~~%St. \\ 'M*. Higher Hq Note 2 NoMe I~~

~~Notei I Note oo Note~~

~~I Note I /Note<2f~~

^1 LEGEND SPT &ft- ALIN RWI stotion. Hioher-Ho Note 2 Rodio relay, 4 Army Network^ chnl system. Note 2 Note I. Terminal or relay provided by Relay station the General Purpose platoon of as feasible.

~~Note 2 Terminal provided os feasible by appropriate higher headquarters.~~

~~Figure 17-5. Type configuration of the multichannel portion of the airborne division communications system.~~

~~AGO 5016A 17-7 FM 61-24~~

size and weight limitations which preclude use (1) From division main to— of higher capacity equipment. (a) Forward area signal centers in 17-11. Configuration committed brigade areas. a. A type configuration for the multichannel (b) Division artillery. radio network of the airborne division is illus- (c) Division support command. trated by figure 17-5. Current equipment and (d) Division aviation battalion/airfield. personnel levels for the airborne signal battal- (e) Forward area signal center in re- ion authorize sufficient resources to establish serve brigade area. and maintain only the minimum essential mul- (/) Division alternate. tichannel links and to provide for a limited (2) From division alternate to— rapid displacement capability. The minimum (a) Forward area signal centers in essential links are installed as a norm and are committed brigade areas. designated as command or primary links. Pri- (5) Division artillery. mary links are shown by the solid lines in (c) Division support command. figure 17-5. Secondary links are also shown (d) Forward area signal center in re- by broken lines in the figure; these links may serve brigade area. be activated when feasible to augment the (e) Division aviation battalion/airfield. basic system. b. During link-up operations or when the 17-13. Secondary Radio-Relay Links airborne division is operating as an interior Due to the low circuit capacity and the limited defensive force, multichannel lateral links may equipment available, the command links of the be required to adjacent forces. If, however, multichannel network satisfy only minimum multichannel lateral links are not feasible, lat- circuit needs and afford a very limited alter- eral communications may be maintained by nate routing capability. The link between di- radio or field wire. vision main and alternate is the sole command link which will permit limited alternate routing; however, the primary purpose of this link 17—12. Command Radio Relay Links is to connect the two CP’s to insure that infor- a. General. The command or primary multi- mation maintained at both locations is up-to- channel links provide the minimum essential date. Additional secondary links should be circuits required for command, control, com- established when feasible to afford greater re- bat, and combat service support communica- liability and survivability through the alter- tions. All these, links emanate from either dinate routing thus provided; these additional vision main or division alternate. Subordinate secondary links also increase the speed of mes- units should always attempt to pass traffic di- sage handling and give the system a greater rect to the appropriate command post and thus flexibility. avoid relay or retransmission delays; however, a. One possible source of additional radio- passing of traffic to either division echelon by relay links might be from prudent use of “dis- subordinate units is normally considered to placement” equipments. When movement is constitute delivery to division headquarters. not imminent, equipment authorized for dis- Current operational traffic received at either placement should be put into operation. It must division echelon should be passed to the other be stressed, however, that these multichannel echelon, when appropriate, as a matter of SOP. radio equipments should not be committed in- b. Installation and Restoration Priorities. It discriminately and thus hinder their original is the DSO’s responsibility to establish instal- intended purpose. lation and restoration priorities for each spe- b. The general purpose platoon, signal sup- cific operation; however, an SOP should be port operations company, is another possible developed for routine or standard type situa- source of multichannel radio equipment. This tions. A recommended order of priority for platoon is authorized five relays to extend the installation or restoration of command links range of the multichannel network. If not re- follows :

~~17-8 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

quired for this purpose, the sets available may c. Teletypewriter Circuits. be otherwise employed to enlarge the system. (1) Teletypewriter operations in the airborne division are normally on a common-user 17-14. Types of Circuits basis. Communications to support the functions of (2) Half-duplex circuits are provided for command-control, operations-intelligence, fire teletypewriter operation over the multichannel support, and administration-logistics generate network on a speech-plus basis. Subscribers requirements for differing types of circuits. are connected to the teletypewriter switching The multichannel network of the airborne central at either division main or the alternate division normally provides common-user and command post. Teletypewriter service for bri- sole-user telephone circuits and common-user gade trains and the forward support areas is teletypewriter circuits. furnished on an over-the-counter basis from a. Common-User Telephone Circuits. The the appropriate forward area signal center. bulk of the circuits provided via the multi- (3) Sole-user teletypewriter circuits are channel network are common-user telephone not normally employed within the airborne circuits. These circuits interconnect switch- division. boards of the various signal centers and units, and are available to all subscribers for all 17-15. Circuit Allocation types of functional communications. The DSO a. The number and types of circuits to be must insure that the common-user switched activated and the allocations to be made will telephone network is comprehensive enough to vary with the situation. enable any subscriber to reach any other sub- h. When allocating circuits, first priority is scriber within the division. A capability must given to the communication needs for com- also be provided to permit any subscriber to mand-control and combat support (operation- place calls outside the division area via cir- intelligence and fire support). Insofar as prac- cuits installed by supporting signal units of ticable, communications for the foregoing are the higher headquarters. met by command links of the multichannel sys- h. Sole-User Telephone Circuits. tem. Although priority for administration and (1) A certain number of circuits are nor- logistics is lower than the command-control mally allocated on a full-time basis for the and operations-intelligence function, the re- sole use of specific personnel or activities. sources allocated must fulfill minimum needs. There are a number of guidelines provided for determining justification for sole-user circuits, 17-16. Multichannel Communications to based upon traffic studies and other engineer- Higher and Adjacent Headquarters ing factors. From a practical viewpoint, how- a. Concepts of operations and normal mis- ever, the only valid justification that can be sions of the airborne division include many accepted for diverting a circuit to sole-user use instances when normal field army area com- is operational need of high tactical urgency. munications support for the division will not (2) The normal sole-user circuits estab- be available. Communications to higher or ad- lished as standard doctrine in the airborne jacent units in an airborne operation will division are— often be of a specialized nature provided in

Function accordance with the plan for the operation. (а) DTOC (G3/G2) to bri- h. When an airborne division is operating gade operations (S3/ in an established field army or separate corps S2) Command-control area, it can expect to receive communication (б) DTOC (FSE) to brigade operations support comparable to that provided to any (FSCC) Combat Support other type division. (c) DTOC at division main (1) When appropriate, a corps signal bat- to DTOC at division talion will provide multichannel radio terrain alternate _ . - _ Command-control nais at division main and division alternate

~~AGO B016A 17-9~~

V8J09 ODV Ol-Zl 61-24 FM NOTES: (S)INDICATESEQUIPa PERS PROVBYSIGBN. INF BN ADA BN UNIT each CG MAIN ARTY DIV STAFF ADC 121 DIV ENGR SQDN BN SPT DIV DIV ALTN DIV BN BN BDE (3) SIG CAV AVN COMO each each Spt Area(3) MR Co each Fwd ** ONEdlEATOCOFS.ACOFSG-3.ASST G-38ACOFSG-2. * ONE(I)AN/GRC-106UTILIZED BY ACOFSG-3, TW0I2) AN/GRC-106PROVTOCOFS SECTO BE UTILIZEDASRQR. NET (91 GRC -106 NCS (SI GRC -106 (31 » GRC - GRC -106 CO aCP GRC- 106(21 GRC -106 GRC- 106 GRC -106(2) GRC "106 GRC -106 CO aCP GRC -106 GRC -106 GRC'106 (2) SSB -VOICE CO BFDC GRC-106 DSO CP (S) CP COMD CP NET 106 NCS (S) VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC- 2 VSC -2 OP a (SI INTEL (S) (S) (S) Figure 17-6.Typedivision radio nets,airbornedivision. (S) SSB RATTNETS VSC -2 DIVISION RADIONETS,AIRBORNE VSC-2 VSC *2 VSC- 2 VSC- 2 NCS (S) VSC -2 VSC -2 VSC -2 a LOG ADMIN (S) (S) (S) (S) (SI 2 •XXKX- RDONETTINGISAPPLTO ADACHAPARRAL/VULCANBN; *** ONE(I)AN/GRR-5ATEASIGCEN OPBYTHESIGBNPLUS VSC “2 VSC -2 VSC *2 VSC -2 PURPOSE NCS (S1 GENERAL AT DIVREARCOMMCEN. VSC-2 IF ADAM42BNISSUB,RATTNET-1 WILLNOTHAVE A STAATADABNHQUNLESSPROV BYDIVSIGBN. (S) (S) (S) (S) INTEL NET FM-VOICE NCS (S) VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC -46 VRC -46 VRC-46 (4)«-* VRC" 46(21 S -3aCP VRC-46/47 VRC -49 VRC-47 S-3 aCP VRC '47 monitor FDC OP a VRC-47 (S) S3 CP CP BCST NET GRC-106 GRR *5 GRC -106 NCS (S) GRR -5 GRR-5 GRR -5 GRR -5 GRR- 5 GRR -5 WARNING GRR '5 GRR- 5 VOICE (3) (4) (I) (7) *** (ID (4) (I) (I) (13) (S) ISSB-VOICE j REQNET I AIR GRC-106 NCS (S) GRC-106 GRC-106 GRC-106 headquarters KA'II nets asappropriate. quarters signal Higher head- into higher required ter- unit provides minals forentry HIGHER HQ NETS FM 61-24

CP’s. Allocated circuits will be extended by division alternate. These stations are normally corps signal personnel to the appropriate divi- remoted into the DTOC’s at each location for sion wire head to provide access into the corps the use of the commander or his designated command communication system. representative. The DSO operates a station in (2) Where feasible, airborne division sup- this net in his role as signal battalion com- port command headquarters may be connected mander. into the army area communication system by (3) Voice security equipment is not avail- an army area signal center. Normally, this is able for use on this net. done by locating a radio relay terminal in the b. Operations-Intelligence Net, RATT Net vicinity of support command headquarters ; No. 1. this army-supplied terminal is then extended (1) A requirement exists to provide a re- by cable to the support command wire head - liable, secure means of passing traffic of an by army signal corps troops. operations-intelligence nature between the di- c. When separately located, the division rear vision G3/G2 and the S3/S2 elements of the echelon is normally connected into the nearest maneuver and combat support units of the di- area signal center by an army area signal unit. vision. The operations-intelligence net, RATT Net No. 1, is designed to meet this require- 17-17. Airborne Division Radio Nets ment. The use of a combined net is based on (fig. 17-6) the concept of close working relationship and a. The airborne division places heavy reli- interchangeability of operations/intelligence ance on tactical radio sets of all types. Single functions at all levels. sideband (SSB) radio teletypewriter (RATT), (2) Units included in this net, with the as well as SSB and FM voice radio, are em- exception of the engineer battalion and cavalry ployed extensively for division level nets. squadron, are provided direct support RATT b. Division tactical radio nets are designed teams from the division signal battalion. In to support specific functions and thus are usu- addition, the signal battalion provides the ally restricted to specific categories of traffic. NCS at division main and a station at division For example, the function of operations is alternate. usually combined with intelligence, logistics is (3) This net is normally employed on a combined with administration, to yield conse- secure circuit basis, utilizing cryptographic quent savings in radio resources. This is illus- equipment organic to each radio station. Since trated in figure 17-6; net arrangements must there are ten possible stations in this net, NCS be kept flexible and are varied to meet the must enforce strict net discipline. specific requirements imposed by the tactical c. Division Administration-Logistics Net, situation and are also limited by the equip- RATT Net No. 2. ments and frequencies available. (1) This net provides a reliable, secure means of passing administrative and logistics 17-18. Internal Division Radio Nets traffic between the division support command (fig. 17-6) and the combat service support elements of all Internal division radio nets of the airborne organic and attached and supporting units of division are discussed in a through g below. the division. a. Division Command Net, AM. (2) All units in this net, with the excep- (1) This net provides the division com- tion of the engineer battalion and the cavalry mander with direct communications to all squadron, are provided direct support RATT major subordinate commanders. Staff officers teams from the division signal battalion. may also operate in this net as directed. The (3) The center of the combat-service sup- traffic passed is command operational in na- port complex and the principal user of this ture. net is the division support command. For this (2) The signal battalion provides only reason, the NCS, provided by the division sig- the NCS at division main and a station at nal battalion, is located at support command

~~AGO 5016A 17-11 FM 61-24~~

~~DTOC— CAV SODN 4- P cH< =>G2/G3 HIGHER HQ ¡ P ^-►ALTN DTOC O G2/G3 Cf ^BDE I S2/S3~~

O OPNS Q- ^BDE 2 S2/S3 P Q ^BDE 3 S2/S3 O AAE P ^ AVN BN 0 AOE 0+ ADA BN P ^-►BDE I FSCC P Or ^►BDE 2 FSCC DIVISION MA IN !-MDE 3 FSCC P1 TELEPHONE I cff ^►DIV ARTY FDC SWITCHING COMO -4^ O G 4 O ^DASC SEC(-) P CENTRAL P AIR SPT SIG TEAM OR TACP (-) ' (2-SB-86/PT) TASE Q. ^►BDE I S2/S3 AIR . (2-TA-207/P) cf ^►BDE 2 S2/S3 AIR a ^BDE 3 S2/S3 AIR : ^CAV SQDN S2 / S3 AIR -O CBRE (NOTE I )

~~O ENGRE -OCEE O OSO SYSCONCEN- —►SYSCONCEN OF HIGHER HQ SB-22Í )PT ( ^>SIGCEN DIV ALTN (NOTE I) O'-O-^FWO AS1GCEN~~

~~0--0-^>FWD ASIGCEN~~

*-► SIGCE N DIV SPT COMD

-TECHCONCEN- k COMD -► MULTICHANNEL RDO TML SITES JSIOCEN SB—220/PT PLAT LDR o— P/O SB-6II/MRC -► TT TML AT COMMCEN -( J—QRATT STATIONS —►FOR USE AS REQUIRED -i >—O SIG BN OPNS EZ3>

~~-( KD AN /MRC-68 TML (NOTES 3B4)~~

~~-O RWI STATION~~

NOTES: -^ENGR BN 1. SWITCHBOARDS SB-220/PT ARE PROVIDED -feCAV SQDN ►ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT. FOR USE AT DTOC Ô SYSCONCEN AS ROR. 2. SOLE USER CIRCUIT IS TO PLATOON LEADER **► ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT. WHO ACTS AS TECHNICAL CONTROLLER -< »- MORE THAN ONE COMMON OF INTERNAL COMMUNICATION » AVN BN ► FACILITIES AT EACH SIGNAL CENTER. USER CIRCUIT*,NUMBER OF 3. PATCHING PANEL PROPER IS EXCLUDED »DIV ADA BN CIRCUITS DETERMINED AS FROM THIS SIMPLIFIED DRAWING. REQUIRED. PINSTRUMENTED DIV AIRFIELD 4 ALL TRUNKING CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE -( £► MORE THAN ONE SOLE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING CENTRAL USER CIRCUIT*, NUMBER OF THROUGH THE PATCHING PANEL (NOT SHOWN). CIRCUITS DETERMINED IF DESIRED, LOCAL TELEPHONE CIRCUITS -< »—MOTHER UNIT SWBD’8 IN AREA AS REQUIRED. MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE SWITCHING TELEPH0NE SET CENTRAL VIA THE PATCHING PANEL. -( »—QOTHER SUBSCRIBERS IN AREA 0 TA-3I2/PT.

~~AG DISTRCEN -< »-OMORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET-, NUMBER OF TELEPHONE TT O [► TO TECHCONCEN SETS DETERMINED AS REQUIRED. MSGCEN COMMCEN~~

~~M9GCEN~~

~~Figure 17—7* Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division main signal centert airborne division.~~

~~17-12 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~“OCO HO~~

~~xo O“~~

~~DIVISION 04 MAIN 4- -o SUPPORT S3(> COMMAND -QDIV SUP OFC 64 ALTN ◄“ -O / (OPNS) TELEPHONE HIGHER HQ ^ » LOO ORNS ^ -O SWITCHING S 4 O- CENTRAL “OCHAP~~

~~DIV AMMO (SB-86 B TA- OFF {^~ 207 P)~~

~~DIV TO O” “O S16 OFF~~

RWI STA O” -O TT T“*- OTHER SUBSCRIBERS >COMMCEN IN AREA -ol>MSG CEN MED BN « -QJ _ SUP CO 4 >—O MULTICHANNEL ROO TML SITES QM EQPMT SPT CQ 4 TECHCONCEN MAINT BN ■O SPT C0M0 SISCEN PLAT LOR UNIT SWBD'S 4 IN AREA o- -► SYSCONCEN(MAIN ) DIV MAIN« o -> SYSCONCEN(ALTN)

~~DIV ALTN « MULTICHANNEL o < >bo ROO TML SITES DIV ARTY « TT TML AT o -o COMMCEN BDE CP'S 4 o 4 >-► TO RATT STATIONS~~

~~6DE TNS 4~~

~~FWD ASIGCEN'S 4 )—QRATT STATIONS~~

~~TO ARMY 4 AREA SYSTEM )—O MULTICHANNEL ROO TML~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~► ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT~~

~~-> ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT~~

~~1—^ MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT; NUMBER TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED~~

~~O 0NE TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT~~

~~1-0 MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED~~

Figure 17-8. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division support command signal center, airborne division. headquarters. In addition, a station is estab- d. Division General Purpose Net, RATT No. lished by the signal battalion in each forward 3. area—this station serves as the entry point (1) This net provides for overflow traffic into the net for the brigade headquarters, the from the two RATT nets discussed above. It maneuver battalions, and other units located is available for special purpose use as required. in the vicinity. (2) The signal battalion furnishes all (4) This net is normally employed on a stations in this net, to include the NCS which secure circuit basis, utilizing cryptographic is normally located at support command. equipment organic to each radio station. However, NCS may be transferred to another

~~AGO 5016A 17-13 FM 61-24~~

echelon of division headquarters when re- use of the G3/G2 operations officers. The S3 quired. of the signal battalion operates a station in (3) The net is usually employed on a se- this net in his role as operations officer of the cure circuit basis, utilizing cryptographic battalion. equipment organic to each radio station. (3) Operating ranges may necessitate re- e. Division Operations-Intelligence Net, FM- lays or retransmission stations in this net. The Voice. DSO is responsible for the provision of ground (1) This FM net is used to pass high facilities and for the coordination of aerial priority traffic of an operations-intelligence na- relay requirements with the aviation battalion. ture on an immediate basis. The net parallels /. Division Air Request Net—AM. the division command net SSB-Voice and is (1) Primarily the division air request intended for the primary use of the personnel net, as operated by the air support signal team, at the DTOC and subordinate tactical CP’s of is now intended for preplanned air requests; the division. however, precedence must be given to imme- (2) The signal battalion provides only diate air requests as required. For example, if the NCS at division main and a station at the station at division main is required by the division alternate. These stations are normally AF TACP for operation in the AF air request remoted into the DTOC at each location for net (AR 525-25), requests for preplanned air -TECHCONCEN- FWD o SYSCONCEN (MAIN) -O ASIGCEN PLAT LDR o SYSCONCEN (ALTN) PLAT HQ Qj— o < : TO RATT STATIONS

OTHER SUBSCRIBERS 0-< TO MULTICHANNEL IN AREA o < » ROO TMLS BDE TNS 4-( o ► TO TT AT COMMCEN DIV FWD FWO ASIGCEN'S <-< ASIGCEN 01V MAIN ^-( TEL SWITCHING TT 01V ALTN 4-( CENTRAL O T**1- BDE CP'S 4-< (SB-22) COMM C E N (2 EA) MSGCEN UNIT SWBD'S 4-( IN AREA -( HD SATT STATIONS

~~—O STATION~~

~~>-0 MULTICHANNEL RDO TML SITES~~

~~LEGEND: ^ ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT~~

~~ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT~~

( )-> MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT; NUMBER OF CIRCUITS TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT < MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER OF TELEPHONE SETS TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED

~~Figure 17-9. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division forward area signal center, airborne division.~~

17-14 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 support will be passed over other communica- nets in addition to the Air Force nets. Addi- tions facilities to TASE DTOC. tional equipment is essential. Note that the (2) Current radio equipment resources of AF radio nets are not shown in figure 17-6; the division signal battalion (air support sig- refer also to paragraph 17-19. nal team) were originally intended to permit g. Division Warning Broadcast Net, AM. operation in the division air request net—AM, This net is used to broadcast air alerts ; enemy and the spot receiver net—UHF. As a mini- and friendly chemical, biological, and radiologi- mum, a TACP assigned to division headquar- cal (CBR) attack warnings; effective wind ters will require operation in the AF air re- messages; fallout predictions; downwind CBR quest net—AM, and the AF Tactical Air contamination predictions; and similar infor- Direction Net—UHF. If the TACP assigned mation of an urgent operational nature. The requires signal support from the airborne di- division signal battalion operates transceiver vision signal battalion, available equipment stations at division main NCS and division will not permit simultaneous operation in the alternate headquarters respectively. Organic division air request and spot report receiver units of the division listen to this net by main-

AG O- o o IG SEC DIVISION RR ECH OP a REAR o PLAT LOR TELEPHONE a o TT TML SWITCHING a CENTRAL o > COMMCEN MSG CEN AG SEC (-) Çy- (SB-86/P o W/TA-207 P) O- o FIN OFF o o o o FIN SEC p- -Q CHAP SEC (-) JA O- INFO SEC (-)

~~MULTICHANNEL RDO JA SEC HD TML SITESdF RQR) OTHER SUBSCRIBERS )—Q RATT SITES(IFRQR) IN AREA OH~~

~~TO ARMY AREA OR DIV COMM SYSTEM * > ADMIN CO SWBD~~

~~UNIT SWBO'S IN AREA~~

LEGEND: * ACCESS TRUNK TO FWD MORE THAN ONE ELEMENTS OF DIVISION COMMON USER CIRCUIT TELEPHONE SET o TA- 312 /PT MORE THAN ONE KD TELEPHONE SET; NUMBER OF TELEPHONES TO BE DETERMINED AS REQUIRED Figure 17-10. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division rear communications center, airborne division.

AGO 5016A 17-15 FM 61-24 taining monitoring receivers to pick up the b. This airborne AGP or airborne DASC, is information broadcast from division headquar- an especially equipped Air Force transport air- ters. Certain frontline units not normally craft designed for use during airborne tactical transmitting in this net may do so under cer- operations. The airborne DASC serves as the tain specific urgent conditions. This would NCS radio center for all direct air requests necessitate diversion of an AM transmitter from the various division TACP’s. Use of the from another net for a temporary period. airborne DASC is contingent upon a favorable air situation. 17-19. External Radio Nets External radio nets are those nets over which 17-21. Wire Trunks a higher headquarters exercises control. The In an airborne operation installation of wire number and type of external radio nets to be or cable for trunking circuits will be minimal ; provided to the airborne division are extremely normally trunking circuits installed by the air- flexible and are governed by the type of opera- borne division signal battalion will be over tion being conducted. multichannel radio links. If the airborne divi- a. Normally, radio sets operating in higher sion is engaged in a protracted defense or headquarters nets are provided by the higher other long-term ground operation, wire and headquarters. Personnel and equipment to ful- cable for trunking circuits must be considered. fill this requirement are not organic to the However, in such situations, the airborne divi- airborne division signal battalion with the ex- sion signal battalion will require wire construc- ception of monitoring radio equipment in the tion assistance to augment its limited capa- spot report receiver net. In an airborne opera- bility. tion, it is incumbent upon the DSO to insure that responsibilities in this regard are clearly 17-22. Telephone and Circuit Distribution and adequately spelled out in the joint opera- Type telephone and circuit distribution dia- tions order, and that augmentation of person- grams, representative of facilities installed by nel and equipment is provided where required. the airborne division signal battalion, are b. During standard ground operations, com- shown in figures 17-7 through 17-10. munications to higher headquarters should be equivalent to those provided to any other division. The communication facilities should in- 17-23. FM Radio Wire Integration clude the following: a. The division signal battalion operates an (1) Corps Command Operations Net RWI station at each signal center. In addition, (RATT). an RWI station is operated at division artillery (2) Army Air Request Net (RATT). headquarters and at the aviation battalion CP. (3) Spot Report Net (UHF). (Equip- At each location wire lines are extended by ment is organic to the airborne division to signal battalion personnel from the switchboard monitor this net.) to the RWI station. (4) AF Air Request NET—AM. b. Utilization of the RWI network, while (5) AF Tactical Air Direction Net— simple in its application, requires division- UHF. wide standing operating procedures for efficient operation. 17-20. Airborne DASC a. The material contained in chapter 4 covering tactical air control generally applies to op- 17-24. Messenger Service erations in the airborne division; however, the The airborne division signal battalion provides direct air support center (DASC) may be in messenger service from the command echelons an airborne command post (AGP) during air- of division headquarters to all organic units. borne operations until a ground DASC is es- Refer to FM 11-57 for detailed discussions on tablished. messenger service.

~~17-16 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~TO DtV COMO NET TO DIV SSB —VOICE OP/INTEL NET-FM ▲ BN OP~~

~~BN VRC ■ ^L COMDR 4 7 (NCS) 6 RC VRC 106 46~~

~~COMDR 3 OP CO~~

~~VRC 46~~

~~FWD AREA SIGCEN PLAT COMO SIGCEN PLAT LOR (MAIN) PLAT LOR PLAT~~

~~VRC VRC 46 46~~

~~COMO SIGCEN PLAT PLAT \ FWO AREA SIGCEN LOR (ALTN)PLAT LDR' I PLAT J—V VRC VRC 46 4 6~~

~~PLAT REAR ECH FWD AREA SIGCEN LOR PLAT PLAT fe}1 VRC VRC 46 4 6~~

~~PLAT SPTCOMO OP PI äT \ GEN PURPOSE LOR PLAT LDR* 1 PLAT J—\ VRC VRC 46 4 6~~

~~LEGEND ! FM~~

~~Figure 17-11. Type FM radio net, signal battalion, airborne division.~~

17-25. Internal Signal Battalion b. The airborne division signal battalion Commu nications normally does not install a separate internal wire system for signal battalion use at any a. The airborne division signal battalion op- signal center. Internal telephone service for erates an internal FM radio net for command signal battalion use is obtained from the signal and control of battalion elements (fig. 17-11). center switching facilities available. Refer to This net is available for use by the division FM 11-57 for type interconnection of commu- systems control center as required. nication facilities at each signal center.

~~AGO 5016A 17-17 I FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 18~~

~~BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

18-1. Mission and Organization 18-3. Brigade Signal Officer and Other a. Mission. The mission of headquarters and Personnel headquarters company, airborne division bri- The airborne brigade signal officer is a mem- gade, is to command and control attached com- ber of the brigade special staff. Normally, the bat and combat support elements of the platoon leader pf brigade communication pla- airborne brigade in both training and opera- toon acts as assistant to the brigade signal tions. General information on the airborne officer. Typical duties of both these officers are brigade is similar to that discussed in chapter described in chapter 2. Also included in chap- 7. Also refer to FM 7-30 and TOE 57-42. ter 2 are type duties of other key personnel b. Organization. The focal point of the dis- of the brigade communications platoon. cussion of this chapter is the airborne division brigade headquarters and headquarters com- 18—4. Airborne Brigade Capabilities pany. This company is organized into a bri- a. The airborne brigade possesses capabili- gade headquarters and a headquarters com- ties comparable to the infantry and mechan- pany; the company consists of a staff section, ized brigades (refer to FM 7-30). In addition, liaison section, communication platoon, and the airborne brigade has the capability of aviation section. conducting frequent parachute or airlanded as- 18-2. Airborne Brigade Communications saults with minimum marshaling and planning Platoon procedures; also it can operate with somewhat The brigade communication platoon provides reduced logistical support. communication within brigade headquarters b. Communication facilities available to bri- and to attached battaliions and other subordi- gade headquarters must provide a displace- nate units. With the exception of its parachute ment capability without interruption of com- capability, this platoon performs operations mand and control. Displacement and installa- similar to those described in chapter 2. tion time must be kept to a minimum.

~~Section II. BRIGADE RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEMS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

18-5. Brigade Communications to Higher ion operates a station in a forward support Headquarters area (forward area signal center) for the pri- a. Radio. Listed in (1) through (10) below, mary use of a forward area support coordi- are external radio nets in which the brigade nator. Normally, this station acts as an entry normally has stations. point into the net for the brigade trains. (1) Division(3) operations-intelligence net, Division general purpose net, RATT, RATT (RATT Net No. 1). The signal battal- {RATT Net No. 3). The division signal bat- ion operates this station at brigade headquar- talion operates this station for the brigade. ters. Primary purpose of this net is to provide com- (2) Dmon-userivision administrative-logisticsservice for the overflow net, traffic from RATT {RATT Net No. 2). The signal battal- division RATT nets No. 1 and No. 2.

AGO 6016A 18-1 18-2 AGO 5016A 49 24 VRC VRC RETRANSMISSION ,r—y f AS REQUIRED) TATI0N F0R USE v PLAT 1< C0^ A TO SUBORDINATE UNITS AVN SEC CP HELICOPTER F M AM RATT-SSB UHF UH 46 VRC (NOTE a LO TO BNS *- DISMOUNTED OPERATION LOH LIGHT OBSERVATION ACFT NET LEGEND! 1U ARC (4 EA) LOH 46 VRC 54 ARC OFF SIG 46 VRC REQUIRED. ENTERS NET AS EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. S2-S3 1. SPEECH SECURITY 2. LIAISON OFFICER BDE OP-INTEL NET-RATT MACFT NET 47 NOTES: VRC AVN OFF • É VSC PLAT USE STAFF COMM <>DIV WNG ^ BCST NET U DIV GEN PUR NET SSB-RATT 46 *1 VRC 25 XO PRC Yl FOR GRR Figure 18-1. Type radio nets, airborne division brigade. TEI DIV ADMIN LOG NET SSB-RATT 46 VRC NO 106 GRC BDE OP COMM PL DIV OP- INTEL NET SS0 -RATT 46 I ■( AF AIR REQ NET - AM =(AF TAC AIR DIR NET-UHF > VRC 46 VRC HQ COI COMDR ÍÑCS) 24 (NOTE I) VRC > (BRIGADE COMP NET-FM BN BY DIV SIG TEAMS PROVIDED RWI 106 GRC ft DIV CG COMP NET-SSBP 24 VRC (DIV OP-INTEL NET-FM AIR RCVR NET 106 SPOT REPT GRC 46 VRC TO CON TEAM 47 VRC DIV HQ BDE 46 S-3 AIR BDE'-'i COMDR VRC (NOTE!) v 25 106 GRC PRC REO NET DIV AIR

~~FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

(4) Division command net, AM. At bri- ters and the forward support area of the gade headquarters, the brigade commander brigade. and the brigade communication platoon oper- c. Messenger. Messenger service from divi- ate radio stations in this net. sion to brigade is normally provided by the (5) Division operations intelligence Net division signal battalion. If required, messen- —FM. At brigade headquarters, the brigade gers organic to the brigade communication communication platoon maintains a radio sta- platoon may also be used for service to higher tion in this FM-voice net for the purpose headquarters. indicated. d. Visual. Refer to chapter 7. (6) Division warning broadcast net, AM. e. RWI-FM. Brigade headquarters is pro- The brigade communication platoon provides vided RWI service by a forward area signal the monitoring receiver at brigade headquar- center platoon of the signal support operations ters. company, division signal battalion. (7) AF air request net, AM. The air control team of the brigade headquarters and 18—6. Communications to Subordinate Units headquarters company operates a station in The headquarters and headquarters company this net to monitor immediate air support re- of the airborne division brigade provides the quests initiated by the battalions. The TACP communications required to control and coor- may utilize the equipment on an interim basis. dinate the operations of attached battalions Brigade headquarters may disapprove any re- and supporting units. quest if desired. a. Radio, (fig. 18-1). (8) Division air request net, AM. The (1) Brigade command net—FM. This net brigade station in this net is normally used provides the brigade commander with imme- by the S3 air for preplanned air requests to diate tactical command and control over subor- higher headquarters. dinate elements of the brigade. Other brigade (9) AF tactical air direction net, UHF. headquarters stations are as shown in figure The brigade station is operated by the air 18-1. NCS is furnished by the brigade com- control team for air-to-ground communications munications platoon. The principal subordinate to USAF planes flying direct support missions. stations are at the headquarters of the at- The TACP may utilize this equipment on an tached battalions. interim basis. (2) Brigade operations-intelligence net, (10) SRATT.pot report This receiver net provides net, UHF. the Thecapability of S3 air maintains a monitoring station in this transmitting secure traffic between brigade net. and battalion headquarters. Although traffic is b. Multichannelnormally Radio. Inconcerned the airborne with divi-operations and intel- sion, telephone and teletypewriter communica- ligence, it may be used to transmit other high tions from division headquarters to both bri- priority information. This net is primarily gade headquarters and the forward support intended as backup for the FM-voice brigade area of the brigade sector are accomplished command net. The NCS at brigade headquar- over multichannel radio links. The multichan- ters is provided by the brigade communica- nel radio terminals required are provided by tions platoon. the signal support operations company, divi- (3) Brigade aircraft Net—FM. Radios sion signal battalion. Wire trunks from divi- organic to the brigade aviation section are sion to brigade will be seldom employed in shown in an organic aircraft net. In actuality, airborne division operations. Usually the for- the four helicopters of the brigade headquar- ward area signal center and the brigade head- ters and headquarters company seldom oper- quarters CP will be quite closely located in ate in this net; however, a frequency is re- airborne operations and common multichannel quired over which aircraft control matters can radio links suffice for both brigade headquar- be handled. In most situations, the aircraft

AGO 5016A 18-3 FM 61-24 radios operate in the FM-voice nets of the links between brigade headquarters and at- brigades or attached battalions when trans- tached battalions and supporting units; the porting commanders or principal staff officers platoon also performs internal wire installa- or performing other tasks. Organic FM radio tion within the brigade headquarters. In addi- sets of the aircraft are also used for aerial tion, units supporting by fire will lay wire to radio relays for the FM-voice nets of the bri- brigade headquarters. gade or the attached battalions. (2) Generally the brigade wire system b. Wire. parallels the FM voice radio nets of the bri- (X) In the airborne division brigade, the gade, but also includes elements whose com- wire system (fig. 18-2) is installed by the munication needs may not justify a radio set. brigade communication platoon. When the (3) Normally one switchboard is installed situation permits, this platoon installs wire at brigade CP, one at brigade trains, and a

~~SWBD SWBD SWBD SB-22/PT SB-22/PT SB-22/PT~~

~~ATCH BN I 1^.~~

~~BDE COM DR Q- -Q CHAP~~

~~xo O -Q DISMOUNT POINT SWBD o SB-86/P -Q FSCOORDINOT E I) S2 -Q AVN OFF~~

~~(NOTE 1 Ï S3 Q- -Q CHEM OF~~

~~S3 AIR Q- -Q SIG OFF~~

~~S4 O -Q COMM PLAT~~

~~HQ CO COMOR Q- ■Q MSG CEN (AT MSG SURG Q- CEN) / OTHER T CC — 29 y (AS RQR) y (NOTE 2 ) y TO OIV MAIN y OR A LT N u—Üy~~

~~SWBD F WD AREA SB-22/PT SIGCEN LE6END: (NOTE 3)~~

~~Q TEL SET TA-3I2/PT~~

NOTES: FLD WIRE 1. SOLE USER CIRCUITS WILL BE ESTB THROUGH DIV COMM SYS TO DIV HQ AS RQR. INSTL BY BDE HO 2. INCLUDES OTHER SPT OR ATCH UNITS, RDO TRUCKS.a AUGMENTATIONS. TT MACH-HDX 3. INITIAL WIRE COMM ESTB THROUGH DIV COMM SYS. 4. NUMBER OF ATCH BN WILL VARY.

~~Figure 18-2. Type wire system airborne division brigade.~~

18-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 third switchboard is retained for displacement. gade to its attached battalions and other subor- Figure 18-2 shows a type switchboard instal- dinate units. lation with telephone subscribers at a brigade (2) Visual and sound communications CP. between brigade and subordinate units are c. Supplemental Means. maintained in accordance with operations or- (1) Messengers, both schedules and spe- ders, the SOI, and division policy. cial, are provided by the airborne division bri-

~~AGO 6016A 18-5~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 19~~

~~AIRBORNE INFANTRY BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS~~

~~Section I. BATTALION HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

19-1. General platoon include the battalion commander, his a. Within the airborne infantry battalion, S3, and battalion operators. communications are required to control and (2) Brigade operations-intelligence net, coordinate fire and maneuver at battalion, com- SSB—RATT. The battalion communication pla- pany, and platoon level; to direct organic fire toon establishes and operates the station at support means; and to conduct and coordinate battalion CP. administrative and logistics functions (Refer (3) Division warning broadcast net, AM. to TOE 7-35 and FM 7-20.) The monitoring receiver at battalion CP is b. Communications within battalion head- provided by the battalion communication quarters echelons and to organic companies platoon. and attached elements of the battalion are pro- (4) Division air request net, AM. The vided by the communication platoon of the battalion CP station is provided by the air battalion headquarters and headquarters control team of the battalion headquarters com- company. pany. Normally this net is used by battalion to transmit preplanned air requests. The TACP 19-2. Battalion Communications Officer at battalion may require the support from the and Other Personnel air control team in which this station is used a. The battalion communication officer serves on an interim basis to forward immediate re- on the battalion special staff, exercises opera- quests in the AF Air Request Net. All imme- tional control over the battalion communica- diate air requests so sent are subject to brigade tion platoon, and is responsible to the battalion and division approval before execution—refer commander for the installation, operation, and to chapter 4. If the radio station supplied by maintenance of all internal battalion communi- the air control team is used for immediate air cations. requests, preplanned air requests will be for- b. The battalion communication chief serves warded over other communications means. as the principal enlisted assistant to the bat- (5) Spot report receiver net, UHF. The talion communication officer. battalion monitoring station is operated by the c. Refer to chapter 2 for typical duties of air control team. On an interim basis, the air key communication personnel. control team may divert this station for use by the TACP in AF tactical air direction net. 19-3. Airborne Infantry Battalion Commun- ications to Higher Headquarters Figure 19—1. Type radio nets, headquarters and head- a. Radio. Listed in (1) through (5) below quarters company, infantry battalion, airborne are external radio nets (fig. 19-1) in which division. the airborne infantry battalion normally main- (Located in back of manual) tains stations. b. Wire. Where feasible, the brigade commu- (1) Brigadenication command platoon netwill— FM.extend The field bat- wire trunks talion CP stations provided by battalion head- down to the switchboards of attached infantry quarters section and the communication battalions (fig. 19-2).

~~AGO 5016A 19-1~~

61-24 V9IP9 oov 3-6lFM SB-22/PT COMM PLAT COMM OFF BN CMD MSSCEN S3 AIR XO S 2 S3 S4 S I SB-22/PT ■ o- 8= o— o- o- o- SB -22/PT (2 EA1 FROM BOE SWBD SB-22/PT Figure 19-2. Type wiresystem,infantry battalion, airbornedivision. c P —Q HQCOCOMDR ^3 =0 ()CBTTRAINS CjATPLAT “o -o RECON PLAT MEO PLAT FIELD TRAINS MAINT PLAT BN OP (NOTE 2) ONO SURV TO SPT RIFLE CO (NOTE 3) (NOTE I) > NOTE2 • •• o M.2 CHIEF FDC FROM SUPPORTINOARTILLERY LEOENO: o TELEPHONE SETTA-3I2/PT TELEPHONE SETTA'I/PT SB* 22/PT p/O CE-II ••• 42 Î (NOTE I)NOTE ^^“^RIFLE COS, NOTES : 3. LINES TOFO'SLAID ONLYWHEN an 1. TA-I/PTISPARTOFREEL 2. TIEINTOBATTALIONWIRE TO SPT/ TIME PERMITS EQUIPMENT CE-II SYSTEM ATNEARESTSWITCHBOARD HV MORTSODS(ONECEN S SB-993/GTAVAILABLE FOR UTILITYPURPOSES) • •• 42 t' RIFLE CO TO SPT COMPUTERS FM 61-24

c. Messenger. Messenger service is provided (3) Battalion antitank platoon net—FM. to the airborne infantry battalion by brigade This platoon maintains an internal radio net headquarters on both a special and scheduled for command, control, and coordination of the basis. If necessary, battalion will dispatch mes- antitank defenses of the battalion. Note that sengers to brigade headquarters on a special the antitank platoon leader also operates a radio basis. station in the battalion command net, FM. (4) Battalion fire direction net—FM. The 19-4. Communications to Subordinate Units, battalion mortar platoon maintains an internal Airborne Infantry Battalion fire direction net for control of battalion mor- Communications from airborne infantry bat- tar fire support. The mortar platoon leader talion headquarters to subordinate battalion must also maintain a radio station in the units are summarized in a through c below. battalion command net, FM; radio contact is also established with the direct support artil- a. Radio (fig. lery19-1). unit to insure coordination in fire support (1) Battalion command net—FM. This is missions. a commander-to-commander net from battalion (5) Battalion reconnaissance platoon net to company level. Battalion staff members also —FM. This net is used to control internal op- operate in this net, which is also used for operations of the platoon; NCS is in the platoon erational interstaff coordination and communi- leader’s vehicle. The platoon leader also main- cation to subordinate and attached elements. tains a radio station in the battalion command Support elements such as artillery, engineer, net with a second radio set. Traffic from this and tactical air representatives may enter this platoon is of great operation-intelligence impor- net as required. Battalion headquarters stations tance. normally include the battalion commander and (6) Battalion air defense section net— his executive officer and the staff officers and FM. This radio net is used for internal control units shown in figure 19-1. Note that the com- of the tactical employment and fire control of munication platoon provides the NCS station the battalion air defense section. NCS is in the at the battalion CP. section leader’s vehicle. The section leader also (2) Battalion administrative-logistics net maintains contact with the battalion comman- —FM. This net is used for the transmission of der through the battalion command net; a administrative and logistical messages from monitoring receiver is maintained in the divi- the battalion CP to the rifle companies, the sion warning broadcast net. battalion support platoon (battalion headquar- b. Wire. The wire system (fig. 19-2) in the ters and headquarters company), and the com- airborne infantry battalion generally parallels bat trains area. The battalion S4 vehicle at the radio nets already discussed. Wire trunks battalion headquarters serves at NCS; this from battalion headquarters are laid to the net serves as the S4’s principal radio link to companies and attached and supporting units the field trains. Note that the battalion execu- when time and the tactical situation permit. tive officer also operates a station in this net; c. Other Means of Communications. Bat- refer to figure 19-1 for other battalion stations. talion headquarters maintains messenger serv- In addition, elements of attached and support- ice to its organic companies and to attached ing units may also maintain stations in this and supporting units. Visual and other methods net for the coordination of administrative and of signaling are employed in conformance with logistical matters. accepted practices.

~~Section II. AIRBORNE RIFLE COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS~~

~~19_5. Company Communications to Higher maintains radio sets in the following battalion Headquarters nets (fig. 19-3) : a. Radio. The airborne rifle company CP (1) Battalion command net—FM.~~

~~AGO 501SA 19-3 FM 61-24~~

(2) Battalion administrative-logistics net (usually NCS), all platoons, antitank squads, —FM. and miscellaneous other stations as required. b. Wire. Where possible, the battalion com- (2) Platoon command net—FM. The munication platoon will extend field wire three rifle platoons and the weapons platoon trunks (fig. 19-2) to each of the company each maintain a radio net for command and control of internal operations. switchboards. Attached and supporting units (3) Company FDC net—FM. The mortar will be tied into the battalion switchboard on section of the weapons platoon maintains this the same basis. radio net for the purpose indicated. NCS is at the FDC. 19-6. Company Communications to b. Wire and Other Communication Means Platoons (fig. 19-4). a. Radio (fig. 19-3). (1) The wire system of an airborne infan- (1) Company command net—FM. This try rifle company generally parallels the radio net is primarily established for tactical com- nets already discussed. Where time and the munications from the company commander to tactical situation permit field wire lines are platoon leaders; also included are all attached laid from company to platoon and from pla- and supporting units. This net may also be toon to squad. Both battery-operated and used for internal administrative-logistics traf- sound-powered telephones are employed. fic on a secondary priority basis. Company (2) Messengers, visual, and sound signal- stations normally include the company coming are employed within the company in ac- mander, his executive officer, a CP station cordance with SOP and operations orders.

19-4 AGO 5016A 2 » I AGO 6016A Í9-S A A TO OTHER RIFLE PLATOONS 25* PRC 125 GRC 25 PRC- V 46 VRC- WPNS PLAT LDR PLAT LOR BN COMD NET ^OCOMDR^ 6» PRC- NCS) 125 GRC 46 VRC- 25* PLAT SGT 6* FDC PRC- (NCS) PRC- BN ADMIN / LOG NET 25» 25* PRC- PRC- (NOTE 2) f PRCA WPNS SOD PLAT COMP NET-FM> < RIFLE < CO COMP NET -FM >- SOD 25» RIFLE PRC (NCS < FIRE DIRECTION NET-FM > f PR

61-24 V9I03 OOV »-61 FM LEGEND: O TELEPHONESETTA'3I2/PT 0 TELEPHONESETTA-I/PT * TA-I/PTPARTOFREEL EQUIPMENT CE -II AT f r Figure 19-4.Typewiresystem, riflecompany,infantrybattalion,airbornedivision. T GMDR I CO 9B- 22/PT PROM BN • SWBD (UTILITY) \Eï CP • 8 • r i' FDC WPNS (ALL PLATOONSIDENTICAL 23“ E23“ TO ONESHOWN) 5 SB-993/GT 8 • 6WBD Ô l' WPNS i o '(ALSO FOR8WBD) I** PLûTLOR • T 81 I FM 61-24

~~CHAPTER 20 COMMUNICATIONS IN ARMORED CAVALRY SQUADRON, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~Section I. SQUADRON HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

20-1. General (1) Division command net, AM. At The communication system of the airborne squadron level, the squadron commander and division armored cavalry squadron is similar communication platoon operate stations in this to the communication system of the armored net. cavalry squadrons of the armored, infantry, (2) Division operations-intelligence net and mechanized divisions discussed in chapter RATT. At squadron level, the squadron S3 and 9. Similarly, radio is the primary means of communication platoon operate stations in this communication within the squadron. Portable, net. vehicular, and helicopter FM radio sets provide (3) Division administrative-logistics net, communications for command, intelligence, ad- RATT. The squadron headquarters station is ministration and logistics. Unlike the armored operated by the communication platoon. cavalry squadron of the armored, infantry, and (4) Division air request net, AM. The mechanized divisions, the airborne cavalry squadron headquarters station is operated by squadron is not equipped with AM radio sets squadron S3 air—the net is primarily used for to operate in an internal squadron command transmission of preplanned air requests. net AM (CW or voice). However, the squadron (5) AF air request net—AM. This net is communication platoon operates two radio re- operated by the air control team for use of the transmission stations which serve to increase TACP on an interim basis. This net is used for the operating range between the squadron com- immediate air requests from the squadron—all mand post and troop command posts. The op- requests are subject to division approval. eration and organization of the squadron com- (6) AF tactical air direction net—UHF. munication platoon are very similar to those of This station, operated by the air control team, the combat battalions discussed in chapter 8. is used by the TACP, if assigned. If not used, Refer to FM 17-36 and TOE 17-75 for further the net can be employed for aircraft control by information. the squadron. 20-2. Squadron Communication Officer and (7) Division operations-intelligence net— Other Personnel FM. Squadron headquarters station are nor- The squadron communication officer serves on mally in the operations and the S3 vehicles. the battalion special staff and performs duties (8) Air defense section net—FM. This as generally described in chapter 2. Refer also net is used for internal control of the AD sec- to chapter 2 for description of typical duties tion. The section leader normally monitors the performed by key enlisted specialists of the squadron command net, FM. platoon. b. Wire. In a stabilized situation, squadron headquarters may be linked by field wire into 20-3. Airborne Cavalry Squadron Commun- an accessible division signal center and thus ications to Higher Headquarters obtain entry into the division multichannel a. Radio. Headquartersnetwork. of the armored cavalry squadron, airborne division, operates c. Messenger. Messenger service from divi- stations in the following nets (fig. 20-1) :

~~AGO 5016A 20-1~~

61-24 V9I09 ODV z-ozFM \ 25y ( PRC1 DSMTD (FOR OP) COMM- PLAT VSC COMM PLAT COMDR SOON 1 COMI VRC VRC OFF VRC 4 9 RETRANSMISSION STATIONS 46 46 AF TACAIR VRC 49 AIR CON rf DIVOP-INTELNET-FM>*> NOTES TEAM Figure 20-1.Type radionets,headquarters andheadquarterstroop,armored cavalrysquadron,airborne division. GRC VRC 106 DIR 5 24 1. ALSORETRANSMISSIONSTATIONIFREQUIRED. 2. MONITORSHIGHERHEADQUARTERSANDOTHER 3. SPEECHSECURITYEQUIPMENT INSTALLED. (NOTE I) STATIONS ASREQUIRED. GRC 106 SOON COMM XO PLAT ¿Hz SQDNCOMPNET-FM) COMM VRC PLAT 46 VRC VRC 4 7 (NOTE 2) 49 i( AFAIRREQNET-SSB>^> me DIVCOMPNET-SSB SURVC TEAM (SURVL NET-FM) VRC 46 i- 47 SI —S4 S2 SURV LDR VRC (NOS) S 4 VRC (NCS) VRC 46 47 VRC 46 SEC VOICE > ( SQDNADMIN-LOGNETFM) VRC 46 MAINT MED PLAT OFF COMM PLAT GRC I 25 NOTE 3 VRC VRC 46 46 VSC ( DIVOP-INTELNET-FM)— DIV ADMIN-LOGNET—FM>=*> TRANS L SEC LDR DIV WNG BCST NET GRR COMDR VRC Q TRP 46 VRC 46 GRC 106 ÍCOMM PLAT BN OP ^ TODIV VRC INCSÏ 46 LEGEND: TO DIV PLAT LDR SPT 1 (NOTE 3 VRC VRC GRR SEC 46 46 LDR VRC DIV WNGBCSTNET AM 4 7 FM SS8 -RATT UHF C> TOTROOPS {>TO TROOPS VRC 4 7 LNO AIR OEFSECNET-FM _ RCVR SPOT REPT VRC i-OTO SQDNCOMD 46 AD DEFSEC VRC 24 AD TEAM GRC REO NET GRC NET-FM DIV AIR V 06 25 n FM 61-24

~~sion to squadron headquarters is normally pro- use for these sets would be for radio wire vided by the division signal battalion. integration.)~~

20-4. Armored Cavalry Squadron Commun- b. Wire. In the airborne armored cavalry squadron, a wire system to subordinate troops ications to Subordinate Units, Air- may be established by the communications borne Division platoon when the tactical situation permits a. Radio. Theand squadron time is operatesavailable onlyto install FM the circuits. A radio nets (fig. 20-1) for communications with type squadron wire system is shown in figure organic, attached, and supporting units. The 20—4. Internal wire facilities within the squad- radio nets employed at squadron level are listed ron CP are provided by the squadron communi- in (1) through (3) below. cation platoon. (1) Squadron command net, FM. c. Visual Communications. Visual signals (2) Squadron administrative-logistics net, may be employed more extensively in air- FM. borne operations than in ground-type operations. (3) Squadron surveillance net, FM. (In d. Messenger Service. Squadron headquar- addition to the radio nets listed above the com- ters habitually provides messenger service to munication platoon provides two radio retrans- the various troops on both a special and sched- mission stations for use as required—one other uled basis.

~~Section II. COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ARMORED CAVALRY TROOP, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

20-5. General cavalry troops operates radio stations in the a. Mission of the armored cavalry troop of following external radio nets (fig. 20-2). an airborne division is similar to like troops in (1) Squadron command net, FM. armored, infantry, and mechanized divisions. (2) Squadron administrative-logistics net, Basically, each armored cavalry troop is de- FM. signed to perform reconnaissance, provide se- (3) Division warning broadcast net, AM. curity, and engage in offensive, defensive, and (4) Elements of the troop acting in sup- delaying action as an economy of force unit. port or on an attached basis, normally enter It is employed on missions that complement the FM radio net of the supported unit or of the squadron mission or the mission of the the unit to which attached. unit to which it is attached. Because of the b. Wire Messenger Service. Normally mes- mobility inherent in typical operations, FM senger service and wire lines to higher head- radio constitutes the primary means of com- quarters are provided by the squadron commu- munication for armored cavalry troops of an nication platoon. Where possible, facilities pro- airborne division. Refer to FM 17-36 for vided through the division communication further details. system will also be utilized. b. Each armored cavalry troop is authorized a communication chief, radio mechanics, radio 20-7. Internal Communications of Airborne operators, and a switchboard operator. These Armored Cavalry Troop personnel supervise and operate the internal a. Radio. The airborne armored cavalry communication facilities within the troop. Re- troop operates the following FM radio nets fer to chapter 2. (fig. 20-2) for internal communication with troop elements: 20-6. Airborne Armored Cavalry Troop (1) Troop command net—FM. This net is Communications to Higher used primarily for tactical and secondarily for Headquarters administrative-logistics purposes. a. Radio. Each of the two airborne armored

~~AGO 5016A 20-3 FM 61-24~~

(2) Platoon command net—FM. Each of c. Messenger. Although no messengers are the three armored cavalry platoons operates an authorized by the TOE, selected individuals are internal radio net for the command and control used as foot or motor messengers as required. of platoon operations. d. Sound and Visual Signaling. Prearranged b. Wire. A type internal wiresound system and for visual an signals are used for local airborne armored cavalry troop is shown in warning and internal control. figure 20-4.

20-4 AGO 6016A AGO 5016A 125 GRC SOD SPT 53 25 VRC PRC üTcM SEC MAINT '/4 T TRUCKS SHOWN. UTILIZES ONLY ONE OF TANK SECTION LEADER NOTE: Db 25 PRC SQDN SCOUT SEC>i NET-FM ) > L—< SOON ADMIN-LOG 25 47 VRC GRC TRP _XO TO SQDN HQ 125 GRC 53 VRC F M AM feGT * DISMOUNTED OPERATION NET - FM )- < ARMORED CAV PLAT COMP NET ••DIV WNG BCST 5 NOTE 2 SEC GRR •TANK LEGEND: NOTE 1^ I I I 47 47 VRC VRC INCS) nas —FM ■( SOON COMP NET > TROOP COMO NET - FM ■( ARMORED CAVALRY ' YL'i rs airborne division. Figure 20S. Type radio nets, armored cavalry troop, armored cavalry squadron, (NOTE 31 NOTE I 47 47 VRC VRC ( NCS] LOR PLAT J TWO PLATOONS TRP >COMDR~ TO REMAINING TO ONE SHOWN. INTERIM SUBSTITUTE FOR AIRBORNE RECONNAISSANCb AIR ASSAULT VEHICLE, . APPROVAL TO LEAVE PRIMARY NET, NETS AS REQUIRED AFTER OBTAINING 1. TROOPS MAY OPERATE IN OTHER 3. TWO REMAINING PLATOONS IDENTICAL AS 2. 106'MM RECOILLESS RIFLE SERVES

~~NOTES: FM 61-24 M £ FM 61-24~~

~~Section III. COMMUNICATIONS OF THE AIRBORNE AIR CAVALRY TROOP~~

20-8. General division communication system. Messenger a. The air cavalry troop is a combat force service from squadron to troop headquarters with combat elements mounted in combat heli- is habitually provided by the squadron com- copters. Primarily the mission of the troop is munication platoon. to extend the reconnaissance and security capabilities of the squadron. To accomplish 20-10. Internal Communications Within the this, the air cavalry troop is used in close con- Air Cavalry Troop junction with ground-type armored cavalry a. Radio. FM radio nets (fig. 20-3) are the units. When required, the air cavalry troop is primary communication means utilized for in- capable of being used in independent missions. ternal command and coordination of troop Due to this versatility, the air cavalry troop operations. Type internal radio nets of the air- requires radio sets that will provide air-to-air, borne division air cavalry troop are listed in ground-to-air, air-to-ground, and ground type (1) through (3) below. only communications. Refer to FM 17-36 for (1) Troop command net, FM. Stations in further details. this net include the troop commander, CP b. Communications personnel authorized to station, flight operation center, platoon leaders, the air cavalry troop perform duties similar to and all platoon aircraft. those described in chapter 2. In addition, heli- (2) Flight control center net, UHF. Sta- copter crew personnel are trained in the operations in this net include the aircraft of the tion of aircraft-mounted radio sets. Communi- troop commander, the flight operations center, cation specialists of the air cavalry troop are and all component aircraft of the various normally authorized in the flight operations platoons. section. (3) Ground stations, FM. Portable FM radio sets are furnished on the basis of one per 20-9. Air Cavalry Troop Communications to squad for ground-to-air communications in the Higher Headquarters a. Radio. The air cavalry troop operates aero-scout platoon, aero-rifle platoon, and anti- ground stations in the following external radio tank rocket platoon. nets (fig. 20-3) : b. Wire. Internal wire facilities installed in (1) Squadron command net, FM. an air cavalry squadron CP are shown in (2) Squadron-administrative logistics net, figure 20-4. FM. c. Messenger Service. No messengers are (3) Division warning broadcast net, AM. specified by TOE. As required, selected indivi- (4) Flight coordination center (FCC) duals may be used as foot, air, or motor net, FM. messengers. b. Wire and Messenger Service. Wire trunks d. Visual Signaling. In the air cavalry troops, are provided by the squadron communication there will be extensive use of visual signals platoon, or telephone service may be obtaina- for air traffic control, unit identification, and ble from the multichannel facilities of the prearranged message codes.

~~20-6 AGO 6016A~~

61-24 FM z-oe V9I09 OOV € L SOONCOMPNET-FM~)—1> VRC ARC ARC 46 54 54 ARC 54 VRC ARC ARC 46 ARC UH AERO SCOUTPLATOON AERO RIFLEPLATOON PLAT PRC PRC Figure 20—S. Type-radio nets,air cavalry troop; armoredcavalry squadron, airbornedivision. LDR 25 25 LDR PLAT PRC 25 PLAT LDR ANTI-TANK ROCKETPLATOON TO SQDNHQ ARC 54 ARC UH ARC ARC 54 ARC ( AIRTRAFFICCONTROLNET-AM-UHF) FOR TRP 54

~~AEPO AERO AIR CAV SCT RIFLE AT/RKT PLAT HQ PLAT HQ PLAT HQ PLAT PLAT PLAT 2 ?. 9 P~~

~~TRP COM DR TRP COMDR TRP HQ 2n_i SB* 22/ SB-22/ SB-22/ O TRP HQ TRP MAINT PT PT PT FUT OP SEC SVC PLAT COMM CH TO SUP SEC~~

SQDN COMM 01 SQDN MSG CEI SQDN CO, XO TRP HQ SQDN S3, S3 AIR SQDN. AID StAT O-^ 58-27 O— PT n FAC ( TACP) * SQDN S2 SQ DN SU RV SEC SQDN SI, S4 O S P T PLAT (NOT IN CP ) - ¿ ¿ A ¿ i * TO DIVISION AD SEC j COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO NEAREST SWBD / /0 TELEPHONE SET TA * 3I2/PT ♦ TELEPHONE SET TA -I/P T

*- TA - I / P T IS PART OF CE II

~~Figure 20-1*. Type wire system, armored cavalry squadron, airborne division.~~

~~20-8 AGO 5016A CHAPTER 21 ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

21-1. Composition of Division Artillery ters battery is commanded by a communication Division artillery of the airborne division con- officer who acts as a direct assistant to the sists of the following : signal officer. a. One headquarters and headquarters bat- c. Each field artillery battalion headquarters tery, airborne division artillery (TOE 6-201). is also authorized a communication officer. This b. Three field artillery battalions, 105mm, officer serves on the battalion special staff and towed, for direct support (DS) (TOE 6-215). exercises operational control over the battalion communication platoon. The platoon is com- 21-2. Organization for Communications manded by the assistant communication offi- a. Each of the units listed in paragraph 21-1 cer. is authorized a communication platoon. d. Each firing battery is authorized a com- b. Division artillery headquarters is author- munication section and a communication chief. ized a signal officer, who serves on the division e. For more complete details on airborne artillery headquarters special staff as signal division artillery communications, refer to FM advisor to the division artillery commander. 6-10. Typical duties of communication person- The communication platoon of the headquar- nel are discussed in chapter 2 of this manual. Secton II. DIVISION ARTILLERY HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION

21-3. General 21-4. Radio Communications a. Communications are required within divi- (fig. 21-1) sion artillery headquarters to facilitate com- The functions of the various radio nets em- mand and control of organic and attached units ployed by airborne division artillery headquar- of division artillery and to provide these units ters are similar to those described in chapters with the required means for target acquisition, 5, 6 and 17. survey, ballistic meteorology, and logistics. a. Radio Nets to Higher Headquarters. These requirements are met by organic voice (1) Division operations-intelligence net, and teletypewriter radio and wire equipment. RATT. All organic means are supplemented by addi- (2) Division administrative-logistics net, tional facilities provided by division and higher RATT. headquarters. (3) RWI-FM. b. Diversification of essential facilities is Note. (All division artillery headquarters sta- provided to afford reasonable assurance of req- tions listed immediately above ((1) through (3)) are uisite fire control in the event of failure or provided by the division signal battalion.) destruction of any particular mode. All means (4) Division operations-intelligence net— provided must be sufficient to carry the peak FM. This station is provided by the radio sec- traffic loads generated by division artillery's tion of the communication platoon at division combat mission. artillery FDC.

~~AGO SOI 6A 21-1 IFfól ô 11—241~~

S«Äini BID. IHIEÂ©©yÂOTlKS COMMONICAÏIIÛMS, FIELD BATTALION (01) 105MWL AIRBORNE 0OV1SIOM 21-i. ©emiepsiO units. These requirements are met by organic voice radio and wire equipment. a. Communications are required within the b. Duplicate communication means are pro- direct support field artillery battalion, 105mm, vided to assure requisite fire control in the to facilitate command and control of the three event of failure of destruction of any single firing batteries. Constant liaison must be main- mode. All means must be sufficient to carry the tained between the artillery and the supported battalion’s peak load under combat conditions.

~~AGO 5016A VRC- QRC- VRC — VRC — VRC — 46 106 46 4 6 49~~

~~AVN SEC~~

FDC 9 EA (T™ '—i (ROO SEC) AVN OFF 2 EA PPLAT LOR L ECON DIV<^ SURV OFF COMO VRC- QRR- VRC ARC- ARC- ARC- ARC- VRC VRC - NET 46 (NCS) 46 54 54 46 4 6 URC URC DIV WNG [m BCST NET DIV USE AS ROR OP-INTEL NET

~~VRC — 46 MET SEC SURVL Eiy vsc - vsc- vsc - ROR SEC NCS) GRC I 25~~

~~DIV ARTY CF NET-RATT >n^TO VRC ' DS 46 BN'S 2 SURV PTY~~

~~PROVIDED BY DIV SIO BN V AT OIV ARTY HO TO CORPS ARTY (S)~~

~~VSC 0 V LEGEND: OP-INTEL NET FM~~

~~HHKM AM RATT VSC- DiV~~

~~VRC- 4 9~~

~~Figure 21-1, Type radio nets, division artillery headquarters, airborne division.~~

21-9. Battalion' Headquarters Radio tion net—FM. This net serves as an FM voice Communications link between the battalion commander and the (fig. 21-3) division artillery commander. The net is also a. Radio Nets to Higher Headquarters. used to receive FDC information from division (1) Divisinn artillery command-fire direc- artillery. In addition to the battalion comman- tion net, RATT. The battalion headquarters der, other battalion headquarters stations are station is provided by the battalion communi- the S3 and CP station for the battalion. This cation platoon. Over this net battalion head- last station is provided by the battalion com- quarters receives secure, hard copy FDC infor- munication platoon. mation and meteorological data from division (3) Division warning broadcast net—AM. artillery headquarters. The battalion headquarters monitoring receiver (2) Division artillery command-fire direc- is provided by the communications platoon.

~~AGO 5016A 21-3 FM 61-24~~

~~(105 H) SB-22/PT** SB-22/PT XX SIGfcCEN~~

~~FA BN FDC O *1 « ? et ôr/ XX~~

~~SB-86/PT •» » SB 22/PT V~~

~~DIV ARTY FDC XX~~

Í (MAIN) ?CAL LEGEND: ASST Qjj "* INSTALLED BY DIV SIG BN. FS COORD ** INSTALLED BY FA ARTILLERY UNITS- FIELD WIRE, EITHER TRUNK OR LOCAL. -DTOC- FIELD WIRE INSTALLED AS NOTE: TIME PERMITS. IDENTICAL INSTALLATIONS MADE TO O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT TO EACH OF THREE FA BN'S FROM DIV ARTY HQ AND DIV ARTY FDC. ONLY ONE FA BN IS SHOWN.

~~Figure 21-2. Type wire system, headquarters and headquarters battery, airborne division artillery.~~

Figure 21-3. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion talion headquarters. For radio stations operat- (DS), 105mm, airborne division. ing at battalion headquarters, refer to figure (Located in back of manual) 21-3. Internal radio nets with stations at battalion headquarters are listed in (1) through b. Internal Radio Nets. Within the battalion, (5) below. radio communications are required to facilitate (1) Battalion comma/nd^fire direction net command and control and to insure that close —FM. This net provides voice radio communi- and continuous direct artillery support is cations from the battalion commander to his brought to bear on the enemy. Constant liaison staff, subordinate commanders and the sup- communications must also be maintained be- ported unit. It also can be used to pass FDC tween the supported units and the artillery bat- data to subordinate units. Note that the bat- 21-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24

talion commander is provided with an auxiliary signal center or from direct wire links pro- .receiver to monitor in the division artillery vided to battalion by division artillery. command/fire direction net. b. Internal wire systems installed by the (2) Battalion fire direction nets 1, 2, and battalion communication platoon supplement 3—FM. These nets provide battalion FDC with the radio nets previously described for com- point-to-point communications to the respec- mand, control, and fire direction. In addition tive firing batteries and to the liaison officers to providing contact with the supported unit, and forward observers with the supported the liaison wire nets (fig. 21-4) serve as an units. These nets are designated battalion FI, alternate means of communications among F2 and F3. liaison officers, forward observers, and the bat- (3) Supported unit net—FM. The liaison talion FDC. The communication platoon also officers are equipped with auxiliary receivers makes the required wire installations within to monitor in the respective supported unit the field artillery battalion CP proper. nets. (4) Battalion survey net—FM. This net c. Refer to chapter 10 for more complete in- may operate as shown in figure 21-3 or it may formation on the internal wire installations operate on a command frequency with division required by a 105mm, field artillery battalion. artillery survey units. (5) AD section net—FM. This net is used to control the organic air defense teams of the 21-11. Messenger Service direct support artillery battalion. Division artillery headquarters and headquarters battery (communication platoon) is au- 21-10. Wire thorized a limited number of messengers for (fig. 21-4) use within division artillery. Similarly, each a. Field artilleryheadquarters battalion headquartersand headquarters may battery of a derive telephone links to superior headquarters field artillery battalion has assigned messen- from facilities provided by the nearest area gers for internal battalion use.

~~Section IV. FIRING BATTERY COMMUNICATIONS, 105MM, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

21-12. Battery Radio Communications 21-13. Battery Wire System (fig. 21-3) (fig. 21-4) The firing batteries do not have separate radio Wire trunks from battalion headquarters are nets for internal communications. Control of extended to each firing battery by the battalion battery operations is through battery radio communication platoon. In each firing battery stations operating in the battalion nets prev- the battery communication section installs the iously discussed in paragraph 21-9. Note that necessary internal wire nets required for inter- each battery maintains a monitoring receiver nal command, control, and fire direction. in the division warning broadcast net.

~~AGO 5016A 21-5 FM 61-24~~

~~î î S~~

~~AIMING CIRCLE Q~~

~~. INSTALLED ROER X O AS DIRECTED LO +3~~

~~105~~

~~CMPTR AOMIN 3 \ 105 LO TO OTHER RTO LO F DC SB-22/PT (2 EA) TO OTHER BATTERYS ARTY LO 03 COMPUTERS HCOO Z'/ V' i I~~

FDC 105 K TO LOCALS LEGEND: OTHER FDC DIV ART AS ROR COMD ' BATTERYS H CO HORIZONTAL, CONTROL • • • OPERATOR XX SIS VCO VERTICAL CEN MAINT CONTROL OPERATOR TO DIV MAIN 105 INSTALLED AS TIME PERMITS ^(OF HH SIG CEN BATTERY) zaza FIELD CABLE D LOCALS AS ROR o TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT

~~Cfb HEADSET~~

~~Figure 21—4. Type wire system, field artillery battalion (DS), 105mm airborne division.~~

~~21-6 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 22 ENGINEER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

22-1. General 29-? «how the radio net configurations usually a. Organization. The airborne division engi- found in the airborne engineer battalion. neer battalion consists of a headquarters and a. Division Nets. The battalion normally headquarters company and three identical operates stations in the following division combat engineer companies (TOE 5-25). nets: b. Mission. The primary mission of the bat- (1) Division command net, AM. The battalion is to increase the combat effectiveness talion communication platoon operates a sta-i of the airborne division by combat support tion for the battalion commander in this SSB and general engineer work. The battalion may voice net. The net is normally restricted to also undertake and carry out airborne infan- high priority traffic on a commander-to-com- try combat missions when required. mander basis. c. Battalion Communication Officer and (2) Division operation-intelligence net, Battalion Communication Section. The com- RATT net No. 1. The battalion communication munication officer serves on the battalion spe- section operates a station in this net. The net cial staff and exercises operational control provides a secure means for passing traffic of over the battalion communication section of an operation-intelligence nature. battalion headquarters and headquarters com- (3) Division administration-logistic net, pany; he is responsible to the battalion com- RATT net No. 2. The battalion communica- mander for the efficient operation of all com- tion section operates a station in this net. The munication facilities within the battalion. Each net provides a secure means of passing traffic battalion communication section contains a com- between the battalion and the division support munication chief, radio teletypewriter teams, command. radio mechanics, radio telephone operators, (4) Division operations-intelligence net, message center personnel, switchboard opera- FM. The battalion commander, battalion S3, tors, wire men, and motor messengers. Typical and the communication section operate sta- duties of communication personnel are dis- tions in this net. This net is normally re- cussed in chapter 2. stricted to operational-intelligence traffic of d. Communication Personnel at Company immediate urgency. Level. Each engineer company is authorized a (5) Division warning broadcast net, AM. communication chief, radio mechanic, wire- A receiving station is established at the bat- man, and radio telephone operators. Refer to talion CP and at each combat engineer com- chapter 2 for descriptions of typical duties of pany CP to monitor this voice net. communication specialists. b. Battalion Nets. The airborne engineer e. Refer to FM 5-136 for more complete in- battalion establishes the following internal formation on the operation of the engineer nets: battalion, airborne division. (1) Battalion command net, FM. This net is the battalion commander’s personal 22-2. Radio Communications means of exercising command-control over his The airborne engineer battalion operates sta- subordinate elements. Traffic is normally re- tions in division nets and establishes internal stricted to that of a high priority command or battalion nets as required. Figures 22-1 and operational-intelligence nature. The battalion

AGO 5016A 22-1 FM 61-24 communication section has the capability of enter the division command net. Once estab- operating a retransmission station in the net lished on the ground, this last station acts as to extend normal operating ranges. Subordi- a radio retransmission point for communica- nate combat engineer companies enter this net tion between battalion units and division head- or operate in the command net of a supported quarters. The assault radio net may then ap- unit as required. pear as in figure 22-3. (2) Company command net, FM. Each 22-3. Wire Communications combat engineer company establishes its own When the situation permits, wire communica- command net (fig. 22-2). This net is the com- tions should be established among elements of pany commander’s personal means of exercis- the battalion. Normally distances and deploy- ing command and control. Subordinate pla- ment will preclude direct, battalion-installed, toons normally enter the net, or they may wire lines from battalion headquarters to sub- enter the command net of a supported unit as ordinate combat engineer companies. The bat- necessary. talion headquarters and each combat engineer (3) Platoon nets, FM. Each combat engi- company should enter the division wire sys- neer platoon establishes its own general pur- tem at the nearest division signal center, thus pose net (fig. 22-2). utilizing the division common-user telephone system. Figures 22-4 and 22-5 show a typical (4) Assault net. When possible in air as- wire system for the engineer battalion head- sault, the air movement should provide for the quarters and a combat engineer company. landing of vehicular mounted radio sets with their users; this will expedite the rapid es- 22-4. Messenger Service tablishment of normal radio nets; however, Engineer battalion headquarters is normally parachute delivery into the airhead may re- included in division-operated messenger runs. quire that personnel from the combat engineer Internal messenger service within engineer companies carry man-pack FM voice radio units will be as directed by the engineer bat- sets. Also in this situation, one individual from talion commander. Elements of the engineer battalion headquarters (usually, the commu- battalion operating in forward division areas nication officer) may be designated to para- will derive messenger support from the near- chute near a radio set, which is suitable to est available forward area signal center.

22-2 AGO 5016A AGO 5016A 2Í-3 AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION 49 VRC SEC COM 46 VRC DIV ADMIN LOG NET >*a4> RECON 46 VRC S4 VSC SEC COMM AM SSB-RATT FM 47 VRC S3 DIV OP-INTEL NET 25 PRC MAINT LEGEND: RpiV OP-INTEL NET l>*=o VSC SEC NET COMM DIV OGMD ■ H> 106 GRC £ GRR DIV WNG BCST NET FM > COMP NET -

FM 61-24 . AGO 5016A NET PLAT 25 25 PRC PRC (NCS 46 VRC ENCR BN COMO NET mi 47 VRC (NCS) 5 GRR L DIV WING BCST NET CO HQ \r- > NET PLAT 29 26 PRC PRC* (NCS) 46 VRC ê£I 29 PRC Figure 22-2. Type radio nets, engineer company, airborne division. NET PLAT CO COMP NET - FM } ( ENGINEER NET BN COMO 25 29 «ENOR PRC *' (NCS). PRC 46 VRC 47 VRC /'PLATAL FM OPERATION DISMOUNTED AM 1 C0M0R CO i LEGEND:

~~FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

~~-( ENGINEER BN, ABN DIV, flSLT RADIO NET - F M )■~~

~~COMM BN I COM DR S3 S 12~~

~~ppQ \COMM 0 PRC PRC /PRC\ 25 ) HAS ACCESS 25 25 SNCSly TO RADIO * IN DIV OP-INTEL NET-FM~~

~~HO a HO co CO CO CO~~

~~f PRCA PRC PRC f PRc\ 25 25 \5J 'vïïy~~

~~-)(- ASSAULT RADIO SETS OBTAINED FROM COMBAT ENGINEER COMPANY~~

~~Figure 22—S. Type assault radio net, engineer battalion, airborne division.~~

~~TO NEAREST DIV SIG CEN o BN COMDR EX 0 HO co çy. —O MAINT SEC(^>- TWO O' SWITCHBOARDS ss SB-22/PT O EOUIP PLAT Çy. 83 (29 LINES) —O MED SECQ- -^) COMM 0~~

~~CHA PLAIN a —O84~~

~~TO COMPANIES~~

~~(^TELEPHONE SET, TA-3I2/PT~~

~~Figure 22-4. Type wire system, engineer battalion, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 6016A 22-5 FM 61-24~~

~~CO COMDR TWO . TO NEAREST 0P SWITCHBOARDS DIV SIG CEN —O SB-993/GT —Q SUPPLY (12 LINES) —0 EXO, IST SGT~~

~~—0 EQUIP 8 MAINT~~

~~1st PLAT 2d PLAT 3rd PLAT~~

~~PLAT PLAT PLAT SWITCHBOARD SWITCHBOARD SWITCHBOARD SB -993/GT SB* 993/GT SB-993/GT LDR LDR LDR (6 LINES) (6 LINES) (6 LINES) OP ^So~~

~~SQUADS SQUADS SQUADS~~

~~O TELEPHONE SET TA*3I2/PT~~

~~Ä TELEPHONE SET TA*l/PT~~

~~Figure 22-5. Type wire system, engineer company, airborne division.~~

~~22-6 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 23 AVIATION BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

23-1. General (5) Division command net, AM. a. The aviation battalion of the airborne- (6) Division warning broadcast net, AM. division (TOE 1-55) is organized into a head- Note. Stations listed in (4) through (6) above quarters and headquarters company, a light are provided by the communication section of battalion airmobile company, and an aviation general headquarters and headquarters company. support company. The organization and oper- c. Internal Radio Nets. Internal radio nets ation of this battalion is essentially the same operated by the battalion are listed below (fig. as the aviation battalion of the infantry divi- 23-1). sion. (1) Battalion command-operations net, b. The organization for communication and FM. Battalion headquarters stations include typical duties of the battalion signal officer NCS (communication section) and the battal- and other key communication personnel are ion commander’s vehicle. similar to those discussed in chapter 2. (2) Battalion command-operations net, c. Refer to FM 1-15 for more complete de- AM. NCS is furnished by the communication tails on the aviation battalion of the airborne section at battalion headquarters. This net division. generally parellels the FM command net but gives a greater operating range. 23-2. Battalion Headquarters (3) Air traffic control net, UHF. The Communications NCS station, located at the instrumental air- a. General. The battalion headquarters com- field, is in the vehicle of the flight operations pany has organic equipment and assigned officer, airmobile company (fig. 23-2). communication personnel to operate battalion d. Wire System. Aviation battalion head- communication facilities in both internal and quarters is provided with sufficient wire equip- external systems. In addition to providing ment to control subordinate elements and to internal and external communications, the afford access into the division communication battalion communication section assists in the system through the nearest division signal operation of an instrumented airfield with center. Where relative distances are not exces- terminal flight facilities, including ground sive, battalion headquarters may lay wire control approach. lines directly to subordinate companies. In the b. Radio Nets to Higher Headquarters (fig. aviation battalion of the airborne division, 23-1). wire nets are habitually installed (or other- (1) Division operations-intelligence net, wise utilized) to reduce ground-to-ground radio RATT. The aviation battalion station is pro- traffic as much as possible. vided by the division signal battalion. e. Multichannel Radio. The division signal (2) Division administrative-logistics net, battalion normally provides and operates a RATT. As above, the battalion station is pro- multichannel radio terminal set in direct sup- vided by the division signal battalion. port of the aviation battalion. This set, usually (3) RWI, FM. An RWI station is pro- at the division airfield, furnishes direct multi- vided by the division signal battalion. channel access into the division communica- (4) Division operations-intelligence net, tion system. FM.

AGO 6016A 23-1 23-2 AGO 5016A 25 PRC FM UHF AM SSB -RATT PATHFINDERS LEGEND: CO UNITS BCST NET fv AIRMOBILE ^¡iv^VNG 5 49 GRR VRC LOR SEC c -°r=L PRC 106 NET- f j—(PFDR 25 rCOMDR) lAIR MOBIL El GRC 46 CER VRC SI6 GS CO UNITS OFF BCST NET IBHIHI RDIV WNG 47 SSB-RATT VRC GRR CO COMDR GS 106 GRC NET NET 1 (vi||\|-i.OG OP-IIMTEL DIV AD D1V SSB- RATT ( AVN BN COMD- OP NET - AM DIV OP -INTEL NET =I>TO “ AIRCRAFT 1 DIV COMD NET 1 4 106 49 GRC 24 VRC 46 VRC (NCS) VRC RWI (HQ CO GCA ! 5 i 106 GRR (COMM SECJ 24 GRC 46 VRC VRC DIV SIG BN PROVIDED BY TEAMS NET-FM ( AVN BN COMP DIV WNQ^ BCST NET == AIRCRAFT TO <) AS REQUIRED and headquarters company aviation battalion, airborne division. Figure 2S-1. Type radio nets, headquarters 46 VRC 46 VRC 24 TO TOWER VRC AIRCRAFT CONTROL! _(HO CO) BN COMDR

~~FM 61-24 FM 61-24~~

~~AIRLIFT PLATOONS AIRMOBILE GEN GEN SPT (LIGHT) SPT NET~~

~~ACFT MA|NT OOMDR O 18 SVC PLAT COMDR —O SB-22/PT SB-22/PT C0MM MA,NT XO n ACFT MAINT OP —O~~

~~OP O— COMM MAINT SVC AFLO SVC PLAT~~

~~BN COMDR O— OP AFLO CON SI/S4 O SB-22/PT S2/S3 O —O MAINT MSG CEN AID STATION~~

~~LEGEND.~~

O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT TO 01V COMM SYSTEM w Figure 28—2. Type wire system, aviation battalion, airborne division. f. Messenger. The aviation battalion is nor- (4) Division warning broadcast net, AM. mally included in division operated messenger The company station is in the vehicle of the runs. Messenger service within the battalion flight operations officer. is internally provided as required. b. Internal Radio Communications (1) Airmobile company command-opera- 23—3. Airmobile Company Communications tions net, FM. NCS is in the company com- The mission and operation of the airmobile mander’s vehicle. Other company stations are company, airborne division, is similar to that at flight operations, the airlift platoons, serv- of the infantry division airmobile company ice platoon, airlift stations, and the crash res- (ch 12). A summary of communications em- cue team. ployed by the company follows: (2) Other nets. Component aircraft of a. Radio Communicationsthe service platoonto Higher may Head- communicate with quarters (fig. 23-3). company headquarters over the battalion com- (1) Battalion command-operations net, mand-operations net, AM-Voice. In addition, FM. the airmobile company is authorized small (2) Battalion command-operations net, portable FM radio sets for use at security AM. posts, the heliport, dismount points, or when Note. Company station for (1) and (2) above aircraft are not operating. are in the company commander’s vehicle. (3) Air traffic control net, UHF. NCS c. Wire. Where possible, battalion will ex- station for the battalion is in the vehicle of the tend field wire facilities to the company flight operations officer. Other company sta- switchboard. The company has sufficient wire tions are in organic aircraft. equipment for internal CP and limited airfield

AGO 5016A 23-3 23-4 AGÖ~6Ö16A TO AIRCRAFT AIR OF 0S co rt> . BN COMO I M>OP.NET PLAT 54 ARC PLAT HQ SVC AIRLIFT 54 8 EA ARC I EA ARC 102 H- ID . UH-1D 51 51 ARC ARC BCST NET DIV WINS AIRLIFT ë' 54 8EAV PLAT ARC NET - UHF ^ AIR TFC CONTROL GRR UH-iD 46 ARC VRC FLT OP OFF 24 (ÍMCS1 VRC AS REQUIRED. RADIO SETS FOR GROUND OPERATION COMP NET- FM < AIRMOBILE CO NOTE: PLAT AIRLIFT B EA 54 ARC division. Figure 23-3. Type radio nets airmobile company, aviation battalion, airborne -ID (NOTE 51 ARC AVN BN COMD NET 25 PRC 49 VRC (IMCS) UHF AM £=L ■ FM- BN COMO OP NET 125 GRC CO COMDR 106 GRC RESCUE CRASH LEGEND: FM 61-24 FM 61-24

use. The more extensive wire installations re- (4) Division warning broadcast net, AM. quired around the airfield will be provided by Company station is in the company com- the battalion communication section. Assist- mander’s vehicle. ance may also be provided by the division b. Internal Radio Communications. signal battalion. In addition, the airmobile (1) Aviation general support company company also uses common-user telephone fa- command net, FM. The NCS station is in the cilities which are available through the divi- company commander’s vehicle. Other stations sion communication system. Normally, a are located in the tactical aircraft of the gen- multichannel radio terminal set is provided at eral support platoon and the crash rescue the division airfield for this purpose. truck. (2) Other radio nets. Utility aircraft of 23-4. Aviation General Support Company the general support company have radio sta- Communications tions in the battalion command-operations net, Mission and operation of the general support AM-SSB-Voice, which may be used for com- company, airborne division, are similar to that munications to company headquarters. In ad- of the infantry division general support com- dition, the general support company has FM- pany (ch 12). A summation of the communi- portable radio sets which may be used for ^security posts, the heliport, dismount points, cations employed by the company follows: liaison officers, or when aircraft radio sets are a. Radio Communications to Higher Head- not operating. The crash rescue team has di- quarters (fig. 23-4). rect FM radio communications with the com- (1) Battalion command-operations net, pany CP. FM. ‘ c. Wire. Battalion headquarters may extend (2) Battalion command-operations net, field wire trunks to the company switchboard. AM. Internally, the company will make its own CP Note. Company stations for (1) and (2) above are in the company commander’s vehicle. wire installations. The common-user telephone (3) Air traffic control net, UHF. Com- service of the division communication system pany stations are located in organic aircraft. will be utilized to the greatest practical extent.

~~(NOTE) PRC CRASH [COM DR' 29 [RESCUE _t GEN SPT CO COMP NET-FM V~~

INCS) GRR GRC .AVN BN GRC 1 VRC -PCOMD NET I 25 5 106 47 DIV 'fr WNG i K> BN COMO OP NET BCST NET IO eAT-N.TAc UTILITY SPT E5\ LOH JSPT SEC SEC Z ARC ARC ARC o ARC ARC 54 BN COMO OP NET 51 102 51 54

~~NOTE- RADIO SETS FOR GROUND OPERATION AS REQUIRED~~

~~LEGEND’ FM AM~~

~~— UHF Figure 2S-U, Type radio nets, general support company, aviation battalion, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 23-5~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHARTER 24~~

~~MILITARY POLICE COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

24-1. General marshal, the company commander, and the ■ a. The military police company of an air- three MP platoon headquarters. The security borne division (TOE 19-67) is organized pri- platoon headquarters may enter this net, as marily to provide the required military police required, if within operating range—this will support. The company is organized function- necessitate switching from the platoon net. ally and is comprised of the provost marshal (2) MP platoon command net, FM. Each section, company headquarters, security pla- of three MP platoons maintain identical radio toon, and three MP platoons. nets for internal command, control, and coor- b. Authorized communication personnel in- dination. Stations in the net include platoon clude a communication chief, radio mechanic, headquarters (NCS) and the various MP and radio operators. Normally organic radio squads. sets are operated by personnel of the company (3) Security platoon command net, FM. or the PM section in addition to their other Stations in this net include security platoon duties. headquarters (NCS) and radio sets with each security squad. 24—2. Radio Communications (fig. 24-1) 24-3. Wire a. Radio Communications to Higher Head- The military police company is not equipped quarters. The MP company operates radio sta- with an organic switchboard. Telephones are tions in the following division radio nets: authorized for connection to wire lines pro- (1) Division command net, AM. Com- vided from a nearby signal center or other pany station is at company headquarters. switching terminal. (2) Division operations-intelligence net, FM. The MP company monitors this FM voice 24—4. Supplemental Means of net. Communication (3) Division warning broadcast net, AM. The military police company of the airborne The MP company maintains a monitoring re- division will also use the other means of com- ceiver in this net. munication explained in chapter 13. (4) Other nets. Military police platoons operating in support of committed brigades 24—5. Communication Personnel may monitor the brigade command net. The military police company of the airborne b. Internal Radio Communications. division is authorized a communication chief (1) MandP twocompany radio operators.command Refernet, toFM. chapter 2 Company stations in this FM-voice net include for typical duties of communication personnel. company headquarters (NCS), the provost

~~AGO 5016A 24-1~~

~~61-24 FM~~

V9I09 OOV TO REMAINING TWO MPPLATOONS LEGEND: J ■»PLAT LC MP DIV PM sc PLAT DR VRC VRC 47 46 VRC 46 > AM FM ( SECURITYPLATCOMPNET-FM) QfoV (¿p(^) c BCST DIV NET WNG Figure 24-1.Typeradionets, militarypolicecompany,airbornedivision. MP COMPANYCOMPNET-FM) GRR 5 MP SQUAD VRC GRR 46 5 "■W>DIV COMDNET ( MPPLATCOMDNET-FM) NOTE: VRC 47 UTILITY RADIOSETS FOR USEASREQUIRED INTEL NET DIV OPNS* MONITORS SCTY SOD COMDR CO 1 PRC ))SOD SQUAD MP O VRC VRC 46 46 „ SCTY PRC 25 (NOTE) FM 61-24-91 SQUAD MP VRC 46 FM 61-24

~~CHAPTER 25~~

~~SUPPORT COMMAND COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION AND HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

25-1. Organization immediate vicinity. Refer to FM 54-2 for The division support command (TOE 29-51) more complete details. of the airborne division consists of— a. Headquarters, Headquarters Company, 25-3. Support Command Operations and Band. Platoon; Signal Support Operations b. Maintenance Battalion. Company, Airborne Division Signal c. Quartermaster Air Equipment Support Battalion Company. a. The support command operations platoon d. Supply Company. provides internal and external communication e. Medical Battalion. support to the airborne division support com- /. Administration Company. mand headquarters. Such support is exclusive of organic FM radio sets, but does include the 25-2. Mission and Operations establishment and operation of a signal cen- a. Mission. The airborne division support ter and the extension of communication facil- command provides division level supply, direct ities to units located in the vicinity of support support maintenance (except cryptographic command headquarters. Subordinate elements and medical equipment), medical service, para- of the support command operating forward in chute and aerial delivery support, and miscel- the division area obtain their communication laneous other services for all assigned or at- support from nearby forward area signal cen- tached elements of the division. In addition, ters or from other available sources. the support command commander (or his b. Refer to chapter 17 for a discussion of designated staff officers or subordinate com- the mission and functions of the support commanders) advise the division commander on mand operations platoon. Additional details supply, transport and maintenance operations, are contained in FM 11-57. and exercise control over ammunition supply 25-4. Support Command Signal Officer to the division and attached units. a. In the airborne division, support com- b. Operations. Headquarters of the division mand headquarters is authorized a signal offi- support command and designated operating cer who serves the unit special staff and acts elements thereof enter and become operational as signal advisor to the support command in the division airhead as soon as feasible. commander. This officer must carefully coordi- Other elements of the support command will nate the support command communication re- operate at the departure airfield (or airfields) quirements with the DSO or his designated as appropriate. After ground tactical opera- representative ; in particular, the support com- tions are initiated, designated elements of sup- mand signal officer must coordinate closely port command insure timely and effective sup- with the platoon leader of the support com- port by operating forward in the vicinity of mand operations platoon. brigade trains. From the support area in the b. A limited complement of communication airhead proper, administrative and logistical personnel are authorized to support command services are extended to units located in the headquarters company and band. These per-

25-2 AGO G016A AGO 5016A AND SUPPLY SHOP OFFICE, COMPANY. MAINT PRCHT OFFICE, MAINT BN, BN, TO MED 46 47 T V RC VRC (NOTE) ¡IG OFFICER J OFFICER DIV L TRANS I JSPI I COMD DIV SIG BN TEAMS PROVIDED BY t r t R1 DIV ADMIN *' LOG NET 7* GEN PUR NET > BCST NET Dl V WNG t^-DIV COMO NET 46 VRC 106 GRC G R R L S PT COMO OP (S3) DIV ^ SUP OFFICER NET - FM COMO COMO 4 7 V RC (NCS) (NOTE) { SPT support command, airborne division. Figure 25—1. Type radio nets, headquarters, headquarters company and band, 46 47 R ATT VRC v R C (NOTE) HQ CO SP COMO COMDR COMDR MONITORS SPT COMD UNIT NETS OR. DIV OP'INTEL NET (FM) AS REQUIRED. MM AM FM NOTE: LEGEND: to FM 61-24£ FM 61-24

~~HH SAND Si"~~

~~r\ sPT CHAPLAIN O VJ COMO COMDR HQ CO 0 —O X0 SWBO HQ CO SUP O SB-22/PT Os. 53 01V SUP OFF O— -Q 34 TRANS SEC O O —O SIC OFF~~

~~LEGEND: ^TELEPHONE SET WTA-3I2/PT TO SIG CEN AT SPT COMD Figure 25-2. Type wire system, headquarters and headquarters company and band, support command, airborne division.~~

~~Section II. MAINTENANCE BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

25—7. Organization and Mission Company. This company (TOE 55-99) is au- a. Organization. The maintenance battalion thorized a switchboard operator. Company (TOE 29-55), airborne division, is organized FM radio sets are operated by designated per- into a headquarters and headquarters detach- sonnel in addition to their other duties. ment, a ground maintenance company, and a transportation aircraft maintenance company. 25-9. Radio b. Mission. The mission of the battalion is (fig. 25-3) to provide direct support maintenance of all The battalion commander is provided with a division materiel except medical, crypto- radio set to operate or monitor in the support graphic, and quartermaster air items. For fur- command net—FM as well as in the mainte- ther details refer to FM 9-30. nance battalion command net—FM. Subordi- nate company commanders maintain stations 25—8. Communication Personnel in the battalion command net, but internal a. Headquarters and Headquarters Detach- company radio nets are not provided. Note ment. In the airborne division, this detach- also that the three forward support platoons ment (TOE 29-56) is authorized neither a and the test and inspection section operate in communication platoon nor a communication the battalion command net. Division warning section. However, the unit is authorized two broadcast stations (monitoring receivers) are switchboard operators and a wireman. The located at each company and with the three battalion commander’s FM radio is operated forward support platoons. by a light truck driver in addition to his primary duties. 25-10. Wire System Maintenance battalion headquarters main- b. Ground Maintenance Company. This tains switching and telephone service for in- company (TOE 29-57) is not authorized com- ternal battalion use (fig. 25-4). Extension of munication personnel with a primary MOS telephone service to the transportation air- in a communication specialty. FM radio sets of craft maintenance company (normally located company headquarters and the three forward at the division airfield or a designated depar- support platoons are operated by organic ture airfield) and the forward support pla- personnel in addition to their other duties. toons (in the brigade trains areas) may be c. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance through common-user facilities derived from

25-4 AGO 6016A AGO 5016A 25-5 00 /''^(NOTE) ( PRC A TEST a INSP. SEC. SPT COMD COMD NET 54 ARC 47 VRC (NCS) (2 EA CO) (GNO MAINT SHOP > OFFICE 51 TEST ft INSP SEC ARC GRR DIV WNG BCST NET AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL NET 46 VRC OF FLIGHT TESTS. FOR FLIGHT CHECK-OUT AND GROUND-TO-AIR COORDINATION NOTE: ¥ CO COMDR GRR 'TRANS ( ACFT MAIN BCST NET DIV WNG 46 VRC MAINT GN CO COMDR battalion, airborne division. Figure 25—3. Type radio nets, maintenance NET — FM ~y BN COMP -( MAINTENANCE NET ->SPT COMO COMD 46 — VRC 47 VRC ■ P» AM H L COMDR GRR SPT DIV WNG BCST NET FM LEGEND:

~~FM 61-24 i~~

FM 61-24 the division communication system. The not authorized organic switchboards or facil- ground maintenance company and the trans- ities for hard copy teletypewriter. portation aircraft maintenance company are

* • • J—C

~~FWD SPT FWD SPT FWD SPT~~

~~MAINT TRANS SPT PLAT ACFT o MAINT~~

~~O SWBD TO o— OPR TO MAINT TO MAINT u MAINT BN c0MDR V BN BN y SWBD O SB - 99 3/GT THROUGH DIV COMM SYSTEM —QTEST a FWD SPTO INSP SEC PLAT~~

~~SUP, SVC, a EVAC PLAT o— O BN COMDR~~

~~SUP SEC o— BN OP MAINT SWBD SPT PLAT o— SB 22/PT O SVC a EVAC l 2 EA) SHOP OFFICE SEC o— O MECH MAINT COMDR GND SEC o— O MAINT CO ARMT MAINT O ELECTR MAINT SEC o- SEC~~

~~TO SIG CEN AT SPT COMO~~

~~LEGEND: O TELEPHONE SET TA- 312 /PT~~

~~Figure 25—U. Type wire system, maintenance battalion, airborne division.~~

~~Section III. SUPPLY COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

25-11. Mission 25-12. Communication Personnel The mission of the supply company (TOE 10- The supply company headquarters is author- 37) is to support the airborne division and its ized a switchboard operator and a wireman. attached units by furnishing all classes of sup- Operation of company radio sets is performed ply, except repair parts, aircraft, medical, and by personnel in addition to other duties. airdrop supplies.

~~25-6 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

25-13. Radio 25-14. Wire The company maintains an FM-voice com- The airborne division supply company installs mand net for internal control of operations. an internal wire system as shown in figure NCS is in the company commander’s vehicle. 25-6. Where feasible, wire links are installed In addition, the company commander also directly from support command headquarters monitors in the support command command to the supply company. If distances preclude net—FM. direct wire communications to support command headquarters, they may be obtained through the division communication system.

~~LCOMDR^1~~

~~VRC SPT COMO 47 COMD NET (NCS)~~

~~CLU CL rz SUP CL V m SUP PLAT LAT SEC -( SUPPLY CO COMP NET - FM )~~

~~V RC VRC VRC 46 46 4 6~~

~~LEGEND!~~

~~FM Figure 25—5. Type radio nets, supply company, airborne division.~~

~~CL IT a TZ CO HC STORAGE SEC ^ -O~~

~~SWBD S8-22/PT CL i a m o— SUP PLAT~~

~~CO OP. O CL ii a or Ly SUP PLAT~~

~~TO SIG CEN AT SPT COMO~~

~~O TELEPHONE SET TA -3I2/PT Figure 25-6. Type wire system, supply company, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 25-7 FM 61-24~~

Section IV. COMMUNICATIONS OF THE QUARTERMASTER AIR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT COMPANY, AIRBORNE DIVISION 25-15. Mission the division parachute officer has a monitoring a. The mission of the quartermaster air receiver in the division warning broadcast net. equipment support company (TOE 10-337) is to support an airborne division by providing— 25-17. Wire (1) Acquisition, inspection, packing, stor- Figure 25-8 depicts a type internal wire sys- age maintenance, and issue of airdrop equip- tem for the quartermaster air equipment sup- ment required for the airdrop of personnel, port company. The company is either provided supplies, and equipment. direct wire connections to support command (2) Inspection and technical assistance headquarters or is linked to support command in packing, rigging, and loading supplies and through the common-user facilities of the divi- equipment. sion communication system. b. Normally, this company operates at the AIR xx departure airfield (or airfields) or at some EQUIP other designated airfield site.

CO COMDR 23-16. Radio PACKING PLATOON ‘ (fig. 25-7) DIV PRCHT OFFICE The company commander and division para- SWBD SB -22/PT chute officer are assigned radio stations in the (O— —O CO SUP AIR DELIVERY support command command net. In addition, PLAT SUP B MAINT PLAT

~~—o MAINT SEC~~

~~(on 1— LPRCHT OFTI 5 COMDR I TO NEAREST CR R* 5 VR C V R C SIGNAL CENTER~~

~~(~\ TELEPHONE SET SPT COMO COMO NET ^ TA 312/PT~~

01V WNG 0CST NET Figure 25-8. Type wire system, quartermaster air equipment support company, airborne division. LEGEND FM 25-18. Communication Personnel ■IH H ■ H AM The company is authorized a switchboard operator and a wireman. Operation of the com- Figure 25-7. Type radio net, quartermaster air pany’s organic radio set is provided by desig- equipment support company, airborne division. nated personnel in addition to other duties.

Section V. MEDICAL BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION 25-19. Organization and Mission tionally, the battalion provides unit medical a. Organization. The medical battalion, air- service on an area basis to all divisional and borne division (TOE 8-65) is organized into attached units which have no organic medical a headquarters and support company and element. For further information refer to FM three medical companies. 8-15. b. Mission. The mission of the medical battalion is to provide division level medical 25-20. Communication Personnel service to all elements of the division. Addi- a. Headquarters and Support Company.

~~25-8 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

This company contains the battalion commu- vided by the division signal battalion in sup- nication chief. Also authorized are switch- port command and brigade headquarters areas board operators and a wireman. Organic FM for telephone switching and teletypewriter radio sets are operated by designated person- services. nel in addition to their regularly assigned duties. 25-22. Radio b. Medical Company. Personnel whose pri- (fig. 25-9) mary specialty is in communications are not a. External Nets. Medical battalion head- authorized to this unit; therefore, the com- quarters operates an FM radio station in the pany switchboard and radio sets must be support command command net. In addition, operated by designated personnel in addition the battalion commander either monitors or to other duties. operates in this net. b. Internal Nets. The medical battalion com- 25-21. General Information on mand net—FM includes the stations shown in Communications figure 25-9. Note that the ambulance platoon In the medical battalion, both radio and wire and the clearing platoon of battalion head- facilities are required to communicate inter- quarters and support company have separate nally and with higher headquarters, and to stations in the battalion command net. Each facilitate ambulance and evacuation services. medical company maintains an FM radio net Battalion headquarters and the medical com- for internal command and control of opera- panies rely on the signal center facilities pro- tions.

~~BN [COMDR SPT COT SPT CC COMDR BN OP SHQ asprcoL AM8 PLÄ CLEAR RLAL { MED BN COMP NET-FM )~~

~~VRC GRR ( NCS) VRC VRC VRC 47 5 VRC 46 46 46 49~~

~~SPT COMD COMD NET DIV WNG BCST NET (3 EA MED COMPANIES ) AMB i CLEARS rMEDCC)L_. PLAT I PLAT 1 kv-n- IVIED CO MED CO~~

~~GRR VRC VRC VRC 5 47 46 46 V TO OTHER T MED COMPANIES niw ■ FM LINK TO 0RTED WWBÍST K FM 61-24-100 NET~~

~~LEGEND: FM AM Figure 25-9. Type radio nets, medical battalion, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 25-9 FM 61-24~~

25-23. Wire (1) Serve as a carrier unit which provides (fig. 25-10) support for certain elements of the division Internal wire systems required both at bat- special staff. talion and medical company level are shown (2) Provide necessary personnel and ad- in figure 25-10. Normally battalion headquar- ministrative support to sustain the division. ters is provided with wire trunk facilities to This includes replacement support and a cen- support command headquarters. Medical com- tral mechanized personnel service for all units panies operating in forward areas may be pro- assigned and attached to the division. vided with wire links to the supported brigade b. Location. The administration company or to an accessible forward area signal center. usually constitutes the rear echelon of the airborne division. Thus, during tactical opera- 25-24. Mission and Location tions, the company is normally located at a site a. Mission. The mission of the administra- separate and rearward from support command tion company airborne division (TOE 12-157) headquarters. is to—

~~AMBPLAT Q Q~0 C L R PLAT £ MED MED MED~~

~~SWBD SWBD SWBD CO COMDR - SB-993/ SB-9 93/ SB-993/ O GT GT GT~~

~~COMPANIES MAY BE CONNECTED TO BN THROUGH THE DIVISION COMM SYSTEM~~

~~MED~~

~~-O BN COMDR -O S 3 -O MAINT SEC SWBD -O SUP SB-22/PT -O SPT CO COMDR~~

~~-O SPT CO AMB PLAT~~

~~-O SPT CO CLR PLAT~~

~~TO SPT COMD SIGCEN LEGEND: O TELEPHONE SET TA- 312/PT~~

~~Figure 25—10. Type wire systems, medical battalion, airborne division.~~

~~25-10 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~Section VI. ADMINISTRATION COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

25-25. Communications wire link to the switchboard operated at the a. Radio. The administration company of the rear echelon signal center; this link serves as airborne division is not authorized any organic access into the division communication system. radio equipment. Normally, the company will c. Communication Personnel. The adminis- be located in the corps or army area while the tration company is not authorized specific division is deployed in an airhead. While so communication personnel ; therefore, the com- deployed, the administration company is pre- pany switchboard is operated by designated sumed to be beyond FM voice range of support personnel in addition to other duties. command headquarters. During normal tactical operations, the administration company d. Rear Echelon Signal Center. In the air- and collocated special staff sections will obtain borne division, the administration company warning information and radio communica- will derive most of its communications from tions from the division signal center operating the facilities of the rear echelon communica- at the division rear echelon. tions center. Telephones for use of staff sec- b. Wire. Figure 25-11 shows internal switch- tions (AG, IG, SJA, etc.) will be provided board connections in the administration com- by the rear echelon operations platoon, Com- pany. Note that the company is provided a pany A, division signal battalion.

~~AOMIN SPT XX~~

~~MOTOR POOL O O CO COMOR~~

~~SWBD SECURITY SB 9 93/GT POST~~

~~CO HO O o SWBD OPR~~

~~V TO NEAREST LEGEND: SIGNAL CENTER O TELEPHONE SET TA* 312/ PT~~

~~• TELEPHONE SET TA - l/PT Figure 25-11. Type wire system, administration, company, airborne division.~~

~~AGO 5016A 25-11~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 26 AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS, AIRBORNE DIVISION~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

26-1. Division Air Defense Artillery c. M55 Battery. This machinegun battery Air defense for the airborne division may be consists of a battery headquarters section and provided by one of three types of air defense six sections with four machinegun squads units. Normally, the Air Defense Artillery each. A machinegun squad consists of one M55 Chapar ral/Vulcan Battalion (when fielded) quadruple caliber .50 machinegun, a 21/2-ton will be organic to the airborne division. Pend- truck, and a crew of four men. ing the availability of the Chaparral/Vulcan battalion, airborne division air defense may 26-2. Communications Requirements be provided by assigned or attached air defense Refer to paragraph 15-2. artillery automatic weapons battalions, self- propelled (M42), or by four Air Defense Ar- 26-3. Communications Personnel tillery machinegun batteries, cal. .50 (M55). a. Refer to paragraph 15-3 for details on a. Chaparral/Vulcan Battalion. Refer to communications personnel in a Chaparral/Vul- paragraph 15-la for details on organization. can or an M42 battalion. b. M/2 Battalion. Refer to paragraph 15-1 & b. Each M55 battery has a communications for details on organization. This battalion chief and sufficient communication personnel must be airlanded; it is not airdroppable. for organic communications.

~~Section II. CHAPARRAL/VULCAN COMMUNICATIONS~~

26-4. External Radio Nets rather than an FM division CG command net The external radio nets discussed in paragraph (fig. 17-7). 15-5 will generally apply to the Chaparral/ Vulcan battalion of the airborne division. 26-5. Internal Radio Nets Note, however, the following difference in the For discussion, refer to paragraph 15-5. airborne division: the division CG command net is an AM, SSB-voiee net; the FM set or- 26-6. Battalion Wire System ganic to the ADA battalion operates in an For discussion, refer to paragraph 15-6. operations and intelligence net, FM-voice, Section III. M42 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

26-7. General lack adequate radio tie-in to external sources For the M42 battalion operating with an air- of air defense control information, such as borne division, the primary sources of early ADA group or brigade, the division signal bat- warning information are the airborne DAS talion must be prepared to provide additional TACPs, and organic surveillance radar. Since radio communication assistance as required. the M42 battalion in an airborne division may

~~AGO 6016A 26-1 FM 61-24~~

26-8. External Radio Nets d. Division General Purpose Net (RATT Net (fig. 15-7) #3). For discussion, refer to paragraph 15-7. a. Division Command Net, AM. The bat- e. Division Operations-Intelligence Net talion communications section operates a sta- (RATT Net No. 1). If an M42 ADA battalion tion in this radio net. headquarters station is required in this net, it b. Division Warning Broadcast Net, AM. will have to be established and operated by a This net is monitored by the battalion headquarters operations and intelligence section radio team from the division signal battalion. and the radar section at each battery head- 26-9. Internal Radio Nets quarters. Refer to paragraph 15-8. c. Division Operations Intelligence Net, FM,. Battalion headquarters operates an FM sta- 26-10. Battalion Wire System tion in this net. In the armored, infantry, and Refer to paragraph 15-9. mechanized divisions, this net is designated as the division CG command net—FM.

~~Section IV. M55 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM~~

26-11. General battery nets. The supported unit will have but Normally, M55 machinegun battery elements little interest in ADA peculiar messages. are employed to provide local air defense to b. Intelligence Nets—AM. The battery head- ground combat and combat support units. quarters maintains a receiver-only capability Each M55 is equipped with a portable FM to monitor intelligence and early warning in- radio set which will accommodate a variety formation. To rebroadcast to the machinegun of section and squad support attachments. A sections, it is necessary to switch to the bat- type command net is shown in figure 26-1 tery command net. where the M55 battery is defending a brigade. In this application, the battery is equally split 26-13. Internal Radio Nets with three sections each attached to two lower (fig. 26-1) echelon units of the defended brigade; bat- The machinegun section or squad radio sets tery headquarters is operating at brigade level. (FM) are netted together and tied to the defended or supported unit net. 26-12. External Radio Communications 26-14. Battery Wire System (fig. 26-1) (fig. 26-2) a. Supported Unit Net. The battery com- The wire system is used to link each machine- mander’s radio set will switch to this net as gun within the battery or squad and to supple- required. Normally, this is a limiting factor ment available radio nets. The linking of indi- since the battery commander’s radio will have vidual weapons by wire would receive first greater need to operate in the machinegun priority.

~~26-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24~~

~~IBTRY HQ~~

~~-( ADA MACH GUN BTRY COMP NET-FM )~~

~~6RR (NOS) ( AD INTEL NET-AM GRC -► SPY BOE NET 5 I 25~~

~~M 55 FIRE UNITS M 55 FIRE UNITS~~

~~(4 EA) (4 EA)¿^-_ )(4 EA) (4 EA) (4 EA)Cs^ (4 EA)~~

~~PRC PRC PRC PRC PRC PRC~~

~~(4 EA) EA 4 EA EA EA)~~

~~LEGEND: FM~~

~~FM NET FOR OP AS RQR Figure 26-1. Type radio nets, ADA machinegun battery (MSS), cal. .50.~~

~~AGO 5016A 26-3 FM 61-24~~

~~M 55~~

~~BTRY COMOR S WBD SB -22/PT ( NOTE 2) O BTRY OPNS~~

~~4 4~~

~~TO 24 MACH GUN SOD Y (NOTE I) TO DEF UNIT HQ~~

~~N OTES:~~

LEGEND: I. EACH SOD HAS IBA TA-3I2/PT FOR CONEC TO FLD TRUNK LINES SHOWN TELEPHONE SET 0R TO NEARBY DEF UNIT SWBD S O TA-3I2/PT THENCE TO M 55 BTRY. 2. ONE ADD SWBD AVAL FOR USE AS RQR. Figure 26—2. Type wire system, ADA machinegun battery (MSS), Cal. .50.

~~26-4 AGO 6016A C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~★PART THREE COMMUNICATIONS IN AIRMOBILE DIVISION~~

~~. CHAPTER 27 COMMUNICATIONS IN DIVISION HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COMPANY~~

~~; (STANAG 2043)~~

27—1'. Mission vision main (NCS), each brigade headquar- Airmobile division headquarters commands, ters, and the aerial surveillance battalion— controls, and supervises the operations of the also note that the division station monitors the division and attached units. The headquarters division FOC net; an AM-SSB station at divi- company provides personnel and administra- sion main in a higher headquarters weather tive support for the heaquarters. Refer to FM net which is capable of either facsimile or 61-100 for a more detailed discussion on the RATT operation, but not simultaneously; and capabilities and mission of the division head- an AM-SSB-RATT station at division main in quarters and headquarters company. the aviation group operation/intelligence net. The Air Force element provides a division staff 27—2. Communications Provided by weather officer and enlisted assistants to oper- Company ate USAF-provided, meteorological peculiar equipment as. well as the army provided com- a. Airmobile division headquarters and munications equipment mentioned above. The headquarters company provides the vehicular Air Force weather section supporting the divi- FM radio sets shown in figure 27-1 for staff sion receives weather data from and reports and command use. weather data to an Air Force weather center. b. In addition, a weather section is included The teletypewriter equipment used to terminate in the division headquarters and headquarters the circuits at the division headquarters is pro- company. The army element of this section vided by the Air Force. Refer to AR provides the trucks, drivers, and the following 115-10/AFR 105-3 for further information on vehicular radio sets: five FM stations making USAF meteorological support for the U.S. up the division weather net with stations at di- Army.

~~27-1 2 » z A~~

27-2 C/S 63 Al R COMDT HO 47 VRC 46 46 46 VRC VRC VRC VRC 47 VRC FM 61 - 24-113 RATT 47 . F M o I VRC LEOEND: airmobile division. headquarters and headquarters company, TM TM TM TM BOE 1 BDE BDE AER 46 46 46 46 VRC VRC _ VRC l_ VRC I WEATHER SECTION Type employment of radio sets, division MAIN DIV 01V MAIN MAIN DIV _^Zr_J 2 2 47 VSC VRC VSC ) NET-FM C DIV OP/INTEL )_ NET-FM DIV COMD/OP X Figure 27-1. 47 49 ^ 46 46 46 46 —\ 46 VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC (RATT) FOC NET-FM (RATT-FAX) AVN OP OP/INTEL NET [■?_ 15 - 46 VRC r" C 1, FM 61-24

~~CHAPTER 28~~

~~COMMUNICATIONS AT DIVISION LEVEL (STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. SIGNAL BATTALION~~

28-1. General a. Mission. The battalion has the mission to— a. A division signal battalion is organic to (1) Provide signal communications for each airmobile division. The battalion is part the various echelons of an airmobile division of the combined arms team and provides com- headquarters and division support comrfiand munications combat support for the division. headquarters, exclusive of certain internal sin- b. Each battalion consists of a headquarters, gle channel radio nets. headquarters and service company and; a com- (2) Establish and operate the division mand operations company (fig. 28-1). multichannel network. c. This chapter presents only summary in- (3) Perform limited direct support main- formation on the organization and operations tenance of cryptographic equipment organic to of the division signal battalion. For more de- the division, and organizational maintenance tailed .information, refer to FM 11-50 and of equipment organic to the signal battalion. TOE under the 11-205-series. b. Capability. Consistent with the broad statement on mission requirements, the battal- AMBL ion has the capability to provide the follow- D1V 8IG BN ing: (1) A division signal staff to plan and supervise division communications, communications training, and related signal activities. (2) Internal communication facilities for HO, HQ a COMD OP CO division headquarters echelons and division SVC CO support command. (3) Multichannel communication facilities linking division headquarters (division main) with each brigade headquarters, division support command, division artillery, aviation group, and air cavalry squadron. The sig- FM ll~50- 42 nal battalion installs and operates both the terminals at division headquarters and the termi- Figure 28—1» Airmobile division signal battalion. nal at each subordinate command headquarters listed directly bove. 28-2. Battalion Mission and Capability (4) Single channel RATT and voice radio The overall mission and capability of the divi- terminals as required at all echelons of division signal battalion are summarized below : sion headquarters (main, alternate, and rear),

28-1 C 1, FM 61-24 support command, division artillery, and each b. Provide the airmobile division with a sig- brigade headquarters. nal officer, signal staff, and staff facilities. (5) Facilities for limited direct support c. Provide administrative, messing, and lo- maintenance of division cryptographic equip- gistical support for the battalion. ment. (6) Facilities for organizational mainte- d. Provide limited direct support level main- nance of organic battalion equipment. tenance of cryptographic equipment for the en- (7) Facilities for message center, messen- tire division, and organizational maintenance ger, cryptographic, and teletypewriter service on organic equipment of the signal battalion. at echelons of division headquarters and divi- e. Provide COMSEC logistical support. sion support command. 28—4. Command Operations Company 28—3. Headquarters, Headquarters and (fig. 28-3) Service Company (fig. 28-2) a. Mission. The mission of the command operations company is to— The headquarters, headquarters and service company (TOE 11-206) has the mission and (1) Provide signal communications for capability to— the echelons of division headquarters and the a. Plan, direct, and coordinatedivision the opera- support command headquarters exclu- tions and training of the battalion and to pro- sive of-internal radio nets. vide the headquarters facilities with which the (2) Provide signal center service to units signal battalion commander exercises control. located in the vicinity of division headquarters

~~HO HO a SVC CO~~

~~HO a svc BN HO CO~~

~~OP a INTEL BN MAINT CO HO SEC SEC~~

~~AOMIN a DIV C-E OFF BN MESS LOG SEC SEC SEC~~

~~F M I I- 50- 43~~

Figure 28-2. Headquarters, headquarters and service company, signal battalion. 28-2 C 1, FM 61-24 echelons and support command—all facilities post locations of division artillery and each provided are supplemental to organic facilities. brigade. (3) Establish(3) Install, and operateoperate, all and terminals maintain in ràdio the division radio multichannel network: multichannel stations at division headquarters, (1) Psupportrovide command, and operate division the artillery,net control each bri- and other single channel radio stations as re- gade headquarters, and at the headquarters of quired for the division and the signal battalion. other designated units operating directly under b. Capability. To fulfill its mission require- division control. ments, the command operations company has (4) Provide signal center service to units sufficient capability in personnel and . equip- located in the vicinity of division headquarters ment to— echelons and division support command. This (1) Establish and operate the following service it to include the handling of message common signal facilities for division main, di- traffic and the provision of telephone switching vision alternate or division forward, division service and connecting lines supplemental to rear, and division support command : the organic facilities of the units served. (a) Message center, motor messenger, (5) Install, operate, and maintain three cryptographic, and teletypewriter facilities. FM-voice aerial radio retransmission stations (b) Manual telephone switchboard and (repeaters) ; and install and maintain two com- local telephone service. munications centrals for use in airborne com- (c) Single channel radio stations* to in- mand posts. (Both the repeater stations and clude RWI, RATT, AM-voice-CW, and FM the communications centrals are suitable for voice. operation from aircraft provided either by the (2) Install, operate, and maintain division division aviation group or by aviation units not FM voice and RATT stations at the command organic to the division.)

~~COMD OP CO~~

~~REAR OP SPT COMD COMD RADIO CO HQ SIG CEN PL AT PLAT OP PLAT PLAT~~

~~COMMCEN SW8D RADIO COMD RADIO RADIO PLAT HQ PLAT HQ SEC IIMSTL SEC SEC SEC SPT SEC~~

~~PLAT FWD SPT COMMCEN SwBD a RADIO HQ SEC SEC INSTL SEC SEC~~

~~RADREL PLAT HQ COMMCEN SWBD SEC INSTL SEC SEC SEC~~

~~FM II- 50-44~~

~~Figure 28-3. Command operations company, signal battalion. 28-3 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~Section II. AIRMOBILE DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM~~

28—5. Characteristics of the System tions security and electronic countercoun- termeasures procedures. Communications required in airmobile division operations may be briefly described as ground- 28-6. Responsibility to-ground, air-to-ground, and air-to-air. In Refer to paragraph 6-8 which describes the re- short, airmobile division forces require ade- sponsibility of the division C-E officer for divi- quate communications when on the ground and sion level communications. with supporting army aircraft, their prime source of transportation and immediate sup- 28—7. Composition of the System port on the battlefield. In addition, aircraft-to- The division communications system as estab- aircraft communications are also necessary, lished, equipped, and operated by airmobile di- especially when command posts (CP’s) are air- vision signal battalion will normally consist of borne or aerial radio retransmission is re- the following : quired. Other characteristics of airmobile division communications are as follows : a. Signal centers at division main, division alternate or division forward, division support a. Communications to widely dispersed units command, and division rear. Signal center re- with emphasis on compact, lightweight, air sources listed above may be consolidated de- transportable, air operable/ground operable, pening on the situation. and air-droppable equipments. b. Point-to-point multichannel radio com- b. Flexibility to meet changes in division munications links from division main to the task organization and to facilitate the reloca- three brigades, division artillery, division sup- tion of units, command posts, and installations. port command, aviation group, and the air cavalry squadron. c. Limited secure facilities for transmitting classified information. All RATT nets are nor- c. Single channel voice radio nets, both AM mally provided on-line security and, when pos- and FM. sible, VHF/FM-Voice command nets for the di- d. Aerial radio retransmission stations (FM- vision and brigade will be voice secure. voice). d. Heavy reliance on single channel radio as e. Communications centrals for use in air- a primary means of communications. borne CP’s. e. Multichannel radio communications on a /. Single channel RATT sets. point-to-point basis with all terminals linked g. Aerial messenger service from division to division main. main to all major subordinate commands of the division. (Aircraft are provided by the division f. Emphasis on common-user circuits derived from the multichannel network, and lim- aviation group.) Limited motor messenger ser- ited provision for sole-user circuits which must vice may be usable to elements located near es- have specific justification for weapons employ- tablished division signal centers. ment and similar purposes. h. Radio wire integration stations provided by the division signal battalion at each estab- g. Integration, when feasible, with the corps lished signal center (division main, alternate command or field army area communications or forward, support command and rear). system with terminal facilities at the division level provided by the higher headquarters. 28-8. Signal Centers h. Successfully communicating in an enemy The command operations company of the air- signal intelligence and electronic countermea- mobile division signal battalion equips and op- sures environment with the use of communica- erates all division level signal center facilities.

~~28-4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

Normally, these signal centers are located at c. Signal Center, Division Support Com- division main, division alternate or forward, mand. This signal center, located at support division support command and division rear. command headquarters, is equipped and oper- Each of these signal centers provides commun- ated by the support command operations pla- ications center facilities, a switching central, a toon, command operations company. The center technical control center, and appropriate exter- provides all the services of a typical signal cen- nal means of communications. Major equip- ter. A multichannel radio terminal located at ments used in signal center operations such as this site provides telephone and teletypewriter switching centrals, telegraph terminais, and communications through the division multi- multichannel terminals are lightwèight and channel network. Long range communications usually trailer mounted to facilitate air. trans- is also afforded by single channel radio stations portation by organic rotary wing aircraft. both as a primary means and supplementary Economy and versatility in equipment design is facilities to multichannel radio. Under certain incorporated wherever possible; for example, operational conditions, such as stability opera- there is no separate patching panel at each of tions, support command and division main may the signal centers, but somè circuit patching be combined in a division base of operations capability is incorporated into the téléphoné with an attendant pooling of signal center re- switching centrals used. Refer to FM 11-50 for sources. In addition to signal center operations, more detail on signal center operation. the support command operations platoon prov- a. Signal Center, Division Main. This signal ides the personnel and equipment for three for- center is equipped and operated by th'e' com- ward support sections to provide communica- mand signal center platoon, command "•operations for combat service support operations at tions company. The center provides the full fa- each of three brigade bases (or brigade trains) cilities of a typical signal center including both for communications to support command head- multichannel and single channel radio' links quarters. from division main to the principal subordi- d. Signal Center, Division Rear. This signal nate headquarters of the division. Communica- center is equipped and operated by the rear op- tions links to higher headquarters with termi- erations platoon, command operations com- nals provided and operated by higher^ head- pany. The center provides normal signal center quarters are also located at division main. service at the division rear echelon. Communi- b. Signal Center, Division Alternated This' cation is primarily by single channel radio signal center is equipped and operated by the since a multichannel radio terminal normally command signal center platoon from resources is not provided by the signal battalion for the remaining after division main is operable. The exclusive use of division rear. Under certain center provides the basic facilities of a typical operational conditions, division rear may be signal center, but does not normally operate combined with other division headquarters any multichannel radio terminal. Basic;, com- echelons to form a division base of operations; munication into the division communication in such an instance, signal center facilities are system will be by single channel radio. If'divi- pooled. sion main is scheduled for phasing out, with alternate designated as the new division main, 28—9. Multichannel Network multichannel radio terminals will normally be In the airmobile division, the radio multichan- air-transported to the division alternate site on nel network consists of point-to-point links in- a carefully planned and schedule basis. When stalled and operated by the command opera- additional multichannel radio equipment is au- tions company of the signal battalion. Figure thorize to provide for the establishment of a 28-4 illustrates a type configuration of these division alternate or division forward, multi- facilities. Final determination of network con- channel terminal shuttling of multichannel figuration is made by the DSO; his decisions terminal equipment will not be necessary. are based on the desires of the division com-

28-5 I- Il V V FM 11-50-35 IF FEASIBLE TO AJA UNITS Hi V vw AAA TO HIGHER MAIN xx HEADQUARTERS« (DIV TERMINAL V CEN W PROVIDED BY UNIT ) HIGHER HO SIGNAL ARMY AREA SIG BN) TO ARMY AREA SYSTEM IF FEASIBLE (DIV TERMINAL PROVIDED BY

~~SPT system. Type configuration of radio multichannel portion of airmobile division communications XX~~

~~FLD WIRE CIRCUITS CHANNEL RADIO LINK 4 OR 6 TO 12 V~~

~~CEN ES~~

~~Figure 28-4-.~~

FM 61-24 C 1, 28-6 C 1, FM 61-24 mander, the division SOP, the tactical situa- ternate, division artillery, division support tion, terrain, and the frequencies and equip- command, aviation group, the engineer battal- ments available. ion, the three brigades, the air cavalry squadron, and the MP company. The division signal 28—10. Wire and Cable Construction battalion provides the radio sets at division In airmobile division operations, wire and main, division alternate, division artillery, di- cable installed by the signal battalion are used vision support command, at each of the three extensively for interconnections within CP or brigades, division ariborne CP, and aerial re- base camp complexes. These means, however, transmission stations. This net is especially are not economically suitable for trunk circuits valuable for the intelligence function in airmo- to major subordinate units, which are usually bile operations where timely information must separated by relatively long and unsecured dis- be immediately provided over greater-than- tances. In almost every instance in airmobile normal ranges embracing larger-than-normal division operations, radio, either single or mul- areas. tichannel, represents the most practical means c. Division Command No. 1 (RATT). This for long distance communications. net provides a primary command RATT link from division main (NCS) and division alter- 28—11. Internal Radio Nets nate to division artillery, division support com- (fig. 28-5) mand, each of three brigades, air cavalry Type radio nets for operation within the divi- squadron, engineer battalion, and the signal sion are described below. battalion. The signal battalion provides the a. Division Command-Operations Net' (FM). radio sets at division main, division alternate, This voice radio net is primarily intended for division artillery, division support command, communications from the division commander the three brigades, and signal battalion head- and his staff to designated major subordinate quarters. Communications over this primary commanders an their staffs. Stations in this communication link is possible in the following net include division main as net control station modes: RATT, continuous wave (CW), and (NCS), division alternate, division artillery, voice. (This also applies to other RATT sets division support command, each of the three operating in the airmoble division.) The RATT brigades, aviation group, air cavalry squadron, mode at division main is remoted into the engineer battalion, the signal battalion,I and DTOC. the division ADA unit when assigned-jór in d. Division Command Net No. 2 (RATT). support. Also entered into this net as required Primarily, commánd net No. 2 links division are the aircraft or vehicular radio sets of the main (NCS), division alternate, division artil- division commander, subordinate commanders, lery, the three brigades, and the air cavalry and designated staff officers. The division sig- squadron. This net provides communications nal battalion provides the vehicular radio sets from the division commander and DTOC (in- at division main, division alternate, division telligence and operations) to subordinate com- support command, and the signal battalion manders and their tactical operations centers. heaquarters as well as the FM voice radio (The division station is remoted into the sets for aerial retransmission and division air- DTOC.) Stations provided by the division sig- borne command posts. nal battalion are at division main, division al- b. Division Operations-Intelligence Net ternate, division artillery, and. the three bri- (FM). This voice radio net is established pri- gades. marily for the joint use of the division G2 and e. Division Administrative-Logistics Nets G3 for conducting functions with the respec- No. 1, 2, 3, and U (RATT). These nets consti- tive S2’s and S3’s of the major subordinate tute primary communications links for the commands. Vehicular-mounted stations in this purpose indicated. Each of administrative-lo- net include division main (NCS), division al- gistics nets No. 1, 2, and 3 interconnects the di-

~~28^-7 C 1, FM 61-24~~

INTERNAL NETS EXTERNAL NETS AF _ DIV DIV SPOT AF AF DIV DIV DIV DIV ARMY HIGHEI RE PT AIR TAC COMD/OP OP/INTEL DIV COMD AIR ECH DIV COMD ADMIN/LOG ADMIN/LOG ADMIN/LOG ADMIN/LOG G-2 AIR RCVR REO AIR REQ COMD NET NET NET #1 STATION NET n NET #1 NET n NET 03 NET NET NET H INFO NET NET NET NET (FM-VOICE) (FM-VOICE) (RATT) (AM- (UHF- (RATT) (RATT) (RATT) (RATT) (RATT) (RATT) (UHF) /OICE) AM) RATT' ('RATT'! VRC-49 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) (A) (A) (S) RADIO SET PROVIDED (NCS) (NCS) (NCS) (c) w (NCS) ;TACP) (TACP BY DIV SIG BN b, d VRC-49 (S) OIV ALTN (C) RADIO SET PROVIDED (NCS) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) 1 BY CORPS OR OTHER HIGHER HQ

~~DIV ABN C? ARC -122 (S) (A) AIR FORCE RADIO SET DIV AERIAL RETRANS ARC-121 (S) a. ARMY RADIO SET MAY BE DIVERTED TO AF TAC AIR DIRECTION NET IF~~

~~DIV ARTY TACP IS UNEQUIPPED VRC-A9 VRC-46 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S)~~

~~b. MAY ALSO BE USED FOR COMMO IN OTHER VSC-2 (S) RADIO NETS~~

VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) c. RADIO SET ALSO OPERATES VRC-49 (S) VSC-2 (S) (NCS) (NCS) (NCS) (NCS) IN SIG BN COMD NET vrt— TAT BDE 01 VRC-46 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) fTACP) (TACP d. REMOTE INTO DTOC FWD SPT ELM 01 VSC-2 (S)

~~BDE 02 VRC-46 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) 7X1 (A) LTACP) (TACP FWD SPT ELM 02 VSC-2 (S)~~

BDE 03 VRC-46 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) VSC-2 (S) (A' , 'AI fTACP) (TACP TACP - TACTICAL AIR FWD SPT ELM 03 VSC-2 (S) CONTROL PARTY MANEUVER BNS (Ai Al ÍTACP) ÍXACf DASC T DIRECT AIR. 'VSCT2 •SUPPORT CENTER-! SURVL PLAT

~~AIR CAV SQDN fTACPt (TACP VRC-49~~

~~VSC-2 (S)~~

~~(A) MED BN MAINT BN~~

~~ACFT MAINT BN SDP BN~~

Figure 28-5. Type airmobile division radio nets. C 1, FM 61-24 vision support command (NCS), one brigade, quired at brigade, maneuver battalion, and air and the forward combat service support ele- cavalry squadron headquarters of the airmo- ment serving the brigade. Administrative-lo- bile division. Although operation in this net is gistics net No. 4 provides communications normally by AM voice, the greater distances from division support command (NCS) to divi- involved in airmobile operations may require sion main (G4), division artillery, division that RATT sets or CW be employed from divi- rear, air cavalry squadron, aviation group, and sion elements to the DASC. engineer battalion, medical battalion, maintenance battalion, and transportation aircraft ft. Air Force Tactical Air Direction Net. maintenance and supply battalion. The signal This net, also AF provided, is used by the battalion installs and operates all radio sets in TACP’s to direct Air Force aircraft flying di- these nets except those at aviation group, air rect support missions for the division. As an cavalry squadron, medical battalion, mainte- interim measure, the division signal battalion nance battalion, transportation aircraft main- may be required to provide a VHF AM voice tenance supply battalion, and engineer battal- station at division main and division forward ion. (or alternate) ; normally, however, the division /. G2 Air Information Net (RATT). The station will be provided by the TACP. function of this net is to provide communica- c. Higher Headquarters Command Net tions between G2 air at DTOC and the aerial (RATT). Single channel radio sets at division surveillance platoon. Also included in this net headquarters for communications in corps or is a station at aviation group headquarters. army command nets are provided and operate Traffic over this net will include surveillance from the resources of the higher heaquarters. instructions and intelligence information derived from aerial reconnaissance, either photo- 28-13. Aerial Radio Retransmission graphic or visual. Normally, the division station is remeted into the DTOC. The station at In airmobile operations, because of the longer division main is provided by the division signal distances involved, aerial retransmission of sin- battalion. gle channel voice radio signals will frequently be necessary This requirement specifically ap- 28—12. External Radio Nets plies to FM voice radio communications. To (fig. 28-5) fulfill this need, the airmobile division signal Equipment and personnel for operationjn ex- battalion provides three FM voice radio repea- ternal radio nets (nondivisional) are provided ter sets suitable for operation in aircraft. Each by higher army headquarters or by Air Force repeater set affords simultaneous retransmis- and/or Navy personnel. However, all equip- sion in three separate FM voice radio nets. ment thus provided must be airtransportable. When using these nets, care must be exercised Type external radio nets of the airmobile divi- in providing maximum communications secur- sion are discussed below : ity. Communicators should be trained to react properly to enemy attempts at jamming a. Air Force Air Request Net (AM). The friendly radio communications and to enemy radio set at the airmobile division main , is pro- intrusion into nets with imitative communica- vided by an Air Force tactical air control tions. Signal security is a command responsi- party. The division station in this net, nor- bility and all responsible personnel should be mally located near and remoted into the DTOC, indoctrinated on the contents of FM 32-5, FM is primarily intended for immediate air re- 32-20, and FM 32-20A. quests to the AF direct air support center. Cur- rent signal battalion TQE equipment allocations of the airmobile division do not provide 28—14. Airborne Command Posts additional radio equipment to supplement this Airborne command posts are particularly es- facility. AF TACP radio stations are also re- sential for command and control of airmobile

28-9 C 1, FM 61-24 operations. In fulfillment of this requirement, 28-16. Messenger Service helicopters used for command and control are equipped with an AN/ASC-10 or AN/ASC-11 o. Motor messenger service is provided at communications central console. The console is each signal center operated by the airmobile issued as a component for the helicopter and division signal battalion. In airmobile opera- provides at least two FM, one UHF or VHF, tions, however, the longer distances involved and one HF radio ; plus an intercommuni- will compel greater reliance on air messenger cations system that allows inter-aircraft com- service with motor vehicle runs restricted to munications, and if wired into the helicopter feasible distances in the immediate CP area. radios these sets may also be used. Aircraft for messenger service will be provided by the division aviation group or other 28—15. Telephone Switching at Airmobile sources; messengers will be provided by the Division Signal Centers signal battalion. Type telephone distribution and switching sys- b. Other generalized information on division tems for selected airmobile division signal cen- level messenger service is given in paragraph ters are shown in figrures 28-6, 28-7, and 28-8. Refer to FM 11-50 for additional detail. 6-19.

~~28-10 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~-OTOC ^ 02/03 HIGHER HO (NOTE 2) AIR CAV SOON ^ OO~~

O 02/63 O -6 BDE IS2/S3 O OPNS Q -► BDE 2S2/S3 ASST DIV COMDR O’ BDE 3 S2/S3 COMO SEC (-) o b d ACE C/S O” O o DIV AVN SP - C/S SEC(-) O EWE O TO HIGHER HO o i cy~- OISEC(-) BDE I FSCC O AIRMOBILE a * BDE 2 FSCC DIVISION MAIN 02 SEC(-) O" FSE d - TELEPHONE > BDE 3 FSCC 03 SEC(-) O SWITCHING d - ^ DIV ARTY FDC S4 O CENTRAL - a 04 SEC(-) O (AN/MTC-IO) DASC ( NOTE 2) INFO OFF O D . 01V CHAP O AIR SPT SIO TEAM OR TACP(-) DIV SURO TASE BDE I S2 /S3 AIR CML OFF O- S(NOTE 3) DIV ENOR O BOE 2 S2 /S3 AIR BDE 3 S2/S3 AIR DIV MTR POOL O- - CAV SODN S2/S3 AIR HO COMOT O HO CO (-) O" OBRE ASA SPT ELM Q- - O ENORE WEA OFF O - O CEE HELIPORT O OIV ARTY ^—i -O OSO SYSCONCEN OF SPT COMO ^— -SY3C0NCEN ^ HIGHER HO ^ (NOTE 2) 01V RR 4- -o a “► TO SIG BN BOE I 4— a SWBO -TECHCONCEN— BDE 2 4— B DE 3 4— O- TO StG BN (NOTE 2) HIGHER HO 4~ SWBO. AJA DIV 4— SIS BN SWBD PM BMP CO SWBO KD RATT STATIONS - COMD OPNS CO (-) O RADREL STATIONS >o NOTES: ENOR BN 1. SWITCHBOARD SB-22( l/PT PROVIDED FOR USE AT OTOC AIR CAV SOON AS REQUIRED. AVN SP 2. ONLY POSSIBLE IF MULTICHANNEL LEOENO: ROO TML PROVIDED AT DIV MAIN DIV ADA UNIT ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT. BY HIGHER HO. INSTRUMENTED DIV AIRFIELD j ONLY POSSIBLE IF WIRE LINES * ► ONE SOLE USER CIRCUIT. ARE INSTALLED TO UNIT INDICATED. TACP ) ► MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT) CIRCUITS DETERMINED OTHER UNIT SWBD'S IN AREA AS REQUIRED. hQ OTHER SUBSCRIBERS IN AREA O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT.

~~i-C) MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE Q AN/MOC- 34 W SETiTELEPHONE SETS DETERMINED AS REQUIRED. 0 MSSCEN —O MSSCEN FM 11-30- 3«~~

~~Figure 28-6. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division mam signal center.~~

~~28-11 C 1, FM 61-24~~

SPT COMO COMDR Q 0 DIV TRANS OFF DIVISION xo O— SUPPORT 0 HQ CO si O— COMMAND ■0 MOVEMENT CON SEC TELEPHONE 52 O 0 DIV BASE MANEUVER SWITCHING a AFLD CON SEC 53 O— CENTRAL 54 0 o MV CON TEAM (AN/MTC-I 0) DIV AMMO OFF Q— o AFLD CON TEAM ■0 PLAT LDR RR ECH DIV TO O OP PLAT RWI STA 0 OTHER SUBSCRIBERS 0—< AN/MGC-34 IN AREA 0

~~MED BN ◄ ( ■0 MSG CEN >COMMCEN~~

~~SUP BN ^ ( 0) MSG CEN~~

~~TRANS ACFT MAINT ◄ ( B SUP BN TECHCONCEN UNIT SWBD'S M ( 0 SPT COMO IN AREA OP PLAT LDR~~

~~DIV MAIN ◄ (~~

~~MAINT BN ◄—( —0 RADREL SITE FWD SVC SPT 0—< CON SEC )-0 RATT STATIONS FWD SVC SPT MVMT 0—( )—► TRUNK CKT TO CON SEC MULTICHANNEL RDO TML~~

~~TO HIGHER HQ'S ^ ( COMM SYSTEM~~

~~NOTE: LEGEND : TELEPHONE LINKS POSSIBLE TO -► ONE COMMON USER FWD SVC SPT TEAM ONLY BY CIRCUIT SWITCHING THRU DIV MAIN SIGCEN MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT: NUMBER AS REQUIRED~~

~~0 ONE TELEPHONE SET TA- 312/PT ( >_0 MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET, NUMBER DETERMINED AS REQUIRED FM I I - 50-3 7~~

~~Figure 28-7. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division support command communications center.~~

~~28-12 C 1, FM 61-24~~

AG o O IG POSTAL IG SEC DIV o AIRMOBILE -o DIVISION RR ECH OP PLAT , ADMIN LDR (TECHCONCEN) SVC DIV o REAR -o AN/MGC-34 SP SVC TELEPHONE DIV o- -o » COMMCEN SWITCHING PERSONNEL MSGCEN SVC DIV o CENTRAL -o AG STD2N 8C SEC( X TNG UNIT o FIN OFF MIL PAY BR o- (AN/MTC-IO) O DISBURSING PERS REC O BR a DIV FIN EXAM SEC (-) PERS MGMT O BR a DIV PERS ACTIONS BR \-S o CHAP SEC (-) ADMIN MACH BR a o INFO SEC (-) JA O REPLACEMENT DETACHMENT (-)

~~JA SEC RATT SITE OTHER SUBSCRIBERS IN AREA o INFO SEC TO HIGHER HQ OR DIV COMM SYSTEM -Q CHAPLAIN'S SEC UNIT SWBD'S IN AREA~~

~~LEGEND: MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT MORE THAN ONE TELEPHONE SET-, NUMBER OF TELEPHONES TO BE DETERMINED AS or^M iiDCn~~

~~FM 11-50-38~~

~~Figure 28—8. Type telephone and circuit distribution diagram for division rear echelon communications center.~~

~~28-13 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~Section III. INTERNAL SIGNAL BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS~~

28—17. Internal Signal Battalion Radio operations platoon may be formulated into a Nets second FM net for systems control purposes. а. A type airmobile division signal battalion c. It should also be noted that the battalion FM command radio net is shown in figure commander also operates in the division com- 28-9. This net will enable the battalion command operations net (FM), and that the DSO mander to maintain direct communications section operates a RATT station in division with all elements of the battalion. When bat- command net No. 1. talion units are widely scattered and switched telephone service is not immediately available, 28—18. Signal Battalion Wire Facilities FM aerial retransmission may be necessary. Type wire facilities for internal control of the airmobile division signal battalion are shown б. If frequencies are available, radio sta- in figure 28-10. These facilities are estab- tions of the operations and intelligence section lished at signal battalion headquarters which (NCS), the rear operations platoon, command is normally located in the vicinity of the divi- signal center platoon, and support command sion main CP.

~~28-14 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~(C-E OFF SEC)~~

~~ÍSIG BN"\ OFF SEC~~

~~DIV Dl V VRC vsc COMO < COMD 1-4 9 - 2 OP NET I NET-1 SIGNAL BN COMD NET-FM )-~~

~~HQ a svc v- DSO SEC >CO COMD~~

~~DIV VRC VRC COMD<} -46 -49 OP NET OP COMD .OP CO COMD INTEL SEC~~

~~VRC VRC -4 6 -46~~

~~BN REAR MAINT SEC OP PLT~~

~~VRC VRC 46 46~~

~~SPT COMD COMD SlGCEN OP PLT PLT~~

~~VRC FOR USE AS VRC 4 7 REQUIRED 4 6~~

~~RDO PLT~~

~~VRC FOR USE AS -47 REQUI RED FM 11 — 50—4 I~~

~~Figure 28—9. Type FM radio net for division signal battalion.~~

~~28-15 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~-ty-~~

BN DSO ONE OR TWO O ceCOMDR O SEC SW BD > DSO SB - 2 2/PT O O SEC VSC (PROVIDED BY -2 OH DS0 SEC) O DIV COMO NET- I SIG BN ^ * MAINT TECHCONCEN SEC E G> O AT DIV MAIN * (NOTE 2) (NOTE I) / SYSCONCEN E (OP S INTEL SEC) 03 HQ.HO ,a SVC CO COMDRDRO W - O ADMIN LOG SEC

~~OCOM D OP CO COMDR TT TRUNKS TO AN/MTC-IO AT DIV MAIN~~

NOTES,:.. LEGEND: I.ONE TA- 31 2/PT PROVIDED BY TELEPHONE SET DSO SECTION. TA-312/PT 2.MANUAL TELETYPEWRITER SETS USED FOR CIRCUIT TESTING OR TELETYPEWRITER SET E AS REQUIRED. FIELD WIRE LINK * ORGANIC TO HQS.HQS, S SVC COMPANY FM 11-50-40

~~Figure 28-10. Type internal wire facilities for signed battalion headquarters use.~~

~~28-16 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 29 BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS (STANAG 2043)~~

Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION 29—1. Mission and Organization weight, air-transportable communications a. Mission! The mission of headquarters and equipment with emphasis on single channel headquarters company, airmobile division bri- radio. Communication facilities must be pro- gade, is to command and control attached com- vided on a 24-hour continuous basis at all bat and combat support elements in both train- headquarter echelons whether they be orr the ing and combat operations. General informa- ground or in the air. tion applicatory to all brigades is given in chapter 7. Also refer to FM 7-30 and TOE 29-3. Brigade C—E Officer and Other 67-42. Personnel b. Organization. The focal point of this dis- The airmobile brigade C-E officer is a member cussion will be the brigade headquarters and of the brigade special staff. Assisting the C-E headquarters company; the number of battal- officer is the platoon leader of the brigade com- ions and other units under brigade control are munications platoon. Typical duties of these varied and are tailored on an as-required basis officers are discussed in chapter 2; also in- to fit the tactical mission. The brigade head- cluded in this chapter are duties of key en- quarters and headquarters company consists of listed personnel typical of those assigned to an brigade headeuqarters, company headquarters, airmobile brigade communications platoon. a staff section, headquarters mess team, communication platoon and aviation platoon. Of 29—4. Airmobile Brigade Communications the company elements, only the organization of Platoon the communications platoon will be addressed a. The airmobile brigade communications in brief detail. platoon provides communications within brigade headquarters and to attached battalions 29—2. Airmobile Brigade Capabilities and other subordinate units. With the excep- а. The airmobile brigade possesses capabili- tion of the airmobile capability, this platoon ties comparable to armored, infantry, mecha- performs operations similar to those described nized, and airborne brigades. (Refer to FM in chapter 7. 7-30 and FM 17-30.) Additionally, the air- b. To carry out its mission, the airmobile mobile brigade operates with somewhat reduced brigade communications platoon is organized logistical support and is organized to conduct into a platoon headquarters, communications frequent airlanded assaults with a minimum of center and wire section, and a radio section. marshaling and special planning procedures. c. If brigade headquarters is designated to Refer to TOE 67-42 for more complete listing serve as a division alternate CP, suitable addi- of airmobile brigade capabilities. tional communication personnel and equipment б. Communication facilities employed by the are provided as required by the division signal airmobile brigade emphasize the use of light- battalion.

~~29-1 C 1, FM 61-24 1~~

~~Section II. BRIGADE RADIO NETS AND WIRE SYSTEM~~

29—5. Brigade Communications to Higher main, the division signal battalion provides Headquarters and operates a multichannel radio terminal at a. Radio. Listed below are external radio brigade headquarters. In addition, since for- nets in which the divisional airmobile brigade ward combat service support elements are usu- has stations (fig. 29-1). ally in the vicinity of the brigade CP, they too will utilize this facility with switching or stop (1) Division command-operations net through at division main for linking to divi- (FM). The brigade station is provided by the sion support command. The nature of airmo- brigade communications platoon. Additional bile operations at the brigade level precludes stations may be provided by the brigade com- the use of wire or cable for trunk type communications platoon for use in airborne CPs or munication links. as required for brigade operations. (2) Division operations-intelligence net c. Messenger. Normally, the division signal {FM). The ground station at the brigade oper- battalion provides messenger service from divi- ations center is provided by the division signal sion to brigade; however, in some situations, battalion. In addition, the brigade communica- messengers from the brigade communications tions platoon has facilities to operate other sta- platoon may be used for special or nonsched- tions in this net in airborne CPs or as other- uled service to higher headquarters. wise required. d. Visual. For general details, refer to chap- (3) Division command nets No. 1 and 2 ter?. (RATT). Brigade headquarters stations in these nets are provided by the division signal 29-6. Communications to Subordinate battalion. The brigade communications platoon Units provides two ground portable sets that may operate at a brigade forward CP in these nets The communications platoon of the airmobile only in an AM-SSB voice or CW mode. division brigade headquarters company provides the command and control communications (4) Division administrative-logistics nets to attached battalions and supported units. No. 1, 2 and 3 (RATT). Each brigade is in a separate division administrative logistics net. a. Radio. The division signal battalion provides and op- (1) Brigade command net {FM). This net erates the stations at brigade headquarters and provides the brigade commander with immedi- at the forward service support elements of the ate tactical command and control over subordi- brigade (for combat service support). If a bri- nate elements of the brigade. Brigade head- gade forward CP is established, the brigade quarters stations include the commander dep- communications platoon will operate one uty commander, S2/S3, signal officer, S4, S3 ground portable station operating in an AM- air, aviations platoon, and operations staff SSB voice or CW mode only. section. (5) Air Force tactical air direction (2) Brigade operations-intelligence net (UHF-AM). Normally, stations in this net will {RATT). This net provides the capability of be provided by the Air Force TACP. transmitting secure traffic between brigade and (6) Air Force air request net {AM—voice). subordinate headquarters. Although traffic is The stations in this net are provided and oper- primarily concerned with operations and intel- ated by the Air Force at the TACP. The net is ligence (RATT), it may also be used to trans- used for immediate air requests. For detailed mit traffic of an administrative-logistical na- explanation, refer to chapter 4. ture. b. Multichannel Radio. For telephone and (3) Brigade aircraft net {FM). Radio sets teletypewriter communications to division organic to the brigade aviation platoon are

29-2 29-3 OIV SIG BN VSC NET (RATT) BOE OP/INTEL UNITS PLA (NOTE 4) FM 6 I- 2 4 -114 W TO SUBOR PRC COMM BOE 0 V SIG BN RATT (COMM PLAT) BDE SIG 0 NET 2 VSC PLAT 1 (NCS) OIV COMO LOR SQUAD SQUADS PRC\ /PRC (FOR RETRANSMISSION OR ~>-*^OTHER USE AS REQO) COMM\__ PLAT WPNS RIFLE VRC ( SCTY PLAT COMPLET -FM LOG NET- VRC RATT ñ COM DR BDE VSC (NCS) fCb 'On} VRC JvSC VRC FOR USE A3 REQO NET OIV OP/INTEL ARC OIV COMO i NET I - RATT <^_MJ FWDSVC SPT NET ARC (6 EA) . LOH BDE COMDR (NOTE 4 VRC PRC PRC \* VRC BOE FWO <£)' BOE FWO BDE FWO VRC VRC <*■■ VRC VRC BDE OPNS OIV NET 2 OIV COMO DIV AOMIN LOG ^ " OIV COMO NET I PRC BDE COMO NET-FM OPNS (NOTE 5) OP/INTEL AS REQO C ATC NET-AM C BOE ACFT NET-FM ) VRC VRC (NCS)/ BOÈ (NOTE 4)/PRC\\L0 (NOTE 2) ARC NET-FM OIV COMO - OP (9 EA) ARC PRC AIR DIR AF TAC OR AF TAC PLAT >AIR DIR NET (USAF PROV) SPOT REP RCVR VRC SET VNC VRC VRC NCS) SET SET Figure 29-1. Type radio nets, airmobile division brigade. Gib AIR DIR OR AF TAC POT REP RCVR PRC (NCS PRC AVN PLAT AS REQO) (FOR USE BOE AF AIR ■ ■ COMO NET 4 REQD NET ^ ” VRC VRC VRC I 02 ARC VRC SPOT REP RCVR OR AF TAC AIR OIR AN/ASC-5 NOTES! (NOTE I) OR CW AM UHF VOICE DISMOUNTED OPERATION LEGEND. - FM ■ AM VOICE OR CW ■ RATT,AM VOICE RESCUE. FORWARD. FOR USE AS INDICATED OR A3 IN BRIGADE AIRBORNE CP OPERATE IN DIVISION NETS ONLY ON SSB AM VOICE OR CW AT BRIGADE FRAME FOR AVIATION VEHICLE OR BRIGADE COMMUNICATIONS PLATOON OTHERWISE REQUIRED. GROUND OPERATIONS. AM RADIO SET AN/URC-IO FOR CRASH APPROPRIATE ■■ OIV OR 6DE NET AS REQO OIV CENTRAL FOR USE C OMMUNICATIONS 1. OP/INTEL 9.EACH HELICOPTER IS EQUIPPED WITH 2. PORTABLE RADIO SET (S) SHOWN 3. FOUR AN/VRC-46'S MOUNTED ON M RADIO SETS PROVIDED BY 4. F

C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24 shown in one net. For further information and units supported by fire will lay wire to the air- the employment of aircraft FM radios, refer to mobile brigade headquarters. paragraph 18-6. (2) In general, the wire system shown (4) Air traffic control net (AM). Each parallels the FM radio nets of the brigade. helicopter of the aviation platoon is netted c. Supplemental Means. with a ground control station (NCS) in an air (1) Messengers, both scheduled and spe- traffic control (ATC) net. cial, are provided by the brigade to its attached battalions and other subordinate units. Empha- b. Wire. sis will be on air messenger service, with foot (1) A type wire system installed at bri- and motor messengers confined to shorter and gade headquarters by the communication pla- more secure routes. toon is shown in figure 29-2. Wire trunks to (2) Where possible, visual and sound such major subordinate units as the infantry communications between brigades and subordi- battalion and brigade trains are rarely in- nate units are maintained in accordance with stalled in airmobile operations. Where feasible, operations orders, the SOI, and division policy.

~~29-4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~■■ il, - - II ■~~

~~SWBD SWBD SWBD SB-22/PT SB-2 2/PT X SB-22/PT~~

~~ATTACHED BNS (NOTE 4)~~

~~BDE COMDR G> -o CHAP XO -o DISMOUNT POINT SI (2) —o FSCOORD (NOTE I) O SWBD SB-22/PT S 2 a -O AVN OFF (NOTE I) S3 o -o CHEM OFF S4 o- -o SIS OFF HO CO o -o COMM PLAT SURG a MSGCEN T I (NOTE I) O~~

~~OTHER SWBD (NOTE 3) X) (AS REQD) SB-22/PT (NOTE 2)~~

~~TO DIV MAIN~~

NOTES : (.SOLE USER CIRCUITS WILL BE ESTABLISHED THROUGH DIVISION MULTICHANNEL RADIO NETWORK. 2. INCLUDES OTHER SUPPORT OR ATTACHED UNITS, RADIO TRUCKS, 8 AUGMENTATIONS. 3. MULTICHANNEL RADIO TERMINAL PROVIDED BY SIGNAL BATTALION. 4. NUMBER OF ATTACHED BNS MAY VARY.

~~LEGEND: o TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT FIELD WIRE~~

~~FIELD WIRE INSTALLED WHEN FEASIBLE~~

~~»- 0 CABLE T TELETYPEWRITER FACILITY FM 61-24-115~~

~~Figure 29-2. Type wire system, airmobile division brigade.~~

~~29-5~~

~~C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 30~~

~~AIRMOBILE INFANTRY BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS~~

~~(STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. BATTALION HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

30-1. Basic Considerations 30—2. Airmobile Infantry Battalion a. The mission of the airmobile division in- Communications to Higher fantry battalion is to close with the enemy by Headquarters means of fire and maneuver in order to destroy a. Radio. Listed below are external radio or capture him or to repel his assault by fire, nets (fig. 30-1) in which the airmobile infan- close combat, and counterattacks. Basically, try battalion maintains stations. the airmobile infantry battalion is organized (1) Brigade command net FM. The bat- and equipped to utilize rotary wing aircraft for talion CP stations are provided by the battal- speedy transportation to advantageous position ion headquarters section and include the bat- on the battlefield. To carry out its mission, the talion commander and operations section. battalion is organized into a headquarters and When the battalion CP is heliborne, a radio headquarters company, three rifle companies, from a communication central provided by the and a combat support company. For more spe- battalion communications platoon will operate cific details refer to TOE 7-55. The battalion’s in this net. combat support company (TOE 7-58) consists (2) Brigade operations-intelligence net- of a reconnaissance platoon, mortar platoon, RATT. This net provides the capability of anti-tank platoon, and a Redeye (air defense) voice, CW or secure radio teletypewriter com- section. munications between battalion and its control- b. Battalion headquarters communications ling brigade headquarters. Although traffic is are provided by the communications platoon of primarily operations-intelligence, it can also be the battalion headquarters and headquarters used for administrative logistical purposes. company. Each communication platoon prov- The battalion station is provided by the com- ides equipment and personnel to maintain in- munications platoon. ternal headquarters communications and to (3) Division air request net {AM voice). provide the necessary communications links This net is used for transmitting preplanned from battalion headquarters to subordinate air request information. If TACP’s are une- units, and from battalion headquarters to the quipped, the battalion station may be diverted next higher headquarters, such as brigade. to an AF air request net to transmit immediate air requests. The battalion station is provided c. For other general information adaptable by the communications platoon. to communications in the infantry battalion airmobile division, refer to chapters 8 and 9. b. Wire Communications. When possible, the Chapter 2 lists the typical duties of the battal- brigade communications platoon may install ion communications officer and key enlisted wire trunks to the battalion headquarters communication specialists of the battalion. switchboard. In airmobile operations, however,

30-1 30-2 • AF TAC RIFLE CO ^ AIR DIR £>T0 FM 61-24-116 AF SET (USAF PROVIDED) © AF AF SET SET RECON 47 PRC PLAT LDR LEGEND: (NOTE 5) GRC-125 OPERATIONS AF AIR ■ AT PLAT LDR BDE NET COMD # DISMOUNTED PORTABL REQ NET^ ™ FM I ■ AM .VOICE OR CW EB RATT ZU UHF AM VOICE :SC COMBAT SPT CO 25 PRC 25 BN PRC COMDR TO MORT ^RIFLE CO PLAT LDR © CSC 2& PRC COMDR RECON PRC PLAT SGT AD BN FWD TEAM FM 25 125 GRC M GRC NET COMM PLAT SGT S3 PRC AD SEC SEC LDR OP 25 PRC S2/S3 25 PRC (NOTE 3}■ MORT S2 25 47 PRC VRC PLAT SGT 25 (NOTE!) PRC BN NETO—-| 25 PRC TO CSC XO PRC COMO I nn_, PLAT COMM 46 VRC (NCS) airmobile infantry battalion. headquarters and headquarters company, (FOR RETRANSMISSION) 49 34 ^ VRC BDE NET (NCS) I 06 ^^

C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24 this is unfeasible in most situations. Usually, a commander-to-commander net from battalion reliance on tactical wire trunks to brigade or to company level. Also operating in this net are higher headquarters must be discounted, and battalion staff members, commanders of sup- reliance must be placed on existing single porting unit, and other officers as designated. channel radio communications. NCS at battalion operations is provided by the c. Messenger. Brigade headquarters prov- communications platoon. ides messenger service to the airmobile battal- (2) Battalion administrative-logistics net ion, mostly by air, on a special and sometimes (FM). This radio net is used for the function scheduled basis. Where essential, battalion indicated with NCS normally designated at the may dispatch special messengers to brigade S4's portable radio set. For additional informa- headquarters. tion adaptable to the airmobile infantry battalion, refer to paragraph 19—4a(2). 30—3. Airmobile Infantry Battalion •b. Wire. The airmobile infantry battalion Communications to Subordinate wire system (fig. 30-2) parallels the radio nets Units already discussed. Wire trunks to the combat Communications from airmobile infantry bat- support company, the rifle companies, and sup- talion headquarters to subordinate units are porting units are laid when time and the tacti- summarized below : cal situation permit. a. Radio. FM radio sets employed in the air- c. Other Means of Communication. Battalion mobile infantry battalion (fig. 30-1) are, for headquarters maintains messenger service to the most part, of the dismounted portable type. its organic companies and attached and sup- Type radio nets for the battalion follow. porting units. Visual and other methods of sig- (1) Battalion command net (FM). This is naling are also used where practicable. C 1, FM 61-24 Kl m m -K SWBD SWBD SWBD SWBD SB-993/PT S B-993/PT SB-993/PT SB-22/PT (NOTE 3) K

BN COMDR O- —O HQ CO COMDR BN XO FIELD TRAINS o -o (NOTE 2) (2) S I SWBD RECON PLAT o- SB-22/PT -o (NOTE 2) S2 MAINT SEC O- /(NOTE I) < N OTE f)< S3 MED PLAT O o (NOTE 2) S 4 AT PLAT G> (NOTE 2) COMM OFF -Çj COMBAT TRAINS Q (NOTE 2) MSC CEN Q -O BN OP COMM PLAT O- -o CSC AD SEC (REDEYE) T LEGEND: TO BRIGADE TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT NOTES: o (.TELEPHONES ARE ORGANIC CSC COMBAT SUPPORT TO COMMUNICATION PLATOON. COMPANY 2. TIE INTO BN WIRE SYSTEM AT NEAREST SWITCHBOARD. 3. PART OF COMBAT SUPPORT FM 61-24-117 COMPANY.

~~Figure 30—2. Type wire system, infantry battalion, airmobile division.~~

~~30-4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

Section II. COMMUNICATIONS, COMBAT SUPPORT COMPANY, AIRMOBILE INFANTRY BATTALION 30-4. General company does not maintain an internal com- a. The combat support company of the air- pany command radio net. The company com- mobile infantry battalion has the mission to mander, mortar platoon leader, antitank pla- provide the battalion with reconnaissance, in- toon leader, and reconnaissance platoon leader direct fire support (81 mm mortar), antitank operate stations in the battalion command net; support, and limited air defense. the company executive officer and the platoon b. The company is organized into a company sergeants of the mortar, antitanks, and recon- headquarters, reconnaissance platoon, mortar naissance platoons switch radio stations to the platoon, antitank platoon, and Redeye section. battalion administrative logistics net as re- For further details on the combat support com- quired. Refer to figure 30-1. Platoon radio nets pany, refer to TOE 7-58. of the combat support company are identified below. c. The company CP of the combat support company is normally established in the vicinity (1) Battalion mortar platoon command of battalion headquarters. net-FM. This is an FM voice fire direction net with stations as illustrated in figure 30-3. Note 30—5. Company Communications to that the mortar fire direction center maintains Higher Headquarters separate voice radio contact with the direct a. Radio. The combat support company nor- support artillery units. mally maintains radio stations in the following (2) Reconnaissance platoon command battalion nets (fig. 30-3). net-FM. Refer to figure 30-3. Note that the (1) Battalion command net (FM). The platoon leader and the platoon sergeant may company commander and the platoon leaders switch from this net to the battalion command of the antitank, reconnaissance, and mortar or battalion administration logistics net, as re- platoons operate in this net. quired. (2) Battalion administrative-logistics net (FM). The company executive officer and the (3) Antitank platoon command net-FM. platoon sergeants of the antitank, reconnaiss- This net (fig. 30-3) is used by the platoon ance, mortar platoons and Redeye section oper- leader for command, control, and coordination ate in this net. of platoon operations. Note that the platoon b. Wire. Normally, the battalion communi- leader and the platoon sergeant may operate in cations platoon will extend a wire trunk to the the battalion command net and the battalion mortar platoon of the combat support com- administration logistics net, as required. pany. The company commander combat support company, usually has a telephone off the b. Wire. As previously indicated, the combat battalion switchboard ; the antitank and. recon- support company commander normally is tied naissance platoon leaders either have telephone into the battalion switchboard ; the reconnaiss- links directly to the battalion switchboard or ance and antitanks platoon leaders may be tied they tie into the battalion wire system at the into the battalion switchboard or be connected nearest switchboard of one of the other compa- to the nearest rifle company switchboard avail- nies. (As previously mentioned, the .combàt able (fig. 30-2). The mortar platoon,'however, support company CP is generally in the near operates an internal telephone switching sys- vicinity of the battalion CP.) Refer to figure tem primarily for fire direction purposes (fig. 30-2. . . 30-4). In addition, the mortar platoon is nor- 30-6. Internal Combat Support Company mally connected by wire to the infantry battal- Communications ion switchboard and to direct support artillery a. Radio. Normally, the combat support battalion.

~~30-5 RCL RIFLE RCL RIFLE RCL RIFLE RCL RIFLE SOD SOD SOD SOD FM 61-24~~

~~PLAT ^ iLDR(NCS) PLAT SGT ■Ç AT PLAT COMP NET-FM ^~~

GRC -| GRC 1 GRCh GRC l GRC BN ADMIN/ <} £>BN COMD NET I 25 125 I 25 25 BN I 25 LOG NET (NOTE I) ADMIN/ (NOTE I) LOG NET PLAT PLAT SCOUT SCOUT SCOUT (NOTE I) SOD SOD SOD SGT. LDR PRC PRC PRC PRC -t> BN COMD NET 2 5 2 5 (f? (NOTE I) (NCS)

~~( RECON PLAT COMP NET-FM~~

~~(NOTES)~~

~~J”AD SEc”] PRC PRC PRC Jj^REDEVEJj 25 25 25~~

NOTES: , 1. USES PRESET CAPABILITV TO ENTER t ! in BATTALION NET SHOWN. 2. FOR DISPLACEMENT. PLAT PLAT 3. TO BE ADDED IN FUTURE TOE LDR SGT . AUTHORIZATION. l'PRC^ BN COMD NET<- f'pRci ->BN ADMIN/ LEGEND: 25 .25. LOG NET (NOTE I) FM (NOTE I) * DISMOUNTED OPERATION

(NOTE 2) DS ARTY <}- ©*

~~V. _/~~

~~FM 61-24-118 Figure SOS. Type radio nets, combat support company, infantry battalion.~~

~~4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~AMORT AMORT AMORT AMORT I SOD I SOD X 800 ¿so° o o o O~~

~~• • • V~~

~~SW BD * SB-22/PT~~

~~W PN * CM PT~~

~~FROM BN FROM SUPPORTING ARTY~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~O TELEPHONE TA-3I2/PT~~

* HANDSET-HEADSET H-I6I M FM 61-24-119

~~Figure 30-4. Type mortar platoon wire system, combat support company, infantry battalion, airmobile division.~~

~~30-7 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~Section III. COMMUNICATIONS, RIFLE COMPANY, INFANTRY BATTALION~~

30—7. Company Communications to tached and supporting units. When necessary, Higher Headquarters the net may be secondarily used for company administration and logistics. NCS is at the a. Radio. The airmobile rifle company CP company CP. maintains radio stations in the following battalion nets (fig. 30-5). (2) Rifle platoon command net (FM). The three rifle platoons each maintain a radio (1) Battalion command net FM with a net from command and control of internal op- radio station for the company commander. erations. NCS is at the platoon CP. (2) Battalion administrative and logistics (3) Company fire direction net-FM. The net-FM which the company executive officer mortar platoon maintains this radio net for the may enter as required. purpose indicated. NCS is at the FDC. b. Wire. Where possible, the battalion com- b. Wire and Other Communications Means munications platoon will extend field wire (fig. 30-6). trunks to each of the rifle company switchboards (fig. 30-6). (1) The wire system of an airmobile rifle company parallels the radio nets already discussed. Where time and the tactical situation 30—8. Internal Rifle Company permit, field wire lines are laid from company Communications to platoon, and in rare cases from platoon to a. Radio (fig. 30-5). squad. Both battery and sound-powered tele- (1) Rifle company command net (FM). phones are employed. This net is primarily intended for tactical com- (2) Messengers, visual, and sound signal- munications from the company commander to ing áre employed in accordance with SOP’s his platoon leaders; also included are all at- and operations orders.

~~30-8 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~RIFLE RIFLE RIFLE WPNS SOD SOD SOD SOD í'PRC> PRC I'PRCN w/PRC\_~~

~~RIFLE PLAT COMO NET-FM~~

~~(NOTE 2)~~

~~rPRO\R,FLE PRC PLAT 6 jPLAT SGT LDR~~

~~RIFLE RIFLE RIFLE PLAT PLAT PLAT LOR LDR LDR FO FO FO~~

~~/PRC\ w 25 25 © 25.~~

~~RIFLE CO COMD NET-FM { FIRE DIRECTION NET-FM~~

~~CO MORTAR PLAT XO CP COMDR LDR FDC (NOTE 3)~~

(NOTE D/PRC^ /PRC\ PRC 'PRC' PRC .25. \zsj 2 5 25. 25 (NCS) BN COMD BN ADMIN LOG NET NET NOTES: 1. XO USES PRESET CAPABILITY TO ENTER BATTALION NETS AS REQUIRED. 2. ALL PLATOON NETS ARE IDENTICAL} ONLY ONE SHOWN. 3. ADDITIONAL RADIO SETS ARE FOR DISPLACEMENT. FM 6 1-2 4- 120

~~Figure SO-5. Type radio nets, rifle company, infantry battalion. C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~RIFLE RIFLE RIFLE WPN SOD SOD SOD SOD~~

~~NOTE)~~

~~(CE-ID^BPLAT LDR~~

~~^ ^ ^~~

~~¿6' ¿8' S6'~~

~~• • • WPN~~

~~PLAT LDR SWBD SWBD <3 (ALSO FOR SB-993 PT SB-993 GT SWBD OP) COMDRI~~

~~CP(ALSO FDC (CE-II) -o FOR SWBD (UTIL) OP) FROM BN~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~TELEPHONE SET TA—I/PT~~

~~TELEPHONE SET 1^1 ^ -Ö TA — 312 /PT 8I 8I 8~~

~~■N- HEADSET MICROPHONE ¿ ¿ ¿' FOR USE WITH TA-3I2/PT NOTE: ALL PLATOONS ARE IDENTICAL-, ONLY ONE IS SHOWN. FM 61-24-121~~

~~Figure 80-6. Type wire system, rifle company, infantry battalion.~~

~~30-10 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 31 COMMUNICATIONS IN THE CAVALRY SQUADRON (STANAG 2043)~~

Section I. SQUADRON HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS 31—1. Basic Considerations ion special staff and generally performs duties a. The communication system of the cavalry as listed in paragraph 2-6. Refer to para- squadron, airmobile division is similar to the graphs 2-7 and 2-8 for description of typical system of the armored cavalry squadrons of duties of key enlisted specialists of the platoon. the airborne divisions or armored, infantry, and mechanized divisions previously discussed 31-3. Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Divi- (chap 9 and 20). Radio is the primary means sion, Communication to Higher of communication within the cavalry squadron Headquarters and to higher headquarters because of its in- a. Radio. Headquarters of the cavalry herent speed and flexibility. However, the in- squadron, airmobile division, operates stations creased vulnerability to signal intelligence rein the following higher headquarters net (fig. quires that greater communications security 31-1). Refer to paragraph 28-11. procedures be followed. The cavalry squadron, airmobile division is unlike the squadrons of (1) Division command-operations net other divisions in that it has three air- cavalry (FM). troops and only one ground troop. Therefore, (2) Division operation-intelligence net most of the communications equipment is heli- (FM). copter mounted, light in weight, and otherwise (3) Division command net No. 1 (RATT). adapted to airmobile operations. Communica- (4) Division command net No. 2 (RATT). tions within the squadron and from the squadron headquarters to organic troops are pro- (5) Division administrative-logistics net vided jointly by the squadron headquarters No. 4 (RATT). section and the squadron communication pla- (6) AF request net (AM). The squadron toon. Operations and organization of the com- station is provided by the TACP. This radio munication platoon are very similar to those net is used for immediate air requests (see discussed in paragraphs 2-2 and 9-1 for the chap IV). armored cavalry squadron of ground divisions. (7) AF tactical air direction (UHF). The b. To carry out its mission, the squadron is squadron station is provided by the TACP. This voice net is used by the FAC to direct air organized into a headquarters and headquar- request mission being flown in support of the ters troop, three air cavalry troops, and a cav- squadron (chap 4). alry troop. For further details, refer to FM 17-36, FM 17-37, and TOE 17-95,.^7-96, b. Wire. In a stabilized situation, the cav- 17-98, and 17-99. alry squadron headquarters may be linked by field wire into an accessible division signal cen- 31—2. Squadron C—E Staff Officer and ter and thus obtain entry into the division mul- Other Communication Personnel tichannel radio network. The division signal The squadron C-E officer serves on the^battal- battalion may provide a multichannel radio

~~31-1 C l, FM 61-24~~

~~f o~~

~~(■et) (ROTt I)~~

|qRC[»«>——800W COMO HCT-AM >—««i^ T0 <0 <]**R4V?C COMD<]! L tUBORO ÜRITB r' *-S-||coSB^_J'8T *

~~COMO AVR ste -~~

~~( AVR RL*T COMO R»T-PM ^^5~~

nnz73 ARCIANC ' COMS RCT Sfi ära t*

~~I AIR TFC CON NBT-UHF~~

NOTCS: I. AR/FRC - 4 T ' B Utto At RtOUIRCO IR LORO R A ROC Ha SPCCIAL FURFOtt IHTCLL IBBHCC Ht T AS BHOVR. L TACF^— B.T*0 UTILITY H t L ICOFTCR t AStiBHtO TO MAINTIHAHCI ^vz—V/ PLATOON. ‘TTTSr AF TAC S. St B S3 OPtRATC IN DIVISION COMMAND OPCRATIONS AIR Rco<^«*t >AIR DIR OR OPCRATIONS IRTCLLIBCNCC NITS AS RCOUIRCD "C »o Ht T t (US AF PRO») *■ AN/ASC-B IS US CD IN SOU AO RO ■ HCL I BORNI CP B. AN/VRC-4B MAY ALSO Bt USES FOR RCT RANSMIS8I0H AS RtOUIRCO. «.IF SOUADRON IS TO OPtRATC AN FM INTtLLIOCNCC NCT, ADDITIONAL FM RADIO 8CTB MUST SC OBTAINED

~~■■••Ma AM~~

~~I' » UHF~~

Figure 81—1. Type radio nets, headquarters and headquarters troop. tenninal at squadron headquarters for tele- units. The radio nets employed by phone service. the squadron are: c. Messenger. Mèssenger service from divi- (1) Squadron command net (AM). This sion to squadron headquarters is normally pro- net links the squadron command post with the vided by the division signal battalion. Liaison command posts of organic troops. officers are used as couriers to convey informa- (2) Squadron command net (FM). This tion between the headquarters as an integral net links the squadron commander, ground or part of the communication system. airmobile, with his staff officers and troop com- 31—4. Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Divi- manders, ground or airmobile. sion Communications to Subordinate (3) Squadron intelligence net (AM). This Units net links the S2 with patrols, organic troops, (fig. 31-1) and attached units as required. Portable AM- a. Radio. The cavalry squadron operates SSB radio sets are used in this net. AM-SSB and FM radio nets for communica- (4) Red-eye section net (FM). This net tions with organic, attached, and supporting links the various air defense teams with the

~~31-2 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~AERO-RIFLE PLAT~~

~~AERO-SCT ERO-WPN PLAT HO PLAT HO PLAT HO PLAT SV-:. SEC O T ? (NOTE Z)~~

~~(NOTE I) m m M . TRP COM DR J—Q TRP COMDR~~

~~TRP HO O SW BD SWBD SWBD SWBD O TRP HO SB-ZZ/PT SB-ZZ/PT SB-ZZ/PT SB-ZZ/PT TRP MAINT O—f ï-o OPNS TRP MAINT~~

~~TRP SUP .~~

~~SOON COMM OFF Q O SODN COMDR~~

~~MSG CEN O O xo (Z TRP HO O O S3,S3 AIR SWBD~~

AID STA O SB-ZZ/PT O FAC(TACP) AVN PLAT Q O sz NOTES! AVN SAFETY OFF Q O S' 1. PLATOONS OF EACH AIR SPT PLAT Q O S4 AIR CAVALRY TROOP ARE, IDENT IC AL :ON LY ONE TROOP. TECH SUP Q , IS SHOWN. . 2. EACH PLATOON ALSO HAS - MAINT PLAT^£> ONE CE- I I.

~~LEGEND: ‘ '~~

~~—O’ TELEPHONE SET TA-3IZ/PT TODIVISION —•TELEPHONE SET TA—I/PT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM~~

~~1 i o r AD SEC~~

~~rXTTT-* ; •1-+ L. FM 61-2 4-123~~

~~Figure Sl-2, Type wire system, cavalry squadron.~~

~~31-3 C 1, FM 61-24~~

section leader. The section leader also operates cations. have a special importance to the ca- in the squadron command net (FM) as re- valry squadron because of the extended cavalry quired. missions performed in support of airmobile op- (5) Squadron administrative—logistics erations. Extensive use is made of arm and net {FM). This net links the S4 with the troop hand signals, pyrotechnics, and panels which executive officers for administration and sup- are used for marking friendly and enemy posi- ply traffic. tions, vehicles, and front lines. b. Wire. Because of the widely dispersed op- d. Messenger Service. Both ground and air erations of the squadron, a squadron wire sys- messenger service is provided from the squad- tem is seldom employed. The squadron com- ron headquarters to subordinate units. Messen- munication platoon will lay wire to troops dur- ger service is provided on a regular scheduled ing periods of radio silence or when all ele- and special basis. ments of the squadron are in a stabilized situa- e. Airborne CP. A helicopter provided by tion. A type squadron wire system is shown in the command aviation section may be used as figure 31-2. Internal wire facilities within the required for an airborne squadron CP. The sec- squadron command post are provided by the tion also provides a communications central squadron communication platoon. for voice radio communications in this air- c. Visual Communications. Visual communi- borne headquarters. (Refer to fig. 31-1.) .

~~Section II. COMMUNICATION OF THE AIR CAVALRY TROOP~~

31—5. General (1) Squadron command net—AM (ground station). a. Each of the three air cavalry troops is a combat force with combat elements mounted in (2) Squadron command net—FM (ground armed helicopters. Primarily the mission of and air stations). the troop is to perform reconnaissance and se- (3) Squadron administrative—logistics curity for the squadron, or other units to net—FM (ground station). which attached; to engage in combat as an (4) Squadron intelligence net—AM (if economy of force unit; and to provide limited required). antitank defense for elements^ of the division. b. Wire and Messenger Service. Wire trunks Because of this versatility,' the air cavalry are provided by the squadron communication troop requires radio communications that will platoon^ or telephone service may be obtainable provide air-to-air, ground-to-air, air-to-ground, from the multichannel facilities of the division and ground-to-ground communications. communication system. Messenger service from b. Communications personnel authorized to the cavalry squadron to the air cavalry troops the air cavalry troop include the communica- will be either by ground messenger provided tion chief, radio mechanics, and radio opera- by the squadron communication platoon or by tors. In addition, helicopter crew personnel are air messenger provided by the squadron avia- trained in the operation of helicopter mounted tion platoon. AM and FM radio sets. 31—7. ^ Air Cavalry Troop Internal Communi- 31-6. Air Cavalry Troop Communications to ... cation Higher Headquarters a. Radio. FM radio, nets (fig. 31-3) are the a. Radio. The air cavalry troop operates primary communication means utilized for in- ground stations, air stations, or both in the fol- ternal command and coordination of troop op- lowing higher headquarters radio nets (fig. erations. Type radio nets of the air cavalry 31-3). troop are listed below.

~~31-4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~cso0£;«.2 3 4...|"n 1 »J TRP HQ~~

~~POR USE AS REOO '** \«T~~

~~TRP LN SOT C AIR CAV TRP COMO WET- Fit ) ©b~~

~~BOOM VRC VRClVfiC IORC VRCI V*® ARCIARC ARCIARC (RCS) «»!»* I' ®*-Js ® « I B i il SOON ADHIN-LOONET-PM ^ SOON COMO NET-PM )~~

~~AIR TPC CON NCT-AM-UHP~~

~~AERO SCT PLAT~~

~~TEN LOH S IN TWO SCOUT SECy PLAT LO (LOH) (LOH PlVE AIRCRAPT PER SEC~~

~~PRC NOTE: EACH AIRCRAPT IS ALSO EQUIPPED WITH A URC-IO POR RESCUE 6 AN ARR-4S(0CV)TO PERMIT MONI TOR I NO IN ANOTHER PM NET. AERO RIPLE PLAT~~

~~FIVE UH S IN LIFT SEC -, ONE AIRCRAPT PER EA OP FOUR AERO RIFLE SOUAO ( PLAT NET-PM ^ , ONE FOR PLAT LDR~~

ONE CA iRR I ARC |AR C I PRC PRC 4 » I 9 « I S I I AN/PRC-29 UHF PER SOUAO «DISMOUNTED OPERATION UH UTILITY HELICOPTER WPN PLAT LOH LIOHT OBSERVATION HELICOPTER PCCPLIOHT COORDINATION CENTER WPN SEC PLAT S UH S PER ■SLOR UH . .WPN SEC

~~iCIARCI ARC ARC m 4 Hn I ® 4 I S I~~

~~Figure SIS. Type radio nets, air cavalry troop, cavalry squadron.~~

(1) Troop command net (FM). Stations their FM radios are committed to maintain in this net include the troop commander, CP continuous communications with supported station, flight operations center, all platoon ground elements. leaders, liaison sergeant, maintenance section, (6) The aerorifle platoon lift section and platoon helicopters if required. uses a platoon command net (UHF) for com- (2) Air traffic control net (AM). Stations mand and control when the rifle squads are en- in this AM UHF voice net include all' troop gaged in ground operations. helicopters, the control tower, and CP station ( 5 ) Ground stations (FM and AM). of the troop. (o) Portable FM radio sets are autho- (3) Platoon command nets (FM). The rized for the troop operations section, each pla- scout, rifle and weapons platoons operate platoon. leader, and each rifle squad for use as re- toon command nets for command, control and quired to accomplish their mission. coordination during tactical operations. . (b) Portable AM radio sets are autho- (4) Platoon command nets (UHF).- rized two per air cavalry troop headquarters (a) The scout and weapons platoons for use by long range patrols, forward com- use these nets for command anc control,when mand groups, and as required to enter AM nets

31-5 C 1, FM 61-24 of adjacent or supporting units or nets of b. Wire. The air cavalry troop is authorized higher headquarters. The stations may also be sufficient personnel, wire, and telephone equip- used in the squadron intelligence net if re- ment to install and operate an air cavalry quired. (Refer to fig. 31-1) troop wire net. See figure 31-2 for a type air cavalry troop wire net.

~~Section III. COMMUNICATIONS OF THE CAVALRY TROOP~~

31—8. General (4) Squadron intelligence net—AM (if The mission of the cavalry troop of the airmo- required). bile division cavalry squadron is similar to b. Wire and Messenger Service. Wire lines that of the armored cavalry troop of the ar- (fig. 31-2) and messenger service from higher mored, infantry and mechanized divisions. The headquarters are provided by the squadron cavalry troop is organized and equipped to per- communication platoon. form reconnaissance, provide security, and engage in offensive, defensive, and delaying ac- 31—10. Airmobile Cavalry Troop Internal tions as an economy of force unit. It is em- Communications ployed on missions that complement the squadron mission or mission of the unit to which at- a. Radio. The cavalry troop operates the fol- tached. Because of the mobility inherent in the lowing FM radio nets (fig. 31^4) for internal cavalry troop, FM radio constitutes the pri- communication with troop elements : mary means of communincation. See FM 17-36 (1) Troop command net—FM. This net is and FM 17-37 for further detail. used for command and control of the three cav- 31—9. Airmobile Cavalry Troop Communi- alry platoons. In addition, this net is used for cation to Higher Headquarters troop administrative and logistical purposes. a. Radio. The cavalry troop operates radio (2) Platoon command nets—FM. Each stations in the following higher headquarters platoon operates a command net for command nets (fig. 31—4). and control of the platoon. ( 1 ) Squadron command net—AM. b. Wire. The cavalry troop installs and oper- (2) Squadron command net—FM. ates a troop wire net when time and the tacti- (3) Squadron administrative—logistics cal situation permit. See figure 31-2 for a typi- pet—FM. cal cavalry troop, airmobile division wire net.

~~31-6 o~~

31-7 125 GRC 4 6 VRC FM 6 1-24-125 LN SGT TRP HO 125 e; GRC NOTES: 46 VRC MAINT SEC 46 VRC TO LEAVE PRIMARY NET. AS REQUIRED AFTER OBTAINING APPROVAL TO ONE SHOWN. t 1. TROOP MAY OPERATE IN OTHER NETS WO REMAINING PLATOONS IDENTICAL T 2. ) C>TO SOON { SOON ADMIN-LOG NET-FM (NOTE I) 125 6 RC 4 7 VRC Oj Ç^y NOTE 2 VRC CAV PLAT COMO NET-FM ) TRP HO 125 GRC -FM ^ ^ CAV TRP COMP NET NET-AM Ç> SOON COMO © SEC OPERATION ANTI TANK Figure Sl-A. Type radio nets, cavalry troop, cavalry squadron. * DISMOUNTED I 06 G RC LEGEND ! FM immm AM HQ 4 9 VRC J ^ TO SOON ( SOON COMD NET-FM VRC SEC LOR NCS (NOTED 46 * (NOTE I (NCS) 4 9 VRC VRC COMDR AS REOO^ FOR USE ^1, TRP TWO PLAT TO REMAINING V

~~FM 61-24 'O;~~

~~» r» r rt • f C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 32~~

~~DIVISION ARTILLERY COMMUNICATIONS~~

~~(STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

32—1. Mission headquarters battery with the C-E officer serving on the division artillery special staff. The Division artillery of an airmobile division has communications platoon leader acts as direct the mission to provide direct and general artil- assistant to the division artillery C-E officer. lery support. The specific mission and capabilities of component units of division artillery b. Field Artillery Battalion, 105mm Towed. with emphasis on communication will be iden- Each of the 105mm field artillery battalions tified in the subsequent sections and para- (cannon battalions) has a C-E officer and com- graphs of this chapter. munications platoon organic to its headquarters, headquarters and service battery. The 32—2. Composition of Division Artillery battalion C-E officer is a special staff officer Division artillery of an airmobile division con- and is part of battalion headquarters. The pla- sists of the following : toon leader of the battalion communications platoon also acts as assistant battalion C-E of- а. One headquarters and headquarters bat- ficer. tery, division artillery (TOE 6-701). c. Field Artillery Battalion, Aerial Artil- б. One aviation battery (TOE 6-702). lery. The aerial field artillery battalion has a c. Three filed artillery battalions (105mm) C-E officer and a communication section. The towed, all of which will be completely airmo- battalion C-E officer at battalion headquarters bile (TOE 6-705). serves on the battalion special staff and is as- d. One field artillery battalion, aerial artil- sisted by the assistant C-E officer who nor- lery (TOE 6-724). mally commands the battalion communications section. 32—3. Organization for Communications d. Firing Battery. Each cannon firing bat- With the exception of the aviation battery, tery of the 105mm battalions is authorized a each of the units listed above has an organic communications section with an enlisted com- communications platoon or section and is au- munications chief and specialists as required. thorized a communications-electronics (C-E) Aerial field artillery batteries have a combined officer. flight operations and communications section with an enlisted communications chief. a. Headquarters Battery, Division Artillery. The division artillery C-E officer and the divi- e. Type Duties of Personnel. Detailed discussion artillery communications platoon are or- sions on the type duties of personnel, both ganic to the division artillery headquarters and officer and enlisted, are given in chapter 2.

~~32-1 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~Section II. DIVISION ARTILLERY HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

32—4. Airmobile Division Artillery Head- 32-5. Communications to Higher Head- quarters and Headquarters Battery quarters a. The airmobile division artillery headquar- a. Radio. Airmobile division artillery nor- ters battery has the mission to direct and coor- mally has radio stations in the following higher dinate the operations of airmobile division ar- headquarters nets. Refer also to paragraph 28- tillery and its attached units. In addition, the 11. battery provides the facilities for control of (1) Division command operations net— these units. FM. Division artillery headquarters and head- b. The subsequent discussions of this section quarters battery will provide radio stations will identify the communication facilities that with the division artillery commander and the specifically relate to the division artillery executive officer (fig. 32-1). headquarters and headquarters battery. (2) Division operations intelligence net

~~DIV AVN 01V ARTY DIV ARTY ARTY XO BTRY COMOR C-t OFF CO r-A-,~~

~~( DIV ARTY COMP NET-FM )-~~

~~VRC VRC VRC 47 49 4 9 (NCS) FA BN FA BN n- AVN BTRY 105 MM COMD NET E> DIV 'AERIAL ARTY COMD/OP NET BN VJ BN BN COMDR XO COMDR~~

~~VRC VRC VRC 47 47M J 4 7 4 7~~

~~( FA BN 105 MM COMO/FD NET ) Ç FA BN AERIAL FA ÇOMO/FO NET )~~

~~TGT \ CHIEF (ACQ PLAT SURV PTY / DIV ARTY SURVEY NET-FM E SIC/ G RC GRC PRC VRC ,2 SURVEY 46 l 25 125 25~~

~~TGT ACO PLAT LDR~~

~~FA BN 105 MM~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~— FM viel J PRC 5 SURVEY 46 25 PARTIES « DISMOUNTED OPERATION FM 6 I- 24-126~~

~~Figure 32-1. Type FM command/fire direction and survey nets, airmobile division artillery. 32—2 C 1, FM 61-24~~

—FM. Station is provided by the division sig- No. 4—RATT. Station is provided by division nal battalion (fig. 32-2). signal battalion (fig. 32-2). (3) Division comnumd net No. 1—RATT. 6. Wire. If division artillery headquarters is Station is provided by division signal battalion located as part of a division base area, wire (fig. 32-2). and cable trunks will suffice to connect into the (4) Division command net No. 2—RATT. division system. If, however, division artillery Station is provided by division signal battalion is located separately and at considerable dis- (fig. 32-2). tance from division main facilities, the division (5) Division administrative logistics net signal battalion will provide a multichannel

~~(NOTE I) (NOTE 0 DIV ARTY HO~~

~~D)V ARTY COMD/FD NET-WATT~ ^3~~

~~VSClVRC vsc VSC 2 I 24 2 2 (NCS)~~

~~lSPOT REPT RCVR NET~~

~~FA BN AVN FA BN BTRY FLT 105 MM AERIAL ARTY ¿àOP SEC ROO SEC &AVN SEC~~

~~VSC VSC vsc 2 Z 2~~

~~oiy^V DIV S16 BN l PSIÖ BN MET SEC~~

~~(NOTE 2 (NCS)~~

~~DÍVT COMO 01V COMO DIV ADMIN/LOO NET-1 NET-2 NET-4 DIV ARTY MET BC ST NET NOTES: I. PROVIDED BY HO B HQ BTRY AIR MOBILE LEGEND: ' DIV ARTY. FM 2; MAY BE REQUIRED AT FORWARD DIV RATT ARTY CP.~~

~~■ ■AM~~

~~Z ) UHF « DISMOUNTED OPERATION FM 61-24-127~~

~~Figure 82-2. Type radio teletypewriter nets, airmobile division artillery.~~

32-3 C !, FM 61-24 radio terminal at division artillery headquar- artillery headquarters by the communications ters for access into the division communica- platoon, headquarters and headquarters bat- tions system. tery. c. Messenger. Division artillery receives (3) Division artillery fire direction net— both scheduled and special messenger service FM. This FM voice net is used to process fire from the division headquarters or base. If dis- missions and exchange information and intel- tances are long, air messenger service is used. ligence. Stations provided by division artillery headquarters and headquarters battery are 32—6. Communications to Subordinate Units shown in figure 32-2 with NCS at division artillery FDC. a. Radio. Headquarters and headquarters battery, division artillery, normally operates (4) Division artillery operations/fire di- and controls the nets listed below : rection net—FM. This net provides communications with elements of the staff, aircraft, (1) Division artillery command net and subordinate units for tactical control, ad- {FM). This voice net (fig. 32-1) provides di- ministrative supervision, and exchange of in- rect voice communications from division artil- formation and intelligence. If required, the net lery headquarters (artillery commander) to may also be used for fire missions which will the commanders and executive officers of the preempt all other traffic. Headquarters and field artillery battalions and the aviation bat- headquarters battery provides stations as tery. As configured, the net (fig. 32-1) is pri- shown in figure 32-3 with NCS at division ar- marily used for administrative and technical tillery FDC. control; however, the division artillery commander or his deputy may switch frequencies (5) All survey sections of divisional to operate in this net which then becomes a di- units within the corps area may operate on one rect voice command net to the subordinate common artillery survey channel. The deploy- commanders. If it becomes necessary to pass ment of divisional units coupled with the fire directions over this net, they will preempt transmission range of their organic radios will all other traffic. Headquarters and headquar- not significantly interfere with the ability of ters battery provides the C-E officer’s station survey parties to accomplish their mission as nominal NCS in this net when the division while operating on the same channel. The artillery commander or his deputy are operat- channel used will be different from the field ar- ing in division artillery operations/fire direc- tillery target acquisition battalion survey tion or the division command/operations nets. channel or the nondivisional corps survey channel. Figure 32-1 depicts the survey net as (2) Division artillery command/fire direc- an internal net with NCS in the survey officer’s tion net—RATT. This AM RATT net (fig. vehicle. 32-2) is operated by division artillery to communicate with the cannon and aerial field artil- b. Wire. Wire communications are normally lery battalions. It is used to transmit tactical restricted to installations within landing zones and administrative orders, fire missions, and and the base camp. At division artillery head- meteorological messages. The battalions use quarters, the headquarters battery provides a this net to request additional fire support from switched telephone system with teletypewriter division artillery and to exchange information set and telegraph terminal for use as required and intelligence. NCS is provided at division (fig. 32-4).

32-4 32-5 COMO/FD NET FA BN AERIAL ARTY AS REOD FOR USE 54 ARC 122 FM 61-24-126 ARC ARC BN COMDR > T-«? FA BN AERIAL ARTY FA BN AERIAL ARTY ATC NET HO BTRY COMDR NOTES: 4 9 VRC BN OP INTEL P { DIV COMP /OP NET-FM { DIV OP/INTEL NE WM~ AIRMOBILE DIV ARTY. ARTY CP. 1. PROVIDED BY HO S HO BTRY, 2. TO BE USED AT FORWARD DIV Î>ATC 4 9 VRC FA BN 105 MM OP/FOC 46 VRC 24 46 VRC VRC ASC-5 AVN BTRY F LT OP SEC* 102 46 VRC ARC (NOTE I) 4 9 VRC { DIV ARTY FD NET-FM )■ NETS > RDO SEC ^ I OR 2

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C l, FM 61-24~~

~~D V FSE FDC O O o DIV ARTY COM DR~~

~~FDC O O DIV ARTY XO~~

~~FDC O O S3 DIV ARTY SIC O O S2 SWBD MAINT SEC Q O S4 SB-22/PT AV N OFF Q (2) O SI COMM PLAT Q O SIGO~~

~~RDO SEC 0 O SURG~~

~~WIRE SEC O O HO BTRY~~

~~MSGCEN 0- 0 TGT ACQ PLAT~~

~~O MET SEC~~

~~S C T Y O PERS ADJ 000-0-0 0 MAINT SEC AERIAL ARTY BN + > RW I ( IF ESTABLISHED) AVN BTRY -4-~~

~~SUBORD UNITS~~

~~TO DIV SWBD~~

~~NOTE : SWITCHBOARDS CAN ACCOMMODATE LEGEND: 29 LINES OR TELEPHONES. AND ONE OPERATORS LINE PACK. ■0 TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT * SOLE USER CIRCU I T -► ONE COMMON USER CIRCUIT~~

~~MORE THAN ONE COMMON USER CIRCUITS f TELETYPEWRITER FM 6 1-24-129~~

~~Figure 32-4. Type wire system, headquarters and headquarters battery division artillery. 32-6 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~Section III. AVIATION BATTERY COMMUNICATIONS~~

32-7> General (6) Communications central. The flight Aviation battery, airmobile division artillery operations section provides a communications has the mission to provide airmobile division central with sufficient FM radio sets to permit artillery with immediately responsive aviation an airborne division artillery CP to operate in support. Aircraft provided by this battery are the division operations intelligence net, the di- used for aerial observation, reconnaissance, vision command operatins net, and the division and surveillance of enemy areas to locate, ver- artillery command/fire direction net (fig. ify, and evaluate targets, peform terrain stud- 32-5). In addition, this communications cen- ies, and adjust artillery fires. Also provided by tral has an AM-SSB radio set which may af- the battery are the aircraft for artillery com- ford access on a voice basis into division commanders, liaison, reconnaissance, and transpor- mand nets No. 1 or 2. Note that the utilizations tation. Other functions performed may include given are intended as types only ; for example, aerial wire laying and radio retransmission. radio sets of the communications central may For more complete information refer to appro- be totally required for operation in internal di- priate artillery field manuals when published vision artillery radio nets. and TOE 6-702. b. Wire. When feasible, wire or cable trunks to higher headquarters switchboards, either di- 32—8. Communications to Higher Head- vision main or division artillery, are provided quarters by the higher headquarters communications a. Radio. The aviation battery normally support. Refer to figure 32-6. provides radion stations in the following higher headquarters nets ( fig. 32-5 ) : 32—9. Communications to Subordinate Units (1) Division artillery command net—FM. a. Radio. Internal radio nets (fig. 32-5) op- (2) Division artillery command/fire direc- erated by the aviation battery are listed below : tion net—RATT. (1) Aviation battery command net—FM. (3) Division artillery operations fire di- This net is used for internal control and ad- rection net—FM. ministration of the battery. Stations of the bat- (4) Division command-operations net— tery are shown in figure 32-5 with NCS at the FM. The flight operations section provides a flight operations section. ground portable radio station for operation in (2) Aviation battery—air traffic control this net. This radio may accompany the artil- net ( UHF). This voice radio net is used for the lery airborne CP for later use on the ground purpose indicated (fig. 32-5) with NCS at when the division artillery commander or his the flight operations section. staff deplanes; or, the radio may be otherwise b. Wire. A switchboard is authorized to the used as required. flight operations section for establishing a (5) Division operations-intelligence net local wire system as required. Refer to figure —FM ((4) above). 32-6.

32-7 32-8 NOTE: FM 61-24-1 30 AM UHF AM FM RATT AUTHORIZED, ONE SHOWN. THREE DS SUPPORT SECTIONS LEGEND: 46 VRC f svc>_ > PLAT UH ARC (4 EA) 54 ARC 46 VRC VRC 46 SEC VRC y-ASC-SOF 4 6 VRC F LT FLT 0P GS PLAT 3 OP SEC FLT OP SEC ■ 4 6 VRC DIV OP/tNTEL NET~FM 46 PRC VRC ( DIV COMD/OP NET-FM ) 11 L1 LOH — RATTNET C0MD/FD

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~AVN~~

~~GS PLAT LDR Q -O AVN BC~~

~~DS PLAT LDR Q -O BTRY CP (SEE NOTE) SWBD DS SEC O SB-22/PT O FLT OP SEC DS SEC O O AFLD SVC SEC DS SEC Q- ■Q SVC PLAT LDR~~

~~▼ TO DIV A RTY SWBD~~

~~LEGEND: OTELEPH0NE SET TA-312/PT~~

~~NOTE! DIRECT SUPPORT PLATOON ALSO HAS THREE TELEPHONE SETS TA-I/PT.ONE PER DS AVIATION SECTION FOR GROUND USE AS REQUIRED. FM 61-24-131~~

~~Figure 82-6. Type wire system, aviation battery, airmobile division artillery.~~

~~Section IV. COMMUNICATIONS IN THE FIELD ARTILLERY BATTALION, 105MM TOWED~~

32—10. Basic Considerations port to include target acquisition, signal com- a. Each of the three 105mm field artillery munications, liaison, survey and logistics. In battalions (TOE 6-705) has the mission to addition, each battalion may be required to provide both direct and general artillery sup- reinforce the fires of other field artillery units.

~~32-9 C 1, FM 61-24~~

b. Each of these cannon battalions consists S. Supported company command net— of the headquarters, headquarters and service FM. battery, and three firing batteries. A battalion 1. Forward service support team net communications platoon is organic to the head- —FM. quarters and service battery. (2) Wire. Wire or cable links from division artillery headquarters to cannon battalion 32—11. Characteristics of Communications headquarters may be installed when— ai In airmobile field artillery operations, com- (а) These headquarters are adjacently munications requirements are not met primarily located. by the use of organic voice radios in maintain- (б) Separating distances are relatively ing the constant liaison necessary between the secure and not excessive in length. artillery and the supported units. Wire com- b. Internal Communications. munications are rarely used except for internal (1) Radio. Radio nets required for inter- local telephone lines. nal control of cannon battalion are discussed b. Multiple use of voice radio nets provides below : both command and fire direction channels of (а) Field artillery battalion, 105mm, communications. Note that in the discussions command fire direction net—FM. This net that follow, the FDC communications channels provides a communication means for the trans- of airmobile field artillery batteries are in one mission of orders and for the tactical control radio net. Consequently, the restricted number and administration of subordinate units. The of radio nets in the 105mm battalion will re- net may also be used for the control of fire mis- quire a high degree of traffic discipline and ju- sions which will take precedence over all other dicious use of each channel of communication traffic. Stations provided by the various ele- available. ments of headquarters, headquarters and service battery are shown in figure 32-7 with 32—12. Headquarters, Headquarters and NCS at battalion FDC. Service Battery (б) Field artillery battalion, 105mm, a. External Communications. fire/direction net—FM. This is the primary net for the transmission of battalion fire missions. (1) Radio. External radio nets in which Stations provided by battalion headquarters, the headquarters, headquarters and service headquarters and service battery are shown in battery maintains stations are listed below. figure 32-7 with NCS at battalion FDC. (Refer to para 32-5 and fig. 32-7.) (c) Field artillery battalion, 105mm, (a) Division artillery command net— command/fire direction net—AM. This AM— FM. voice, SSB radio net provides an alternate long (&) Division artillery command-fire di- range command fire/direction net by utilizing rection net—RATT. portable AM radio equipments. Battalion com- (c) Division artillery operations-fire di- munications platoon (radio section) provides rection net—FM. (d) Division artillery fire direction net the NCS at the operations/fire direction center. —FM. (d) Air defense section net. (e) Division artillery survey net—FM. (2) Wire. In airmobile operations, wire (/) Headquarters, Headquarters and communications from cannon battalion head- Service Battery has the capability of entering quarters to each firing battery must be consid- the following nets as required : ered a secondary means of communications to 1. Supported brigade command net— be installed when the tactical situation per- FM. mits. Type internal wire systems installed for 2. Supported battalion command net— battalion headquarters use are shown in figure FM. 32-8.

32-10 32-11 FM $1-24-132 OP a FD SEC«. NOTES: DIV ARTY FD NET-FM NET BN COMD >SUPPORTED H0 2 STATION. DURING AIRLIFT OPERATION. AIRLIFT OPERATION. PRC 49 K V *2 VRC I J VRC U (1 ^—C DIV J Ç DIV ARTY OP/FO NET-FM * f COMD NETS-FM l VARIOUS SUPPORTED CO T0 1. USED BY LIAISON SECTION DURING BN LO SED BY FA BATTERY COMMANDER U 2. 3 USED AS RADIO RETRANSMISSION ARTYS (NOTE I) BDE COMO NET »SUPPORTED © PRC PRC BTRY FO SEC SURV 1 FWD SVC PRC ©‘ ©' SPT TEAM BTRY FO NET-FM J 4 7 VRC X. /S PRC (S) BTRY FO TGT ACO PLAT HO DIV ARTY SURV 129 6RC TO OIV < ARTY HO _ _ . -—.— wW ) | ' | ( FA BN 109 MM COMD/FD-FM PRC VRC J Æ1 VSC FA BTRY RDO SEC (NOTE 3) L ( AD SEC NET-FM ~)—J 47 VRC VRC division. Figure S2-7. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion, 105mm towed, airmobile BTRY FDC VRC FA BN lös MM COMO/FD NET-AM )■ { FA BN 105 MM FD NET-fM )~ J SEC V ARTY COMO NET-FM ) fPRCXBN RDO OPERATION * DISMOUNTED LEGEND: '*» AM OS RATT FM ^ OIV ARTY COMO/FD NET- RATT HO OIV ART ’<^C OIV ARTY

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

—

* 105 'it 105 4I05

~~QBC QBC QBC~~

~~MSQCEN O Q BN COMDR~~

~~MED SEO O OBN XO~~

~~MAINT SEC O SWBD OS2~~

~~SB-22/PT SUP SEC O O83 (2 RDO SEC O O S|.S4~~

~~WIRE SEC O O COMM OFF O—►' HO BC O O TO FDC O BTRY o FDC O BN FO~~

~~SCTY~~

~~t ▼ DIV SUPPORTED ARTY UNIT (INSTALLED WHEN FEASIBLE)~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~O TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT~~

~~TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT FM 61-24-133~~

~~Figure 82-8. Type wire system, headquarters, headquarters and service battery, field artillery battalion, 105mm towed, airmobile division. 32-12 C 1, FM 61-24~~

32-13. Firing Battery (3) Field artillery battalion 105mm command/fire direction net—AM. Each of the three firing or cannon batteries of 105mm, towed, field artillery battalion prov- (4) Supported company command net— ides a basic firing component of the battalion. FM. As required, each battery forward ob- Rapid and frequent displacement by helicopter server enters the company command net of the characterizes the operation of each firing bat- unit being supported. tery. Communications installations, therefore, ft. Wire. are kept to a minimum consistent with reten- (1) Normally, the airmobile firing battery tion of flexibility and reliability in communica- installs internal wire lines, but does not install tions to insure adequate fire support of combat external wire communications (fig. 32-9). units. (2) A telephone central and switching a. Radio. The airmobile field artillery can- group is advantageously located for use of the non battery does not operate separate radio battery howitzer sections. Each howitzer sec- nets for internal communications. Control of tion lays a wire line to this equipment. A bat- battery operations is therefore through or- tery wire team installs wire lines from the ganic radio stations operating in battalion telephone central to the computer and recorder nets. (Refer to para 3-2 for discussion.) A list- of the battery FDC. To facilitate laying the ing of radio nets (fig. 32-7) with battery sta- battery, the line to the recorder should have tions follows : sufficient slack to permit the moving of his telephone to the aiming circle if required. (1) Field artillery battalion command/fire Where necessary, the radio telephone operator’s direction net—FM. phone may be connected to the computer’s tele- (2) Field artillery battalion 105mm fire phone for direct connection of FDC fire com- direction net—FM. mands to the howitzer sections.

32-13 32-14 C 1,FM61-24 000 5 ~f' "t* >SPTUNITS Figure S2—9.Typewiresystem, fieldartillerybattery,105mmtowed, SCTY I TO AIMING CIRCLE \ 1 \ \ 'i' 'i \ TO BNFDC battalion, airmobiledivision. QTRTO Q / BTRY FDC ^ ADMIN 55/G COM P ACCOMPANIES XO RECORDER ó "ÖHEADSET FIELDWIREINSTALLED A TELEPHONESETTA-l/PT Q TELEPHONESETTA-3I2/PT AS REQUIRED FIELD WIRE LEGEND: FM 61-24-134 BC BN SWBD O O TO 105 C 1, FM 61-24

~~Section V. COMMUNICATIONS IN THE FIELD ARTILLERY BATTALION, AERIAL ARTILLERY~~

32—14. Basic Considerations the headquarters, headquarters and service bat- a. The aerial field artillery battalion (TOE tery operates stations are listed below. Refer 6-725) has the mission to provide aerially to figure 32-10 and paragraph 32-5. ¡mounted rocket fire in direct support of the as- (a) Division artillery command net— sault units of the airmobile division. Close sup- FM. port fires delivered by this battalion are partic- (b) Division artillery fire direction net ularly useful during movement enroute, land- —FM. ing, and initial assault on the objective. Direct (c) Division artillery operations-fire di- support cannon artillery requires both delivery rection net—FM. to the assault area and prepositioning to sup- (d) Division artillery command-fire di- port the assault before its cannon fire can sup- rection net—RATT. plement or ultimately replace aerial artillery (2) Wire. Discussion given in paragraph fire. Thus, in all airmobile situations, direct 32-12a(2) may be applied to the wire-cable re- aerial fire and indirect ground fire are advanta- quirements from division artillery to the aerial geously complementary. ground command post of the artillery battalion. b. The field artillery battalion, aerial artillery, airmobile division, consists of a headquar- b. Internal Communications. ters, headquarters and service battery and (1) Radio. Radio nets (fig. 32-10) re- three aerial field artillery batteries. A com- quired for internal control of the aerial artil- munications section is organic to each head- lery battalion are discussed below. quarters, headquarters and service battery. (o) Field artillery battalion aerial artillery command/fire direction net (FM). This 32—15. Characteristics of Communications net is used primarily for the receipt and trans- a. Aerial field artillery units deliver sup- mission of fire missions, for the exchange of in- porting fires from helicopters in flight, utiliz- formation and intelligence, and when neces- ing speed, agility, and responsiveness to sary, for tactical and administrative control. achieve surprise and to effect destruction of NCS is in the operation intelligence section. area targets. Because of this, tactical commun- (&) Field artillery battalion aerial ar- ication requirements of the aerial field artillery tillery command/fire direction net (AM). This battalion are met primarily by single channel voice net provides an alternate command and voice radio nets. fire direction net using portable AM SSB b. Since the battalion commander and/or the equipment. NCS is provided at battalion head- battalion CP are frequently airborne, a com- quarters by the communications section. munication central is provided for use in this (c) Field artillery battalion aerial ar- airborne CP. This communications central will tillery ATC net-(UHF). This AM UHF voice normally provide FM voice radio communica- net is used for air traffic control of the aviation in the division artillery fire direction and tion section helicopters. NCS is in the opera- operation fire direction nets with two addi- tions and intelligence section. tional channels for use as required by the aer- (2) Wire. Normally, wire communications ial field artillery battalion commander. are established for the aerial artillery battalion CP area only. Refer to figure 32-11 for a 32—16. Headquarters, Headquarters and type battalion wire system. Service Battery a. External Communications. 32-17. Aerial Field Artillery Battery (1) Radio. External radio nets in which a. External Communications.

32-15 32-16 OPERATION RATT UHF-AM « DISMOUNTED FM 61-24-135 NOTES: LEGEND ■■■■■■■I AM RADIO SET AN/VRC-tO FOR IN DETAIL. EMERGENCY OPERATION. ARTILLERY BATTERIES IS SHOWN 1. ONLY I O F 3 IDENTICAL AERIAL ACH AIRCRAFT ALSO HAS FM E 2. SEC BC COMM ARC ARC 2 SEC PER PLAT OR 6 SEC WITH 12 TO 4 AVN SEC OF REMAINING 2 PLAT UTIL HEL PER AERIAL ARTY BTRY /PRC\Y\ARTY \47JJJFLT OP »k^AERIAL ^ OF AERIAL ARTY BTRY) THERE ARE 6 ARC i?-/ 2 EA 9 4 ARC AVN SE ARC 22 ARC > < ARC (ABN CP) i=r AVN PLAT MNOTE 2) NET - UHF AM “^) ( FA BN AERIAL ARTY ATC FO NET^* DIV ARTY y. ARC 2 EA) ARC COMD/FD NET-AM )■ ■ ( FA BN AERIAL ARTY SEC division. FOR USE AS REQO: Sjh (NCS) /PRC\BN l4 7 jCOMM ARTY AERIAL PLAT HO 24 VRC AERIAL ARTY BTRY COMO/FO NET (NCS) PRC 49 VRC I 2 3 ( AERIAL ARTY BTRY ATC NET-UHF AM^Z GRC PLAT SVC SPT UNIT COMO NET 4 7 > ARTY COMD/FD NET-FM ~( FA BN AERIAL VRC ?COMM SECl COMDR 24 VRC BTRY FLT OP BC COMM SEC

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~AERIAL~~

~~O BC SCT Y~~

~~FLT OP~~

~~SVC PLAT O—i S WBD SB-22/PT r°\> FLT SEC G-1 AERIAL OJ ARTY O-J PLAT o TO REMAINING 2 AERIAL ARTY BTRY~~

■v

~~AERIAL C~~

~~MSGCEN O 0 BN COM DR .~~

~~MED SEC O O xo~~

~~0 OPS INTEL SEC MAINT a S WBD SUP SEC SB-22/PT 0 S2 (2) FLT OP O 0 S3~~

~~SCT Y Q- 0 S4~~

~~0 COMM OFF~~

~~▼ TO DIV ARTY~~

~~LEGEND:~~

~~0 TELEPHONE SET TA-3I2/PT~~

~~^TELEPHONE SET TA-I/PT FM 61-24-136~~

~~Figure 82-11. Type wire system, field artillery battalion aerial artillery, airmobile division. 32-17 C 1, FM 61-24~~

32—17. Aerial Field Artillery Battery b. Internal Communications. a. External Communications. (1) Radio. The aerial artillery battery operates radio stations in the nets (fig. 32-10) de- (1) Radio. The battery flight operations scribed below : and communications section operates ground stations in the external radio nets listed below (а) Aerial artillery battery command (fig. 32-10). Refer to paragraph 32-13 for dis- fire-direction net (FM). This net is used for cussion of these nets. the command, administration and fire control. NCS is in as the battalion operations and intel- (a) Field artillery battalion aerial ar- ligence section. tillery command/fire direction net—FM. (б) Aerial artillery battery air traffic (b) Field artillery battalion aerial ar- control net (UHF). This UHF AM voice net is tillery command/fire direction net—AM. used for air traffic control of battery aircraft. (2) Wire. Battalion headquarters may, NCS is operated at each battery flight opera- under certain favorable circumstances, extend tions and communications section. a wire or cable trunks to the battery switch- (2) Wire. A type wire system for internal board. use of aerial battery is shown in figure 32-11.

~~32-18 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 33~~

~~COMBAT AVIATION GROUP COMMUNICATIONS (STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

33—1. Mission pany, The communications platoon, uniquely The combat aviation group of the airmobile di- organized to complement the functions of the visioh provides division aviation support and aviation group, consists of a platoon headquar- aviation special staff personnel at division ters, radio section, communications center and headquarters. For further details refer to FM wire section, and five ground control approach 1-15. The specific mission and capabilities of teams, the communication platoon leader the component units of the combat aviation serves as direct assistant to the group C-E group with emphasis on communication will be officer. discussed in the appropriate sections and para- b. General Support Aviation Company. This graphs of this chapter. company has communications specialists located among its component elements to direct 33—2. Composition of Combat Aviation support of organic functions as required. Com- Group munications to aviation group headquarters (except radio) will normally be provided by The combat aviation group of an airmobile di- the group headquarters and headquarters com- vision consists of the following: pany communications platoon. a. One headquarters and headquarters com- c. Assault Helicopter Battalion. In the head- pany, combat aviation group (TOE 1-101). quarters and headquarters company of each as- b. One general support (GS) aviation com- sault helicopter battalion, a C-E officer is au- pany (TOE 1-102). . i thorized to serve on the battalion special staff with operational control over all battalion com- c. Two assault helicopter battalions (TOE municationa. Each headquarters and headquar- 1-155). ters company also has a battalion communica- d. One assault support helicopter battalion tions section under an enlisted communications (TOE 1-165). specialists who perform organic communications functions as required. 33—3. Organization for Communications d. Assault Support Helicopter Battalion. The organization for communications among The headquarters and headquarters company tile Hidj or component elements of the aviation of this battalion is authorized a C-E officer gróiip are as follows : who sèfvës on the battalion special staff and exerciser operational control over battalion a. Headquarterscómmüriícátions. and Headquarters The battalion Com- headquarters pany, Aviation Group. A C-E staff officer as atid headquarters company is also authorized a member of the group special staff and’ a com- battalion communications section commanded munications platoon are organic to this com- by an enlisted communications chief. Each of

33-1 C 1, FM 61-24 the component companies of the battalion have in daylight to identify friendly units, mark enlisted communications specialists to perform landing, zones, lift or call for fires, mark tar- organic communication functions as required. gets, identify the location of a downed aircraft, and to indicate a site for medical evacuation. e. Type Duties. Refer to chapter 2 for type At night, pyrotechnic devices may be used to duties of signal communications personnel, light or mark landing zones. both officer and enlisted. c. Panels. Two types of panels are normally 33-4. Visual Communications used for communication with aircraft: identification panels made in bright fluorescent col- Radio and wire communications for the compo- ors and black and white marking panels for nent units of the aviation group will be dis- use against light or dark backgrounds. The cussed in detail in paragraph 33-5 through identification panels may be used to mark posi- 33-18. However, visual communications are of tions and landing zones or to identify friendly additional importance in all aircraft-to-ground units; the dark and light marking panels are operations, and the general discussion of this used in a combined panel system and panel rec- paragraph universally applies to all units en- ognition code, prescribed by SOI, to transmit gaged in any form of ground-to-air operations. and receive brief messages or to identify parti- a. Improvised Signaling. Improvised signal- cular units. ing, such as that provided by flashlight, is use- d. Aircraft Maneuvers. Aircraft maneuvers, ful in contacting and guiding aircraft, espe- such as wing rocking, may be used for limited cially at night. Flashlights or other light de- air-to-ajr or air-to-ground visual communica- vices may also be used to send prearranged tions. Prearranged signals between aircraft or messages. Standardization of improvised sig- from áircraft to ground should be specified in naling must be prescribed by unit SOP. the SOI or battalion SOP. Such signals are b. Pyrotechnics. Pyrotechnic devices, includ- normally reserved for emergencies during pe- ing smoke, are issued in various colors and riods of radio silence or failure, or for iden- types with the meaning of the signals pre- tifying aircraft to friendly observers on the scribed in the SOI. These devices can be used ground.

~~Section II. AVIATION GROUP HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

33-5. Headquarters and Headquarters 33—6* Communications to Higher Head- Company, Aviation Group quarters a. This company (TOE 1-101) provides avia- a. Radio. Aviation group headquarters and tion special staff personnel for airmobile divi- headquarters company normally provides radio sion headquarters, command, and staff support sets in the following higher headquarters nets for the aviation group, pathfinder and terminal with stations as shown in figure 33-1. approach support for subordinate and attached units, and communications at group headquar- (1) Division command operations net— ters to both superior and subordinate head- FM. Normally, the assistant division aviation quarters. officer uses one of the stations of the army aviation element at DTOC. b. The following paragraphs in this section will identify communication facilities provided (-2) Division operations and intelligence by, or otherwise related to, headquarters and net—FM. headquarters company, aviation group. (3) Division administrative logistics net No. 4—RATT.

~~33-2~~

61-24 FM 1, C e-se TO COMMUNICATIONS PLATOON. PLATOON WITH10AN/PRC-299PER ZONES AT RELEASEPOINTSAINTOLANDING SECTION FORGUIDANCEOFAIRCRAFT (NCSHNCS) VRC VRC INTEL NET-FM TOC VRC VRC NCS ) VSC ARMY VRC [NOTE 2)„ NOTES VRC NOTE 2) [AT DTOC) REPT SPOT RCVR VRC AVN GPOP-INTELNET-RATT) VSC (NOTE 2) AVN ELM ARMY VRC OP- INTELNET(VOICE ONLY) AVN GP (HEL FROMGSAVNCO) 6P ABNCP r>TO AVN GP UNITS NOTE ARC ASC LEGEND: COMOR ARC DISMOUNTED AM OPERATION FM (CENNETIF UHF AM RATT FM 61-24-137 ■> TOAVN REOD) GP UNITS ■>DIV OP DIV COMO OP NET INTEL NET 5 - c 1, FM 61—24 U M t i i ASLT ASLT ASLT AERIAL HEL mMm HEL HEL WP N

HEL PLAT C L DR Ch_, SVC PLAT (NOTE I) LDR CO COMOR co O —O WPN PLAT CON o— -o COMOR SW BO FLT OP LDR TOWER SWBD SWBD SWBD CO/OP SB-2 2/PT O SB-22/PT SB-22/PT o— -o AFLD SVC SVC PLAT SB-22/PT IHEL PLAT WPN PLAT o O LDR LOR J LDR o— -o SCTY Cr

~~(NOTE 2)~~

~~ASLT HEL~~

AVN MAINT OFF o- BN COMDR NOTES : -o COMMO XO 1. ONE ASSAULT HELICOPTER COMPANY SWBD HOQHQ CH ho . SHOWN IN DETAIL,,REMAINING TWO - , SB-2 2/PT 51 : ' COMPANIES ARE IDÈ'NIT.ICAL.- ' Z ; j ■ ; Ï* _ îC0 O r :-rrO. 2. TRUNK LINES TO COMPONENT (2 EA) : OP/IN TEL /O— 52 COMPANIES INSTALLED ONLY SEC -O WHEN FEASIBLE. ’-O— 53 SCTY 0—1 l—o S 4 SCTY AVN o- -o MED OFF LEGEND : MAINT BC h-o SUP SEC —o TELEPHONE SET T A - 312 / PT

~~->LATERAL TO AVN COUNTERPART AVN (HEL) UNIT IF REQD~~

~~-|>T0 AVN GP HO~~

~~FM 61-24-138~~

~~Figure 83-2. Type wire system, aviation group, headquarters airmobile division.~~

~~t C 1, FM 61-24~~

(4) Division G2 air information net— at group TOC. Note that the group airborne RATT. Note that the station at group base is CP may enter this net on a voice only basis if used as required by the surveillance platoon, required. GS support aviation company. (4) Ground control approach radio nets. b. Wire. If aviation group headquarters is The five ground control approach (GCA) located as part of division base area, wire and teams provide the necessary communications cable trunks will be used for telephone and te- and radar control equipment to operate five letypewriter links into the division communica- terminal landing facilities within the division tion system. Where aviation group headquar- area. Vehicular communications equipment or- ters is established separately and at considera- ganic to each team provides two FM and three ble distance from division main or base, the di- UHF-AM voice radio sets. At each airfield ter- vision signal battalion will normally provide a minal facility the radio sets are used for com- multichannel radio terminal at aviation group munications with a flight coordination center headquarters for telephone and teletypewriter and local emergency, search, and final control access into the division multichannel radio net- operations. Normally, a GCA team will be lo- work (fig. 28-4). cated at the division base, one team at the instrumented airfield of each brigade, and a team c. Messenger. Division aviation group head- as required for the support command or other quarters receives both scheduled and special areas. messenger service from division main (or division base). If distances are long, air messen- (5) Pathfinder direction radio nets. FM gers are used. Note that aircraft for air mes- voice radio sets organic to the pathfinder pla- senger service throughout the division is nor- toon are used by the four component pathfinder mally provided from component aircraft of sections to provide aircraft enroute navigation aviation group units. assistance and air-landing or air-delivery facilities on, or over, friendly, enemy threatened, or 33—7. Communications to Subordinatè enemy dominated areas. Units, Aviation Group Headquarters b. Wire. A type wire system for internal and a. Radio. Headquartersexternal aviation and group headquarters use is shown in figure company provides stations (fig. 33-l)l'in the 33-2. Normally, the switching system shown is aviation group radio nets discussed below : established at group base. (1) Aviation group command net (FM). c. Messenger service. Messenger service is This net provides direct voice communications provided from aviation group headquarters to for command and control from the echelons of major subordinate and attached units. Where aviation group headquarters to the helicopter aviation group units are in support of distantly battalions and the general support (GS) avia- removed forces, air messenger service is used tion company. NCS is in the group tactical op- to the maximum extent practicable. erations center (TOC). (2) Aviation group operations—intellig- 33—8. Radio Communications Centrals ence net (FM). This net is used for all-traffic The aviation group headquarters and head- except comman traffic and links group" headquarters company provides radio communica- quarters with all component units. NGS is at tions centrals which give additional voice radio group TOC. capability to aircraft utilized by unit com- (3) Aviation group operations—intellig- manders and their staffs. Primarily these cen- ence net (RATT). This secure net is ïised to trals are employed by the division commander transmit lengthy operations, intelligence, and his staff, the aviation group commander weather, and administrative traffic among all and his staff, and other unit commanders of component units of the aviation group. NCS is the division, such as the support command

33-5 Cl, FM 61-24 commander, who are not authorized organic in the support aircraft provided by the general radio communications centrals. Specifically, support aviation company, aviation group. these communications centrals will be utilized

~~Section III. GENERAL SUPPORT AVIATION COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS~~

33-9. General (2) The remainder of the company operates and maintains the division base heliport a. Mission. The GS aviation company (TOE providing helicopters to support the division 1-102) aviation group, airmobile division, has commander and his immediate staff. the mission to provide aviation support for the division headquarters, aviation group headquarters, support command, and all other divi- 33—10. Communications to Higher Head- sional units not equipped with organic aircraft. quarters In addition, the company will furnish elec- a. Radio. The GS aviation company nor- tronic surveillance and acquire combat intellig- mally operates radio sets in the following ence and target information for the airmobile higher-headquarters nets (fig. 33-3). division. (1) Aviation group command net—FM. b. Capability. Consistent with its mission re- (2) Aviation group operations-intellig- quirements, the company has the capability to ence net—FM. provide : (3) Division G2 air information net— (1) Aerial observation, reconnaissance, RATT. and surveillance of emeny areas utilizing vi- (4) Aviation group operations-intelligence sual, radar, infrared, and photographic means. net—RATT. (2) Day and night operations during con- b. Wire. Wire trunks to the GS aviation ditions of visual weather and limited capability company switching central are provided as fea- for operations under instrumented weather sible either by the aviation group communica- conditions. tion platoon or by the division signal battalion. (3) Aircraft in the division for aerial Refer to figure 33-4. command posts, control, liaison, reconnaissance, c. Messenger Service. Echelons of the GS and radio retransmission. aviation company are normally located near (4) Aircraft, as required, to supplement enough to obtain direct messenger service from medical air evacuation. the division main signal center or from the division aviation group headquarters. Note that (5) Aerial photography consisting of day- the GS aviation company is a prime provider light vertical, oblique, and panoramic photo- of aircraft for division level messenger service. graphic service. (6) Limited battlefield illumination and local smoke screening in support of divisional 33—11. Internal Communications, GS Avia- combat units. tion Company a. -Radio. Internal radio nets (fig. 33-3) op- c. Employment. Normally, the GS aviation erated by the GS aviation company are dis- company operates from two locations in the di- cussed below : vision base area as follows : (1) GS aviation company command net (1) Company headquarters,(FM). This surveillance is the company commander’s direct platoon, utility platoon, and service platoon control link to all subordinate elements and support the division from an instrumented aircraft of the company. NCS is in the vehicle fixed wing airfield. of the flight operations officer.

~~33-6~~

~~61-24 FM 1, C <]u .AM(02AIRINFONET-RATT c~~

~~-ff* ^QMARMM—AVN OPOP-INTEL-RATT) n «>• PLAT LOA SURVL . r*^ VAC 4 7 Figure 33-3.Typeradionets GSaviationcompany,group,airmobiledivision. w CO HQ OS AVN vsc ( AVNOPCOMPNET-FM) J tr r »A«-i~~

~~GS AVN~~

~~SPT PLAT HQ CO COMDR (2)~~

UTILITY SWBD F LT OP PLAT HQ o o SB-22/PT PILOT READY AERIAL SURVL AREA o o PLAT OP CONTROL TOWER PHOTO PROCESSING o o SEC SVC PLAT RDR SEC HQ o o SVC SEC o o ÍR SEC ACFT MAINT SURVL ACFT SEC G> o MAINT SEC

~~TO AVN GP HQ~~

~~LEGEND*.~~

~~TELEPHONE SET —O TA-3I2/PT FM 61-24-140~~

~~4 ■ Figure 88—4. Type wire system, GS aviation company,‘aviation group, airmobile division.~~

(2) GS aviation company air traffic con- net is -used for surveillance purposes and in- trol net (UHF-AM). This uet is constituted for cludes ^a vehicular ground station as NCS at the purpose indicated and includes two vehicu- surveillance platoon headquarters. lar ground stations and all the aircraft organic b. Wire. A type wire system for the GS avi- to the company. ation company is shown in figure 33-4. Note (3) Aerial surveillance net (FM). This that this diagram shows two switchboards at

33-8 C 1, FM 61-24 one location, normally in the vicinity of the strumented fixed wing airfield and at the divi- company CP. Another possibility would be to sion base heliport with telephone subscribers place one switchboard respectively at the in- assigned as appropriate.

~~Section IV. ASSAULT HELICOPTER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AVIATION GROUP~~

33—12. Basic Considerations 33—13. Headquarters and Headquarters co. Mission. Each of the two assault helicop- Company, Assault Helicopter Bat- ter battalions of the aviation group has the talion mission to provide tactical mobility for combat a. External Communications. troops, supplies, and equipment during the conduct of combat and airmobile operations. (1) Radio. Battalion headquarters radio stations (fig. 33-5) provided by the headquar- b. Capabilities. Consistent with its mission ters and headquarters company are listed requirement, an assault helicopter battalion below. (Refer to para 33-7 for a discussion of has the capability to— these nets.) (1) Conduct operation in support of the (a) Aviation group operations/intellig- division in forward areas of the division zone. ence net—FM. (The support provided is continuous during vi- (5) Aviation group command net—FM. sual and marginal weather conditions but lim- (c) Aviation group operations/intellig- ited under instrumental weather conditions.) ence net—RATT. (2) Provide in a single movement airlift (d) Supported unit net—RATT. The of the assault elements of one infantry battal- battalion communication section operates a ion. (This is based on 80 percent per aircraft RATT station in the command net of the sup- capability in the assault helicopter battalion.) ported unit if required. This station may also (3) Augment aeromedical evacuation be used in a division administrative logistics from the immediate battlefield. net for displacement, or as otherwise required. (4) Provide armed aerial escort within (2) Wire. Wire or cable links from avia- the combat zone and aerial fire support for tion group headquarters to assault helicopter combat units engaged on the ground. battalion headquarters may be installed when these headquarters are adjacently located or c. Organization. Each of the two assault when separating distances are secure and not helicopter battalions (TOE 1-155) consists of a too great in length. Under certain circum- headquarters and headquarters company (TOE stances wire or cable links from assault heli- 1-156) an attack helicopter company (TOE 1- copter battalion headquarters to supported 157), and three assault helicopter companies units headquarters may also be installed where (TOE 1-158). feasible. Refer to figure 33-6. d. Characteristics of Communications. Be- (3) Messenger service. Scheduled and cause of the variety of missions performed, or- special messenger service is provided by avia- ganic communications facilities must be, flexi- tion group headquarters to assault helicopter ble and mobile with heavy reliance on single battalion headquarters. Motor or air messen- channel radio. To carry out its mission,, ithe as- gers are used as required. sault helicopter battalion uses both ground and airborne communications, entering the','radio b. Internal Communications. nets of the supported land combat units ^wher- (1) Radio. Battalion headquarters radio ever required. stations operating in internal battalion nets

33-9 33—10 BN COMM SEC 25 FOR USE AS REOD PRC FM RATT UHF AM OPERATIONS 46 * DISMOUNTED VRC LEGEND: FM 6 1—2 4-141 REOD UNIT NET OR AS TO SUPPORTED 4 6 VRC pCOMM SEC) 2 (NOTE I) vsc VRC [BN bcOMM SECl BN UNITS t TO ASLT HEL 47 46 VRC VRC 46 VRC TO^ GP HO < ( AVN GP OP INTEL NET-FM ) AVN 47 VRC NCS) division. NET-FÏT —( ASLT HEL BN COMD ( ASLT HEL BN ATC NET-UHF" tl p «VN OP OP-INTEL NET-RATT (NOTE 2) 6 »• FU AVN - * 51 AS ARC T REOD (I) LOH 54 ARC BN COMDR ARC-122 AVN GP COMD NET-FM 51 ARC 54 ARC (2) LOH helicopter battalion, aviation group, airmobile Figure 33-5. Type radio nets, assault 47 VRC BN GP HO iCOMDR NOTES: 47 AS T VRC REOD r^^sc SUP PROVIDED IN COMPANY HEADQUARTERS SECTION, HEADQUARTERS COMPANY. NOT NECESSARILY IN NETS SHOWN. (-NORMALLY USED FOR RADIO RETRANSMISSION 2-THREE LIGHT OBSERVATION HELICOPTERS

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C l, FM 61-24~~

~~A S LT AERIAL HEL WPNS~~

~~HEL PLAT LDR Q- 0 CO COMDR SW BD SWBD CO COMDR SVC PLAT LDR Q- 0 FLT OP WPNS PLAT LDR 0 0 SB- 2 2/PT SB-22/PT CON TOWER O 0 HEL PLAT WPNS PLAT LDR 0 0 CO OP~~

~~X LDR WPNS PLAT LDI AFLD SVC O 0 HEL PLAT SVC PLAT LDR 0 0 LDR SCTY 0 (NOTE I)~~

~~( NOTE- 2). TO A S LT HEL AS LT HEL~~

~~AVN MAINT OFF 0- O BN COMDR~~

~~COMM OFF 0- O XO S HO B HO CO 0- O S W BD QSZ~~

~~OP- INTEL SEC * SB-22/PT) O S3 (2) SCTY O- O S4~~

~~O AVN MED OFF SCTY 0-~~

~~0 MAINT a SUP SEC~~

LATERAL TO COUNTERPART NOTES : - AVN (HEL) UNIT IF REOD 1. ONE ASSAULT HELICOPTER COMPANY ► TO AVN GP HQ SHOWN IN DETAILiREMAININO TWO COMPANIES ARE IDENTICAL. 2. TRUNK LINES TO COMPONENT COMPANIES INSTALLED ONLY WHEN FEASIBLE.

~~LEGEND: FM 61-24 -142 O TELEPHONE SET TA -31 2 / PT~~

~~Figure 33—6. Type wire system, assault helicopter battalion, aviation group, airmobile division.~~

33-11 33-12 FLT OP SEC TO ASLT HEL BN ACFT B CO FM 61-24-143 2 4 VRC NOTES: 4 6 VRC ASLT HEL BN ATC NET — UHF AM * SEC 46 VRC helicopter battalion, (NCS) FLT OP SECTION WITH TWO SECTIONS PER PLATOON. UTILITY HELICOPTERS, TWO HELICOPTERS PER ONE AERIAL WEAPONS PLATOON SHOWN*, REMAINING TWO PLATOONS ARE IDENTICAL. 1. COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES OF ONLY 2. EACH AERIAL WEAPONS COMPANY HAS TWELVE UH . (2 EA AERIAL WPN SEC 54 51 ARC ARC aviation group. -> TO SPT UNIT (NOTE 2) 51 ARC > (2EA UH AERIAL WPN PLAT AERIAL 54 WPN SEC ARC assault Type radio nets, aerial weapons company, OPERATION I UHF AM * DISMOUNTED LEGEND : NET-FM )- -( ASLT HEL BN COMtT FM )- WPN CO COMP NET-FM -( AERIAL SPT UNIT COMO NET-FM Figure $$-7. 47 VRC HQ WPN PLAT AERIAL CO COMOR HQ HEL 8N (NOTE I) PLAT TWO AERIAL WPN TO REMAINING V

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~pFLT^OP^ , CO V_ SVC COMDR PLAT HO { ASLT HEL CO COMO NET-FM )- CO HO (NOTE 2) VRC PRC VRC VRC VRC PRÇ VRC 4 6 4 6 2 4 25 4 6 ( NCS)~~

~~TO ( ASLT HEL BN COMO NET-F~~

~~ASLT HEL PLAT ( NOTE I) ASLT HEL ASLT ASLT PLAT HO HEL SEC HEL SEC~~

~~UH U H UH 2 E A (4 EA) (4 EA)~~

~~PLAT \ HO PRC ARC ARC ARC ARC ARC ARC 2 5 5 4 5 1 54 5 1 54 5 I~~

~~V SPT UNIT AS LT HEL BN ATC NET-UHF AM J £>TO OTHER COMO NET ASLT HEL BN UNITS TO R E MAIN I N G PLAT OF CO NOTES : I. OF TWO IDENTICAL ASSAULT HELICOPTER PLATOONS IN ASSAULT HELICOPTER COMPANY,~~

~~LEG END: ONLYONE ISSHOWN IN DETAIL. 2.THREE DISMOUNTED RADIO SETS FM IN FLIGHT OPERATIONS SECTION ^3 UHF-AM ARE USED FOR AIRFIELD CONTROL PURPOSES. * DISMOUNTED OPERATION FM 61-24-144~~

Figure 3$—8* Type radio nets, assault helicopter company, assault helicopter battalion, aviation group, airmobile division. provided by the headquarters company are de- installed to adjacent helicopter units and to scribed below (fig. 33-5). supported infantry units. (a.) Assault helicopter battalion com- (3) Messenger service. Ground messenger mand net—FM. This net is primarily used as a service is used extensively in or near the bat- direct command link from the battalion com- talion base. Organic aircraft are used for mander to staff officers and company command- longer runs and dissemination of the larger ers. The operations section normally functions items of classified information to subordinate as the NCS. units. Scheduled ground or air messenger service is established when locations are fixed and (b) Assault helicopter batta\lion_ATC the amount of traffic warrants. net—UHF-AM. The battalion headquarters station is normally in the aircraft of the battalion commander. 33-14. Attack Helicopter Company, Assault Helicopter Battalion (2) Wire. Normally wire is installed within the battalion CP and, when possible, a. Mission and Capability. The attack heli- from battalion headquarters to the helicopter copter company has the mission to prowde se- companies. Refer to figure 33-6. Under certain curity for airmobile forces and to participate appropriate conditions wire may be laterally in offensive, defensive, and delaying actions as 33-13 C 1, FM 61-24

part of a highly mobile combined arms team. has theccapability to provide— To carry out its mission, the company has the (Ï) Continuous operations in support of capability to provide armed aerial escort, par- units in the combat zone during visual and ticipate in semi-independent operations, and marginal weather conditions. (This support is deliver effective aerial suppressive fires against limited during instrumental weather condi- hostile enemy ground forces. tions.) b. Radio. The aerial weapons company (2) Airlift for one rifle company with its maintains radio stations in the following radio infantry supporting weapons. (This is a one- nets (fig. 33-7). lift capability based on an 80 percent availabil- (1) Assault helicopter battalion command ity of organic company aircraft. ) net—FM. (3) Air movement of troops, supplies, and (2) Assault helicopter battalion ATC net equipment within the combat zone. —UHF-AM. (4) Augmentation to aeromedical evacua- (3) Attack helicopter company command tion from the immediate battlefield. net—FM. This net is used for internal com- b. Radio. Each of three assault helicopter mand and control of all company operations. companies provides radio stations in the fol- NCS is normally in the vehicle of the company lowing nets (fig. 33-8). flight operations section. (1) Assault helicopter battalion command (4) Support unit command net. net—FM. c. Wire. A wire system for internal company (2) Assault helicopter battalion ATC net use is shown in figure 33-6. When practical, the (UHF)^-AM. battalion communications section may extend wire links to the attack helicopter company (3) Assault helicopter company command switchboard for connection into the battalion net—FM. This net is used for internal com- wire system. mand and control of company operations with NCS in the vehicle of the company flight oper- 33—15. Assault Helicopter Company, ations section. Assault Helicopter Battalion (4) Medical evacuation net. a. Mission and Capability. The assaultc. Wire. heli- A wire system for internal assault copter company has the mission to provide tac- helicopter company use is shown in figure tical mobility for combat troops, supplies, and 33-6. When feasible, the battalion communica- equipment for the division during combat oper- tions section may extend a wire link to the as- ations. To carry out its mission, the company sault helicopter company switchboard.

~~Section V. ASSAULT SUPPORT HELICOPTER BATTALION COMMUNICATIONS, AVIATION GROUP~~

33—16. Basic Considerations pability to— a. Mission. The assault support helicopter (1) Provide continuous operations during battalion of the aviation group has the mission visual .weather conditions and limited opera- to provide tactical air movement of combat tions during instrument weather conditions. troops, supplies, and equipment in airmobile (2) ;, Provide, in a single lift, airlift of the operations within the combat zone. assault -elements of two infantry battalions b. Capability. To carry out its mission, the (960 combat equipped troops), the combat ele- assault support helicopter battalion has the ca- ments of three 105mm batteries, 90,000 pounds

33-14 C 1, FM 61-24 of cargo or equivalent logistical load, or any erating in two headquarters echelons. combination thereof. These figures will vary in (5) Supported unit command net—EM. accordance with aircraft availability and den- The S3 operates a radio in this net throughout sity altitude. the period of direct support. (3) Augment(6) Forward aeromedical support evacuationelements—EM. as The required. battalion S4 communicates with the division c. Organization. The assault support heli- forward support elements within voice radio copter battalion (TOE 1-165) consists of a range by entering this net. headquarters and headquarters company (TOE (7) Wire. Wire or cable links from avia- 1-166) and three assault support helicopter tion group headquarters to assault support companies (TOE 1-167). helicopter battalion headquarters are installed d. Characteristics of Communications. The when these headquarters are not widely sepa- air movement of troops, supplies, and equi- rated and the distance between is relatively se- pment requires maximum use of fragmentary cure. Wire links to supported units headquar- mission-type orders, rapid reaction to the con- ters may also be installed by the battalion com- tinuously changing tactical situation, and a re- munications section where feasible (fig. 33-10). liable but flexible communications system with (8) Messenger service. Scheduled and emphasis on the use of single channel radio. special messenger service is maintained by Primarily, therefore, the battalion depends on aviation group to the assault support helicop- portable, mobile, and airborne radio sets, but, ter battalion headquarters. Motor or air mes- where feasible, also makes maximum use of sengers are used as required. the existing division communications system. b. Internal Communications. (1) Radio. Battalion headquarters radio 33—17. Headquarters and Headquarters stations operating in internal battalion radio Company, Assault Support Heli- nets (fig. 33-9) are described below: copter Battalion, Aviation Group (a) Assault support helicopter battal- at External Communications. Battalion head- ion command net—FM. Tactical command and quarters radio stations (fig. 33-9) provided by control from the battalion commander to the the battalion headquarters and headquarters commanders of subordinate and attached ele- company are listed below. (Refer to para 33-9 ments are provided by this net. The operations for a discussion of these nets.) section normally functions as the NCS. (1) Aviation group command net—EM. (b) Assault support helicopter battalion aircraft control (LR)command net—AM. (2) Aviation group operations/iritellig- This AM voice SSB net is used for long range ence net—EM. communications from battalion headquarters (3) Aviation group operations/intellig- to both ground and airborne stations of the as- ence net—RATT. sault helicopter support companies. The battal- (4) Supported unit net—RATT. If re- ion headquarters NCS is operated from the S3 quired, the assault support helicopter battalion vehicle. headquarters operates a RATT station in the (2) Wire. Normally, wire is installed command net of the supported unit for lengthy within the battalion CP (fig. 33-10) and, when traffic. This station, provided by the battalion possible, from battalion headquarters to each communications section, may also be used in of the assault support helicopter companies. such division nets as administrative logistics or When such circuits are possible, a direct cir- it may be required in displacement of use in as- cuit is established from the S3 of the battalion sault group operations intelligence nets, ydien to the flight operations section of each com- the assault support helicopter battalion^ is op- pany.

33-15 33-16 FM 61-24-145 LEGEND: AM UHF AM FM RATT » DISMOUNTED OPERATION AS REOD OR OTHER NET * FOR COMM TO RE0D TO ^ ^ ASLT SPT HEL BN^ACFT CON (LR) COMP 106 GRC LOH (NCS) 54 ARC 49 VRC SPT HEL CO ATC NET TO APPROPRIATE ASLT J 2 VSC 49 BN VRC (NCS) 3C0MM SEC I 5 I ARC NET OR AVN GP COMO NET TO SPT UNIT COMD

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~ASLT ASLT SPT SPT CO BN~~

~~COMDR~~

BN co HEL CO ) COM DR SWBD SWBD o SWBD J o SI FLT OP SB-22/PT o * SB-22/PT o PLT LOR AVN GP (2 EA) o SWBD o { S3 o PLT LDR o o SVC PLT HO CO a o CON OP/INTEL C-E OFF -o TOWER SEC o -o MAINT B AVN MAINT SUP SEC o ■o OFF AVN MED RDO G> -o OFF

~~LEGEND:~~

~~/*"') TELEPHONE SET TA— 312 /PT FM 61-24-146 M- ONE SWBD PER CO~~

~~Figure 88-10. Type wire system, assault support helicopter battalion, aviation group.~~

(3) Messenger service. The assault sup- bile operations. To carry out its mission, the port helicopter battalion uses the division company has the capability to— scheduled motor messenger service when possi- (1) Provide continuous operations during ble. In addition, it may establish unscheduled visual and marginal weather conditions and motor messenger and air messenger service to limited operations under instrument weather its component companies. If practical, battal- conditions. ion may provide a scheduled air messenger ser- (2) Provide, in a single lift, airlift of the vice when CP locations (both company and assault elements of two infantry companies battalion) are fixed and the amount of traffic (320 combat-equipped troops), the combat ele- warrants. ments of one 105mm howitzer battalion, 30,000 pounds of cargo or equivalent tactical load, or 33-18. Assault Support Helicopter Com- any combination thereof. These figures will pany, Assault Support Helicopter vary in accordance with aircraft availability Battalion and density altitude. (3) Augment aeromedical evacuation as a. Mission and Capability. Each of the three required. assault support helicopter companies has the mission to provide tactical mobility for combat b. Radio. Each assault support helicopter troops, supplies, and equipment of the divi- company provides radio stations in the follow- sion during the conduct of combat and airmo- ing nets (fig. 33-11) : 33-17 33-18 PLAT OTHER AC FT OF TO FM 61-24-147 UHF AM OPERATION AM * DISMOUNTED LEGEND: — FM 24 VRC 46 VRC f flFLD~\ ¿■tu SEC FUT OP 106 6RC 46 VRC (NCS) \25/ /£PS\(NOTE 2) g 46 VRC 102 ARC SPT HEL BN ACFT CON (LR) COMO NET-AM 5 I ARC 54 ARC (I SEC) ASLT ( 7 E A) HEL TRANS Z3Z ASLT SPT HEL CO ATC NET-UHF AM /PRCN(N0TE 2) 46 V RC NOTES: 102 ARC NET-FM ASLT SPT HEL 8N COMO 5 I ARC CO COMO NET-FM ASLT SPT HEL (NOTE 1) 54 ARC helicopter battalion, aviation group, airmobile division. I SEC) LUA! HEL TRANS ASLT SPT HEL PLAT TO SUPPORTED UNIT. REMAINING PLATOON IS IDENTICAL. PLATOON SHOWN IN DETAIL ¡ REMAINING I. ONE ASSAULT SUPPORT HELICOPTER 2. PORTABLE RADIO SET USED FOR COMMUNICATIONS support helicopter company assault support Figure 33-11. Type radio nets, assault 4 7 47 VRC VRC CO COMOR NET-FM UNIT COMMAND SUPPORTED f PLAT‘\_ I HO TO BN < HEL PLAT ASLT SPT TO REMAINING V

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

(1) Assault support helicopter battalion (5) Supported unit command net—FM. command net—FM. Each of the two assault support platoons moni- (2) Assault support helicopter battalion tors in this net. Also note that each helicopter aircraft control (LR) command net—AM. section has a portable ground radio set to operate with supported units as required. (3) Assault support helicopter company ATC net—UHF-AM. The NCS is in the flight (6) Medical evacuation net. operations section for this internal net. c. Wire. A wire system for internal company (4) Assault support helicopter company use is shown in figure 33-10. When feasible, command net—FM. This net net is used for in- the battalion communications section may external command and control of company opera- tend a wire link to each assault support heli- tions. The NCS is in a vehicle of the flight op- copter company switchboard for connection to erations section. the battalion wire system.

~~33-19~~

~~C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 34~~

~~ENGINEER BATTALION (STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

34—1. Mission flage, deception devices, and other engineer a. The mission of the engineer battalion is matters. to increase the combat effectiveness of the air- (9) Providing infantry combat missions mobile division by performing general and spe- when required. cial engineering tasks. If required, the battal- (10) Furnishing assistance in the assault ion will accomplish infantry operations inci- of fortified positions and assault demolitions of dent to their engineer mission, probably with a obstacles. greater frequency than engineer units of other type divisions. (11) Performing organizational maintenance on organizational equipment. b. Consistent with its ássigned mission, the battalion has the specific capability of : 34-2. Composition of Engineer Battalion (1) Accomplishing engineer tasks, and The engineer battalion of the airmobile divi- limited additional engineer support to the ex- sion consists of the following : tent possible. a. One headquarters and headquarters com- (2) Making expedient bridge repairs. pany (TOE 5-216). (3) Destroying equipment, supplies, and b. Three combat engineer companies (TOE material by burning or demolition. 5-217). (4) Establishing road blocks and barriers by emplacement of obstacles, including mines 34—3* Organization for Communications and booby traps, and demolition of bridges and structures. a. Headquarters and Headquarters Com- pany. A commun ications-electronics officer is (5) Providing atomic demolition munition assigned to battalion headquarters to serve on (ADM) support when required by attachment the engineer battalion special staff as principal of TOE 5-500 teams. advisor to the battalion commander on com- (6) Providing engineer reconnaissance munications matters. The C-E officer normally and intelligence service. exercises operational control over the engineer battalion communication section of headquar- (7) Providing personnel and equipment ters company; this section provides engineer for purification and dispensing of potable battalion headquarters communications and, water. within organic capabilities, extends communi- (8) Providing technical assistance to divi- cations to subordinate battalion and attached sion troop units in construction of obstacles, elements. An enlisted communications chief is fortifications, barrier emplacement, camou- assigned for direct supervision of the section.

~~34-1 C 1, FM 61—24~~

b. Combat Engineer Company. The combat nation of radio, wire, visual, sound, and mes- engineer company is authorized one field radio senger communications depending upon the mechanic. However, organic voice radio sets, conditions encountered. Whenever possible, telephones, and switchboards are operated by wire systems will be employed but the widely company personnel in addition to other duties. dispersed nature of the engineer operations c. Type Duties. Refer to chapter 2 for type conducted will compel greater reliance on sin- duties of communications personnel, both gle channel radio. In most airmobile situations, officer and enlisted. the combat engineer companies will enter the 34-4. Characteristics of Communications communication network of the brigade or The airmobile engineer battalion uses a conbi- other element supported.

~~Section II. ENGINEER BATTALION HEADQUARTERS COMMUNICATIONS~~

34—5. Headquarters and Headquarters provided from the support command or divi- Company, Engineer Battalion, sion base signal centers. Special messenger ser- Airmobile Division. vice, utilizing aircraft as necessary, will be used when required. This company provides an engineer special staff section for the airmobile division in addi- 34-7. Communications to Subordinate Units tion to command and staff personnel for the engineer battalion. To supplement the battal- a. Radio. Headquarters and headquarters ion command function, the company also fur- company provides radio stations (fig. 34-1) in nishes communications, reconnaissance, the engineer battalion command net (FM). mainteance, mess, supply, and unit level medi- This voice net provides a direct command link cal support. from battalion headquarters to all component, supported, and attached units with NCS at bat- 34—6. Communications to Higher Head- talion headquarters. ^ quarters b. Wire. Figure 34-2 illustrates a type wire a. Radio. Normally, engineer battalion head- system showing telephone locals at engineer quarters and headquarters company provides battalion headquarters and interconnections radio sets in the following higher headquarters from battalion headquarters to the combat en- nets with stations as shown in figure 34-1. gineer companies.; However, the widely' dispersed nature of typical airmobile operations (1) Division command operations net may make such a system impractical. A combat (FM). engineer company, for example, may be dis- (2) Division operations-intelligence net tantly located in direct support of a brigade or (FM). other equivalent size unit making unfeasible (3) Division command net No. 1—RATT. the installation of wire trunks from battalion to company. (4) Division administrative-logistical net No. 4—RATT. c. Messenger: Message center service is pro- b. Wire. Where possible, engineer battalion vided by the battalion communications section. headquarters will be linked by wire to the divi- Although no messengers are allocated to this sion support command or division base switch- section, service to component companies is pro- board. vided by utilizing available personnel on an additional duty basis. Also routine messenger ser- c. Messenger. Scheduled messenger service vice to engineer companies may be included in to the engineer battalion headquarters will be the regular runs operated by the division sig-

~~34-2 SOD SQUAD OR -24-146~~

HJ-iaN 0M03 HQ 80N 46 PLAT VRC FM flENGl PRC ENGR SQUAD IF REQUIRED) RETRANSMISSION (FOR RADIO TO ENGR SQUAD 46 49 z VRC VRC PRC ENGR SOUAD -PLAT (’ENGI (NOTE 2) ^ PRC (NCS) (NCS) ENGR SOUAD ENGR PLAT COMD NET 46 VRC ENGR CO COMO NET-FM AS VRC -IZ- REDO JENGI IPLAT WATER POINTS 4 7 VRC ( NOTE I ) UNIT BDE OR EOUIV -^TO SUPPORTED 40 VRC RECON » TM NOTES: nr* (NOTE I) 47 VRC COMPANY IS SHOWN IN DETAIL. OF THREE PLATOONS PER ENGINEER IN DETAIL. COMPANY COMMAND NETS SHOWN COMDR 47 47 J—,* rt7~ r VRC VRC (.ONLY ONE OF THREE ENGINEER 2.ONLY ONE PLATOON COMMAND NET ENG ENGR BN COMO NET-FM V ENGR BN COMO NET- FM FOR USE < AS REQO 2 9 vsc PRC OHM sec -Ç ENOR BN COMP NET-FM } BN SUPPORTED BDE COMD NET-FM IV ENOR SCC N DIV ADMIN 46 47 VRC VRC PLAT (NCS) LOO NET 4 Figure S¿-1. Type radio nets, engineer battalion, airmobile division. ■EQUIP' )- { QIVCOMD/OP NET-FM OIV OP/INTEL NET-FM V8C COMM sec 4 FOR USE AS REQO D V COMO ^ NET I OPERATION RATT * DISMOUNTED 4 9 40 VRC VRC VRC LEGEND: FM PLAT EQUIP ^5 T0<- T0<- OIV OIV Î CO

~~FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~SOD • ••~~

~~SOD ( i SW8D SWBD SWBD SB-993 SB-993 SB-993 SQD< (NOTE 2)~~

~~Ô ó PLAT LOR PLAT LOR PLATr LOR Q 0 0~~

~~(NOTE I) TO TO m PLATOONS PLATOONS m~~

~~SWBD SWBD SWBD CO COMDR V CO COMORO CO COMDR SB-993 SB—993 SB-993~~

~~CHAP O Q BN COMDR~~

~~MAINT SEC O 2) O xo~~

~~SUP SEC O SWBD~~

~~MED STA O SB—22/PT S2~~

~~HO CO Q S3~~

~~HVY EQUIP PLAT O S4 LT EQUIP O C-E OFF PLAT O~~

NOTES: TO DIV BASE I. ONLY ONE OF THREE COMPANIES SHOWN OR SPT COMD IN DETAIL^ REMAINING 2 COMPANIES ARE IDENTICAL. 2. ONLY I OF 3 COMPANY PLATOONS SHOWN IN DETAIL ; ALL OTHER PLATOONS ARE LEGEND: IDENTICAL. TELEPHONE SET 3. WIRE TRUNK LINES INSTALLED ONLY WHEN TA- 312 /PT DISTANCES ARE NOT E XC ES S I VE . TR U N K S TO SUPPORTED UNITS INSTALLED WHEN TELEPHONE SET FEASIBLE. TA-I/PT -, PART OF REEL EQUIPMENT C-l I

~~FM 61-24-149~~

~~Figure 34-2. Type wire system, engineer battalion.~~

34-4 C I, FM 61-24 nal battalion to some central major subordi- by the addressee or transported to the addres- nate headquarters such as a brigade. From this see by the available local message delivery ser- point, bulk message material may be picked up vice.

~~Section III. COMBAT ENGINEER COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS~~

34—8. Mission and Capability (2) Engineer company command net (FM). This is an internal voice net for direct а. Mission. The combat engineer company has the mission to provide combat support to command and control of company operations the engineer battalion by accomplishing gen- with NCS at the company CP. eral and special engineer tasks. To a limited (3) Engineer platoon command net degree, each company undertakes infantry mis- (FM). This is an internal net for command sions, usually incident to enginieer tasks, when and control platoon operations. There are three so required. of these platoon nets per company with NCS at б. Capability. The capabilities of the engi- platoon headquarters. neer company are given in paragraph 34-1. Refer to TOE 5-217 for further information. (4) Supported brigade or supported unit (FM). Each company maintains FM voice 34—9. Company Communications radio contact with the unit béing supported, usually an infantry brigade. The company sta- a. Radio. The combat engineer compány tion is at engineer company CP. maintains stations (fig. 34-1 j in the following radio nets : b. Wire. A type wire system for a combat (1) Eengineerngineer company battalion is shown command in figure 34-2.net (FM).

~~34-5 I C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 35~~

~~MILITARY POLICE COMPANY COMMUNICATIONS (STANAG 2043)~~

35—1. Mission and Capability regulations. a. Mission. The military police company (10) Assist in rear area security opera- (MP) has the mission to provide military po- tions in conjunction with other military police lice support for the airmobile division. activities. b. Capability. Consistent with its mission, 35-2. Organization the military police company has the capability to— a. Basic Organization. To carry out its mission, the airmobile division MP company is or- (1) Provide the division provost marshal ganized as follows : and the provost marshal section to division (1) Division PM section to provide the di- headquarters. vision provost marshal's staff support. (2) Establish 18 motor patrols or 27 traf- (2) Company headquarters to provide the fic control posts, or combinations thereof, to commander and personnel to control company operate over a 24-hour period when the compo- operations. nent three military police platoons are not involved in other duties. (3) Two MP platoons to provide general MP support. (3) Provide local and internal security to division main and other division headquarters (4) One MP platoon, airborne, to provide echelons. general airmobile MP support. (4) Operate as required a central division (5) One security platoon for local and in- prisoner of war (PW) collecting point and for- ternal security to the division command post. . ward division PW collecting points in support b. Organization for Communications. There of committed brigades as required. In con- is no specific section primarily for communica- nection with this, the central division col- tions. The company headquarters provides an lection point will evacuate PW’s from the bri- enlisted communications chief and a field radio gade collection points, as required. mechanic. Designated personnel of the com- (5) Prevent and investigate crimes within pany operate the company switchboard and the the division area. mobile radio sets in addition to regularly as- (6) Control the circulation of individuals signed duties. in connection with traffic control operations. 35-3. Radio Communications (7) Provide escort and security of high (fig. 35-1) priority shipments by motorized traffic patrols. a. External. The division provost marshal (8) Provide protection for designated per- and MP company headquarters operate FM sons and property. voice radio stations in the division operations (9) Enforce military law, orders, and intelligence net.

~~35-1 C 1, FM 61-24 S £vv)- -( MP CO COMP NET-FM y~ ^7’~~

~~VRC VRC VRC VRC 4 6 46 4 7 4 7~~

~~► DIV OP «• INTEL NET~~

~~\(NCS) DPLAT LW| MP SOD MP SOD MP PLAT (ABN) COMO NET-FM ^~~

~~VRC VRC GRC — (NOTE l>* 4 7 PRC 46 12 5 6~~

~~(NOTE 2)~~

~~(6EA) J6 EA) -^^(NCS)~~

~~PLAT LORI r> pMP SOD 1 -( MP PLAT COMP NET-FM )-~~

~~VRC VRC GRC — (NOTE I ) 4 7 I 2 S ) (2 PER PLAT)~~

~~(NOTE 2)~~

~~fSCTY"A p PLAT LORI SCTY PLAT COMO NET-FM~~

~~GRC I 2 5 PRC SC T Y PRC SCTY PRC SCTY PRC SCT SOO SOO SOD SOD (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2 )~~

1. AUX RECEIVER IN CO COMD NET OR NET OF SUPPORTED UNIT. 2. UTILITY RADIO SETS USED AT FIXED POINTS, DEFILES S TRAFFIC CONTROL POINTS AS REQUIRED.ALL PRC-6 RADIOS TO BE REPLACED BY AN/PRT-4 a AN/PRR-9. FM 61-24-150

~~Figure 35-1, Type radio nets, military police company airmobile division.~~

b. Internal. Internal radio nets operated by MP platoon maintains an FM voice net for con- the MP company are identified below: trol of platoon operations. NCS for each net is (1) MP company command net (FM). in the platoon leader’s vehicle. This net provides internal command, control, and administrative logistics communications 35—4. Wire Communications for the MP company. NCS is in the company a. A type wire system for internal opera- headquarters vehicle. tions of the MP company is shown in figure (2) Platoon command nets (FM). Each 35-2. MP platoons or elements thereof, when

~~35-2 Figure 35-2.Typewiresystem,militarypolicecom- '-'i|~~

pany, airmobiledivision. 000 0 0!Ô ✓ /SWBD ORSUPPORTED L TOMPSCTYPLAT SCTY PLAT SB-22/PT UNIT SW BD O TELEPHONESET LEGEND: - TELEPHONE SET TA-I COMPOF TA-3I2/PT REEL EQUIPCE-II "V MP , Fill6I-24-131 ( SOD V SCTY nearest signalcenter. board shouldbeprovidedatrunklinetothe tie intotheswitchboardofunitbeingsup- on missionsdetachedfromthecompany,may ported. ft. TheMPcompanyheadquartersswitch- C 1,FM61-24 • i '■ 1 i

~~, » , • i , : ) _~~

~~m C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~CHAPTER 36~~

~~DIVISION SUPPORT COMMAND COMMUNICATIONS (STANAG 2043)~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

36—1. Mission headquarters receives external communications support from the support command operations The support command of an airmobile division platoon, command operations company, divi- has the mission to provide division level com- sion signal battalion. The facilities provided bat service support to all assigned or attached include message center, motor messenger cryp- elements of the division. Exceptions to this, tography, teletypewriter, telephone switching, however, include military police service, com- single channel radio, and multichannel radio munications, construction, and certain adminis- (para 28-4). The platoon leader acts as the trative services provided by special staff sec- support command signal officer and supervises tions in the administration company. The spe- the installation, operation, and maintenance of cific mission and capabilities of component the communications facilities at the support units of airmobile division support command command headquarters. (DISCOM) with emphasis on communications will be identified in the subsequent sections of b. Headquarters, Headquarters Company, this chapter. and Band. This company serving support command headquarters, is authorized no signal of- 36—2. Composition of Airmobile Division ficer or separate communication platoon or sec- Support Command tion. Communication service is provided at sup- Support command of an airmobile division con- port command headquarters by the division sists of the following organizations : signal battalion (o above). The company, however, is provided an enlisted communications a. Headquarters, headquarters company and chief and radio telephone operators for sup- band (TOE 29-42). port command headquarters communications b. Supply battalion (TOE 29-95). on an internal support command basis. c. Transportation aircraft maintenance and c. Supply Battalion. This battalion has no supply battalion (TOE 55-405). TOE designated C-E staff officer, communication platoon, or communication section. Battal- d. Maintenance battalion (TOE 29-85). ion headquarters is authorized an enlisted bat- e. Medical battalion (TOE 8-25). talion communication chief, two switchboard operators, a field radio mechanic, and a wire- /. Administration company (TOE 12-77). man. Component supply units of the battalion have no TOE designated communication spe- 36-3. Organization for Communication cialists; therefore, the limited organic com- a. Support municationCommand equipmentOperations inPlatoon, these companies is Command Operations Company, Airmobile Sig- operated by assigned personnel in addition to nal Battalion. The Division support command their other duties.

~~36-1 C 1, FM 61-24~~

d. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance and f. Medical Battalion. The medical battalion Supply Battalion. A communications section is has no TOE designated C-E officer, communi- authorized to the battalion headquarters and cation platoon, or communication section. headquarters company; this section is super- Headquarters and support company of the bat- vised by the battalion communication chief. talion is authorized an enlisted battalion com- Other component companies of the battalions munications chief, radio teletypewriter opera- are authorized enlisted communications specialists, such as radio operators, a wireman, and tors, and switchboard operations to operate or- switchboard operator for use as required. Se- ganic equipment. Component medical compa- lected personnel may be assigned communi- nies of the battalion assign personnel to oper- cations duties as additional tasks. ate organic communication equipment in addition to other duties. e. Maintenance Battalion. The maintenance battalion has no TOE designated C-E staff of- g. Administration Company. Normally, the ficer, communication platoon, or communica- administration company receives communication section. Headquarters and the main sup- tion support from the rear echelon support pla- port company of the battalion are authorized, an enlisted battalion communication chief toon of the division signal battalion. The com- radio operators, a switchboard operator, and a pany switchboard is operated by organic per- wireman. Personnel of other component units sonnel in addition to other duties. of the battalion operate organic communication equipment in addition to other duties.

~~Section II. HEADQUARTERS, HEADQUARTERS COMPANY, AND BAND~~

36-4. Mission a. Command Headquarters. This element The headquarters, headquarters company and provides the headquarters and staff to control band of the airmobile division has the mission operations of the division support command of to— the airmobile division. a. Provide command and control of division b. Company Headquarters. This element support command units, both organic and at- provides the commander and enlisted assist- tached, with the exception of the division spe- ants to control internal company operations. cial staff elements of the administration company. c. Forward Service Support Sections. Each of these sections, which are unique to airmo- b. Assure adequate service support to the di- bile operations, has the mission to control the vision and attached units in assigned areas of responsibility. flow of supplies and supply carrying aircraft at each forward brigade base of operation. c. Provide technical supervision of all com- Each section consists of the headquarters ele- bat service support functions in those func- ment, movement control team, and an airfield tional areas represented by its operating units. control team. A section has the mission to lo- d. Provide suitable music for military func- cate within and coordinate all combat service tions, formal concerts, and recreational activi- support in a particular brigade base. ties d. Movement Control Section. This section 36-5. Organization of Headquarters, Head- has the mission to coordinate from support quarters Company and Band command headquarters the flow of supplies, To carry out its mission, this unit is organized usually by aircraft, to all operating units as follows: assigned or attached to the airmobile division.

~~36-2 t •~~

~~-( SPT COMP COMO NET (FM-VOICET~~

~~VRC VRC 4 9 T 46 (NOTE 2) “> OIV COMO S OP NET (FM-VOICE) <“~~

~~->OIV OP/INTEL NET(FM-VOICE) OIV COMO ACFT MAI N T ^ NET I 8 N SHELTER AIR MBL C^n- (NCS) (HT)~~

~~VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC VRC 4 7 47 4 7 4 6 4 7 4Z_ 4L VSC I ^ SUP BN _r ACFT~~

~~FWD SVC SPT CON 0 (NOTE 3)~~

~~ÍDIV BASE*- MV CON ëh IAFLP CON TML SEC~~

~~VRC VRC VRC AJ_ 4 G VRC 4 7 ' » AVN GP VRC . COMD NET ~~~^> ATC «ED BN ^ I 24 ‘ ’ 24 ^COMD NET ^ TO ACFT VRC FWD SVC SPT 46 u CON NET~~

~~6ND CON NET /^R^\ OIV BASE NOTES:~~

LEGEND: \?*JJ) MOV CON TM (.PROVIDED BV DIV SIG BN. 2. ENTERS SUBORDINATE UNIT 6 FM C 1, FM 61-24 FORWARD SERVICE SUPPORT NETS AS REQUIRED. r~ I UHF-AM 3. AIRBORNE RELAY PROVIDED BY DIV SIG BN WHEN DISTANCE IS TOO GREAT FOR GROUND WAVE. FM 61-2 4-192

~~Cd •t Figure 88—1. Type division support command command radio nets. C 1, FM 61-24 U t (NCS) FWD SVC SPTCOMO HO SPT CON O~~

~~J ~~-^(NOTE I) jT" v(NOTE I) /¡NF \(NOTE2) J “ \(NOTE I)~~

~~uuauG rom—(~~ OIV ADMIN/LOG NETS 1,2 S 3 ( RAT T ) )l~~

~~(NOTE 3) vsc VSC VSC VSC 2 2 2 2~~

~~(NCS) SPT COMO HO DIVINOTE I) (NOTE I) I VNOTE I) î'DMAIN|N; \(NOTE I) roivAiNo ^ H0 3REAR HÔI |( OIV ADMIN/LOG NET 4 (RATT) )l~~

~~vsc VSC VSC VSC 2 2 2 2~~

~~ACFT MAINT ^ç^sooiïj. î ^AVN~G71. ’ . : MED BN jMAINT BN a SUR BN~~

~~VSC vsc VSC VSC VSC VSC 2 2 2 2 2 2~~

~~NOTES : 1. PROVIDED BY DIV SIB BN. 2. INF BN S4'S (3) ENTER NET AS NECESSARY TO PLACE REQUIREMENTS ON FORWARD SERVICE SUPPORT ELEMENT. 3. ONE OF THREE IDENTICAL NETS SHOWN. FM 61-24-153~~

~~Figure 36-S. Type division admmiatration/logistieal radio nets.~~

~~\ C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~MAINT BN~~

orí w vy n v J "^(NOTE I) J ~^A(NOTE 1) (NCS) 3DET CO L pSHOP OFFI PT" { FWD-SVC SPT CON NET (FM-VOICE ) )- î‘ !> ' (NOTE 2) ; , ’’ ’ VRC VRC VRC VRC 4 6 4 7 47 4 7 VRC ► SPT BOE 4 6 NET MAINT ► SPT COM D PLAT HO -> BN COMD <- NET , Si NET

NOTES: l.: x ‘‘ (.AIRBORNE RELAY PROVIDED BY * VRC OIV SI6 BN WHEN DISTANCE IS TOO 46 GREAT FOR GROUND WAVE. 1 2.ONE' OF THREE IDENTICAL FORWARD '! a SERVICE SUPPORT CONTROL NETS SHOWN. FM 6 I- 24-194

Figure S6S. Type forward service support control radio net, airmobile division. : " il ¡T') e. Division Base Moveméñt and Airfield Con- Ño, 1, 2, 3, and U (RATT). Separate stations trol Section. This section controls supporting for each of these nets are provided at support aircraft operating from the division base air- command headquarters by the division signal field. It consists of a movement control team battalion (fig. 36-2 and para 28-11 e). In each and an airfield control team. ! ■i net¿ the support command stations serve as /. Band. This element provides > military, NCS. concert and recreational music and will per- b. Wire and Radio Relay. Telephone and te- form such additional duties as may be re- letypewriter circuit access into the division quired. ; communications system (fig. 28-4) is provided primarily through the multichannel radio and 36-6. Communications to Higher Head- carrier terminal facilities provided by the sup- quarters' port command operations platoon in the sup- v ‘ i a. Radio. portHeadquarters, command signalheadquarters center. com-Normally, due to pany and band normally has radio stations in extended distances between units, installation the following higher headquarters nets ; of wire and cable circuits is not feasible ; there- (1) Division command/operations net fore, their use is limited primarily to inter- (FM) and operations/intelligence net ..(FM). connections within CP or base camp complexes. Refer to figure 36-1 and paragraphs 28-lla c. RWI. The RWI station at division support and b. Note that thé division signal battalion command is installed, operated, and main- provides radio stations in these two nets from the same vehicle at support command head- tained by personnel of the support command quarters. operations platoon. (2) Division command net No. 1 (RATT). d. Messenger Service. Messenger service at The support command headquarters station is support command and from higher headquar- provided by the division signal battalion (fig. ters is provided by the division signal battal- 36-1 and para 28-11). ion. (3) Division administrative/logistics nets

~~36-5 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~FWD MOV CON TM~~

~~PRC -( GND CON NET *)- PRC 2 5 25 (NOTE 2) AFLD CON I~~

~~VRC VRC 46 24 NOTES: 1. MONITERS' AIRCRAFT TO GROUND~~

-( FWD AFLD CON NETS ^ ; COMMUNICATIONS FOR CONTROL OF AERIAL SUPPLY MOVEMENT IN (NOTE 2) V-THE DIVISION AREA. 2. ONE Ó F.THREE IDENTICAL F^RWAR AIRFIELD CONTROL 8 GROUND 'CONTROL NETS’SH'OW.'N, ' ' TR COMDR LEGEN D:- > I ARC RC FM 54 t : - C 3 UHF-AM ,.l ■ FM 6 1- 24-15 5

~~figure 36—U. Type forward airfield and ground control radio nets,¡airmobile division.~~

36—7. Internal Communications. radio station in the appropriate supported bri- a. Radio. gade radio net (fig. 24-1 and 36-3). (1) Support command command net (4) Forward ‘ Airfield Control ' Nets (FM). This net (fig. 36-1) provides a direct (UHF-AM and FM). Each of the three for- channel of communications from the support ward service support control sections has a command commander to units under his con- forward airfield control team equipped with trol. Support command headquarters, head- UHF AM and FM voice radio stations pro- quarters company and band provides radio sta- vided by the headquarters, headquarters com- tions for the support command commander, pany and band in the brigade base area. The support command operations (NCS), the S3, radios are used for control of aerial supply and the movement control section. movement into the brigade base area. The AM UHF radio set is used primarily for air-to- (2) Forward service support control nets grounchoperations ; the FM set is used either No. 1, 2,, and 3 (FM). These nets (fig. 36-1) for ground-to-ground or aircraft-to-ground op- are operated by each of three forward support erations; both radio sets in effect guard air- control sections to provide support communica- craft air-to-ground communications (fig. 36-4). tions within the brigade bases of operation. (5) Ground control nets (FM). Ground Each net may be entered by any unit to request control nets associated with each airfield con- logistic support (fig. 36-3). Support command trol team are operated at the division base and headquarters, headquarters company and band each brigade base airfield. All portable radio provides the NCS radios and the vehicular sets are provided by the support command radio set for the element commander. headquarters, headquarters company, and band (3) Supported Brigade Net (FM). Each and are organic to the various airfield control forward support control section operates a ' teams (fig. 36-1 and 36-4). 36-6 C 1, FM 61-24

(6) Division base airfield control nets b. Wire System. Internal telephone switch- (UHF AM and FM). These nets operate at di- ing and teletypewriter service for DISCOM is vision base as described in (5) above. Division provided by the division signal battalion (fig. headquarters sets are provided by the move- 28-7). The headquarters, headquarters comment control section and the division base [air- pany and band has a limited number of tele- field control team (fig. 36-1). phones for internal use. .

~~Section ill. SUPPLY BATTALION~~

36—8. Organization and .'Mission (2) Maintain the division reserve of sup- a. Organization. '< The1 supply- battalion, air- plies for which responsible. mobile division' (TOE 29-95) -is organized into c. Capabilities. When at full strength, and a headquarters and service company' (TOE 29- 1 consistent with its mission requirements, the 96), a supply company (TOE 29-97) ,' and a battalion has the 24-hour capability to— quartermaster .aerial'equipment support com- (1) Receive, provide temporary, storage pany (TOE 10^-67). for, and issue Class I, II, III, IV, and V sup- b. Mission. The battalion : has the mission plies and equipments—exceptions to this are re- to— : :pair parts, medical and cryptographic supplies. ( 1 ) Provide all- classes of; supply, except (2) Operate supply and distribution repair parts,, medical, and cryptographic sup- points for the classes of supply handled in the plies. airmobile division forward and brigade areas.

~~BN OP COM DR (NCS) -c SUP BN COMD NET-FM VRC VRC VRC VRC 4 7 47V 46 46 ’ Í.~~

~~SPT COMO. m . COMD NET,~~

~~'• 11-~~

~~OM AERIAL EQUIP ëh,HO a SVC CO SUP CO-• SPT CO VRC VRC VRC 4 6 4 6 fPRCftNOTE 46 .2!~~

~~LEGEND: NOTE: LCC LOGISTICS CONTROL USED FOR SUPPLY POINTS ESTABLISHED CENTER BEYOND WIRE CAPABILITY. FM 61-24 - IS6~~

~~Figure 36-5.- 'Type radio nets, supply battalion.~~

~~36-7 Ç 1, FM 61-24~~

~~TO SPT COMO~~

BN HHC COMDR O -o COMDR BN SCTY •o S WBD o SB-22/PT <5 SCTY (2 EA) ASST DIV -O SUP OFF ■o STK CON CO CLASS X COMDR ■o / HHC MAINT CLASS n a:nr AERIAL PLAT o EQUIP . MTR SUP CO ¿ MAINT o CLASSm CO COMDR CLASS S

~~MAINT SUP PK DEL MAIN T PLAT PLAT o PLAT CLASS X LT TRK UP CO < o PLAT CLASS HI~~

~~CLASS na xx~~

CLASS 31 COO HDL6 iec PLAT HO o O (SUP CO) / O ^ TO BDE , TO BDE CGO HDL6 o BASE SWBD o BASE SWBC F WO SUP SEC S PLAT HO (SUP CO) CLASS r, H 8 xsr (SUP CO) (3 EA) TO DIV O O CLASS HI O BASE SWBD o CLASS 31

~~LEGEND:~~

~~TELEPHONE SET TA- 312 /PT FM 61-24-157~~

~~Figure 86-6. Type wire system, supply battalion, airmobile division.~~

~~36-8 C 1, FM 61-24~~

(3) Operate the division rear area supply c. Supply Battalion Command Net (FM). point for all classes of supply except as indi- The supply battalion command net with its or- cated in (1) above. ganizational components is shown in fig. 36-5. (4) Provide air delivery equipment sup- NCS is provided by the headquarters and ser- port for airborne elements of the division. vice company. Note that each of the three for- (5) Advise the division on food service ward supply platoons from the supply com- matters. pany do not operate in this net, but, rather, function in an FM forward service support net (6) Provide purchase and contract ser- under DISCOM control. vices as required.

36-9. Radio Nets 36—10. Wire and Messenger The supply battalion operates radio stations in . a. Wire. A type wire system for the supply the following nets: battalion is shown in fig. 36-6. When feasible, the division signal battalion will provide wire а. Division Support Command Command Net links to DISCOM headquarters. (FM). Supply battalion radio sets are'in the vehicle of the battalion commander and the b. Messenger Service. Messenger service battalion operations vehicle (fig. 3fr-l). from DISCOM to the supply battalion will be б. Forward Service Support Control Nets provided by DISCOM as required. Internal (FM). There is one forward servnce sup- messenger service within the supply battalion port control net per brigade. Operating in each will be provided by organic supply battalion net are radio stations at the three forward sup- personnel in addition to regularly assigned du- ply platoons of the supply company. The for- ties. Aerial messenger. service will be utilized ward supply platoons operate from-the respec- to reach forward elements of the battalion. tive brigade bases (fig. 36-3).;

~~Section IV. MAINTENANCE BATTALION~~

36-11. ' Organization,'Mission, and cal accounting machines, and automatic data Capability processing equipment. a. Organization. The maintenance battalion, c. Capabilities. airmobile division (TOE 29-85) consists of the (1) Performs direct support maintenance héadquarters and main support company (TOE on supported equipment. 29-86) and three forward support detachments (TOE 29-87). Note that the main support com- (2) Secures, stocks, and issues repair parts pany operates in the division support area, for division equipment that it maintains. while each forward support detachment is (3) Secures, stocks, and issues direct ex- placed into the assault area ; when a brigade is change items for replacement of components not committed, the support detachment oper- and assemblies. ates at division base with the main support company. (4) Maintains an operational readiness float of selected end items and components. b. Mission. The airmobile division maintenance battalion provides direct support mainte- (5) Operates a maintenance collecting nance and maintenance'supply for all division point and provides limited evacuation assist- materiel except aircraft, aircraft armament, ance to supported units. avionics, medical, cryptographic, airdrop (6) Provides technical assistance service items, clothing, bedding, light textiles, electri- to supported units.

36-9 36-10 47 NET 4 (RATT) VRC ADMIN/LOG Div FM 61-24 - 136 SHOP OFF VSC (NOTE 3) T A CON NET BASE) (BDE DET FWD SPT >FWD SVC SPT 47 VRC PRC (FWD SPT GET) 4 EA CONTACT TM CONOR OEl I T_r r 4 6 VRC SHOP OFF RATT LEGEND: FM 4 6 VRC MA NT EL BN COMP NET-FM -( MAINT ( NOTE 2 ) MN SPT CO 47 VRC (NCS) 46 VRC battalion. Figure 36-7. Type radio nets, maintenance (NOTE I) 4 7 VRC T RC a 25 SVC EVACSEC NOTES: NET<- ->SPT COMO COMO 4 7 VRC jaB^COMoiL AS REQUIRED. REQUIRED. REQUIRED FOR ON-SITE COMMUNICATIONS. 1. USED BY VEHICULAR WRECKER CREWS ORMS COMPANY COMMAND NET WHEN 2. F 3. ENTER FWD SVC SPT CON NET AS

Ç 1, FM 61-24 36-11 SEC SHELTER SHOP CO OFF SUP MAINT PLAT MAINT . MED |co DET FWD SPT o o o FM 61 - 24-159 (SEA) SWBD- ' SB-2 2/PT 5 F WO SIGCEN xo S2-S3 CO MAINT OFF OFF ELECT MECH MAT OFF S 4 MAINT OFF TECH SUP HO CO o o -o -o o TO trO SW 80 ( 2 EA) SB-22/PT o Q O battalion. Figure 36-8. Type wire system, maintenance DIR SPT /* SCTY TO LCC *COMD< ROO STA SI6CEN SSB RATT ; J ARMT MAINT PLAT SVC a EVAC SEC EL MAINT SHOP CO MAINT » MECH SUP OFF SPT CO MN : LEGEND: -o o -o ■o o o o TA-3I2/PT CENTER LCC LOGISTICS CONTROL TELEPHONE SET SW8D SB-22/PT

~~C 1, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

36—12. Radio Nets gade) provides the detachment commander with internal command and control means. The maintenance battalion operates and main- Each detachment has four contact teams which tains radio stations in the following nets : utilize organic portable radios to enter this net. a. Division Administration/Logistics Net If necessary, provisions may be made for main- No. 4 (RATT). One vehicular mounted radio tenance officers of supported units to enter this station operates in this net at battalion head- net as required (fig. 36-7). quarters (fig. 36-7). r ' b. Division Support Command Command 36—13. Wire and Messenger Net (FM). The battalion commander, battalion a. Wire. A type wire system for the mainte- materiel officer, and a battalion headquarters nance battalion is“ shown in figure 36-8. Be- radio station operate in this net (fig. 36-7). cause of the distances involved, however, for- c. Maintenance Battalion Command Net ward elements of the maintenance battalion (FM). This net is used for command and con- are not normally connected directly by wire to trol purposes by the battalion commander for the battalion switchboard—such service is de- all battalion units (fig. 36-7). The NCS of the rived through the division communications sys- net is located at battalion headquarters. Note tem. Wire trunks from battalion headquarters that the forward support detachment com- to DISCOM are usually provided by the divi- manders and associated shop office stations sion signal battalion. : ’ monitor this net (fig. 36-7). ' b. Messenger'Service. Information-given in d. Forward Service Support Control Net paragraph 36-10 is also adaptable to the main- (FM). Each of these three nets (one per bri- tenance battalion. -1 ‘

~~Section V. TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE BATTALION~~

36—14. Organization, Mission, and (3) Evacuates - unserviceable aircraft to Capability the division base or other suitable repair site, a. Organization. The transportation aircraft when onsite repair is not feasible. maintenance battalion (TOE 55—405) consists - (4) Replaces unserviceable aircraft with of a headquarters and headquarters company operational readiness float aircraft. (TOE 55-406) and four transportation aircraft (5) Delivers emergency repair parts by maintenance and supply companies TOE 55- 407). helicopter. ' (6) Uses electronic equipment to transmit b. Mission. The mission of this battalion is aircraft maintenance data and repair parts re- to provide aircraft direct support maintenance quests. to include avionics and armament maintenance, and repair parts support for aircraft organic to the airmobile division. 36—15. Radiocommunications The transportation aircraft maintenance and c. Capabilities. supply battalion operates radio stations in the (1) Provides helicopter-transported con- following nets : tact teams, tailored from the supporting air- a. Division Support Command Command craft maintenance unit, for on-site repair in the forward areas. Net-FM. Operating in this net are the following battalion stations : the battalion com- (2) Provides forward area repair primar- mander who operates in or monitors this net as ily by modular and component replacement. required and a battalion headquarters station,

~~36-12 C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~P^4E , p-V 'BN Ä CONOR i BN SUP b CONOR I p BN S3 I -Ç TRANS AC FT MAINT 6 SUP BN COMO/OP NET- FM~~

~~VRC VRC VRC VRC (4 EA) 4 7 46 47 4 6~~

~~SHELTER CO COMO NET AIRMOBTLE~~

~~jw OIV SPT COMO VRC < CONO NET ^" 46 vsc OIV AOMIN/ LOO<]« SHELTER _2_ NET 4 (RATT) AIRMOBILE (NCS)~~

~~VRC 4 6 FM VSC BN ADMIN/ LOG NET -RAT T RATT _2_ FM 6 1-24-160~~

~~Figure Äff—9. Type radio nets, transportation aircraft maintenance and supply battalion, airmobile division. , .~~

~~SHELTER ' CO AIRMOBILE CONOR I (NCS) TRANS AC FT MAINT S SUP CO COMO NET FM~~

~~VRC VRC VRC 4 VRC -> BN COMO/OP 4 6 46 47 47 NET VSC 2~~

~~^L—Jgagi [> BN ADMIN/LOO NET-RATT~~

~~[AFLO cotT y~~

~~LEGEND: FM VRC -±Z_ ARC ] UHF AM VRC -> ACFT CON-NET-FM <■ 24 ARC I RATT ATC NET ^ FM 61-24 -161~~

~~Figure $6-10. Type radio net, transportation aircraft maintenance and supply company, transportation aircraft maintenance and supply battalion.~~

~~36-13 C 1, FM 61-24~~

shelter-mounted ior aerial transportation. AV N UN T Refer to figure 36-9. (A-LEVEL) / b. Division Administrative Logistics Net No. i-RATT. Battalion headquarters operates in this net by radio teletypewriter, voice, or AC FT MAINT CW ; primarily the net links the transportation O aircraft maintenance and supply battalion SUP CO (B-LEVEL) with DISCOM and aviation group headquarters (fig. 36-9). AC FT SUP CON S EC> ACF T SUP a MAINT 8N c. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance and i6-LEVEL) GEN SPT Supply Battalion Command/Operations Net- MAINT ORG FM. This FM voice net is used for immediate (C-LEVEL) command and control of battalion operations. FM 61 r 24-162 Stations operating in this net are shown in Figure 86—11. Type automated transceiver net. figure 36-9. Note that the battalion NCS is

~~ACFT |ACFT MAINT MAINT SUP I SUP~~

TO NOTES SPT COMO {: I a 2 BN BN ■o COMDR 'O CO SWBD SWBD o SB-22/PT o SB-2 2/PT DIR / CO (2 EA) o SPT SEC ^ o (2 EA) o COMDR o 8N S3 a ■o CO SUP BN MAINT B PON o SUP OFF \ o -o CON OFF HQ CO DIR SPT -o COMDR PLAT LDR o -O' TECH UNIT SUP AVIONICS SEC o o o SUP OFF ACFT ARMT ENG RON SEC o OP SEC REP SEC o- o STK CON SHOP STOR -o SEC PLAT LDR o- -o ISS SEC SHOP RON SEC MTR MAINT -o o o SUP SEC ACFT -a SVC OP o- R DO STA SVC a EQUIP PLAT LDR Q- RDR REP o SEC

~~NOTES :~~

LEGEND: 1. WHEN COMPANIES ARE DISPERSED COMMUNICATIONS TO BATTALION ARE TELEPHONE SET OBTAINED THROUGH THE NEAREST TA- 312/ PT DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ACCESS POINT. 2. ONLY ONE OF FOUR IDENTICAL COMPANIES IS SHOWN, FM 61-24-163

~~Figure 86-12. Type unre system, transportation aircraft maintenance and supply battalion.~~

36-14 C 1, FM 61-24 shelter-mounted in the same shelter that tronic means for rapid transmission of aircraft houses the RATT set used for battalion admin- maintenance supply requests. It utilizes DA istration and logistics purposes (dbelow). Form 2765 (into which supply management d. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance and data have been prepunched). Transceivers and Supply Battalion Administrative-Logistics Net necessary key-punch equipment are located at (RATT). This radio teletypewriter, voice, or A-level, B-level, and C-level. Transmission be- CW net is used internally within.the battalion, tween maintenance levels may be by landline for the purpose indicated.. NCS is at battalion or radio communications (fig. 36-11). headquarters. Note that the battalion and company radio sets are shelter mounted for aerial 36—16. Wire and Messenger transportation (fig. 36-9 and 36-10). a. Wire. A type wire system for the trans- e. Transportation Aircraft Maintenance arid portation aircraft maintenance and supply bat- Supply Company Command Net-FM. This FM talion (including an operating company)' is voice net is used for internal command control shown in figure 36-12. Normally, there is no of company operations. A typé nét structure is direct wire link from battalion headquarters to shown in figure 36-10 with NGS shelter organic companies because , of distance disper- mounted at company headquarters. Each of the sals. Links to battalion may be obtained four operating companies of the battalion through the division communications system. maintain a radio net of this type. Entrance b. Messenger. Information given in para- into the aircraft control net and air traffic conT ' graph 36-10 is ailso adaptable to the transpor- trol net may be effected when required. tation aircraft maintenance and supply battal- f. Automated Requesting System. An auto- ion. matic data transceiver system provides an elec-

~~Section VI. MEDICAL BATTALION~~

36—17. Organization, Mission, and basis for divisional and nondivisional aircraft. Capabilities (3) Clearing station treatment of patients. a. Organization. The medical battalion, airmobile divisions (TOE 8-25) consists of a (4) Limited management of psychiatric headquarters and support company (TOE problems. 8-26) and three identical medical companies (5) Unit level medical support on an area (TOE 8-27). basis, as required. (6) Division level medical supply and b. Mission. As prescribed in the division medical equipment maintenance support. medical plan, orders, and policies, the medical battalion provides division-level medical ser- (7) Provides optométrie service and pre- vice support to divisional and unit level medi- surfaced single-vision prescription spectacle cal support to divisional units as required. fabrication and repair services for units organic or attached to the division. c. Capability. At full strength and consistent with its mission, the medical battalion can 36-18. Radio Nets provide : The medical battalion, airmobile division, oper- (1) Aeromedical and limited ground-eva- ated radio stations in the following radio nets : cuation of patients to medical facilities from aid stations, company aid posts, isolated pla- a. Division Administrative/Logistics Net No. toons, and aircraft crash sites. U (RATT). Battalion headquarters operates a (2) Air crash rescue support on an area vehicular station in this radio teletypewriter,

36-15 36-16 94 ARC ARC (4 EA) 4 7 VRC AIR CRASH RSQ CP FM 61-24-164 25 PRC MED MED CO I) NOTE EVAC NET ^ ■[> MED EVAC NET DR 94 4 7 ARC VRC ARC COM (8 EA) CO AIR AMB 4 7 PRC NOTE 4 47 VRC * •> —> MED EVAC NET« COMP NET- FM"~)- -( MED BN ( AIR AMB PLAT COMD NET-FM )■ ■«[> MED EVAC NET CO COMDR (NOTE 3) \SlJ 147 /PRC\ VRC ^ AIR AMB AIR TFC CON NET-UHF ^ 47 Of> DIV ADMIN/LOG NET 4 (RATT) VRC (NCS) , (NCS) 2 5 AIR AMB PLAT HO 24 VRC VSC COMD NET (NCS) -O SPT K BN HO 4 7 battalion, airmobile division. Figure S6-18. Type radio note, medical VRC COMDR BN NOTES: UHF RATT AM FM LEGEN D! ELEMENT WHEN IN SUPPORT DISTANCE IS TOO GREAT FOR WHEN REQUIRED. DIV SIO BN IS USED WHEN GROUND WAVE. OF MEDICAL COMPANY. (.AIRBORNE RELAY PROVIDED BY 4. TO BE REPLACED BY AN/PRC-74 2. FORMS COMPANY COMMAND NET 3. ONE PER AIR AMBULANCE

~~C l, FM 61-24 C 1, FM 61-24~~

TO SPT COMO co SIGGEN o TO FWD BN-SW BO xo a ‘ SPT SI GC EN o SB-22 CO CP HQ a SPT CO o S3 o S4 (HOT LOOP) CL R PLAT o DIV MED o SUP OFF MAINT SEC EVAC PLAT a o AIR AMB CUR EVAC o PLAT PLAT PLAT 3 MEO,CO 1; ' i,

~~LEGEND:~~

~~TELEPHONE SET O TA-3I2/PT FM 61-24-165~~

~~i ■ ■ . - _ Figure 86—14. Type wire system, medical battalion.~~

; . • I • ,• voice, or CW net. The same vehicle also con- pany with NCS at air ambulance platoon head- tains the NCS (AM radio) for operation in the’ quarters. Note that the net employs portable air ambulance air traffic control net (fig. FM radio sets and the FM radio equipment in- 36-13). stalled in the helicopters. b. Division Support Command Command Net e. Medical Evacuation Nets (AM and FM). (FM). The medical báttalion commander and Each of the three medical companies has two battalion headquarters operate a station in this FM voice vehicular sets and one small portable net (fig-36-13). AM voice radio set for use as follows (fig. 36-13): , c. Air Ambulance Air Traffic Control Net ( UHF AM). This voice net is used for air traf- (1) FM. The FM vehicular radio sets may fic control of eight air ambulances and four air be used for an operation of an air evacuation crash rescue helicopters. NCS is a ground sta- net with unit receiving medical support. This tion at battalion headquarters (fig. 36-13). radio set also permits monitoring in the battal- The helicopters are organic to the air ambul- ion command net-FM. ance platoon of the medical battalion head- (2) AM. A small portable AM SSB voice quarters and support company. radio set will permit operation in a longer range air evacuation net. d. Air Ambulance Platoon Command Net (FM). This net has FM stations paralleling /. Medical Battalion Command Net (FM). the UHF AM stations in the air traffic control This FM voice net is used for internal com- net (c above). The net is used for internal command and control of battalion operations (fig. mand and control of the air ambulance platoon 36-13). NCS is at battalion headquarters. If of battalion headquarters and support com- radio communications cannot be maintained 36-17 C 1, FM 61-24 with subordinate units, a request for utiliza- 36-14. Voice links to medical companies oper- tion of the airborne relay may be submitted to ating forward in support of brigades will be the division C-E officer (para 28-15). through the division multichannel network. b. Messenger. Information given in para- 36-19. Wire and Messenger graph 36-10 is also adaptable to the medical a. Wire. A type wire communicationsbattalion. system for the medical battalion is shown in figure

~~Section VII. ADMINISTRATION COMPANY~~

36—20. Organization, Mission, and (3) Company level personnel and admin- Capability istrative support for personnel assigned to the a. Organization. The administrative com- administration company. pany, airmobile division (TOE 12-77) is orga- (4) Mess facilities for personnel assigned, nized as follows : attached, or located in division headquarters ( 1 ) Company headquarters. rear echelon. (2) Inspector general section. (5) The capacity to receive, control, and (3) Staff judge advocate section. administratively process a maximum of 300 in- (4) Finance section. dividuals at any given time. This may be any combination of personnel arriving as replace- (5) Chaplain section. ments, returning from the hospital, or depart- (6) Information section. ing for rotation, or other purposes. In addition, ( 7 ) Adj utant general section. the replacement detachment of the administration company can control any number of re- (8) Replacement detachment. placement TOE units which have their own b. Mission. The mission of the administra- mess capability. tion company is to : (1) Serve as a carrier unit which prov- (6) The capability for operating a sepa- ides support to thosè members of the division rate mess facility for personnel processing special staff listed in a above. through the replacement detachment when the (2) To provide the necessary personnel adjutant general deems this necessary. and administrative support to sustain the divi- d. Limitations. The administration company, sion; this includes replacement support and a normally located at the division rear echelon or mechanized personnel service for all units as- in the division support area, has no organic signed or attached to the airmobile division communications facilities. The rear operations function as a basic organizational element of platoon, command operations company, divi- airmobile division rear echelon. sion signal battalion (para 28-8t£), will prov- c. Capability. At full strength and consistent ide the necessary communication facilities for with its mission, the administration company administration company operations. provides the following : (1) Logistical support of, and plans for, 36-21. Administration Company tactical security for staff agencies assigned to Communications the company. (2) Division level personnel and adminis- The company is authorized a switchboard trative support for all personnel assigned or which is operated by organic personnel in addi- attached to the airmobile division. tion to other duties. This switchboard is con-

36-18 C 1, FM 61-24 nected by trunk circuit to a division communi- the division rear echelon support platoon of cation switching center. The trunk circuit, the airmobile division signal battalion. The ad- switching center, and other supplemental com- ministration company is not authorized organic munication facilities are normally provided by single channel radio sets.

~~36-19 t.í i . ' il ; i f , ; ' •. í i . n~~

~~> '• - s ;.i i : : ‘i»*; '■. - r\ i * ; f • i * : ' ’ f * ' : ■. l I 1 .. • ^ •: •/ . rj ï * ' t i. : ) . ) '~~

~~. \ i~~

~~m C 1, FM 61-24~~

~~APPENDIX A~~

~~REFERENCES~~

A-l. General This appendix contains a selected list of publications pertinent to communications in armored, infantry (mechanized) and airborne divisions. For availability of items listed and other publications refer to DA Pamphlets 310-1, 310-3 and 310-4.

A-2. Army Regulations (C) AR 10-122 U. S. Army Security Agency (U). AR 115-10 Meteorological Support for the U. S. Army. AR 380-5 Safeguarding Defense Information. AR 380-26 Policy for Use of Encrypt-for-Transmission-Only (EFTO) Procedure. (C) AR 380-40 Department of the Army Policy for Safeguarding COMSEC Informa- tion (U). AR 380-41 Control of COMSEC Materiel. (C) AR 380-51 Transmission of Classified Information (U). AR 525-25 Delineation of Service Responsibilities for Tactical Air Control Parties.

~~A—3. DA Pamphlets (C) DA PAM 310-9 Index of COMSEC Publications (U).~~

A-4. Field Manuals FM 1-5 Aviation Company. FM 1-15 Aviation Battalion, Group, and Brigade. FM 1-100 Army Aviation Utilization. FM 5-135 Engineer Battalion, Armored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) Divisions. FM 5-136 Engineer Battalions, Airborne and Airmobile Divisions. FM 6-10 Field Artillery Communications. FM 6-20-1 Field Artillery Tactics. FM 6-20-2 Field Artillery Techniques. FM 7-11 Rifle Company, Infantry, Airborne, and Mechanized. FM 7-20 The Infantry Battalions. FM 7-30 The Infantry Brigades. FM 8-15 Medical Service in Divisions, Separate Brigades, and the Armored Cavalry Regiment. FM 11-21 Tactical Signal Communications Systems, Army, Corps, and Division. FM 11-50 Signal Battalion, Armored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) and Airmobile Divisions. FM 11-57 Signal Battalion, Airborne Division.

~~A-l C 1, FM 61-24~~

FM 17-1 Armor Operations. FM 17-15 Tank Units, Platoon, Company, and Battalion. FM 17-30 The Armored Brigade. FM 17-36 Divisional Armored and Air Cavalry Units. FM 19-1 Military Police Support, Army Divisions and Separate Brigades. FM 21-30 Military Symbols. FM 21-60 Visual Signals. ¡; FM 24-1 Tactical Communications Doctrine. . ; FM 24-16 Signal Orders, Records and Reports. FM 24-17 Tactical Communications Center Operation. FM 24-18 Field Radio Techniques. FM 24-19 Communications-Electronics Reference Data. FM 24-20 Field Wird and Field Cable Techniques. , FM 24-21 Field Radio Relay Techniques. i FM 29-30 Maintenance Battalion; and- Company Operations in Divisions and Separate Brigades. FM 29-50 Supply and Services in Divisions and Separate Brigades. FM 30-5 Combat Intelligence. . , FM 30-20 Aerial Surveillance-Reconnaissance, Ifield Army. (C) FM 32-5 Signal Security (SIGSEC). (U)- (C) FM 32-20 Electronic Warfare (Ground Based) (U). (S) FM 32-20A Electronic Warfare.(Ground Based) (U). (C) FM 32-20-1 Electronic Warfare (Ground Based) (U). , (test) FM 44-1 U. S. Army Air Defense Artillery Employment. ' FM 54-2 The Division Support Command and Separate Brigades Support Battalion. FM 61-100 The Division. FM 100-27 U. S. Army/U. S. Air Force Doctrine for Tactical Airlift Operations. A—5. Tables of Organization and Equipment TOE 1-55 Aviation Battalion, Airborne Division.. ■ TOE 1-75 Combat Aviation Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 1-101 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Aviation Group, Airmobile Division. TOE 1-102 General Support Aviation Company, Aviation Group, Air Cavalry Division. TOE 1-155 Assault Helicopter Battalion, Aviation Group, Airmobile Division. TOE 1-156 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Assault Helicopter Bat- talion, Air Cavalry Division. TOE 1-157 Aerial Weapons Company, Assault Helicopter Battalion, Air Cavalry Division. TOE 1-158 Assault Helicopter Company, Assault Helicopter Battalion, Air Cavalry Division. TOE 1-165 Assault Support Helicopter Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 1-166 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Assault Support Helicopter Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 1-167 Assault Support Helicopter Company, Assault Support Helicopter Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 5-25 Engineer Battalion, Airborne Division.

~~A-2 C 1, FM 61-24~~

TOE 5-145 Engineer Battalion, Armored Division or Engineer Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 5-155 Engineer Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 6-100 Infantry Division Artillery. TOE 6-155 Field Artillery Battalion, 105-mm, Towed, Infantry Division. TOE 6-165 Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, Towed, 8-inch, Self-Propelled, Infantry Division. c 11 ; * ,. TOE 6-175 Field Artillery 'Battalion, ‘ HONEST : J OHN Armored Division or Field Artillery Battalion, HONEST JOHN Infantry Division or Field Artillery Battalion, HONEST JOHN Infantry Division (Mecha- nized). s TOE 6-200 ■ Mrbdrrie Division Artilléryí ¡ : J i ’ : ¡ ¡ TOE 6-201 Headquarters’and' Hëadqùarters 'Battery, Airborne Division Artillery. TOE 6-215 Field Artillery’Battalion, ' 105-mm, Towed, Airborne Division or Field : ' ! - Artillery Battalion, 105-mm,¡Towed,’ Separate Airborne Brigade. TOE 6-300 Armored Division Artillery or* Infantry Division (Mechanized) Artil- ' lery. ' * ’: ’ 1 ; ? : '• i. « • . . • ’ TOE 6-302 Headquarters and Headquarters Battery,’Armored Division Artillery ■ * • s or1 Headquarters’and Headqüartérs Battery, Infantry Division Artil- lery or Headquarters and ; Headquarters Battery, Infantry Division '(Mechanized) Artillery.’ ■ ¡ ’ ’ - ’ TOE 6-355 Field' Artillery ' Battalion,’ 155-mm, ' 8-inch, Self-Propelled, Armored Division or Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, 8-inch, Self-Propelled, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 6-365 :i ; FieldArtillèry-Battalion,'Í55-mm, Self-Propelled, Armored Division or Field Artillery Battalion; 155-mm, Self-Propelled, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 6-701 Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Air Cavalry Division Artil- •• ! * • 'lèrÿ;’ ' . ' ’. ' : ; : . ' TOE 6-702 Aviation Battery, Air Cavalry Division Artillery. TOE 6-705 Field Battalion, 105-mrif; -Towed, Airmobile Division. TOE 6-725 Field Artillery Battalion Aerial Artillery, Air Cavalry Division. TOE 7-4 - Headquarters ánd Headquarters Company, Infantry Division. TOE: 7-15 • - - : Infantry Battalion,¡Infantry Division or Infantry Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade. •TOE 7-35 r ' ’ ' Infantry Battalion, Airborne Division of Infantry Battalion, Separate Airborne Brigade. TOE 7—42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division Brigade. TOE 7-45 Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Armored Division or Infantry Bat- talion (Mechanized), Infantry Division (Mechanized) or Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Separate Armored Brigade or Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Separate Infantry Brigade (Mechanized). TOE 7-55 Infantry Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 7-58 Combat Support Company, Infantry Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 8-35 Medical Battalion, Armored Division or Medical Battalion, Infantry Division or Medical Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 8-65 Medical Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 10-37 Supply Company, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 11-35 Signal Battalion, Armored Division or Signal Battalion, Infantry Division or Signal Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized).

~~A-3~~

~~r C 1, FM 61-24~~

TOE 11-205 Signal Battalion, Airmobile Division. TOE 11-215 Signal Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 12-37 Administration Company, Support Command, Armored Division or Administration Company, Support Command, Infantry Division, or Administration Company, Support Command, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 12-157 Administration Company, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 17 Armored Division. i : *, r f. ï . i ■ i ■ » ■ ■ ' TOE 17-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Armored Division. TOE 17-35 Tank Battalion, Armored Division or Tank Battalion, Infantry Divi- sion or Tank Báttalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized) or Tank Battalion, Separate' Armored Brigade or Tank Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade or Tank Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade (Mechanized). TOE 17-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Armored Division Brigade. TOE 17-75 Armored Cavalry Squadron, Airborne Division. TOE 17-95 Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Division. TOE 17-96 Headquarters and Headquarters Troop Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Division. TOE 17-98 Air Cavalry Troop, Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Division. TOE 17-99 Cavalry Troop, Cavalry Squadron, Airmobile Division. TOE 17-105 Armored Cavalry Squadron, Armored Division or Armored Cavalry Squadron, Infantry Division or Armored Cavalry Squadron, Infan- try Division (Mechanized). TOE 19-27 Military Police Company, Armored Division or Military Police Com- pany, Infantry Division or Military Police Company, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 19-67 Military Police Company, Airborne Division. TOE 29-1 Support Command, Infantry Division. TOE 29-2 Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command Armored Division or Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command Infantry Division or Headquarters, Head- quarters Company and Band, Support Command Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 29-5 Supply and Transport Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 29-11 Support Command, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 29-15 Maintenance Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 29-21 Support Command, Armored Division. TOE 29-25 Maintenance Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 29-35 Maintenance Battalion, Armored Division. TOE 29-51 Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 29-52 Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 29-55 Maintenance Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 29-65 Supply and Transport Battalion, Armored Division or Supply and Transport Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 37 Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 37-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division (Mechanized).

~~A—4 C 1, FM 61-24~~

TOE 37-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division (Mecha- nized) Brigade. TOE 57 Airborne Division. TOE 57-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Airborne Division. TOE 57-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Airborne Division Brigade. TOE 67-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Airmobile Division Brigade.

~~A—6. Technical Manuals ' ' '1 » • • * • TM 38-750 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). TM 38-750-1 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Field Com-~~

~~I : : • • • ¡ ¡ , r ! ,mand Procedures’, . j : , - , •~~

: ' ' • - ; ! ' . ■ . ■ . ' ' . i ‘ ¡ - ; J > I i Í ; . i il 1 ' ' ' ' : 1 • : > : i : : ii . ' ' i ! i i ■ , • ■ ; 1 ( • ; • ; ' ; : ■ ¡ * ■ ■ : ' ¡ • I ■ , ' ! ' < ; ’ 1 - . i i- ■ i ; i : i , i < i ■ ‘. i i ' ' , 1 1 ■

~~1 ' ; ■ 1 ■ ; i i 1 i !. j ... ; i i ■ ¡ ‘ ’ i ; * i~~

~~1 1 J ' ’ i i i . i ' ¡ ' ¡ I ' ,, ’ ‘ i ; ) : i ' : . i : ; ! . 1 ■ ; • ; ■ '! • i : ' 1 •’ . : ’ i » ; ) i ' , • ,ii i ; i ; • 1 ' ■ . . i~~

~~' ; i i - ' ‘ : i ■ ¡ ! 1 ■ 1 ' . . i ■ i ■ . 1 ■ , i i~~

~~i • ¡~~

~~A—5 M FM 61-24~~

~~APPENDIX B COMMUNICATIONS IN STABILITY OPERATIONS~~

~~Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION~~

B-l. Application country (HC), other allied units, and civil Unless otherwise noted, the general informa- agencies in the area. tion presented in this appendix applies equally b. In stability operations, independent oper- to the armored, infantry, mechanized, air- ations by subordinate divisional units will borne, and airmobile divisions. necessitate an increase in TOE communication capability. For example, an independent B-2. Basic Considerations As given in this text, the principles of divi- brigade operation may require a communica- sion communications for limited and general tion capability approximating that of an en- war will apply to stability operations (the tire division engaged in conventional warfare army portion of internal defense and internal (limited and general warfare). In all cases, development operations (ID AID)).; how- early identification by the DSO of the total ever, significant modifications usually will be communication requirements is essential to in- necessary. Since such modifications must be sure that each independent force is dispatched with sufficient communication means to ac- particularized to the given IDAID situation, only general guidelines will be presented in this complish its mission. appendix. c. Advisory assistance provided by the di- a. In stability visionoperations, signal the battalion division maysig- be either short nal battalion may be required to support di- term or long term. Such assistance usually vision elements operating over land areas con- takes the form of military training teams pro- siderably larger than those encountered in vided to host country armed forces or civilian limited and general war. Frequently, the di- agencies. The battalion also may be assigned vision communication system is integrated military civic action, psychological, intelli- with the civil communication system in a par- gence, and internal security operations. Refer ticular area such as a region, province, or to FM 11-50 and FM 11-57. corps; in many cases, the division system may d. The increased division communications be the only operational system in the area. requirements summarized above will necessi- Situations such as this necessitate that signal tate assistance from TOE 11-500 teams and/or support be rendered to other U.S. forces, host higher headquarters units.

~~Section II. DIVISION LEVEL COMMUNICATIONS~~

B-3. Division Headquarters dates the signal facilities usually found at di- In stability operations, the conventional doc- vision main, division alternate, support com- trine of two or three echelons of division mand, and division rear. However, the signal headquarters displacing at fairly frequent in- battalion must reserve sufficient communica- tervals may not apply. More often, the divi- tions facilities to establish a division forward sion will operate from a permanent division CP to support combat operations of brigade or base (or base camp), which effectively consoli- battalion strength.

~~AGO 6016A B-l FM 61-24~~

B—4. Additional Communications Character- a combined and/or joint communication SOP, istics in Stability Operations SOI, and SSI—a typical list follows: In addition to the communications character- (1) Fire direction and control. istics listed in paragraph 6-7, the division (a) Close air support nets. communication system in stability operations (b) Naval gunfire control nets. must also provide— (c) Artillery fire direction nets. a. Increased radio communication means at (d) Air traffic regulation and identifi- lower levels such as battalion type radio sets cation nets. at company level and company level radio sets (2) Maneuver and mobility. at platoon level. (a) Airmobile operation nets. b. Entry into and/or integration with host (b) Convoy control nets. country and other allied, command, adminis- (3) Command and control. trative, and intelligence nets. (a) Combined command and control c. Integration with host country fire con- nets. trol nets. (b) Combined intelligence nets. d. Normal division signal support to other (c) Combined spot report nets. U.S., host country, or allied units. e. Increased multichannel radio capability. B—6. Composition /. Increased use of aerial radio retransmis- Refer to paragraph 6-9 for a typical composition of the division communication systems sion. for limited and general war. Additional ele- g. Communication between applicable divi- ments that may be required for stability oper- sion units and host country area coordination ations are listed below: centers (ACC). a. Combined signal centers at host country B-5. Communication Planning Factor area coordination centers. In stability operations, the following commun- b. Multichannel links with host country ication planning factors must be considered: governmental agencies and military forces. a. From a division staff planning basis, c. Combined RWI stations at host country there must be early identification of total com- area coordination centers for interconnecting munication support requirements to include in- host country FM radio stations with other host terface and integration with host country sys- country units and agencies. tems at appropriate levels of command and control. B-7. Responsibility of the DSO In stability operations, the DSO in addition to b. Closely connected with a above, there must be an early assessment of communica- normal duties may serve as senior signal officer tion requirements from an operational, ad- to host country units within the area of op- ministrative, and advisory standpoint. Such an erations. As such, he will plan and coordinate assessment will form the basis for— the integration of division and host country (1) The assignment of missions and pri- signal assets in the area. orities for the allocation of organic division B-8. Multichannel Radio Communications communication resources. a. In stability operations, the division multi- (2) The procurement of additional com- channel network must be adapted to the mis- munication resources (personnel and equip- sion, terrain, and the degree of support that ment) to meet requirements that are beyond will be required by host country, joint and al- division TOE capabilities. lied forces in the area. The conventional type c. Since stability operations may be joint or multichannel diagram shown in figure 6-6 will combined, communication training should em- seldom apply because of the unpredictable line- phasize certain areas of critical concern that up of forces in the division’s area. For ex- will necessitate both simplification and stand- ample, the division signal battalion may be ardization. Such items should be included in required to provide multichannel radio inter-

B-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 connections solely for host country use ; or the host country/allied forces in the area. Addi- USAF may be largely dependent upon the dition of more radio stations may require the vision network for telephone and teletype- formulation of more RATT nets to facilitate writer service. traffic handling and the net control function. b. Since the multichannel requirements in However, the increased range of FM radio sets stability operations are not type predictable, and the provision of multichannel radio ter- the communications planning factors (para minals at brigade and battalion may relegate B-4) when applied, will generally indicate a RATT sets to a backup role to VHF multi- need for communication resources over and channel radio links. above TOE authorizations. c. In stability operations, a multichannel B-10. Cable and Wire Installation terminal (both radio and carrier) should be a. At division base, initial cable and wire provided by the division signal battalion at installation for the interconnection of signal each fire support base participating in a par- facilities is performed by the division signal ticular operation—these are bases of maneuver battalion. As growth requirements increase, battalion or reinforced combat company augmentation of cable and wire installations strength. Such provision will insure direct may be supplied by Army or USASTRATCOM telephone communication to brigade and/or cable units. In this second phase, the normal division headquarters. Where possible, the ter- division signal battalion TOE allocation of minals will afford both primary and alternate cable and wire are envisioned as insufficient links of communication—four channels of com- as division base area wire requirements pro- munication are considered a desirable mini- gressively increase. mum from a fire support base to a higher head- b. As required, wire and cable teams from quarters. Modification of the currently author- the division signal battalion will provide wire ized TOE multichannel equipment is fre- and cable interconnection assistance at bri- quently necessary to make it air transportable gade and battalion base sites. to the fire support base of operations. c. Due to its vulnerability to enemy action, wire and cable for long distance trunking has B-9. Radio limited divisional use in stability operations. a. In stability operations, FM radio is a primary means of communications used by com- B-11. Switchboards manders for immediate command and control; In stability operations, a consolidated division lightweight AM SSB voice radios will also give base will normally require switchboards larger increased ranges for this purpose. The division than the 120-line boards authorized on current signal battalion may be required to provide division signal battalion TOE. Provision of a augmenting radio means to designated divi- larger switchboard at the division base and sional units as required. For example, because operated by Army or USASTRATCOM signal of the critical role of army air in stability op- units will free some division switching facili- erations, direct FM radio contact from AAE ties for use at division forward CP’s, DTOC's, DTOC to the supporting army aviation bat- and other sites as required. talions is essential. Other similar specialized FM radio nets may be established by the di- B-12. Sole-User and Common-User Circuits vision signal battalion as required. In addition, a. Sole-User Circuits. In stability operations, the establishment of FM radio retransmission more people are directly involved in immedi- stations will normally fall under division signal ate action operations and may require sole-user battalion responsibility. (point-to-point communications). In establish- b. Type division RATT nets shown in the ing demands for sole-user circuits, the desires text will generally apply to stability opera- of the using division staff elements should be tions. However, reconfigurations may be nec- considered where possible. Additionally, sole- essary to accommodate divisional forces and user circuits to host country forces and other

AGO 5016A B-3 FM 61-24 friendly forces into the area may require sole- base camp, or by multichannel radio when the user circuits to insure mutual support. unit establishes a fire support base supported b. Common-User Circuits. Requirements for by division signal battalion teams. a division common-user telephone network will continue to be extensive in stability operations. B-13. Messenger Service To retain flexibility, common-user communica- In stability operations, enemy activity and the tions must not be downgraded to an unaccep- greater distance involved curtail foot and table degree to meet increasing sole-user de- motor messenger service. Consequently, the re- mands. For units below brigade, one or two quirements for air messenger service will in- common-user circuits to parent headquarters crease throughout the division area of opera- are considered minimum essential—such cir- tions. cuits can be provided by wire or cable when in

~~Section III. DIVISION COMMUNICATIONS BELOW DIVISION LEVEL~~

B-14. Brigade Communications B-16. Company Communications, a. Brigade headquarters may take on the Maneuver Battalions characteristics of a brigade base from which a. Where appropriate, additional dis- component maneuver battalions conduct tac- mounted radio sets must be provided for ex- tical operations. In this situation, communica- tended operations in stability operations. These tions at the brigade base must satisfy in- radio sets should be both AM and FM voice creased combat, combat support, and combat types. Squads may require platoon level radio service support requirements. Augmentation sets, and platoons concurrently may require of normal brigade communication resources company level sets. will be imperative in accordance with the b. In stability operations, increases in the needs of the tactical situation. number of radio sets used will increase the b. Brigades operating as separate brigades number of trained radio operators required at will require minimally the services of a for- the company level. ward area signal center platoon of the division signal battalion. Additional augmentation may B-17. Armored Cavalry Squadron or Troop be further required to assist the brigade in Communications manning the fixed base camp communications. a. Communications resources organic to the armored cavalry squadron are ideally suited to B-15. Maneuver Battalion Communications cope with the greater distances and heavy In all maneuver battalion operations, radio is traffic common in stability operations. The the most frequently used means of communi- squadron’s radio sets, FM and AM voice and cation and in the IDAID environment, there RATT, appear equal to mission requirements will be an even greater requirement. The bat- for stability operations. The increased com- talion will require radio sets with additional munication load for an infrantry battalion, re- range and greater traffic capability. A multi- flects the normal situation for the cavalry channel radio terminal (lightweight, 4-chan- squadron. nel) will be extremely useful for telephone b. The squadron may be required to operate and teletypewriter linkage or higher head- in or monitor the appropriate level area co- quarters. ordination center nets for command and in- a. Maneuver battalions may operate in, or formation purposes. monitor designated radio nets of the district c. Because of the fire support capability in- or village area coordination center. herent in the troops of the squadron (includ- b. Radio may be used to coordinate battal- ing the air cavalry troop), communications ion mortar fire with host country defensive and liaison should be established with host artillery.

B—4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24 country territorial defense artillery units lo- aircraft, perform critical combat, combat sup- cated within the operational area. port, and combat service support functions. Units down to platoon size must be provided B-18. Division Artillery with adequate radio sets to communicate with To maximize joint artillery effectiveness, con- supporting aircraft and/or to requisition im- sideration should be given to the integration mediate emergency aircraft support. of applicable division artillery radio nets with those of host country and other allied forces— B-21. Division Support Command such nets might be artillery radio nets used a. In stability operations, division support for tactical purposes or for territory defense. command headquarters is generally located at For example, on a combined basis, it may be the division base. Communications for support advantageous that division artillery nets ac- command headquarters and major subordinate commodate the entry of host country and al- command elements are provided from the di- lied stations into division fire request channels ; vision base by the division signal battalion this may be accomplished on a direct basis or augmented as required by TOE 11-500 teams through a host country area coordination cen- and higher headquarter’s units. ter. b. Support command elements operating at B-19. Engineer Battalion brigade base may be considered comparable to In stability operations, engineer support to brigade trains. Communications for these ele- combat operations normally will be by frag- ments are provided by organic TOE resources, mented engineer elements dispersed over con- division signal battalion support, and TOE 11- siderable distances. Such dispersal will require 500 teams. a heavy employment of radio sets over and above normal TOE authorizations; the radio c. The division provost marshal, MP units, sets required will include FM/AM voice and and MP patrols must have the added capabil- RATT. RATT nets from engineer battalion to ity of maintaining radio contact with host company to platoon may be required. country area coordination centers. Each area coordination center must maintain radio con- B-20. Division Air Support tact with civilian and military police nets In stability operations, organic division air- throughout its area of jurisdiction. craft, augmented as required by other army

~~AGO 5016A B-5~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~INDEX~~

Paragraph Page Paragraph Page Administration : Application, communication secur- Airborne division 25-24, 25-10, ity 3-4 3-2 25-25 25-11 Armored cavalry squadron com- Armored, infantry, and mech- munications : anized division 14-13, 14-14 Air cavalry troop 9_10—9-12 9-4 14-14 Armored cavalry troop 9-6—9-9 9-3, Airborne brigade communications 9-4 platoon 18-2 18-1 Squadron headquarters : Airborne, direct air support cen- Communications pla- ter 17-20 17-16 toon 9-5 9-3 Airborne division communication Communications to system : higher 9-3 9-1 Composition 17-8 17-6 Internal communica- Radio nets 17-17 17-11 tions 9-4 9-2 Responsibility 17-9 17-6 Organization and mis- Signal concepts 17-7 17-6 sion 9-1 9-1 Airborne infantry battalion com- Radio 9-2 9-1 munications : Artillery communications, air- Headquarters : borne division: Communications to Composition ...... 21-1 21-1 higher 19-3a 19-1 Organization 21-2 21-1 Communications to sub- ASA support element, electronic ordinate 19-^40— 19-3 warfare 3-1—3-6 3-1, 3-2 19-4c Aviation battalion communica- Personnel 19-2 19-1 tions, airborne division: Requirements 19-1 19-1 Airmobile company . . 23-3a— 23-3 Rifle company: 23-3c Higher headquarters - - - 19-5 19-3 Aviation general support com- Platoons 19-6 19-4 pany 23-4a— 23-5 Air defense artillery communica- 23-4c tions : Battalion headquarters 23-2a— 23-1— Airborne division: 23-2/ 23-3 Chaparral/Vulcan battal- Organization — 23-1 23-1 ion 26-la 26-1 Battalion headquarters communi- Division artillery . 26-1 26-1 cations : M42 battalion 26-15 26-1 Command communications 8-2a— M55 battery — 26-lc 26-1 8-1, Personnel 26-3 26-1 8-2d 8-2 Higher headquarters: Requirements 26-2 26-1 Air Force radio nets 8-36 Armored, infantry, and infan- 8-2 Brigade radio nets 8-3c 8-2 try (mechanized) division: Division radio nets . _ ... 8-3a Air defense artillery — 15-1 15-1 8-2 Operation 8-1 Chaparral/Vulcan battal- 8-1 Wire communication 8-3d 8-2 ion 15-la 15-1 Internal 8-4a— 8 2 M42 battalion 15-16 15-1 - , 8-4d 8-3 Personnel 15-3a,6 15-1, 15-2 Platoon 8-5 8-6 Tank, infantry, and rifle Requirements 15-2 15-1 companies 8-6—8-9 8- ■6—8-11 Air Force component command post 4-4 4—4

AGO 5016A lndex-1 FM 61-24 Paragraph Page Paragraph Page Battalion, signal Osee also Com- Communications, airborne divi- munications at division) : sion : Airborne division: Airborne infantry battalion : Air support signal tea m. 17-56(4) 17—4 Headquarters 19-1— 19-1— Capabilities 17-3 17-1 19-4 19-3 Headquarters and head- Rifle company _ . _ _ 19-5, 19-3, quarters company 17-4a,6 17-2, 19- 19-4 6 17-3 Air defense artillery: Mission 17-2 17-1 Chaparral/Vulcan 26-4— 26-1 Organization 17-1 17-1 26-6 Armored, infantry, mecha- M42 26-7— 26-1, nized level: 26-10 26-2 Command operations M55 26-11— 26-2 company 6-4 6-2 26-14 Forward communications Armored cavalry squadron : company 6-5 6-4 Air cavalry troop 20- 20-6 8— Headquarters and head- 20-10 quarters detachment 6-3 6-2 Armored cavalry troop 20-5— 20-3 Mission and capability _ 6-2 6-1 20-7 Signal support operations Headquarters . - - 20-1— 20-1— company 6-6 6-5 20- 20- 43

Aviation 12-1— 12-1— Artillery : 12-8 12-6 Division ... 21- 21- 31— , Brigade communications: 21-7 21-2 Airborne division : Firing battery, 105mm 21-12, 21-5 Capabilities 18-4 18-1 21- 13 Higher headquarters 18-5a— 18-1 Headquarters 21-8— 21-2— 18-5e 18-3 21-11 21- 5 Mission and organiza- Aviation battalion . _ 23-1— 23-1 tion 18-1 18-1 23- 23- 45 Personnel 18-3 18-1 Brigade ... 18-1— 18-1— Platoon 18-2 18-1 18-6 18-3 Subordinate systems 18-6 18-3 Division level : Armored, infantry, or mecha- Airborne division 17-7— 17-6— nized division: 17-25 17-17 Headquarters 7-1, 7-3a 7-1 Signal battalion ...... 17-1— 17-1— Maintenance support 7-9 7-6 17-6 17-4 Operations 7-8 7-5 Engineer . . 22- 22- 11— , Organization .. _. _. 7-6 7-5 22-4 22-2 Personnel 7-2,7-5 7-1,7-2 Headquarters company _ 16-1— 16-1 Engineer 11-1— 11-1 16-2 11-7 11-6 Military police company 24- 24- 11— Medical. (See Support com- 24-5 mand communications.) Support command : Administration 25-4, 25-1, Chaparral/Vulcan communications : 25-5 25-2 Headquarters ... 25-1— Battalion wire system 16-6, 25-1, 15-4, 25-6 25-2 26-6 26-1 Maintenance battalion . _ 25-7— External radio net 15-4, 25-4 15-2, 25-10 26-4’ 26-1 Medical battalion .. ... 25-19— Internal radio net . _ _ 15-5, 25-8— 15-2, 25-23 25-10 26-5 26-1 Circuit allocation 17-15 Quartermaster air equip- 17-9 ment 25-15— 25-8 Comments on manual 1_3 1-1 Common- and sole-user circuits 25-18 Supply company . . 25-11— (see also links, command radio 25-6, relay) 6-14, 25-14 25-7 6-10, System, communications 17-7— 17-6— 17-14 17-9 17-23 17-16

lndex-2 AGO 6016A FM 61-24 Paragraph Page Paragraph Page Communications, armored, infan- Physical - _ 3-5c 3-2 try, and infantry mechanized di- Transmission __ 3-55 3- 2 vision : Configuration, multichannel net- Air defense artillery .. 15-1— 15-1— work 17-11 15-9 15-9 17-8 Armored cavalry squadron _. 9-1— 9-1— Designation of units 1-5 1-1 9-5 9-3 Direct air support center, air- Aviation battalion: borne 4-6, 4- 6, Communications system 12-1— 12-1— 17-20 17-16 12-4 12-4 Division artillery communications: Personnel 12-5— 12-5, Airborne : 12-8 12-6 Field artillery battalion Brigade : (DS) 21-8— 21-2— Communications pla- 21-11 21-5 toon 7-6—7-9 7-5, 7-6 Firing battery 21-12, 21-5 Radio nets and wire sys- 21-13 tems 7-3—7-5 7-1, 7-2 Headquarters -, 21-3— 21-1, Division artillery; radio nets 21-7 21-2 and wire system 10-3— 10-1— Organization . 21-1, 21-1 10-10 10-11 21-2 Division level: Armored, infantry, and mech- Communications system 6-7— 6-6— anized : 6-19 6-16 Organization 10-1, 10-2 10-1 Internal signal battal- Radio nets and wire sys- ion 6-20, 6-17 tems 10-3— 10-1— 6-21 10-10 10-11 Signal battalion 6-1—6-6 6-1—6-5 Division ASA support element. Division support command: (See Electronic warfare.) Administration 14-13, 14-14 Division communications system:

14-14 Characteristics .. _ 6-7— 6-6— Headquarters _ 14-1— 14-1— 6-19 6-16 14-6 14-5 Organization and personnel . 2-1, 2-2 2-1 Maintenance battalion 14-7, 14-5, Support command, communi- 14-8 14-8 cations 14-1— 14-1— Medical battalion 14-11, 14-12 14-6 14-5 14-12 ECM support, COMSEC .... 3-6 Supply and transport . 14-9, 14-8, 3-2 14-10 14-10 Electronic warfare: Engineer battalion : Communications - electronic Communication person- systems 3-1 3-1 nel H_6—11-7 11-6 Communications security : Application 3-4 3-2 System 11-1— 11-1— Definition 3-3a— 3-1, 11-5 11-6 3-3c 3-2 Headquarters and headquar- Cryptosecurity .. ... 3-5a 3-2 ters company 5_i, 5_2 5-1 Physical 3-5c 3-2 Military police company 13-1— 13-1, Transmission . _ ... .. 3-56 3-2 13-5 13-2 Defininition 3-2 3-1 Tank, infantry, and mecha- Scope : nized battalion: Countermeasures and Headquarters 8-1—8-5 8-1—8-6 counter - countermeas- Companies _ _ _ _ 8-6—8-9 8-6—8-11 ures 3-26 3-1 Communications security (see also Definition 3-2a 3-1 Electronic warfare) : Intelligence 3-2c 3-1 Application . 3-4o- 3-2 USASA division support 3-7, 3-8 3-3 3-4e Engineer battalion communica- Cryptosecurity 3-5a 3-2 tions 11-1— 11-1— Definition 3-3«— 3-1, 11-4, 11-3, 3-3c 3-2 22-1— 22-1, ECM support 3-6 3-2 22-4 22-4

~~AGO 5016A lndex-3 FM 61-24 Paragraph Page Paragraph Page~~

External radio nets 6-16, 6-12, Wire system -. . - - -. 14-7d, 14-5, 17-19 17-16 25-10 25-4 Field cable installation — 6-13 6-10 Medical battalion communications: Firing battery communications, Organization and mission .. _ 14-lla, 14-12, 105mm : 25-190, 25-8, Radio 21-12 21-5 25-196 25-8 Wire 21-13 21-5 Personnel _ 14-12, 14-12, FM radio wire integration 6-17, 6-16, 25-20 25-8 17-23 17-16 Radio 14-116, 14-12, 25-220, 25-9, Forward communications com- 25-226 25-9 6—4 pany 6-5a,6 Wire and messenger _ 14-llc, 14-12, 25- 25- 213 0 Headquarters and headquarters 6-16, detachment, signal battalion . 6-3 6-2 Messenger service - - 6-19, 17-24 17-16 Headquarters communications : 26- 2, Battalion — 8-1— 8-1— M55 communications system . - 26-11— 8-5, 8-5, 26- 26-2 14 19-1— 19- M42 communications system 15-7— 15-9,1 — 19- 19- 415-9; 26-1, 3 26-7, 26-2 Division artillery 21-3— 21-1, 21-7 21-2 26-8 Military police company communi- Field artillery battalion 21-8— 21-1— 21-11 21-5 cations - - - - 13-1— 13-1— 13-2, Headquarters and headquar- 13-5; 24-1—24-i 24-1 ters company 5- 5- 11—5-2 20- 20- 11— — Squadron Multichannel : 20-4 20- 3 Communications : 14-1— 14-1— Support command Higher headquarters . _ 17-16 17-9 14-6 14-5 Links 6-12o— 6-8; Internal battalion communica- 6-12c; 17-8 - , tions 8-4o— 8 2 17-11 8-4c 8-3 Internal radio nets: Network 6—llo— 6-8; Administration-logistics 6- 6-10, 16- 17-7 56, llc; 17-18c 17-11 17- 10 Air request 6—15e, 6-12, Nets, radio, and wire systems: 17-18/ 17-14 Air direction _ . . -.. - 4-4 4-4 7-1, Division CG command net 6-15/ 6- Brigade 7-3— 12 Flexibility 6-15*7 6-12 7- 7-2; 5; FM-voice 17-18e 17-14 18- 18-1— 5, General purpose 6-15c, 6-10, 18-6 18-3 17-18d 17-13 Division artillery - - 10-3, 10-1, Operations-intelligence 6-15a, 6-10, 10-4; 10-3; 17-186 17-11 21-4, 21-1— SSB-voice . 6-21 6-17 21-5 21-2 Field artillery battalion 10-5— 10-6— Land force net 4-6 4-6 10-10 10-11 Links, command radio relay: Internal division 17-18 17-11 Installation 17-126 17-8 Land force 4-6 4-6 Primary _ - . _ 17-12a 17-8 Spot report receiver 4-5 4-4 Secondary 17-13 17-8 2-1 Maintenance battalion communica- Organization and personnel 2-1, 2-2 tions : Personnel and equipment 25-4 Ground maintenance .. .. _ 25-86 strength 1-6 1-2 14-7, 14-5, Organization and mission Preplanned air request 4-2 4-1 25-7 25-4 Preplanned air support, multi- 14-8, 14-8, Personnel channel 4-7 3-3 25-8 25-4 Radio 14-7, 14-5, Providing communications secur- 25-9 25-4 ity:

~~Index-4 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

Paragraph Page Paragraph Page Cryptosecurity 3-5a 3-2 Support command communica- Physical security 3-5c 3-2 tions : Transmission security 3-56 3-2 Administration 25-4, 25-1, 25-25 25-11 Radio nets and wire systems: Headquarters 25-1— 25-1, Airborne division ...... 17-17— 17-11— 25-6 25-2 17- 17-17 Maintenance 225-7— 25-4 5 Brigade 18- 18-1— 525-10 , 18-6 18-3 Medical battalion 25-19— 25-8, Division artillery _ .. 10-3, 10-1— 25-23 25-9 10-4 10-3 Quartermaster 25-15— 25-8 Field artillery battalion : 25-18 Honest John (GS) . 10-9, 9-4 Supply Company 25-11— 25-6, 10-10 25-14 25-7 105mm or 155mm (DS) _ 10-5, 10-6 10-6 Tactical air request and air di- 155mm/8 inch 10-7, 10-8 10-9 rection : References - -- 1-1 1-1 Air direction net - . . 4-4 4-6 Requests, tactical air 4-2—4-7 4- -4-6 FM radio net ... 4-6 4-6 Signal : Immediate - 4-2 4-1 Battalion wire system. (See Preplanned 4-3 4-1 Communications. ) Receiver net . _ . _ _ _ ... 4-5 4-4 Centers 6-10 6-7 Tank, infantry, and mechanized Command operations com- communications 8-1— 8-1— pany 17-5 17-3 8-9 8-11 Communications personnel - - 2-3—2-9 2-1—2-4 Telephone and circuit distribu-

Support operations company 6-6— 6-5, tion 17-22 17-16 17-6 17-4 Telephone switching, division sig- Spot report receiver net 4-5 4-4 nal centers 6-18 6-16 Stability operations - App B B-l Unit signal or communications Supply and transport battalion . _ 14-9a— 14-8 officers 2-6 2-2 14-9d 14-10 U.S. Army security agency division support element _ - 3-6 3-2

~~AGO 5016A lndex-5~~

~~FM 61-24~~

~~By Order of the Secretary of the Army:~~

~~HAROLD K. JOHNSON, General, United States Army, Chief of Staff. Official: KENNETH G. WICKHAM, Major General, United States Army, The Adjutant General.~~

~~Distribution : To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-11 requirements for Division Communica- tions.~~

* U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1968—345-501/6016A

/i t TO ATTACHED BATTALIONS. < ("Hi-13NgN00308) <“CZ i3N < (HJ-13N301NIHOV308> □. — crm OiO >- m n bzt X' O c» /'"N /J ñ ^JtO A CO C9 — o —, C0 —Q Çwj-13N CWOO WJ-13N T31NI UJ C/9 LTÎ “Ç 13NOCTVNIWQV 308 2 ma-rt A WOz i- û->UJ Q < “r 2 l-Œ|_ V9 a. / \ O X LU «ïî«i3 IQ U. rnUä [“ ûi-ço: . WUJ oioojü o: o.o W <0 — iL° = 0 !3t O: rr< < CJl/1 rr tr 2tn o. « a. zœ <1- -I U X O 2 3 Q Z üj UJ - s> 0 I UJ»»•> < « — << ^ -I 5 ** UJ O o Z rr» LO «O- oc a: e a- < Y A I ON13WimAI0H> IT31NI -SNdO) ” u-i S ON13NHUAIO» J Q < o H o: ( 901-NIHOV) Cto w O * t

Figure 7—1. Type radio nets, armored division brigade. t 5o V R C SOD WPNS /pRc\ V1V 53 V R C SQ D FM 61-2-3-15 RIFLE /PRc\ 53 SQD V RC RIFLE RIFLE PLAT COMD NET-FM O' PRC 6 * Ï (NOTE 4) GRC-46 3MM PLAT*— AT BDE TNS) SOD R FLE 53 BATTALIONS VRC TO ATTACHED LOR PLAT m PRC-25 DS GRC-46 BN FA CONN PLAT *— (AT BDE TNS) TO BY (PROVIDED VRC-12 VRC-46 BDE CONOR(NOTE VRC-47 UHF AN RATT rF FM FM AS REQUIRED VID L I PRO i > FA BN) Y" ° (NCS) VRC-29 * DISMOUNTED OPERATION. (NCS) VRC-46 CO MAINT FOR DISMOUNTED USE AS REQUIRED. WHEN AVAILABLE \(N0TESIA2)X \ BDE OP '-s. ¿(STAFF SEC) \ LEGEND I - THREE (3) AN/PRC-25‘S IN STAFF SECTION 2- SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 3- LIAISON OFFICERS ENTER NET AS REQUIRED. N/PRC-6 TO REPLACED BY AN/PRR 9.AN/PRT-4 A 4- NOTES: VRC-46 VRC-46 V VRC-47 BDE S3 DIV CG COND NET VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-47 FOR DISPLACE NENT CO CO VRC-29 C BDE COHO RET-FM ) C DIV CG COMP NET-FH VRC-12 CONOR FOR BDE 4 GRC-106 VRC-46 ¥

< Hj-i3n owoo ana EA GRR-5 VRC-46 m v JBOES3\ S ? COHO VEH SEC V (BOE ADMIN-LOG NET~FM> REP WNG AIR NET NET NET SPOT OIV DIV Figure 7-3. Type radio nets, infantry division (mechanized) brigade. RCVR BCST REO ARC-54 ARR-49 URC-IO VRC-24 VRC-12 FOR BDE S3 V AF AIR REO NET GRC-106 \ * - . f Onp ADMIM-I Cifi Mf \(AT BOE HQ) > DIV PRC- VRC-29 VRC-47 VRC-46 1 R CONTROL IAH (TACP) V AIR DIR TAC NET VRC-24 c AVN SEC COHO NET-FN ) EA VRC-46 VRC-49 SEC BDE SURG DE SIG OF ARC-54 ARR-49 URC-IO VRC-47 ^ BDES2~^ (NCS) VRC-47 SBDE S4^> ATDIV^)i l/RC-12 (NOTE 31 VRC-47 BDE S VRC-46 AVN SEC GRR-5 OIV WNG BCST VRC-46 BDE LO l VRC-47 BDE XO

~~1 SCT SEC~~

~~V. LECEHD:~~

~~- EN scr PLAT COHO NET - FM~~

~~: UHF~~

~~VRC-At VRC-12 ■AM ÏRC-46 GRC-125 VRC-46 GRC-125 ■ C BN ADMIN/LOG NET - FM ) O ■ RATT~~

~~S- SHORT RANGE RADAR~~

~~N - MEDIUM RANGE RADAR~~

* -DISMOUNTED OPERATION ^~NMT^\ \pLAT SGT"^> iffO ' ^ (J"« ^^ ^LAUOR' ^ FD-FIRE DIRECTION

~~NOTE: I - SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED- I ZLT I _ JL 2- FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO GRC-125 GRC-125 GRC-125 GRC-125 VRC-47 VRC- 53 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-4T SUPPORTED COMPANY. NOTE 2~~

~~TO DS ARTY BN < (PS ARTY BN COMD/FD NET -{'BN COHO NET - FM >-~~

~~,C0HN PLAT~~

~~AO TEAM~~

~~PRC -25 6 R C VRC VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-49 VRC-47 VRC-46 VRC-24 VRC-12 VRC-47 VRC-12 VRC-47 -25 -47 6 RR — —>OIV WNQ T ( BOE COMP NET-FN > -5 BCST NET~~

~~«-(BN AD SEC NET-FM>J TAC AIR DIRECTION NET~~

~~ilSURV (S) piHmhx L BNST1 I LSEC SGT ARTY LO j^BN S2 OP’N» W> VíNOTE D y —\J . PPS-4 S C BN COHD NET-f < ¿N SURV NET~ >~~

~~CRC- (NCS) VRC _ GRC- VRC-47 CRC-125 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 106 VRC-24 VRC-47 VRC-29 VRC-46 VRC-4T VRC-46 -12 r- ice (NCS)~~

VRC-24 GRR-5 SVC^CO*1-—^ A F AF AIR TAC REO ^5 AIR VRC V V ❖ NET DIR - 46 1 DIV DIV SPT 8DE DDE DDE INTEL NET EÖOO KO -—^ WNG AIR REFT COHD RATT & BCST REO RCVR NET NET NET NET NET RAN5-\_ VRC-4T VRC-46 SEC LDR BDE AOMIN/LOG MET< VRC-47 VRC

~~-46 MAINT SEC~~

~~BN MED/PLAT— BN NAINT PLAT VRC-47 VRC-53~~

~~RECOV BN MAINT OFT HOCO 1/ ■ w i ^ ( BN AOMIN/LOG NET-fN) V/TiX CONOR/T—\~~

~~VRC-47 VRC-53 VRC-46 VRC-53 VRC-S3 VRC-53 VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~Figure 8—1- Type radio nets, tank battalion. FM 61 -24-20~~

~~TO COMPANIES lECEND TK SEC SCT SEC SOT SEC A A SOD EM I RIFLE ^ , LDR SOD PLAT LOR SEC PLAT LDR UHF RECON PLAT COMO NET - FM~~

~~VRC »RC- VRC VRC- GRC- VRC- GRC VRC PRC- 125 25* 125~~

~~AT ANTI TANK S SHORT RANCE RADAR M MEDIUM RANCE RADAR PLAT PLAT JAGOS JOINT AIR GROUND OPERATION SYSTEM SGT LDR * DISMOUNTED OPERATION (BN MORTAR PLAT FDC NET-FH ) NOTES:~~

MOR VRC- PRC- VRC- ('PRC^ (NCS) VRC - VRC 1 -NOT IMPLEMENTED WHERE JAGOS IS EMPLOYED. VRC- PRC- VRC- LAT FDC 2 -SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 25* 25* W 3 -COMBAT TRAINS MAY USE ONE OF AN/PRC-25'S VRC- ORGANIC TO BN HOS, AS REQUIRED.

~~V V L-C BN COMP NET -FM ^ FM LINKS TO SPTD UNITS OS ARTY BN FDC NET AT SOD AT SOD AT SOt AD SEC TEAM — LOR 4 EA) PRC- PRC- PRC- 25« 25« 25* PLAT LDR GRC vRC- GRR- AD SEC NET-FM~~

~~BNOP H rlBNMtBRV-., S&ri (NOTE i 1^53 L^tNOTE 21"!, V-/-C BN COHO NET - FM ) { BN ADMIN- LOG NET - F?~~

VRC VRC- VRC GRC- VRC VRC GRR- VRC- VRC- PRC- VRC VRC 106 25* (NOTE 3) DIV AIR I JL j PRC- PRC- PRC PRC- V REO NET<}—1 V I 25* 25* 25* 25* Dlv WNG BDE COMD NET BDE COMD NET S S (S) SPOT REPT RCVF NET BDE COMD NET BCST NET (NCS) n VRC- SURV SURV 47 SURV SEC SCT ID LDR (M) D LDR (M) (NOTE I ) VRC - PRC- ~AIR BN CND SURV NET - FN 46 [çOMM OFF~~^J. IMPS) 25* CONTROL TEAM

~~T VRC VRC- PRC VRC PRC- GRC- VRC- VRC- GRC- VRC 46 25* 25* 53 106 47~~

~~V $ BDE RATT NET BDE TAC AIR DIV AIR COMD DIR RED BN SURG NET NET NET SUP DTE CONN PLA MOTOR OFF ISPT PLATWI ( BN ADMIN-LOG NET~~

~~VRC- VRC- VRC VRC— VRC- VRC- 46 49 FM6I-24 - 2 I~~

~~OTHER NETS OTHER NETS BDE LOS NET AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED~~

~~Figure 8—2. Type radio nets, infantry battalion.~~

~~SCT SCT SEC SEC TO COMPANIES A~~

~~PLAT 3GT ^PLATLDR^i (BNSCOUTI PLAT COMO _rrNET-FM ) 6 R C VRC-46 GRC-125 VRC-46 V BC VRC-12 -125 4 7~~

~~HV MORT HV MORT HV MORT SOD SOD HV MORT PLAT LDR SOD SOD rK ^ ( BN MORTAR PLAT FD NET - FM ) \ >~~

~~r VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 GRC-125 CRC-125 GRC-125 GRC-125 VRC-53 VRC-47 VRC-4T~~

~~SEC DS ARTY BN FDC LDR TE AM~~

~~GRC C BN AD SEC NET-FM ) SRC -47 -125 AT SOD AT PLAT LOR ^L> <^BN COMDR^p, DIV WNG 6 R R VRC-12 VRC- 2 <3 BCST NET ÇBN AT PLAT COMP NET-FM>1 VRC-47 -5 V BDE COMD BOE COMO NET NET PRC~~

~~AIR CON 4- < BN ADMIN/LOG NET-FM TEAMINOTE IJ ONORINOTE 2 \ S2 > \(NVE2T> c BN COMD NET - FN ") LESEND:~~

~~(NCS) FM VRC-47 VRC-24 CRC-106 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-47 GRC- 06 VRC-46 VRC-24 VRC-29 VRC-47 VRC-47 VRC-47 (NCS) — UHF "T" GRR -5 PRC- — - AM~~

RATT (M) i (S) PS - 33 PPS-4 OC - DAVY CROCKETT VRC-47 I V V V V TAC A F (BN GNP SURV NET-FM ) DIV OIV SPOT BDE BDE BDE BDE S- SHORT RANCE RADAR AIR AIR AIR WNG REPORT COMD RATT CONO COMD DIR REO REO BCST RCVR NET NET NLT NET N - MEDIUM RANGE RADAR (NCS) GRC-125 GRC- 25 VRC-46 NET NET NET JACOS- JOINT AIR CROUNO OPERATIONS SYSTEM VRC-47 * DISMOUNTED OPERATION EVAC SEC MAINT SEC

SPT MED PLAT NOTES'- MOTOR OFF Q CO COMDR PLAT LDR ^COMM PLAT^> ( SN ADMIN LOG NET-FM 1. NOT IMPLEMENTED WHERE JACOS IS EMPLOYED. 2. SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. VRC-46 VRC-47 VRC-49 VRC-47 VRC-46 VRC-53 VRC-53 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-47 3. TYPE RADIO NETS OF MECHANIZED BATTALION, ARMORED DIVISION MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM THE NETS SHOWN HERE. V BDE LOG NET OTHER NETS OTHER NETS BDE LOG NET AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 3) FM 61-24-22 Figure 8-3. Type radio nets, mechanized battalion.

LEGEND: NOTES: 1- VRC-24 MAT MONITOR TAC AIR DIR NET EN (UHF) AS NECESSARY. 2- VRC-29 MAY BE USED TO OPERATE A SQUADRON TO TROOPS UHF LOG NET (AM) IN ORDER TO HANDLE LARGE VOLUMES OF TRAFFIC OR TO COVER GREATER y— 1 AF AIR REQ V ' RANGES THAN FM. 3- AUGMENTATION. XXX < TAC AIR DIR >= TO HIGHER HQ 4 - SPEECH SECURITY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. A ACT- AIR CONTROL TEAM

* - DISMOUNTED OPERATION

C DIV CG COMP NET - FH > SOD AIR DEF SEC (NOTE 4) SQDN AD SEC SQDN (TA CP) FOR FOR SOON TEAM ,LDR ON ACT SOON S3 COM DR SQDN COMP NET - FM )—3 s \ (NOTES) SQDN SEC NET-FM PRC- VRC-49 VRC-24 VRC-47 VRC- 2 VRC-47 VRC-12 GRC VRC PRC » 25 - 47 25 GRC - VRC I 106 GRR DIV WNG - 46 BCST NET

~~(NOTE 4) ,—: \ SQDN '-'-V \SQDN S3¿COMM KAT > QDN L )sQDN Sl-'s4\ ^ SQDN Spy SQDN LO RP CONOR SAIR (NOTE I ) > V ^ SQDN ora^. AT DIV A (NOTE 2) y V- ^ ( SQDN COMB NET-FM~~

~~GRC- GRC VRC-47 VRC-29 VRC-47 VRC-29 VRC-47 VRC-46 GRR *5 VRC-47 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-47 106 06 (NCS) (NCS) JNCS) GRC VRC-24 VRC-46 ■■■" 106 - J- I DIV WNG BCST SQDSPM PLAT LOR~~

~~DIV RATT NET DIV RATT TT SPT RPT DIV AIR GRC- VRC-46 2 NET *1 RCVR NET REQUEST 106~~

~~I VRC-47 TPS-33 TPS-33 ¿ SURV SEC \ 2. SURV SEc\ L J~~

~~(¡TTRPX? 1 TRANS RC- PRC- SEC VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-53 VRC-46~~

~~MED PLAT MAINT PLAT~~

~~SQDN SURG [MAINT TECH1 MED MED ^ MED'"^ SQDN MAINT ÇSQDN ADMIN LOG NET - FH)~~

~~VRC-53 VRC-53 VRC-53 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~Figure 9—1. Type radio neta, armored cavalry squadron, armored, infantry or FM 61-24-29 mechanized division.~~

~~TO REMAINING TWO PLATOONS A TANK SEC SCOUT SECTION~~

~~PLAT SGT RIFLE SQD PLAT LDR LEGEND: < PLAT COMP NET-FM V~~

FM PRC S SHORT RANGE RADAR 25 Au nn ççR GRC-125 VRC-53 VRC-53 VRC-12 GRC-125 VRC-46 VRC-12 ■X- DISMOUNTED OPERATION I NOTE : TROOPS MAY OPERATE IN OTHER SQUADRON THREE ARMORED CAVALRY PLATOONS, ONE SHOWN NETS AS REQUIRED BY OBTAINING APPROVAL TO LEAVE PRIMARY NET.

~~TROOP MAINT SEC ( TROOP COMD NET-FM >■ /\ ■N ( SEE NOTE)~~

%TRP LN SGT TRP CP ,TRP CONOR FOR ' Ç3 . TRP COMD C TROOP COMO NET - PM (NOTE) (NCS) GRC- VRC-46 VRC-53 VRC-4T VRC-46 VRC-47 106 VRC-47 VRC-12 SEE! NOTE i SURVL SEC SEE NOTE /\ I I PPS-4 V TO SQDN SQDN COMD LOG NET NET V GRC-125 GRC-125 TO SQDN SQDN COMD NET INTEL NET V SQDN COMD SQDN NET V V COMD FM LINK TO ARMORED CAVALRY NET PLAT

Figure 9-3. Type radio nets, armored cavalry troop, armored cavalry squadron, armor FM 61-24-31 ed, infantry or mechanized division. • • • AERO SCOUT SEC(HV) AERO SCT SEC(LT) AERO SCT SEC(LT) PLAT LDR (4 EA HEL UTIL) LEGEND: LOH LOH EA LOH (4 EA) FH AERO-SCT PLAT COND NET- FM > < :■ —: UHF ARC-SI ARC-51 ARC-51 ARC-SI ————— AH ARC-54 NOTE ARC-54 NOTE I ARC-54 NOTE I ARC-54 * DISMOUNTED OPERATION PRC-25NI PRC-2WH PRC-25* PRC-25* NOTES: URC-IO URC- 10 URC-IO URC- 10 1. PRC-25 TO SECTION LEADER ONLY. PLAT LDR 2. VRC-24 NAY'BE USED WHEN REQUIRED BY (NCS) FORWARD AIR CONTROLLER AERO RIFLE PLAT COMP NET-FH > IN TACTICAL AIR DIRECTION NET-UHF. ARC-51 ARC-5.1 ARC-51 ARC-51 ARC-51 3. WHERE NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-SI'S.ARE USED TO MONITOR PRC-25» PRC-25* PRC-25* PRC-25* PRC-25-» THE COMMAND FREQUENCY OF THE URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO UNIT BEING SUPPORTED. 4. GRC-19 AND ARC-95 MAY BE USED AS INTERIH SUBSTITUTES SEC LDR

~~FOR THE CRC-106 AND ARC-102 < TRP COMP RESPECTIVELY. 3 (NCS) ( AERO-WPN SEC COMP NET-FM >~~

~~ARC-54 ARC-51 ARC-51 ARC-51 ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 PRC -25* URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO~~

~~SVC PLAT FLT OP SEC TRP HQ /V A y 2 EACH SERVES- AS FLT OP OFF SVC PLAT LDR OP SEC OP SEC TRP CONOR ( TROOP COMP NET-FM ) NOTES 2,5&4 NOTE 4~~

~~NCS) ARC-54 ARC-54 ARC-54 VRC - VRC- VRC- GRR VRC ARC-81 4T "I ARC '81 ARO 'Bl URC-IO URC-IO URC-IO GRC- VRC - 106 ARC- 102~~

~~DIV WNG BCST NET~~

~~V V V V V SQDN SQDN SOON FLT CON COMO SQDN CONTD NET - F M- FM6I-24-32 ADMIN/LOG NET COHD CEN NET NET NET T~~

~~SQDN COND NET(AN ) Figure 9-4. Type radio nets, air cavalry troop, armored cavalry squadron, armored, in fantry or mechanized division.~~

~~FSE~~

~~EXTERNAL NETS~~

~~NET SEC~~

~~C CORPS ARTY (H) GRR~~

~~CRC-19 OR 106 INTERNAL NETS~~

~~SEC~~

~~C CORPS ARTY (F) uKV RADAR SEC~~

~~SEC 6RC-46 PLAT~~

~~DIV ARTY CF I TO DS BATTALIONS~~

~~«PUT CRC-46 SRC-46 OP/INTIRATT NET I)~~

~~RAD SEC' CRC-46 CONN PLAT~~

~~DIV ARTY CF 2 CRC-46 ¿.TO 155/8 IN, BN, HJ BN, AND "NUCLEAR BATTERIES D SEC MN PLAT CRC-46 COIV ADM/LOC (RATT NET~~

~~CRC-46 LECHO: C DIV ARTY CF FN ) VRC-46 AS RQR VSC-49 FM~~

~~UHF~~

~~C TAF-TAO VRC-24 VRC-46 VRC-46 TO All BATTALIONS~~

RATT DIV COHO C CG COMP FM ) AVN SEC CHAMMELS OF SECONOAÍT INTEREST H METEOROLOGICAL ARTY CONOR DIV ARTY XO HO BTT DIV C OND NET SEC (9 EA) CF COMMAND FIRE DIRECTION CONOR [^PUT LDT y C^C^PUT^ (2 EA) TAF-TAO TACTICAL AIR FORCE TACTICAL AIR OBSERVATION VRC-47 VRC-4T VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 ARC-54 ARC-94 AD AIR DEFENSE S SURVEY SIC SURVE.Y INFORMATION CENTER C DIV ARTY CF FN FDC FIRE DIRECTION CENTER FSE FIRE SUPPORT ELEMENT 10 SEC TA TARCET ACQUISITION I rRECON CHIEF VATL VISUAL AIRBORNE TARCET LOCATOR SURVEY OFF CONN OFF DS DIRECT SUPPORT C DIV BNC BCST C DIV ARTY CF-FN 1 p

~~SRC-19 C AO INTEL GRR-5 OR 106 GRR-5 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-49 >AS RQR~~

~~C TINE SIGNAL CRR-S VRC-46 L C VATL SEC J TELLURONETER SURVET PARTIES~~

~~C CORPS ARTY (S) ) FOR DISPLACEMENT 2 EA~~

~~✓ ^ X CRC-125 SRC-125 ARC-54~~

~~fciD STAT V l GRR-5 VRC-46 VRC-46 DIV CF I INS — 6RR-5 VRC-46 GRC-46 BCST~~

~~Figure 10-1. Type radio nets, armored, infantry or mechanized division artillery (division artillery headquarters and headquarters battery). * r~~

~~EXTERNAL NETS /Tá L IjPLAT CONSTI C CORPS ARTY(S) )- n VRC- VRC SURVEY ■ 46 46 SECTION~~

~~-( BH CF >~~

¿^conoT^ l -y'v r—. r--x_ i^r> DIV ARTY CF I kTN COnoT^ k S2/S3 l I REIRANSniSSION ÇQ} S^î> I AS ROR I VRC- CRR- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- CRC - VRC C DIV ARTT (CF) ) VRC- VRC - ■ 46 5 46 47 47 46 46 46 46 47 49 49 125 46

~~C CORPS ARTT(M) )- — -( BN CF~~

~~INTERNAL NETS FA BTRY 105 NN~~

~~& -( BN CF > VRC - -( BN CF > 47 -> FI AD 1 SEC TEAM i LOR Z^. 0 RC VRC ■( BN AD SEC NET»FM^- - 25 -47 DIV WNG ORR VRC- -5 46 BCST NET AS ROR~~

~~F-l IBJRY XO BN CF >~~

~~6RR- VRC- VRC- ÇRR- VRC- VRC- ( DIV 1N6 BCST >-— 5 46 46 5 46 46~~

~~VRC - ( 8DE COMP ) BN FI > -< BN CF > 49~~

~~BN F2 >~~

THESE NETS F2 AND F3 ARE SIMILAR VRC- VRC- C^r> TO FI SHOWN IN DETAIL . F2 AND F3 J GRC C SPT CO COMO ) 46 46 ARE FOR OTHER BATTERIES. LO'S AND 1-125 I SEE FO FO'S OPERATE IN F2 AND F3 AS LF 1(SP1(SPT CO COMD NET) DIRECTED BN F3 > (NUMBER OF FO'S WILL VARY) RADIO RADIO SEC COHH PLArt |EC conn PLATL LEGEND CRC" 6RC- ( DIV ARTT CFI V 46 FOR <>" 46 * DISMOUNTED OPNS DISPLACEnENT FM

~~SECONDARY CHANNELS-FM~~

~~■ — — - AN~~

~~■ RATT M METEOROLOGICAL CF CONNAND FIRE DIRECTION S SURVEY F DC FIRE DIRECTION CENTER TA TARGET ACQUISITION FD FIRE DIRECTION~~

~~Figure 10—3. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (DS), 105mm infantry division artillery.~~

~~EXTERNAL NETS~~

~~» c CORPS ARTY (S) > SURVET SECTION VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~-C BN CF~~

~~^coîïTX-— nor-^ l I JT'*"VTVRC- VRC- VRC“ v^?VRC- V^>VRC- '^7VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC" CRC- VRC- VRC- 0IVARTT1CF) )— VRC-46 6RR-5 VRC-46 C 47 47 46 46 46 46 46 49 49 125 46 46~~

~~BN CF C CORPS ARTY (») -( • BN CF >-~~

~~IITERRAL IDS FA BTRY I55NN & -Ç BN Of y VRC- -C BN CF >- 47~~

~~AD ^ f SE< -LOR TEAM ASST~~

~~( BW AD 9EC NET-FM VRC- RQR QRC /PRC\ VRC -129 - 47 O RR ^ : ! - 9 VÜL^ 5JO> -C BN CF >~~

1 6RR~ I VRC- VRC- 6RR- VRC- VRC- LN ( OIV NRC BCST >■— .sec 5 46 46 5 I 46 I 46 j^LM 3EC^ -On J—\ VRC- GRC -C BN CF C BOE CONO ) < B1 FI > 47 -129 r^> -CZüHID- NETS F2 AND F3 ARE SIMILAR TO FI SHOWN IN DETAIL. F2 VRC- VRC- AND F3 ARE FOR OTHER BATTERIES. SPT CO ( SPT CO COMO ) 46 46 LO'S AND FO'S OPERATE IN CONO NET SEE FO F2 ANO F3 AS DIRECTED

~~RADIO SECTION RADIO SECTION -czniEZ> ( NUMBER OF FO^S V0.L VARY) 1 CONN r COíN —. FLU LECHO: GRC- FOR CRC- ( OIV ARTT CF I >» 46 46 DiSPLACENERT ' -FN CHANNELS OF SECONDARY INTEREST.FM •AH~~

~~RATT~~

~~1-NETEOROLOCICAL CF-COMMAND FIRE DIRECTION S-SURVEY FDC-FIRE DIRECTION CENTER TA-TARGET ACQUISITION F - FIRE DIRECTION *- DISMOUNTED OPERATIONS~~

~~Figure 10-4. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (DS), 155mm, armored or mechanized division artillery.~~

~~EXTERNAL NETS ■C FA BTRY, BIN > FA BTRY. 195 MM~~

~~INTERNAL NETS [xtHNOTE lf~—~~

~~[MMTEI?-— ( REINF UNIT (CF) )~ VRC-46 VRC-46 -( FIRE DIRECTION >~~

~~VRC-46 VRC-46 GRR-5 GRR-5 VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~! FIRE DIRECTION FOC(NOTEI) zc~~

~~( DIV WNG BCST GRR-5 VRC-46 VRC-46 -c BN CF y NOTE 3 BC~~

AD SEC FIAS RQR) FOR DISP. TEAM LDR VRC-47 VRC-47 >F (AS RQR) [BN CONOR •Ç BN AD SEC NET-FÏT)- [^DUNOTE~i?~~^ V RC 9-C OIV ARTY CF V -47 S4— Jl DIV WNG ^ GRR CORPS ART1((H) C CIV ARTY (OF) >- VRC-46 VRC-46 CRR-N UJ> VRC-47 VRC-47 IASSTH^—^ GRR ^^SHOWN I BELOW) B^ VRC-46 “AS RQR VRC-47 ->AS RQR BN CF >

~~VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-46~~

~~|$CTY*SEC |SCTY*SEC~~

~~VRC-46 VRC-46 CF CF~~

~~VRC-46 VRC-46 VRC-49 VRC-49 —> VRC-49 SURVEY AS ROR AS RQR SEC T C CORPS ARTY (S) >- PRC-6 FB HO (NOTES U2)~~

~~CARRIED GRR-5 IN FDC GRR-5 VEHICLE —I “r .J C CORPS ARTY (H) D~~~

~~RAD SEC COMM SEC RATT TEAM ONM PLAT ( DIV ARTY (CF 2)~~

~~LEGEND: GRC-46 GRC-46 GRC-46 FM~~

* AUGMENTATION — —— RATT

CHANNELS OF SECONDARY INTEREST NOTES: I - INFANTRY DIVISION ARTILLERY SHOWN ; SUBSTITUTE M - NETEOROLOGICAL LIGHT TRACKED CARRIER COMNAND POST VEHICLE IN ARNORED F - FIRE DIRECTION AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS. 2- INFANTRY DIVISION ARTILLERY SHOWN , ADD AN/VRC-46 CF- CONNAND FIRE DIRECTION FOR ARNORED AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS. S - SURVEY 3- PRC-29 FOR DISMOUNTED OPERATIONS.

~~FDC-FIRE DIRECTION CENTER~~

~~RO- RECONNAISSANCE OFFICER~~

~~Figure 10—7. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (GS), 155mm/8-inch, armored, infantry or mechanized division artillery.~~

~~■C FA B7RY, HJ >~~

~~FDC EXTERNAL NETS ^ 5 ’FIRING 'FIRING ■ »SEC COHDR IN7ERNAL NETS »PUT COHDR ■ VRC- GRR- VRC- VRC- GRR- VRC- -( FIRE DIRECTION > C DIV WNG BCST 5 46 46 5 46 46~~

~~FDC 5CTŸ SEC LEGEND: XO~~

~~FH GRC- VRC- VRC- C CORPS ARTY (M) CRR- VRC- VRC- 5 46 46 46 46 BN CF -C COHD/FIRE DIRECTION > ———— RATI~~

CHANNELS OF SECONDARY C DIV ARTY CF > RSSY A 0. , INTEREST ^BN^MDR^ ^ LIMANS SEC^^, H KETEOROLOCICAL DIV ARTY CF F FIRE DIRECTION VRC- PRC- PRC- 46 25 25 CF COMMAND FIRE DIRECTION VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- 47 46 46 S SURVEY 47 47 FDC FIRE DIRECTION CENTER RO RECONNAISSANCE OFFICER -( BN CF > BC

~~VRC- -> F (AS ROR) l|sURVEYoV~\ ^TR^FF~~T. l[ç^(M~OFr~\ 47 VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- VRC- 46 46 46 46 4$ AS ROR (BOTH BATTERIES ARE THE SAME) ^ K BN CF >~~

~~SURV SEC I I C CORPS ARTY (S) >~~

~~[RADIO~SEV~1. COMM SEC f DIV ARTY CF-2 >~~

~~GRC- GRC- 46 46~~

~~Figure 10—9. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion, Honest John, armored, infantry or mechanized division artillery. r~~

~~»—H ENCR BN COMD NET A~iP)— •~~

(NOTE I ) 'ASST ENGR UDIV ENGR , [cOMH^SEC^~~—^ RECON(INICONI SEC / (NOTE 3) -CENGR BN COMD NET - FRV GRC- ^ 106 eft GRC- GRC- (NCS) (NCS) VRC-47 VRC-47 ^RC-47 VRC-46 VRC-46 106 106 VRC-46 GflC- (NOTE 2) 106 T T T GRR-5 — — 01V WNGBCST DIV CG COMO NET DIV GG COMD NET DIV CG COMD NET

~~[TOMH^SEC1---^~~

~~LEGEND. GRC-46 OIV GEM PUR BV LN OFF»- ‘ ( RATT NET #3 PLAT LDR EH DIVENGRSEC)~~

~~AM T~~

~~VRC-46 VRC-4T BAIT <£IRING UNIT COMDNET-FH ADM-ATONIC DEMOLITIONS~~

~~4 - DISMOUNTED OPERATION ADN TEANS~~

~~GRC-125 PRC-25 FOUR COMBAT ENGR COMPANIES (NOTE I )~~

~~CO COMDR BRIDGE CO OP NGRCOCON [|NGR CO OP"~~

GRC- CRC NOTES. VRC-47 VRC-47 VRC-47 VRC-47 106 I - INFANTRY DIVISION SHOWN; SUBSTITUTE (RADIO SETS OF ONE FULL TRACKED ARMORED PERSONNEL Z'——K> GRR-5 ^ o GRR-5 VEHICLE SHOWN) CARRIER FOR 3/4-TON TRUCK IN ARMORED DIV me BCST OIV WNG BCST 00 COMD NET AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS. CO COMO NET Z- INFANTRY DIVISION SHOWN,SUBSTITUTE AN/VRC-47 FOR AN/VRC-46 IN ARMORED AND MECHANIZED DIVISIONS. 3- ALSO REFERRED TO AS BATTALION COMMANDER'S COMMAND NET.

~~Figure 11-1. Type radio nets, engineer battalion, armored, infantry or mechanized division. à r~~

~~RETRANSMISS 'ON STATION AS REQUIRED COMIVT TO RIFLE PLAT COMPANIES •A vRC 49 COMM ’BN BN S3 BN OP PLAT COMDR XO S 2 COMM PL A~~

~~f BN COMO NET -FM vsc INCS) VRC VRC PRC VRC VRC VRC VRC PRC VRC VRC VRC GRR 46 46 25 46 46 46 46 25 47 46 46 (BDE OP-INTEL NET RÄTTM~~

~~TO BN RECON NET OIV WNG BCST NET C BDE COMO NET-FM> > TO BDE HQ (S3 AIR) AIR CON TEAM~~

~~VRC GRC VRC =( SPOT REP RCVR NET-UHF.XI 46 106 24 PRC COMM MCJRTARL. 25 (NOTE) LN FDC F DC OFF OFF PLAT LDR ■ ■ T DIV AIR REQUEST NET -AM (NCS) FO S~~

~~VRC 6 R C VRC GRC GRC GRC PRC GRC PRC PRC 46 »25 46 125 125 25 2 5 125 25 25~~

~~ÇBN MORTAR PLAT FD NET-FM ~) SCOUT SEC t>TO DS ARTY BN FDC RECON L_ RECON1— >BN ADMIN/LOG NET~~

~~< BN COMP NET-FM PLAT LDR PLAT SGT > BN COMO NET l GND SURV SEC LEGEND: GRC GRC PRC F M VRC VRC GRC 125 I 25 25 46 (NCS) 46 125 AM RATT (BN RECON NET- FM) UHF~~

1 SPT SURG r* MTS^I HQ COl PLAT fsi-sT —, COMDR NOTE: CBN ADMIN - LOG NET-FM > TO RIFLE COMPANIES EQUIP SUPPLIED BY ACT B BATTALION TRAINS MAY BE USED BY THE TACP (NCS) VRC VRC GRC GRC GRC TO OPERATE IN THE AF AIR 47 46 I 25 I 25 I 2 5 REQUEST NET 8 AF TAC AIR DIRECTION NET.

~~f AD \V^T| AT SEC b TEAM lUf PLAT LDR LDp SIX AT SQUADS ( AIR DEF SEC NET-FM ) PRC GRC GRC 125 25 VRC G RR GRC 125 (NCS) 4 7 125 C BN AT NET-FM )~~

~~■ ■■ DIV WNG BCST NET~~

~~Figure 19—1. Type radio nets, headquarters and headquarters company, infantry # battalion, airborne division. r~~

~~AMMO S 4 COMM BD BN riïr-x S3 3 OFF RDR SEC SEC COMDR g^XO ^ » OFF LN BN COMO FD NET-FM ¿ZZZk WZ1 Z=1~~

~~P/O VRC VRC VRC - SRC - VRC - VRC V RC — VRC- TA 4 6 49 4 7 47 4 6 4 7 46 I 2 5 PLAT~~

~~H> TO COMO NET OF SUPPORTED BDE ( DIV ARTY COMP FD NET-FM ) ( BN COMP FD NET-FM ) <3 TA~~

~~PL AT~~

~~GRC — 2 5~~

VRC— VRC — VRC GRR- VRC VRC— SEC LOR DIV W NS 46 46 4 6 46 ( FA BTRY 105 MM BCST NET 4 6 (NCS) (NCS) (NCS) ( NCS) V VRC - GRR- TO BC 4 7 REMAINING I FA BTRYS DIV WNG RDOSEC VRC VRC - VRC- GR R- BCST NET 46 4 6 4 6 AD VSC DIV ARTY COMD FD NET-RATT TEAM r\ i I DIV WNG NOTE) 2-SURV BCST NET PTY GRC 2 5 PRC- MVR BN LN SEC 25 kJ ASST FO LO XO

~~VRC- GRC - NOTE: 4 6 125 VRC - GRC — EACH OF THREE FIRING BATTERIES 4 7 I 2 5 ARE AS SHOWN IN INSET.~~

~~( SPT UNIT NET-FM ) > LEGEND V FM TO FA - MVR BN LN SEC MVR BN LN SEC AM BTRY AM RATT CHANNEL OF SECONDARY LO LO INTEREST~~

~~VRC GRC - VRC - GRC 4 7 2 5 4 7 I 2 5 V TO FA ( SPT UNIT NET-FM y > BTRY SPT UNIT NET-FM >~~

~~Figure 21-3. Type radio nets, field artillery battalion (DS), 105mm, airborne division. J r\ b r \\ FM 61-24 0 CHAPTER 1~~

~~INTRODUCTION~~

1-1. Purpose d. The material in this manual agrees with This manual is a doctrinal guide for comman- applicable portions of STANAG 2043, Princi- ders, staff officers, and personnel concerned ples and Procedures for Establishing Commu- with communications in the armored, infantry, nications (SOLOG 15R2). infantry (mechanized), airmobile, and airborne divisions as organized under TOE 7, 17, 1-3. References 37, 67, and 57. It presents essential guidelines o. Publications and other reference material which, when coupled with experience, judg- pertaining to subjects within the scope of this ment, and foresight, enable commanders and manual are listed in appendix A. As indicated other key personnel to develop the most effec- (para 1-2), appendix B presents general guide- tive communications for the accomplishment of lines applicable to communication aspects in assigned missions. stability operations. b. To avoid needless repetition, FM 24-1 1-2. Scope should be used in conjunction with this manual. a. The basic scope of this manual is confined FM 24-1 presents basic doctrinal information to a detailed but nontechnical explanation of on such topics as communication means, em- essential facts required to employ an efficient ployment, principles, responsibilities, and division tactical communication system under security. typical military conditions. b. To facilitate use of this manual as a 1-4. Comments on Manual reference guide, it is divided into three parts: Users of this manual are encouraged to sub- (1) Part One: Communications in the Ar- mit recommended changes or comments to mored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) improve the manual. Comments should be Divisions. keyed to the specific page, paragraph, and line (2) Part Two: Communications in the of text in which the change is recommended. Airborne Division. Reasons should be provided for each comment (3) Part Three: Communications in the to insure understanding and complete evalua- Airborne Division. (Part Three will be pub- tion. Comments should be forwarded direct to lished later following finalization of pertinent the Commanding Officer, U.S. Army Combat TOE.) Developments Command Communications- c. Insofar as appropriate and practicable, Electronics Agency, ATTN : Doctrine Division, material herein presented is applicable to— Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703. (1) General war, to include a considera- tion for the employment of, and protection 1-5. Designation of Units from, nuclear munitions and chemical, biolog- a. Throughout this manual where the word ical, and radiological agents, and operations in battalion appears in general sense (battalion nuclear, chemical, or biological environments. commander, battalion staff, battalion trains), (2) Limited war. it is considered as applying equally to the (3) Cold war to include stability opera- squadron. Likewise, a general reference to tions—appendix B contains material applicable company applies equally to the cavalry troop to stability operations from the standpoint of and the artillery battery. essential signal communications. b. Hereafter in this manual, the infantry r AGO 5016A 1-1 fj

~~FM 61-24~~

(mechanized) division will be referred to as allocations of communication personnel and the mechanized division. equipment by pertinent TOE. When units operate at levels two and three, 90 percent and 1-6. Personnel and Equipment Strength 80 percent of full strength respectively, some Narrative and illustrative coverage of this curtailment in communication employment manual is based on level one (full strength) may be necessary.

~~1i i~~

~~1ÓÓÓÓ21054~~

~~1-2 AGO 5016A FM 61-24~~

~~APPENDIX A~~

~~REFERENCES~~

A-l. General This appendix contains a selected list of publications pertinent to communications in armored, infantry (mechanized), and airborne divisions. For availability of items listed and other publications refer to DA Pamphlets 310-1, 310-3 and 310-4.

A-2. Army Regulations (C) AR 10-122 Meteorological Support for the U.S. Army. AR 115-10 U.S. Army Security Agency (U). AR 380-5 Safeguarding Defense Information. AR 380-26 Policy for use of Encrypt-for-Transmission-Only (EFTO) Procedure. AR 380-40 Safeguarding Crypto-Information. (C) AR 380-40-1 Safeguarding Crypto-Information (Supplement) (U). AR 380-41 Control of Cryptomaterial. (C) AR 380-51 Transmission of Classified Information (U). AR 525-25 Delineation of Service Responsibilities for Tactical Air Control Parties.

~~A-3. DA Pamphlets (C) DA PAM 310-9 Index of Communications Security (COMSEC) Publications (U).~~

A-4. Field Manuals FM 1-5 Aviation Company. FM 1-15 Divisional Aviation Battalions and Group. FM 1-100 Army Aviation Utilization. FM 5-135 Engineer Battalion, Armored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) Divisions. FM 5-136 Engineer Battalion, Airborne and Airmobile Divisions. FM 6-10 Field Artillery Communications. FM 6-20-1 Field Artillery Tactics. FM 6-20-2 Field Artillery Techniques. FM 7-11 Rifle Company, Infantry, Airborne, and Mechanized. FM 7-20 Infantry, Airborne Infantry, and Mechanized Infantry Battalions. FM 7-30 Infantry, Airborne, and Mechanized Division Brigades. FM 8-15 Division Medical Service, Infantry, Airborne, Mechanized, and Armored Divisions. FM 9-30 Maintenance Battalion, Division Support Command. FM 10-50 Supply and Transport Battalion, Division Support Command. FM 11-21 Tactical Signal Communications Systems, Army, Corps, and Division. FM 11-50 Signal Battalion, Armored, Infantry, and Infantry (Mechanized) Di- visions.

~~AGO 6016A A-l FM 61-24~~

FM 11-57 Signal Battalion, Airborne Division. FM 12-11 Administration Company, Division and Separate Brigade. FM 17-1 Armor Operations. FM 17-15 Tank Units, Platoon, Company, and Battalion. FM 17-30 The Armored Division Brigade. FM 17-36 Divisional Armored and Air Cavalry Units. FM 19-1 Military Police Support, Army Divisions and Separate Brigades. FM 21-30 Military Symbols. FM 21-60 Visual Signals. FM 24-1 Tactical Communications Doctrine. FM 24-16 Signal Orders, Records and Reports. FM 24-17 Tactical Communications Center Operations. FM 24-18 Field Radio Techniques. FM 24-19 Communications-Electronics Reference Data. FM 24-20 Field Wire and Field Cable Techniques. FM 24-21 Field Radio Relay Techniques. FM 30-5 Combat Intelligence. FM 30-20 Aerial Surveillance-Reconnaissance, Field Army. (C) FM 32-5 Signal Security (SIGSEC)(U). (C) FM 32-20 Electronic Warfare (Ground Based) (U). (S) FM 32-20A Electronic Warfare (Ground Based) (U). (C) FM 32-20-1 Electronic Warfare (Ground Based) (U). (TEST) FM 44-1 U.S. Army Air Defense Employment. FM 54-2 The Division Support Command. FM 61-100 The Division. FM 100-27 U.S. Army/U.S. Air Force Doctrine for Tactical Airlift Operations A-5. Tables of Organization and Equipment TOE 1-55 Aviation Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 1-75 Aviation Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 5-25 Engineer Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 5-145 Engineer Battalion, Armored Division or Engineer Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 5-155 Engineer Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 6-100 Infantry Division Artillery. TOE 6-155 Field Artillery Battalion, 105-mm, Towed, Infantry Division. TOE 6-165 Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, Towed, 8-inch, Self-Propelled, In- fantry Division. TOE 6-175 Field Artillery Battalion, HONEST JOHN, Armored Division or Field Artillery Battalion, HONEST JOHN, Infantry Division or Field Artil- lery Battalion, HONEST JOHN, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 6-200 Airborne Division Artillery. TOE 6-201 Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Airborne Division Artillery. TOE 6-215 Field Artillery Battalion, 105-mm, Towed, Airborne Division or Field Artillery Battalion, 105-mm, Towed, Separate Airborne Brigade. TOE 6-300 Armored Division Artillery or Infantry Division (Mechanized) Artillery. TOE 6-302 Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Armored Division Artillery or Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Infantry Division Artillery or Headquarters and Headquarters Battery, Infantry Division (Mech- anized) Artillery.

~~A-2 AGO 5016A r FM 61-24~~

TOE 6-355 Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, 8-inch, Self-Propelled, Armored Di- vision or Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, 8-inch, Self-Propelled, In- fantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 6-365 Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, Self-Propelled, Armored Division or (Mechanized). Field Artillery Battalion, 155-mm, Self-Propelled, Infan- TOE 7 try Division TOE 7-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division. TOE 7-15 Infantry Battalion, Infantry Division or Infantry Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade. TOE 7-35 Infantry Battalion, Airborne Division or Infantry Battalion, Separate Airborne Brigade. TOE 7-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division Brigade. TOE 7-45 Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Armored Division or Infantry Battal- ion (Mechanized), Infantry Division (Mechanized) or Infantry Bat- talion (Mechanized), Separate Armored Brigade or Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Separate Infantry Brigade or Infantry Battalion (Mechanized), Separate Infantry Brigade (Mechanized). TOE 8-35 Medical Battalion, Armored Division or Medical Battalion, Infantry Di- vision or Medical Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 8-65 Medical Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 10-37 Supply Company, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 11-35 Signal Battalion, Armored Division or Signal Battalion, Infantry Divi- sion or Signal Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 11-215 Signal Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 12-37 Administration Company, Support Command, Armored Division or Ad- ministration Company, Support Command, Infantry Division, or Ad- ministration Company, Support Command, Infantry Division (Mech- anized). TOE 12-157 Administration Company, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 17 Armored Division. TOE 17-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Armored Division. TOE 17-35 Tank Battalion, Armored Division or Tank Battalion, Infantry Division or Tank Battalion, Division (Mechanized) or Tank Battalion, Separate Armored Brigade or Tank Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade or Tank Battalion, Separate Infantry Brigade (Mechanized). TOE 17-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Armored Division Brigade. TOE 17-75 Armored Cavalry Squadron, Airborne Division. TOE 17-105 Armored Cavalry Squadron, Armored Division or Armored Cavalry Squadron, Infantry Division or Armored Cavalry Squadron, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 19-27 Military Police Company, Armored Division or Military Police Company, Infantry Division or Military Police Company, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 19-67 Military Police Company, Airborne Division. TOE 29-1 Support Command, Infantry Division. TOE 29-2 Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command, Armored Division or Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command, Infantry Division or Headquarters, Headquarters Company and Band, Support Command, Infantry Division (Mech- anized).

~~AGO 6016A A-3 FM 61-24~~

TOE 29-5 Support and Transport Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 29-11 Support Command, Infantry Division (Mechanized). 4 TOE 29-15 Maintenance Battalion, Infantry Division. TOE 29-21 Support Command, Armored Division. TOE 29-25 Maintenance Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 29-35 Maintenance Battalion, Armored Division. TOE 29-51 Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 29-52 Headquarters, Headquarters Company, and Band, Support Command, Airborne Division. TOE 29-55 Maintenance Battalion, Airborne Division. TOE 29-65 Supply and Transport Battalion, Armored Division or Supply and Trans- port Battalion, Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 37 Infantry Division (Mechanized). TOE 37-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division (Mech- anized). TOE 37-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Infantry Division (Mech- anized) Brigade. TOE 57 Airborne Division. TOE 57-4 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Airborne Division. TOE 57-42 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Airborne Division Brigade.

~~A-6. Technical Manuals TM 38-750 Army Equipment Record Procedure. TM 38-750-1 Maintenance Management: Field Command Procedures.~~

~~A-4 AGO 5016A /1~~

~~) ? I~~

~~■'<~~

■?

~~: Í~~

~~i J~~

~~Ul /■~~

~~t i ÿ~~

«I

~~• 41~~